Product
Folder
Sample &
Buy
Technical
Documents
Tools &
Software
Support &
Community
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
AM5K2E0x Multicore ARM KeyStone II System-on-Chip (SoC)
1 AM5K2E0x Features and Description
1.1
Features
1
• ARM® Cortex®-A15 MPCore™ CorePac
– Up to Four ARM Cortex-A15 Processor Cores at
up to 1.4-GHz
– 4MB L2 Cache Memory Shared by all CortexA15 Processor Cores
– Full Implementation of ARMv7-A Architecture
Instruction Set
– 32KB L1 Instruction and Data Caches per Core
– AMBA 4.0 AXI Coherency Extension (ACE)
Master Port, Connected to MSMC (Multicore
Shared Memory Controller) for Low Latency
Access to SRAM and DDR3
• Multicore Shared Memory Controller (MSMC)
– 2 MB SRAM Memory for ARM CorePac
– Memory Protection Unit for Both SRAM and
DDR3_EMIF
• Multicore Navigator
– 8k Multi-Purpose Hardware Queues with Queue
Manager
– One Packet-Based DMA Engine for ZeroOverhead Transfers
• Network Coprocessor
– Packet Accelerator Enables Support for
• Transport Plane IPsec, GTP-U, SCTP,
PDCP
• L2 User Plane PDCP (RoHC, Air Ciphering)
• 1 Gbps Wire Speed Throughput at 1.5
MPackets Per Second
– Security Accelerator Engine Enables Support for
• IPSec, SRTP, 3GPP and WiMAX Air
Interface, and SSL/TLS Security
• ECB, CBC, CTR, F8, A5/3, CCM, GCM,
HMAC, CMAC, GMAC, AES, DES, 3DES,
Kasumi, SNOW 3G, SHA-1, SHA-2 (256-bit
Hash), MD5
• Up to 6.4 Gbps IPSec and 3 Gbps Air
Ciphering
– Ethernet Subsystem
• Eight SGMII Ports with Wire Rate Switching
• IEEE1588 v2 (with Annex D/E/F) Support
• 8 Gbps Total Ingress/Egress Ethernet BW
from Core
•
•
•
•
• Audio/Video Bridging (802.1Qav/D6.0)
• QOS Capability
• DSCP Priority Mapping
Peripherals
– Two PCIe Gen2 Controllers with Support for
• Two Lanes per Controller
• Supports Up to 5 GBaud
– One HyperLink
• Supports Connections to Other KeyStone
Architecture Devices Providing Resource
Scalability
• Supports Up to 50 GBaud
– 10-Gigabit Ethernet (10-GbE) Switch Subsystem
• Two SGMII/XFI Ports with Wire Rate
Switching and MACSEC Support
• IEEE1588 v2 (with Annex D/E/F) Support
– One 72-Bit DDR3/DDR3L Interface with Speeds
Up to 1600 MTPS in DDR3 Mode
– EMIF16 Interface
– Two USB 2.0/3.0 Controllers
– USIM Interface
– Two UART Interfaces
– Three I2C Interfaces
– 32 GPIO Pins
– Three SPI Interfaces
– One TSIP
• Support 1024 DS0s
• Support 2 Lanes at 32.768/16.3848.192
Mbps Per Lane
System Resources
– Three On-Chip PLLs
– SmartReflex Automatic Voltage Scaling
– Semaphore Module
– Twelve 64-Bit Timers
– Five Enhanced Direct Memory Access (EDMA)
Modules
Commercial Case Temperature:
– 0ºC to 85ºC
Extended Case Temperature:
– -40ºC to 100ºC
1
An IMPORTANT NOTICE at the end of this data sheet addresses availability, warranty, changes, use in safety-critical applications,
intellectual property matters and other important disclaimers. PRODUCTION DATA.
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
1.2
•
•
•
•
Applications
Avionics and Defense
Communications
Industrial Automation
Automation and Process Control
1.3
www.ti.com
•
•
•
Servers
Enterprise Networking
Cloud Infrastructure
KeyStone II Architecture
TI's KeyStone II Multicore Architecture provides a unified platform for integrating RISC processing cores
along with both hardware/firmware based application-specific acceleration and high performance I/Os. The
KeyStone II Multicore Architecture is a proven device architecture to achieve the full performance
entitlement through the following major components: TeraNet, Multicore Shared Memory Controller,
Multicore Navigator, and HyperLink.
TeraNet is a multipoint to multipoint non-blocking switch fabric. Its distributed arbiter provides multiple
duplex communication channels in parallel between the master and slave ports without interference. The
priority based arbitration mechanism ensures the delivery of the critical traffic delivery in the system.
The Multicore Shared Memory Controller (MSMC) is the center of the KeyStone II memory architecture. It
provides multiple fast and high-bandwidth channels for processor cores to access DDR and minimizes the
access latency by directly connecting to the DDR. The MSMC also provides the flexibility to expand
processor cores with little impact at the device level. In addition, it provides multi-bank based fast on-chip
SRAM shared among processor cores and IOs. It also provides the I/O cache coherency for the device
when the Cortex-A15 processor core is integrated.
The Multicore Navigator provides a packet-based IPC mechanism among processing cores and packet
based peripherals. The hardware-managed queues supports multiple-in-multiple-out mode without using
mutex. Coupled with the packet-based DMA, the Multicore Navigator provides a highly efficient and
software-friendly tool to offload the processing core to achieve other critical tasks.
HyperLink provides a 50-GBaud chip-level interconnect that allows devices to work in tandem. Its low
latency, low overhead and high throughput makes it an ideal interface for chip-to-chip interconnections.
There are two generations of KeyStone architecture. The AM5K2E0x device is based on KeyStone II,
which integrates a Cortex-A15 processor CorePac.
1.4
Device Description
The AM5K2E0x is a high performance device based on TI's KeyStone II Multicore SoC Architecture,
incorporating the most performance-optimized Cortex-A15 processor dual-core or quad-core CorePac that
can run at a core speed of up to 1.4 GHz. TI's AM5K2E0x device enables a high performance, powerefficient and easy to use platform for developers of a broad range of applications such as enterprise grade
networking end equipment, data center networking, avionics and defense, medical imaging, test and
automation.
TI's KeyStone II Architecture provides a programmable platform integrating various subsystems (for
example, ARM CorePac (Cortex-A15 Processor Quad Core CorePac), network processing, and uses a
queue-based communication system that allows the device resources to operate efficiently and
seamlessly. This unique device architecture also includes a TeraNet switch that enables the wide mix of
system elements, from programmable cores to high-speed IO, to each operate at maximum efficiency with
no blocking or stalling.
The AM5K2E0x KeyStone II device integrates a large amount of on-chip memory. The Cortex-A15
processor cores each have 32KB of L1Data and 32KB of L1 Instruction cache. The up to four Cortex A15
cores in the ARM CorePac share a 4MB L2 Cache. The device also integrates 2MB of Multicore Shared
Memory (MSMC) that can be used as a shared L3 SRAM. All L2 and MSMC memories incorporate error
detection and error correction. For fast access to external memory, this device includes a 64-bit DDR-3
(72-bit with ECC support) external memory interface (EMIF) running at 1600 MTPS.
2
AM5K2E0x Features and Description
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
The device enables developers to use a variety of development and debugging tools that include GNU
GCC, GDB, Open source Linux, Eclipse based debugging environment enabling kernel and user space
debugging using a variety of Eclipse plug-ins including TI's industry leading IDE Code Composer Studio.
1.5
Enhancements in KeyStone II
The KeyStone II architecture provides many major enhancements over the previous KeyStone I
generation of devices. The KeyStone II architecture integrates an ARM Cortex-A15 processor quad-core
cluster to enable Layer 2 (MAC/RLC) and higher layer processing. The external memory bandwidth has
been doubled with the integration of dual DDR3 1600 EMIFs. MSMC internal memory bandwidth is
quadrupled with MSMC V2 architecture improvements. Multicore Navigator supports 2× the number of
queues, descriptors and packet DMA, 4× the number of micro RISC engines and a significant increase in
the number of push/pops per second, compared to the previous generation. The new peripherals that
have been added include the USB 3.0 controller and Asynchronous EMIF controller for NAND/NOR
memory access. The 2-port Gigabit Ethernet switch in KeyStone I has been replaced with an 8-port
Gigabit Ethernet switch and a 10 GbE switch in KeyStone II. Time synchronization support has been
enhanced to reduce software workload and support additional standards like IEEE1588 Annex D/E and
SyncE. The number of GPIOs and serial interface peripherals like I2C and SPI have been increased to
enable more board level control functionality.
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E0x Features and Description
3
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
1.6
www.ti.com
Functional Block Diagram
The figures below show the functional block diagrams of the AM5K2E0x devices.
AM5K2E04
Memory Subsystem
2MB
MSM
SRAM
72-Bit
DDR3 EMIF
MSMC
Debug & Trace
Boot ROM
32KB L1 32KB L1 32KB L1 32KB L1
P-Cache D-Cache P-Cache D-Cache
Semaphore
ARM
A15
Secure Mode
Power
Management
ARM
A15
4MB L2 Cache
ARM
A15
PLL
3´
ARM
A15
32KB L1 32KB L1 32KB L1 32KB L1
P-Cache D-Cache P-Cache D-Cache
EDMA
4 ARM Cores @ up to 1.4 GHz
5´
TeraNet
HyperLink
Multicore Navigator
Queue
Manager
Packet
DMA
Security
Accelerator
1GBE
1GBE
1GBE
1GBE
Packet
Accelerator
1GBE
1GBE
1GBE
9-Port
Ethernet
Switch
1GBE
10GBE
3-Port
Ethernet
Switch
10GBE
10GBE
2´ PCIe ´2
3´ SPI
2´ UART
2´ USB 3.0
3´ I2C
GPIO ´32
EMIF16
TSIP
USIM
Network Coprocessor
Figure 1-1. AM5K2E04 Functional Block Diagram
4
AM5K2E0x Features and Description
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
AM5K2E02
Memory Subsystem
2MB
MSM
SRAM
72-Bit
DDR3 EMIF
MSMC
Debug & Trace
Boot ROM
Semaphore
Secure Mode
Power
Management
4MB L2 Cache
ARM
A15
PLL
3´
ARM
A15
32KB L1 32KB L1 32KB L1 32KB L1
P-Cache D-Cache P-Cache D-Cache
EDMA
2 ARM Cores @ up to 1.4 GHz
5´
TeraNet
HyperLink
Multicore Navigator
Queue
Manager
Packet
DMA
Security
Accelerator
1GBE
1GBE
1GBE
1GBE
Packet
Accelerator
1GBE
1GBE
1GBE
1GBE
9-Port
Ethernet
Switch
2´ PCIe ´2
3´ SPI
2´ UART
2´ USB 3.0
3´ I2C
GPIO ´32
EMIF16
TSIP
USIM
Network Coprocessor
Figure 1-2. AM5K2E02 Functional Block Diagram
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E0x Features and Description
5
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table of Contents
1
1
8.1
Device Boot ........................................ 129
1.1
Features .............................................. 1
8.2
Device Configuration ............................... 148
1.2
Applications ........................................... 2
1.3
KeyStone II Architecture.............................. 2
9.1
Absolute Maximum Ratings........................ 175
................................... 2
1.5
Enhancements in KeyStone II ........................ 3
1.6
Functional Block Diagram ............................ 4
Revision History ......................................... 7
Device Characteristics .................................. 8
3.1
ARM CorePac ........................................ 9
3.2
Development Tools .................................. 10
3.3
Device Nomenclature ............................... 10
3.4
Related Documentation from Texas Instruments ... 12
3.5
Related Links ........................................ 13
3.6
Community Resources .............................. 13
3.7
Trademarks.......................................... 13
3.8
Electrostatic Discharge Caution ..................... 13
3.9
Glossary ............................................. 13
ARM CorePac ........................................... 14
4.1
Features ............................................. 16
4.2
System Integration .................................. 16
4.3
ARM Cortex-A15 Processor ......................... 16
4.4
CFG Connection .................................... 18
4.5
Main TeraNet Connection ........................... 18
4.6
Clocking and Reset ................................. 19
Terminals ................................................ 20
5.1
Package Terminals .................................. 20
5.2
Pin Map ............................................. 20
5.3
Terminal Functions .................................. 25
5.4
Pullup/Pulldown Resistors .......................... 53
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x .. 55
6.1
Memory Map SummaryAM5K2E0x ................. 55
6.2
Memory Protection Unit (MPU) for AM5K2E0x ..... 64
6.3
Interrupts for AM5K2E0x ............................ 77
9.2
Recommended Operating Conditions
9.3
Electrical Characteristics........................... 177
9.4
Power Supply to Peripheral I/O Mapping .......... 178
AM5K2E0x Features and Description
1.4
2
3
4
5
6
6.4
7
6
Device Description
Enhanced Direct Memory Access (EDMA3)
Controller ........................................... 103
9
Device Operating Conditions....................... 175
.............
176
10 AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical
Specifications ......................................... 179
10.1
Recommended Clock and Control Signal Transition
Behavior............................................ 179
10.2
Power Supplies
10.3
Power Sleep Controller (PSC) ..................... 187
10.4
10.5
Reset Controller .................................... 193
Core PLL (Main PLL), DDR3 PLL, NETCP PLL and
the PLL Controllers ................................ 198
10.6
DDR3 PLL.......................................... 212
10.7
NETCP PLL ........................................ 214
10.8
DDR3 Memory Controller .......................... 216
10.9
I2C Peripheral ...................................... 217
10.10 SPI Peripheral
....................................
....................................
179
221
10.11 HyperLink Peripheral ............................. 224
.................................
PCIe Peripheral ...................................
Packet Accelerator ...............................
Security Accelerator ..............................
10.12 UART Peripheral
226
10.13
227
10.14
10.15
10.16 Network Coprocessor Gigabit Ethernet (GbE)
Switch Subsystem .................................
10.17 SGMII/XFI Management Data Input/Output
(MDIO) .............................................
10.18 Ten-Gigabit Ethernet (10GbE) Switch
Subsystem .........................................
227
228
228
230
231
10.19 Timers............................................. 231
10.20 General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO)
...........
232
10.21 Semaphore2 ...................................... 233
10.22 Universal Serial Bus 3.0 (USB 3.0) ............... 233
10.23 TSIP Peripheral ................................... 234
System Interconnect ................................. 114
10.24 Universal Subscriber Identity Module (USIM) .... 236
................
Switch Fabric Connections Matrix - Data Space ..
10.26 Emulation Features and Capability ............... 239
7.1
Internal Buses and Switch Fabrics
7.2
7.3
114
Switch Fabric Connections Matrix - Configuration
Space .............................................. 120
114
10.25 EMIF16 Peripheral ................................ 236
10.27 Debug Port (EMUx) ............................... 241
11.1
Device Boot and Configuration .................... 129
11.2
Table of Contents
......................................
......................................
Packaging Information .............................
11 Mechanical Data
Bus Priorities ....................................... 128
7.4
8
...............
Thermal Data
248
248
248
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
2 Revision History
NOTE: Page numbers for previous revisions may differ from page numbers in the current version.
Changes from Revision C (August 2014) to Revision D
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Page
Added Top Navigation links to front page of the document ..................................................................... 1
Changed Product Status to Production Data ..................................................................................... 1
Changed Mission Critical Systems to Avionics and Defense in Section 1.2 .................................................. 2
Changed mission critical to avionics and defense in first paragraph of Section 3.2.1 ...................................... 2
Changed Product Status to PD and changed footnote (3) in Table 3-1 ....................................................... 8
Changed second list item under Software Development Tools in Section 3.2.1 ........................................... 10
Added Related Links, Community Resources, Trademarks, Electrostatic Discharge Caution, and Glossary
sections to Section 3 ................................................................................................................ 13
Added Figure 4-1 .................................................................................................................... 14
Changed DDR3A to DDR3 in Table 4-1 ......................................................................................... 16
Changed All instances of DDR3A to DDR3 in Table 5-2 ...................................................................... 25
Changed Supply DDR3AREFSSTL to DDR3REFSSTL in Table 5-3 ........................................................ 38
Changed the DVDD15 Volts and Supply Description in Table 5-3 ........................................................... 38
Changed Start Address for PCIe1SerDes Config to 00 0232 6000, End Address for USB 0 MMR CFG to 00
026F FFFF, and all instances of DDR3A to DDR3 in Table 6-1 .............................................................. 55
Changed CPT_DDR3A to CPT_DDR3 in Table 6-6 ............................................................................ 66
Changed DDR3A to DDR3 in Event No. 388 Name and Description in Table 6-22 ....................................... 78
Changed DDR3A to DDR3 in Section 6.4 ...................................................................................... 104
Changed DDR3A to DDR3 in Section 7 ........................................................................................ 114
Changed DDR3A to DDR3 in Figure 7-3 ....................................................................................... 117
Changed DDR3A to DDR3 in Figure 7-6 ....................................................................................... 122
Added EMIF and NAND to Description in Table 8-2 .......................................................................... 131
Changed DDR3A to DDR3 in Section 8.1.4 .................................................................................... 147
Changed DDR3APLLCTL0 and DDR3APLLCTL1 to DDR3PLLCTL0 and DDR3PLLCTL1 in Table 8-26 ............ 149
Changed AVSIFSEL Description value 11 to Reserved in Table 8-27 ..................................................... 153
Changed ARMENDIAN_CFG4_0 Default Value to 0x00023A00 in Table 8-42 ........................................... 164
Changed ARMENDIAN_CFG5_1 Default Value to 0x00000006 in Table 8-44 ........................................... 165
Changed DDR3AVREFSSTL to DDR3VREFSSTL and DDR3A to DDR3 in Section 9.1................................ 175
Changed MIN, NOM, and MAX values for CVDD Initial and CVDD1; changed DVDD15 to DDR3 I/O voltage and
added values; changed DDR3A to DDR3 and DDR3AVREFSSTL to DDR3VREFSSTL; changed DSP to SOC in
footnote (4) in Section 9.2 ........................................................................................................ 176
Changed DDR3A to DDR3 in Section 9.3 ...................................................................................... 177
Changed DDR3A to DDR3 and changed DVDD15 to DDR3 memory I/O voltage and DDR3 (1.5/1.35 V) I/O
Buffer Type in Table 9-1 .......................................................................................................... 178
Changed DDR3A to DDR3 and added 1.35 V to Voltage for DVDD15 in Table 10-1 .................................... 179
Changed EMIF(DDR3A) to EMIF(DDR3) in Table 10-6 ...................................................................... 187
Changed DDR3A EMIF to DDR3 EMIF in Table 10-7 ........................................................................ 188
Changed DDR3A in Section 10.4.3 ............................................................................................. 195
Changed DDR3A in Section 10.5................................................................................................ 198
Changed Figure 10-7 .............................................................................................................. 199
Deleted second sentence from Section 10.5.1.1 .............................................................................. 200
Changed DDR3A to DDR3 in Table 10-13 ..................................................................................... 201
Changed Address Range 00 0231 0128 to Reserved in Table 10-15 ...................................................... 202
Changed OUTPUT DIVIDE Field Description in Table 10-16 ............................................................... 203
Changed MAX value for tj(CORECLKN) and tj(CORECLKP) in Table 10-27 ............................................. 209
Changed Figure 10-26 ............................................................................................................ 214
Changed PAPLL Field Description in Table 10-32 ............................................................................ 215
Changed MAX value for tc(NETCPCLKN) and tc(NETCPCLKP) in Table 10-33 ......................................... 215
Changed DDR3A Memory Controller to DDR3 Memory Controller in Section 10.8 ...................................... 216
Changed MIN and MAX values for tc(CEL) in Table 10-56 .................................................................. 236
Changed DDR3A to DDR3 in Table 10-62 ..................................................................................... 244
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Revision History
7
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
3 Device Characteristics
Table 3-1 provides an overview of the AM5K2E0x device. The table shows the significant features of the
device, including the capacity of on-chip RAM, the peripherals, the CPU frequency, and the package type
with pin count.
Table 3-1. Characteristics of the AM5K2E0x Processor
HARDWARE FEATURES
AM5K2E02
ARM Cortex A15 Cores
ARM Cores
32KB
ARM L1 data cache memory size (per core)
32KB
ARM L2 unified cache memory size (shared by all cores)
4MB
DDR3 memory controller (72-bit bus width) [1.5 V/1.35V] (clock source =
DDRREFCLKN|P)
1
EDMA3 (64 independent channels) [CPU/3 clock rate]
5
Hyperlink
1
USB 3.0
2
(1)
1
I2C
3
SPI
3
PCIe (2 lanes per instance)
2
UART
2
10/100/1000/10000 Ethernet ports
0
10/100/1000 Ethernet ports
8
Management Data Input/Output (MDIO)
Twelve 64-bit or Twenty four 32-bit
32
TSIP
1
Packet Accelerator
1
Security Accelerator (2)
1
2MB MSM SRAM
256 KB L3 ROM
Organization
JTAG BSDL_ID
JTAGID Register (address location: 0x02620018)
Frequency
ARM-A15 Processor
BGA Package
0x0B9A_602F
1.25 GHz
1.4 GHz
Core (V)
SmartReflex variable supply
I/O (V)
1.35 V, 1.5 V, 1.8 V, and 3.3 V
27 mm x 27 mm
1089-Pin Flip-Chip Plastic BGA
(ABD)
Process Technology
nm
Product Status (3)
Product Preview (PP), Advance Information (AI), or Production Data (PD)
(1)
(2)
(3)
8
8
General-Purpose Input/Output port (GPIO)
On-Chip L3 Memory
Voltage
2
3
64-bit timers (configurable)
Accelerators
4
ARM L1 instruction cache memory size (per core)
USIM
Peripherals
AM5K2E04
2
28 nm
PD
The USIM is implemented for support of secure devices only. Contact your local technical sales representative for further details.
The Security Accelerator function is subject to export control and will be enabled only for approved device shipments.
PRODUCTION DATA information is current as of publication date. Products conform to specifications per the terms of Texas
Instruments standard warranty. Production processing does not necessarily include testing of all parameters.
Device Characteristics
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
3.1
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
ARM CorePac
The ARM CorePac of the AM5K2E0x integrates a Cortex-A15 Cluster (4 Cortex-A15 processors) with
additional logic for bus protocol conversion, emulation, interrupt handling, and debug related
enhancements. The Cortex-A15 processor is an ARMv7A-compatible, multi-issue out-of-order, superscalar
pipeline with integrated L1 caches. The implementation also supports advanced SIMDV2 (Neon
technology) and VFPv4 (Vector Floating Point) architecture extensions, security, virtualization, LPAE
(Large Physical Address Extension), and multiprocessing extensions. The quad core cluster includes a
4MB L2 cache and support for AMBA4 AXI and AXI Coherence Extension (ACE) protocols. For more
information see the KeyStone II Architecture ARM CorePac User's Guide User Guide (SPRUHJ4).
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Device Characteristics
9
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
3.2
3.2.1
www.ti.com
Development Tools
Development Support
In case the customer would like to develop their own features and software on the AM5K2E0x device, TI
offers an extensive line of development tools for the KeyStone II platform, including tools to evaluate the
performance of the processors, generate code, develop algorithm implementations, and fully integrate and
debug software and hardware modules. The tool's support documentation is electronically available within
the Code Composer Studio™ Integrated Development Environment (IDE).
The following products support development of KeyStone devices:
• Software Development Tools:
– Code Composer Studio Integrated Development Environment (IDE), including Editor
C/C++/Assembly Code Generation, and Debug plus additional development tools
– Scalable, Real-Time foundation software, which provides the basic run-time target software needed
to support any application
• Hardware Development Tools:
– Extended Development System (XDS™) Emulator (supports multiprocessor system debug) XDS™
– EVM (Evaluation Module)
3.3
Device Nomenclature
To designate the stages in the product development cycle, TI assigns prefixes to the part numbers of all
devices and support tools. Each family member has one of two prefixes: X or [blank]. These prefixes
represent evolutionary stages of product development from engineering prototypes through fully qualified
production devices/tools.
3.3.1
Device Development Evolutionary Flow
The device development evolutionary flow is as follows:
• X: Experimental device that is not necessarily representative of the final device's electrical
specifications
• [Blank]: Fully qualified production device
Support tool development evolutionary flow:
• X: Development-support product that has not yet completed Texas Instruments internal qualification
testing.
• [Blank]: Fully qualified development-support product
Experimental (X) and fully qualified [Blank] devices and development-support tools are shipped with the
following disclaimer:
Developmental product is intended for internal evaluation purposes.
Fully qualified and production devices and development-support tools have been characterized fully, and
the quality and reliability of the device have been demonstrated fully. TI's standard warranty applies.
Predictions show that experimental devices (X) have a greater failure rate than the standard production
devices. Texas Instruments recommends that these devices not be used in any production system
because their expected end-use failure rate still is undefined. Only qualified production devices are to be
used.
TI device nomenclature also includes a suffix with the device family name. This suffix indicates the
package type (for example, ABD), the temperature range (for example, blank is the default case
temperature range), and the device speed range, in Megahertz (for example, blank is 1000 MHz [1 GHz]).
For device part numbers and further ordering information for AM5K2E0x in the ABD package type, see the
TI website www.ti.com or contact your TI sales representative.
10
Device Characteristics
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
3.3.2
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Part Number Legend
The following figures provide a legend for reading the complete device name for a KeyStone II device.
( _ ) AM5 K2
E
02
(_)
PREFIX
X = Experimental device
Blank = Qualified device
( _ ) ABD ( _ ) ( _ )
MAXIMUM DEVICE SPEED
25 = 1.25 GHz
4 = 1.4 GHz
DEVICE FAMILY
AM5 = ARM SoC
TEMPERATURE RANGE
Blank = Commercial temperature range (0°C to +85°C)
A = Extended temperature range (-40°C to +100°C)
ARCHITECTURE
K2 = KeyStone II
PACKAGE TYPE
ABD = 1089-pin plastic ball grid array,
with Pb-free solder balls and die bumps
PLATFORM
E
SECURITY
Blank = Security Accelerator disabled / General Purpose device
X = Security Accelerator enabled / General Purpose device
D = Security Accelerator enabled / High Security device
with TI developmental keys
S = Security Accelerator enabled / High Security device
with production keys
DEVICE NUMBER
02
SILICON REVISION
Blank = Initial 1.0 silicon
Figure 3-1. Device Nomenclature for AM5K2E02
( _ ) AM5 K2
E
04
PREFIX
X = Experimental device
Blank = Qualified device
(_)
( _ ) ABD ( _ ) ( _ )
MAXIMUM DEVICE SPEED
25 = 1.25 GHz
4 = 1.4 GHz
DEVICE FAMILY
AM5 = ARM SoC
TEMPERATURE RANGE
Blank = Commercial temperature range (0°C to +85°C)
A = Extended temperature range (-40°C to +100°C)
ARCHITECTURE
K2 = KeyStone II
PACKAGE TYPE
ABD = 1089-pin plastic ball grid array,
with Pb-free solder balls and die bumps
PLATFORM
E
SECURITY
Blank = Security Accelerator disabled / General Purpose device
X = Security Accelerator enabled / General Purpose device
D = Security Accelerator enabled / High Security device
with TI developmental keys
S = Security Accelerator enabled / High Security device
with production keys
DEVICE NUMBER
04
SILICON REVISION
Blank = Initial 1.0 silicon
Figure 3-2. Device Nomenclature for AM5K2E04
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Device Characteristics
11
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
3.4
www.ti.com
Related Documentation from Texas Instruments
These documents describe the AM5K2E0x Multicore ARM KeyStone II System-on-Chip (SoC). Copies of
these documents are available on the Internet at www.ti.com.
KeyStone Architecture Timer 64P User's Guide
SPRUGV5
KeyStone II Architecture ARM Bootloader User's Guide
SPRUHJ3
KeyStone II Architecture ARM CorePac User's Guide
SPRUHJ4
KeyStone Architecture Chip Interrupt Controller (CIC) User's Guide
SPRUGW4
KeyStone I Architecture Debug and Trace User's Guide
SPRUGZ2
DDR3 Design Requirements for KeyStone Devices application report
SPRABI1
KeyStone Architecture DDR3 Memory Controller User's Guide
SPRUGV8
KeyStone Architecture External Memory Interface (EMIF16) User's Guide
SPRUGZ3
Emulation and Trace Headers Technical Reference Manual
SPRU655
KeyStone Architecture Enhanced Direct Memory Access 3 (EDMA3) User's Guide
SPRUGS5
KeyStone Architecture General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) User's Guide
SPRUGV1
Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) Switch Subsystem (1 GB) User's Guide
SPRUGV9
KeyStone Architecture Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) Switch Subsystem User's Guide
SPRUHJ5
KeyStone Architecture HyperLink User's Guide
SPRUGW8
Hardware Design Guide for KeyStone II Devices application report
SPRABV0
KeyStone Architecture Inter-IC control Bus (I2C) User's Guide
SPRUGV3
KeyStone Architecture Memory Protection Unit (MPU) User's Guide
SPRUGW5
KeyStone Architecture Multicore Navigator User's Guide
SPRUGR9
KeyStone Architecture Multicore Shared Memory Controller (MSMC) User's Guide
SPRUGW7
KeyStone II Architecture Multicore Shared Memory Controller (MSMC) User's Guide
SPRUHJ6
KeyStone II Architecture Network Coprocessor (NETCP) for K2E and K2L Devices User's Guide
SPRUHZ0
Optimizing Application Software on KeyStone Devices application report
SPRABG8
KeyStone II Architecture Packet Accelerator 2 (PA2) for K2E and K2L Devices User's Guide
SPRUHZ2
KeyStone Architecture Peripheral Component Interconnect Express (PCIe) User's Guide
SPRUGS6
KeyStone Architecture Phase Locked Loop (PLL) Controller User's Guide
SPRUGV2
KeyStone Architecture Power Sleep Controller (PSC) User's Guide
SPRUGV4
KeyStone II Architecture Security Accelerator 2 (SA2) for K2E and K2L Devices User's Guide
SPRUHZ1
Security Addendum for KeyStone II Devices application report (1)
SPRABS4
KeyStone Architecture Semaphore2 Hardware Module User's Guide
SPRUGS3
KeyStone II Architecture Serializer/Deserializer (SerDes) User's Guide
SPRUHO3
KeyStone Architecture Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) User's Guide
SPRUGP2
KeyStone Architecture Telecom Serial Interface Port (TSIP) User's Guide
SPRUGY4
KeyStone Architecture Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART) User's Guide
SPRUGP1
KeyStone II Architecture Universal Serial Bus 3.0 (USB 3.0) User's Guide
SPRUHJ7
KeyStone II Architecture IQN2 User's Guide
SPRUH06
(1)
12
Contact a TI sales office to obtain this document.
Device Characteristics
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
3.5
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Related Links
The table below lists quick access links. Categories include technical documents, support and community
resources, tools and software, and quick access to sample or buy.
Table 3-2. Related Links
3.6
PARTS
PRODUCT FOLDER
SAMPLE & BUY
TECHNICAL
DOCUMENTS
TOOLS &
SOFTWARE
SUPPORT &
COMMUNITY
AM5K2E04
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
AM5K2E02
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
Community Resources
The following links connect to TI community resources. Linked contents are provided "AS IS" by the
respective contributors. They do not constitute TI specifications and do not necessarily reflect TI's views;
see TI's Terms of Use.
TI E2E™ Online Community TI's Engineer-to-Engineer (E2E) Community. Created to foster
collaboration among engineers. At e2e.ti.com, you can ask questions, share knowledge,
explore ideas and help solve problems with fellow engineers.
TI Embedded Processors Wiki Texas Instruments Embedded Processors Wiki. Established to help
developers get started with Embedded Processors from Texas Instruments and to foster
innovation and growth of general knowledge about the hardware and software surrounding
these devices.
3.7
Trademarks
Code Composer Studio, XDS, E2E are trademarks of Texas Instruments.
MPCore is a trademark of ARM Ltd or its subsidiaries.
ARM, Cortex are registered trademarks of ARM Ltd or its subsidiaries.
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
3.8
Electrostatic Discharge Caution
This integrated circuit can be damaged by ESD. Texas Instruments recommends that all integrated circuits be handled with
appropriate precautions. Failure to observe proper handling and installation procedures can cause damage.
ESD damage can range from subtle performance degradation to complete device failure. Precision integrated circuits may be more
susceptible to damage because very small parametric changes could cause the device not to meet its published specifications.
3.9
Glossary
SLYZ022 — TI Glossary.
This glossary lists and explains terms, acronyms, and definitions.
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Device Characteristics
13
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
4 ARM CorePac
The ARM CorePac is added in the AM5K2E0x to enable the ability for layer 2 and layer 3 processing onchip. Operations such as traffic control, local O&M, NBAP/FP termination, and SCTP processing can all
be performed with the Cortex-A15 processor core.
The ARM CorePac of the AM5K2E0x integrates one or more Cortex-A15 processor clusters with
additional logic for bus protocol conversion, emulation, interrupt handling, and debug related
enhancements. The Cortex-A15 processor is an ARMv7A-compatible, multi-issue out-of-order superscalar
execution engine with integrated L1 caches. The implementation also supports advanced SIMDv2 (NEON
technology) and VFPv4 (vector floating point) architecture extensions, security, virtualization, LPAE (large
physical address extension), and multiprocessing extensions. The ARM CorePac includes an L2 cache
and support for AMBA4 AXI and AXI coherence extension (ACE) protocols. An interrupt controller is
included in the ARM CorePac to handle host interrupt requests in the system.
The ARM CorePac has three functional clock domains, including a high-frequency clock domain used by
the Cortex-A15. The high-frequency domain is isolated from the rest of the device by asynchronous
bridges.
The following figures show the ARM CorePac.
KeyStone II ARM CorePac (Quad Core)
ARM
ARM Cluster
Generic
Interrupt
Controller
400
480 SPI
Interrupts
16
PPI
VBUSP2AXI
Bridge
64
Bits
Global
Time Base
Counter
32KB L1
P-Cache
32KB L1
P-Cache
32KB L1
P-Cache
APB MUX
APB
Debug
32KB L1
D-Cache
Debug
SubSystem
PTM (´4)
APB
CTI/CTM
ARM
A15
Main PLL
ATB
APB
32KB L1
D-Cache
ARM
VBUSP
Registers
CTM
32KB L1
D-Cache
TeraNet
(DMA)
OCP
ARM
Trace
ATB
ARM
A15
ARM
CorePac
Clock
Boot Config
32KB L1
D-Cache
ARM
A15
32KB L1
P-Cache
Endian
CFG
AM5K2E04
Timer 0 - 3
TeraNet
(CFG)
VBUSP
ARM
A15
L2 Cache Control and Snoop Control Unit
ARM INTC
STM
ATB
4 MB L2 Cache
IRQ,
FIQ,
VIRQ,
VFIQ
CTI (´4)
AXI-VBUS
Master
VBUSP
256b
VBUSM
TeraNet
(CFG)
MSMC
DDR3
ARM
A15 Core
Clock
PSC
ARM PLL
Figure 4-1. AM5K2E04 ARM CorePac Block Diagram
14
ARM CorePac
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
KeyStone II ARM CorePac (Dual Core)
ARM
ARM Cluster
480 SPI
Interrupts
Generic
Interrupt
Controller
400
8
PPI
VBUSP2AXI
Bridge
64
Bits
Global
Time Base
Counter
32KB L1
P-Cache
ATB
APB MUX
APB
Debug
SubSystem
PTM (´4)
Debug
TeraNet
(DMA)
OCP
ARM
Trace
APB
APB
CTI/CTM
ARM
A15
ARM
CorePac
Clock
Boot Config
32KB L1
D-Cache
VBUSP
ATB
32KB L1
P-Cache
Endian
CFG
AM5K2E02
Timer 0 - 3
TeraNet
(CFG)
ARM
A15
L2 Cache Control and Snoop Control Unit
ARM INTC
STM
ATB
4 MB L2 Cache
IRQ,
FIQ,
VIRQ,
VFIQ
32KB L1
D-Cache
CTM
CTI (´4)
ARM
VBUSP
Registers
AXI-VBUS
Master
VBUSP
256b
VBUSM
TeraNet
(CFG)
MSMC
DDR3
ARM
A15 Core
Clock
Main PLL
PSC
Figure 4-2. AM5K2E02 ARM CorePac Block Diagram
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
ARM CorePac
15
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
4.1
www.ti.com
Features
The key features of the Quad Core ARM CorePac are as follows:
• One or more Cortex-A15 processors, each containing:
– Cortex-A15 processor revision R2P4.
– ARM architecture version 7 ISA.
– Multi-issue, out-of-order, superscalar pipeline.
– L1 and L2 instruction and data cache of 32KB, 2-way, 16 word line with 128-bit interface.
– Integrated L2 cache of 4MB, 16-way, 16-word line, 128-bit interface to L1 along with ECC/parity.
– Includes the NEON media coprocessor (NEON™), which implements the advanced SIMDv2 media
processing architecture and the VFPv4 Vector Floating Point architecture.
– The external interface uses the AXI protocol configured to 128-bit data width.
– Includes the System Trace Macrocell (STM) support for non-invasive debugging.
– Implements the ARMv7 debug with watchpoint and breakpoint registers and 32-bit advanced
peripheral bus (APB) slave interface to CoreSight™ debug systems.
• Interrupt controller
– Supports up to 480 interrupt requests
– An integrated Global Time Base Counter (clocked by the SYSCLK divided by 6)
• Emulation/debug
– Compatible with CoreSight™ architecture
4.2
System Integration
The ARM CorePac integrates the following group of submodules.
• Cortex-A15 Processors: Provides a high processing capability, including the NEON™ technology for
mobile multimedia acceleration. The Cortex-A15 communicates with the rest of the ARM CorePac
through an AXI bus with an AXI2VBUSM bridge and receives interrupts from the ARM CorePac
interrupt controller (ARM INTC).
• Interrupt Controller: Handles interrupts from modules outside of the ARM CorePac (for details, see
Section 4.3.3).
• Clock Divider: Provides the required divided clocks to the internal modules of the ARM CorePac and
has a clock input from the Main PLL.
• In-Circuit Emulator: Fully compatible with CoreSight™ architecture and enables debugging
capabilities.
4.3
4.3.1
ARM Cortex-A15 Processor
Overview
The ARM Cortex-A15 processor incorporates the technologies available in the ARM7™ architecture.
These technologies include NEON™ for media and signal processing and Jazelle™ RCT for acceleration
of real-time compilers, Thumb®-2 technology for code density, and the VFPv4 floating point architecture.
For details, see the ARM Cortex-A15 Processor Technical Reference Manual.
4.3.2
Features
Table 4-1 shows the features supported by the Cortex-A15 processor core.
Table 4-1. Cortex-A15 Processor Core Supported Features
FEATURES
DESCRIPTION
ARM version 7-A ISA
Standard Cortex-A15 processor instruction set + Thumb2, ThumbEE, JazelleX Java accelerator, and
media extensions
Backward compatible with previous ARM ISA versions
16
ARM CorePac
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 4-1. Cortex-A15 Processor Core Supported Features (continued)
FEATURES
DESCRIPTION
Cortex-A15 processor version
R2P4
Integer core
Main core for processing integer instructions
NEON core
Gives greatly enhanced throughput for media workloads and VFP-Lite support
Architecture Extensions
Security, virtualization and LPAE (40-bit physical address) extensions
L1 Lcache and Dcache
32KB, 2-way, 16 word line, 128 bit interface
L2 cache
4096KB, 16-way, 16 word line, 128 bit interface to L1, ECC/Parity is supported shared between cores
L2 valid bits cleared by software loop or by hardware
Cache Coherency
Support for coherent memory accesses between A15 cores and other non-core master peripherals
(Ex: EDMA) in the DDR3 and MSMC SRAM space.
Branch target address cache
Dynamic branch prediction with Branch Target Buffer (BTB) and Global History Buffer (GHB), a return
stack, and an indirect predictor
Enhanced memory management
unit
Mapping sizes are 4KB, 64KB, 1MB, and 16MB
Buses
128b AXI4 internal bus from Cortex-A15 converted to a 256b VBUSM to interface (through the
MSMC) with MSMC SRAM, DDR EMIF, ROM, Interrupt controller and other system peripherals
Non-invasive Debug Support
Processor instruction trace using 4x Program Trace Macrocell (Coresight™ PTM), Data trace (print-f
style debug) using System Trace Macrocell (Coresight™ STM) and Performance Monitoring Units
(PMU)
Misc Debug Support
JTAG based debug and Cross triggering
Voltage
SmartReflex voltage domain for automatic voltage scaling
Power
Support for standby modes and separate core power domains for additional leakage power reduction
4.3.3
ARM Interrupt Controller
The ARM CorePac interrupt controller (AINTC) is responsible for prioritizing all service requests from the
system peripherals and the secondary interrupt controller CIC2 and then generating either nIRQ or nFIQ
to the Cortex-A15 processor. The type of the interrupt (nIRQ or nFIQ) and the priority of the interrupt
inputs are programmable. The AINTC interfaces to the Cortex-A15 processor via the AXI port through an
VBUS2AXI bridge and runs at half the processor speed. It has the capability to handle up to 480 requests,
which can be steered/prioritized as A15 nFIQ or nIRQ interrupt requests.
The general features of the AINTC are:
• Up to 480 level sensitive shared peripheral interrupts (SPI) inputs
• Individual priority for each interrupt input
• Each interrupt can be steered to nFIQ or nIRQ
• Independent priority sorting for nFIQ and nIRQ
• Secure mask flag
On the chip level, there is a dedicated chip level interrupt controller to serve the ARM interrupt controller.
See Section 6.3 for more details.
The figures below show an overall view of the ARM CorePac Interrupt Controller.
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
ARM CorePac
17
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
ARM INTC
Peripherals
480 SPI
Interrupts
CIC2
CPU/6 Clock
Generic
Interrupt
Controller
400
Global
Time Base
Counter
GTB Counter Clock
Power On Reset
VBUSP2AXI
Bridge
VBUSP Interface
FIQ, IRQ,
Virtual FIQ,
Virtual IRQ
8 PPIs
Cortex
A15
64 Bits
16 Software
Generated
Inputs
Figure 4-3. ARM Interrupt Controller for Two Cortex-A15 Processor Cores
ARM INTC
Peripherals
480 SPI
Interrupts
CIC2
CPU/6 Clock
GTB Counter Clock
Power On Reset
VBUSP Interface
Generic
Interrupt
Controller
400
Global
Time Base
Counter
VBUSP2AXI
Bridge
FIQ, IRQ,
Virtual FIQ,
Virtual IRQ
16 PPIs
Cortex
A15
64 Bits
16 Software
Generated
Inputs
Figure 4-4. ARM Interrupt Controller for Four Cortex-A15 Processor Cores
4.3.4
Endianess
The ARM CorePac can operate in either little endian or big endian mode. When the ARM CorePac is in
little endian mode and the rest of the system is in big endian mode, the bridges in the ARM CorePac are
responsible for performing the endian conversion.
4.4
CFG Connection
The ARM CorePac has two slave ports. The AM5K2E0x masters cannot access the ARM CorePac
internal memory space.
1. Slave port 0 (TeraNet 3P_A) is a 32 bit wide port used for the ARM Trace module.
2. Slave port 1 (TeraNet 3P_B) is a 32 bit wide port used to access the rest of the system configuration.
4.5
Main TeraNet Connection
There is one master port coming out of the ARM CorePac. The master port is a 256 bit wide port for the
transactions going to the MSMC and DDR_EMIF data spaces.
18
ARM CorePac
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
4.6
4.6.1
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Clocking and Reset
Clocking
The Cortex-A15 processor core clocks are sourced from the Controller. The Cortex-A15 processor core
clock has a maximum frequency of 1.4 GHz. The ARM CorePac subsytem also uses the SYSCLK1 clock
source from the main PLL which is locally divided (/1, /3 and /6) and provided to certain sub-modules
inside the ARM CorePac. AINTC sub module runs at a frequency of SYSCLK1/6.
4.6.2
Reset
The ARM CorePac does not support local reset. It is reset whenever the device is under reset. In addition,
the interrupt controller (AINTC) can only be reset during POR and RESETFULL. AINTC also resets
whenever device is under reset.
For the complete programming model, refer to the KeyStone II Architecture ARM CorePac User's Guide
(SPRUHJ4).
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
ARM CorePac
19
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
5 Terminals
5.1
Package Terminals
Figure 5-1 shows the ABD 1089-ball grid array package (bottom view).
32
33
28
30
31
29
26
27
25
24
22
23
18
20
21
19
14
16
17
15
12
13
8
10
11
9
4
6
7
5
2
3
1
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
R
T
U
V
W
Y
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
AJ
AK
AL
AM
AN
Figure 5-1. ABD 1089-Pin BGA Package (Bottom View)
5.2
Pin Map
The following figures show the AM5K2E0x pin assignments in four panels (A, B, C, and D).
A B C D
Figure 5-2. Pin Map Panels (Bottom View)
20
Terminals
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
NOTE
XFI pins are associated with the 10-GbE feature and are supported only in the AM5K2E04
part.
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
VSS
DVDD15
DDRDQM7
DDRDQS6P
DDRD48
DDRD49
DDRDQS5P
DDRD45
B
DVDD15
DDRD63
DDRD50
DDRDQS6N
DDRD52
DDRD44
DDRDQS5N
DDRD46
C
DDRDQS7P
DDRD61
DVDD15
DDRD53
VSS
DDRD42
VSS
DDRD47
D
DDRDQS7N
DDRD62
VSS
DDRD55
DVDD15
DDRD41
DVDD15
DDRDQM5
E
DDRD60
DDRD59
DDRDQM6
DDRD54
DDRD51
DDRD40
DDRD43
DDRDQM4
F
DDRD57
DDRD58
DDRD56
VSS
DVDD15
VSS
DVDD15
VSS
G
VCNTL1
VCNTL4
VSS
DVDD15
VSS
DVDD15
VSS
DVDD15
H
USIMIO
RSV000
VCNTL2
VCNTL3
VCNTL0
VSS
DVDD15
VSS
J
USIMCLK
RSV001
VCNTL5
RSV013
RSV014
DVDD18
VSS
CVDD
A
K
TIMI0
TIMI1
TIMO0
TIMO1
USIMRST
VSS
DVDD18
VSSTMON
L
SPI2CLK
SPI0SCS3
SPI0SCS0
SPI2SCS3
SPI0SCS2
DVDD18
VSS
CVDDTMON
M
SPI1CLK
SPI1SCS1
SPI0DIN
SPI0CLK
SPI0SCS1
VSS
DVDD18
VSS
N
SPI1SCS3
VSS
DVDD18
SPI1SCS2
SPI0DOUT
DVDD18
VSS
CVDD
P
SPI2SCS2
SPI1DOUT
SPI2SCS0
SPI2DIN
SPI1SCS0
VSS
DVDD18
VSS
R
UART0CTS
UART0RTS
SPI2DOUT
SPI1DIN
SPI2SCS1
DVDD18
VSS
CVDD
T
UART1RTS
UART1TXD
UART1CTS
UART0TXD
UART0RXD
VSS
DVDD18
VSS
U
UART0DTR
VSS
DVDD18
VD
UART1RXD
DVDD18
VSS
CVDD
V
GPIO03
GPIO04
GPIO07
GPIO00
VCL
VSS
DVDD18
VSS
W
GPIO09
GPIO06
GPIO08
GPIO05
UART0DSR
DVDD18
VSS
CVDD
Y
GPIO14
GPIO12
GPIO15
GPIO11
GPIO02
VSS
DVDD18
VSS
AA
GPIO16
VSS
DVDD18
GPIO13
GPIO01
DVDD18
VSS
CVDD
AB
GPIO18
GPIO17
GPIO19
GPIO25
GPIO10
VSS
DVDD18
VSS
AC
GPIO21
GPIO24
GPIO23
GPIO26
GPIO20
DVDD18
VSS
CVDD
AD
GPIO28
GPIO27
GPIO29
GPIO31
GPIO22
VSS
DVDD18
VSS
AE
GPIO30
VSS
DVDD18
RSV030
RESET
DVDD18
VSS
DVDD18
AF
RSV029
RESETFULL
BOOTCOMPLETE
HOUT
TDO
VSS
DVDD18
VSS
AG
RSV028
TRST
TDI
SCL0
SDA2
SDA0
VSS
DVDD18
AH
POR
TMS
SCL2
SCL1
RESETSTAT
VSS
DVDD18
VSS
AJ
TCK
SDA1
TSIP0FSA
DVDD18
VSS
RSV018
SGMII00REFRES
RSV019
AK
TSIP0CLKB
TSIP0FSB
TSIP0CLKA
VSS
SGMII0TXN1
SGMII0TXP1
VSS
SGMII0TXN3
AL
TSIP0TR1
TSIP0TX0
VSS
SGMII0TXN0
SGMII0TXP0
VSS
SGMII0TXN2
SGMII0TXP2
AM
DVDD18
TSIP0TX1
TSIP0TR0
VSS
SGMII0RXP1
SGMII0RXN1
VSS
SGMII0RXP3
AN
VSS
DVDD18
VSS
SGMII0RXP0
SGMII0RXN0
VSS
SGMII0RXP2
SGMII0RXN2
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
Figure 5-3. AM5K2Ex Left End Panel (A) — Bottom View
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Terminals
21
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
A
DDRD39
DDRDQS4P
DDRCB00
DDRDQS8N
DDRCB07
DDRCB06
DDRCKE1
DDRA08
B
DDRD38
DDRDQS4N
DDRD32
DDRDQS8P
DDRCB05
DDRDQM8
RSV021
DDRBA2
C
DVDD15
DDRD35
VSS
DDRCB04
DVDD15
DDRCKE0
VSS
DDRA14
D
VSS
DDRD34
DVDD15
DDRCB01
VSS
DDRRESET
DVDD15
DDRA11
E
DDRD37
DDRD36
DDRD33
DDRCB02
DDRCB03
RSV022
DDRA15
DDRA12
F
DVDD15
VSS
DVDD15
VSS
DVDD15
VSS
DVDD15
VSS
G
VSS
AVDDA10
VSS
AVDDA9
VSS
DVDD15
VSS
DDRRZQ2
H
DVDD15
VSS
DVDD15
VSS
DVDD15
VSS
DVDD15
VSS
J
VSS
VNWA2
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
K
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
L
VSS
CVDD1
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
M
CVDD
VSS
CVDD1
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
N
VSS
CVDD1
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
P
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
R
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
T
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
U
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
V
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
W
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
Y
CVDD
VSS
CVDD1
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
AA
VSS
CVDD1
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
AB
CVDD
VSS
CVDD1
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
AC
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
AD
CVDD
VSS
VNWA3
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
AE
VSS
VDDALV
VSS
VDDALV
VSS
VDDALV
VSS
VDDALV
AF
VDDALV
VSS
VDDALV
VSS
VDDALV
VSS
VDDALV
VSS
AG
VSS
VDDALV
VSS
VDDALV
VSS
VDDALV
VSS
VDDALV
AH
VDDAHV
VSS
VDDAHV
VSS
VDDAHV
VSS
VDDAHV
VSS
AJ
SGMII0CLKN
SGMII0CLKP
VSS
SGMII01REFRES
VSS
RSV016
VSS
PCIE0CLKN
AK
SGMII0TXP3
VSS
SGMII0TXN5
SGMII0TXP5
VSS
SGMII0TXN7
SGMII0TXP7
VSS
AL
VSS
SGMII0TXN4
SGMII0TXP4
VSS
SGMII0TXN6
SGMII0TXP6
VSS
PCIE0TXN0
AM
SGMII0RXN3
VSS
SGMII0RXP5
SGMII0RXN5
VSS
SGMII0RXP7
SGMII0RXN7
VSS
AN
VSS
SGMII0RXP4
SGMII0RXN4
VSS
SGMII0RXP6
SGMII0RXN6
VSS
PCIE0RXP0
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
Figure 5-4. AM5K2Ex Left Center Panel (B) — Bottom View
22
Terminals
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
DDRA06
DDRCLKOUTP1
DDRCLKOUTN1
RSV023
DDRA10
DDRCE0
DDRD26
DDRDQS3P
DDRD31
A
DDRA09
DDRA02
DDRCLKOUTP0
DDRCLKOUTN0
DDRRAS
DDRCAS
DDRD25
DDRDQS3N
DDRD29
B
DVDD15
DDRA03
DDRA01
VSS
DDRBA1
DDRCE1
DVDD15
DDRD27
VSS
C
VSS
DDRA04
DDRA00
DVDD15
DDRBA0
DDRODT0
VSS
DDRD28
DVDD15
D
DDRA07
DDRA05
DDRRZQ0
AVDDA7
DDRWE
DDRA13
DDRODT1
DDRD24
DDRD30
E
DVDD15
VSS
DDRVREFSSTL
VSS
DVDD15
VSS
DVDD15
VSS
DVDD15
F
VSS
AVDDA8
VSS
DVDD15
VSS
DDRRZQ1
VSS
DVDD15
VSS
G
DVDD15
VSS
DVDD15
VSS
DVDD15
VSS
DVDD15
VSS
DVDD15
H
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDDCMON
VSSCMON
J
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
VPP0
K
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
L
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD1
VSS
CVDD1
VSS
VPP1
M
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD1
VSS
CVDD
VSS
N
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
USB1DVDD33
VSS
VNWA1
P
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
VDDUSB1
VSS
USB1VPH
VSS
R
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
VDDUSB1
VSS
USB1VPTX
T
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
VDDUSB0
VSS
U
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
VDDUSB0
VSS
USB0VPTX
V
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
USB0VPH
VSS
W
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD1
VSS
USB0DVDD33
VSS
CVDD
Y
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD1
VSS
CVDD1
VSS
CVDD
VSS
AA
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
AB
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
AC
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
CVDD
VSS
VNWA4
AD
VSS
VDDALV
VSS
VDDALV
VSS
VDDALV
VSS
VDDALV
VSS
AE
VDDALV
VSS
VDDALV
VSS
VDDALV
VSS
VDDALV
VSS
VDDALV
AF
VSS
VDDALV
VSS
PCIE0REFRES
VSS
RSV017
VSS
XFIREFRES0
VSS
AG
VDDAHV
VSS
VDDAHV
VSS
VDDAHV
VSS
VDDAHV
VSS
RSV020
AH
PCIE0CLKP
VSS
PCIE1CLKN
PCIE1CLKP
VSS
XFICLKN
XFICLKP
PCIE1REFRES
VSS
AJ
PCIE0TXN1
PCIE0TXP1
VSS
PCIE1TXN1
PCIE1TXP1
VSS
XFITXN1
XFITXP1
VSS
AK
PCIE0TXP0
VSS
PCIE1TXN0
PCIE1TXP0
VSS
XFITXN0
XFITXP0
VSS
PCIE0RXP1
PCIE0RXN1
VSS
PCIE1RXP1
PCIE1RXN1
VSS
XFIRXP1
XFIRXN1
PCIE0RXN0
VSS
PCIE1RXP0
PCIE1RXN0
VSS
XFIRXP0
XFIRXN0
VSS
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
HYPLNK0TXN0 AL
VSS
AM
HYPLNK0RXP0 AN
9
Figure 5-5. AM5K2Ex Right Center Panel (C) — Bottom View
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Terminals
23
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
DDRD22
DDRDQS2N
DDRD09
DDRD08
DDRDQS1P
DDRDQM0
DVDD15
VSS
A
DDRD23
DDRDQS2P
DDRD19
DDRD10
DDRDQS1N
DDRD15
DDRD07
DVDD15
B
DDRD21
DVDD15
DDRD20
VSS
DDRD12
DVDD15
DDRDQS0N
DDRDQS0P
C
DDRDQM2
VSS
DDRD16
DVDD15
DDRD13
VSS
DDRD05
DDRD01
D
DDRDQM3
DDRD18
DDRD17
DDRD11
DDRD14
DDRDQM1
DDRD00
DDRD03
E
VSS
DVDD15
VSS
DVDD15
VSS
DDRD06
DDRD02
DDRD04
F
AVDDA6
VSS
EMIFD09
EMIFD00
DDRCLKP
DDRCLKN
RSV004
RSV005
G
VSS
DVDD15
EMIFD06
EMIFD04
EMIFD13
EMIFD11
EMIFD08
EMIFD07
H
RSV010
VSS
EMIFD05
EMIFD15
EMIFD12
VSS
DVDD18
EMIFD03
J
RSV009
AVDDA2
EMIFD14
EMIFD10
EMIFD02
EMIFD01
EMIFA19
EMIFA20
K
DVDD18
VSS
EMIFA23
EMIFA17
EMIFA21
EMIFA14
EMIFA16
EMIFA11
L
VSS
DVDD18
EMIFA18
EMIFA09
EMIFA10
EMIFA06
DVDD18
VSS
M
DVDD18
VSS
EMIFA05
EMIFA08
EMIFA07
EMIFWAIT1
VSS
USB1RX0M
N
VSS
DVDD18
EMIFA04
EMIFA01
USB1DM
EMIFA00
USB1TX0P
USB1RX0P
P
USB1VP
VSS
EMIFBE1
EMIFWE
USB1DP
EMIFA22
USB1TX0M
VSS
R
VSS
DVDD18
EMIFWAIT0
EMIFA13
USBCLKM
EMIFA15
VSS
USB0RX0M
T
USB0VP
VSS
EMIFA02
EMIFA12
USBCLKP
VSS
USB0TX0M
USB0RX0P
U
VSS
DVDD18
EMIFA03
USB1RESREF
USB1VBUS
USB0DP
USB0TX0P
VSS
V
RSV011
RSV012
USB1ID0
USB0VBUS
USB0ID0
USB0DM
VSS
EMIFCE2
W
VSS
DVDD18
USB0RESREF
EMU17
EMIFCE1
EMIFRW
EMIFOE
EMIFCE3
Y
DVDD18
VSS
EMU01
EMU15
VSS
DVDD18
EMIFBE0
EMIFCE0
AA
VSS
DVDD18
HYPLNK0TXPMCLK
EMU06
EMU08
EMU14
EMU16
USB0DRVVBUS
AB
DVDD18
VSS
HYPLNK0TXFLCLK
EMU00
EMU02
EMU07
EMU13
USB1DRVVBUS
AC
VSS
AVDDA3
EMU04
VSS
DVDD18
EMU05
EMU12
HYPLNK0RXPMDAT AD
DVDD18
XFIMDIO
EMU03
TSSYNCEVT
SYSCLKOUT
HYPLNK0RXFLDAT
RSV002
HYPLNK0RXPMCLK AE
VSS
AVDDA1
XFIMDCLK
HYPLNK0TXPMDAT
TSCOMPOUT
EMU10
RSV003
CORECLKP
AF
RSV015
VSS
NETCPCLKSEL
RSV008
EMU11
TSPUSHEVT0
TSRXCLKOUT1P
CORECLKN
AG
VSS
XFIREFRES1
MDCLK0
MDIO0
HYPLNK0TXFLDAT
EMU09
EMU18
TSRXCLKOUT1N
AH
HYPLNK0CLKN
HYPLNK0CLKP
VSS
HYPLNK0REFRES
VSS
HYPLNK0RXFLCLK
TSRXCLKOUT0N
TSRXCLKOUT0P
AJ
HYPLNK0TXN1
HYPLNK0TXP1
VSS
HYPLNK0TXN3
HYPLNK0TXP3
VSS
TSREFCLKP
TSREFCLKN
AK
HYPLNK0TXP0
VSS
HYPLNK0TXN2
HYPLNK0TXP2
VSS
RSV006
RSV007
TSPUSHEVT1
AL
HYPLNK0RXP1
HYPLNK0RXN1
VSS
HYPLNK0RXP3
HYPLNK0RXN3
VSS
NETCPCLKP
VSS
AM
HYPLNK0RXN0
VSS
HYPLNK0RXP2
HYPLNK0RXN2
VSS
NETCPCLKN
VSS
VSS
AN
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Figure 5-6. AM5K2Ex Right End Panel (D) — Bottom View
24
Terminals
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
5.3
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Terminal Functions
The terminal functions table (Table 5-2) identifies the external signal names, the associated pin (ball)
numbers, the pin type (I, O/Z, or I/O/Z), whether the pin has any internal pullup/pulldown resistors, and
gives functional pin descriptions. This table is arranged by function. The power terminal functions table
(Table 5-3) lists the various power supply pins and ground pins and gives functional pin descriptions.
Table 5-4 shows all pins arranged by signal name. Table 5-5 shows all pins arranged by ball number.
Some pins have additional functions beyond their primary functions. There are 21 pins that have a
secondary function and 15 pins that have a tertiary function. Secondary functions are indicated with a
superscript 2 (2) and tertiary functions are indicated with a superscript 3 (3).
For more detailed information on device configuration, peripheral selection, multiplexed/shared pins, and
pullup/pulldown resistors, see Section 8.2.
Use the symbol definitions in Table 5-1 when reading Table 5-2.
Table 5-1. I/O Functional Symbol Definitions
FUNCTIONAL
SYMBOL
DEFINITION
Internal 100-µA pulldown or pullup is provided for this terminal. In most systems, a 1-kΩ
resistor can be used to oppose the IPD/IPU.
IPD or IPU
A
GND
Table 5-2 COLUMN
HEADING
IPD/IPU
Analog signal
Type
Ground
Type
I
Input terminal
Type
O
Output terminal
Type
P
Power supply voltage
Type
Z
Three-state terminal or high impedance
Type
Table 5-2. Terminal Functions — Signals and Control by Function
SIGNAL NAME
BALL NO. TYPE
IPD/IPU
DESCRIPTION
BOOTMODE_RSVD2
Y31
I
Down
ARM Big Endian Configuration pin. Secondary function for GPIO15.
AVSIFSEL[0]2
K33
I
Down
Default value (bootstrapped) for SR PINMUX Register (SR_PINCTL). Secondary function for TIMI0
AVSIFSEL[1]2
K32
I
Down
Default value (bootstrapped) for SR PINMUX Register (SR_PINCTL). Secondary function for TIMI1
BOOTCOMPLETE
AF31
OZ
Down
Boot progress indication output
BOOTMODE002
AA29
I
Down
User defined Boot Mode pin. Secondary function for GPIO01.
BOOTMODE012
Y29
I
Down
User defined Boot Mode pin. Secondary function for GPIO02.
BOOTMODE022
V33
I
Down
User defined Boot Mode pin. Secondary function for GPIO03.
BOOTMODE03
2
V32
I
Down
User defined Boot Mode pin. Secondary function for GPIO04.
BOOTMODE04
2
W30
I
Down
User defined Boot Mode pin. Secondary function for GPIO05.
BOOTMODE052
W32
I
Down
User defined Boot Mode pin. Secondary function for GPIO06.
BOOTMODE06
2
V31
I
Down
User defined Boot Mode pin. Secondary function for GPIO07.
BOOTMODE07
2
W31
I
Down
User defined Boot Mode pin. Secondary function for GPIO08.
BOOTMODE082
W33
I
Down
User defined Boot Mode pin. Secondary function for GPIO09.
BOOTMODE09
2
AB29
I
Down
User defined Boot Mode pin. Secondary function for GPIO10.
BOOTMODE10
2
Y30
I
Down
User defined Boot Mode pin. Secondary function for GPIO11.
BOOTMODE112
Y32
I
Down
User defined Boot Mode pin. Secondary function for GPIO12.
BOOTMODE122
AA30
I
Down
User defined Boot Mode pin. Secondary function for GPIO13.
BOOTMODE13
2
AA33
I
Down
User defined Boot Mode pin. Secondary function for GPIO16.
BOOTMODE14
2
AB32
I
Down
User defined Boot Mode pin. Secondary function for GPIO17.
BOOTMODE152
AB33
I
Down
User defined Boot Mode pin. Secondary function for GPIO18.
V30
I
Up
Little Endian Configuration pin. Secondary function for GPIO00.
Boot Configuration Pins
2
LENDIAN
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Terminals
25
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 5-2. Terminal Functions — Signals and Control by Function (continued)
SIGNAL NAME
BALL NO. TYPE
IPD/IPU
DESCRIPTION
MAINPLLODSEL2
Y33
I
Down
Post divider select for main PLL.. Secondary function for GPIO14.
CORECLKN
AG1
I
CORECLKP
AF1
I
DDRCLKN
G3
I
DDRCLKP
G4
I
HOUT
AF30
OZ
HYPLNK0CLKN
AJ8
I
HYPLNK0CLKP
AJ7
I
NETCPCLKN
AN3
I
NETCPCLKP
AM2
I
NETCPCLKSEL
AG6
I
PCIE0CLKN
AJ18
I
PCIE0CLKP
AJ17
I
PCIE1CLKN
AJ15
I
PCIE1CLKP
AJ14
I
POR
AH33
I
RESETFULL
AF32
I
Up
Full reset
RESETSTAT
AH29
O
Up
Reset Status Output. Drives low during Power-on Reset (No HHV override). Available after core
and IOs are completely powered-up.
RESET
AE29
I
Up
Warm reset of non-isolated portion of the device
SGMII0CLKN
AJ25
I
SGMII0CLKP
AJ24
I
SYSCLKOUT
AE4
OZ
TSREFCLKN
AK1
I
TSREFCLKP
AK2
I
TSRXCLKOUT0N
AJ2
O
TSRXCLKOUT0P
AJ1
O
TSRXCLKOUT1N
AH1
O
TSRXCLKOUT1P
AG2
O
USBCLKM
T4
I
USBCLKP
U4
I
XFICLKN
AJ12
I
XFICLKP
AJ11
I
Clock / Reset
26
Terminals
System clock input to main PLL
DDR3 reference clock input to DDR PLL
Up
Interrupt output pulse created by IPCGRH
HyperLink reference clock to drive HyperLink SerDes
NETCP sub-system reference clock
Down
NETCP clock select to choose between core clock and NETCPCLK pins
PCIe Clock input to drive PCIe0 SerDes
PCIe Clock Input to drive PCIe1 SerDes
Power-on reset
SGMII reference clock to drive both SGMII0 SerDes SGMII reference clock to drive the SGMII
SerDes
Down
System clock output to be used as a general purpose output clock for debug purposes
Clock from external OCXO/VCXO for SyncE
SERDES recovered clock output for SyncE
SERDES recovered clock output for SyncE
USB0_3.0 reference clock
XFI reference clock to drive the XFI SerDes
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 5-2. Terminal Functions — Signals and Control by Function (continued)
SIGNAL NAME
BALL NO. TYPE
IPD/IPU
DESCRIPTION
DDRA00
D15
OZ
DDRA01
C15
OZ
DDRA02
B16
OZ
DDRA03
C16
OZ
DDRA04
D16
OZ
DDRA05
E16
OZ
DDRA06
A17
OZ
DDRA07
E17
OZ
DDRA08
A18
OZ
DDRA09
B17
OZ
DDRA10
A13
OZ
DDRA11
D18
OZ
DDRA12
E18
OZ
DDRA13
E12
OZ
DDRA14
C18
OZ
DDRA15
E19
OZ
DDRBA0
D13
OZ
DDRBA1
C13
OZ
DDRBA2
B18
OZ
DDRCAS
B12
OZ
DDRCB00
A23
IOZ
DDRCB01
D22
IOZ
DDRCB02
E22
IOZ
DDRCB03
E21
IOZ
DDRCB04
C22
IOZ
DDRCB05
B21
IOZ
DDRCB06
A20
IOZ
DDRCB07
A21
IOZ
DDRCE0
A12
OZ
DDR3 EMIF chip enable0
DDRCE1
C12
OZ
DDR3 EMIF chip enable1
DDRCKE0
C20
OZ
DDR3 EMIF clock enable0
DDRCKE1
A19
OZ
DDR3 EMIF clock enable1
DDRCLKOUTN0
B14
OZ
DDRCLKOUTP0
B15
OZ
DDRCLKOUTN1
A15
OZ
DDRCLKOUTP1
A16
OZ
DDR3
DDR3 EMIF address bus
DDR3 EMIF bank address
DDR3 EMIF column address strobe
DDR3 EMIF check bits
DDR3 EMIF Output Clocks to drive SDRAMs for Rank0
DDR3 EMIF Output Clocks to drive SDRAMs for Rank1
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Terminals
27
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 5-2. Terminal Functions — Signals and Control by Function (continued)
SIGNAL NAME
BALL NO. TYPE
DDRD00
E2
IOZ
DDRD01
D1
IOZ
DDRD02
F2
IOZ
DDRD03
E1
IOZ
DDRD04
F1
IOZ
DDRD05
D2
IOZ
DDRD06
F3
IOZ
DDRD07
B2
IOZ
DDRD08
A5
IOZ
DDRD09
A6
IOZ
DDRD10
B5
IOZ
DDRD11
E5
IOZ
DDRD12
C4
IOZ
DDRD13
D4
IOZ
DDRD14
E4
IOZ
DDRD15
B3
IOZ
DDRD16
D6
IOZ
DDRD17
E6
IOZ
DDRD18
E7
IOZ
DDRD19
B6
IOZ
DDRD20
C6
IOZ
DDRD21
C8
IOZ
DDRD22
A8
IOZ
DDRD23
B8
IOZ
DDRD24
E10
IOZ
DDRD25
B11
IOZ
DDRD26
A11
IOZ
DDRD27
C10
IOZ
DDRD28
D10
IOZ
DDRD29
B9
IOZ
DDRD30
E9
IOZ
DDRD31
A9
IOZ
DDRD32
B23
IOZ
DDRD33
E23
IOZ
DDRD34
D24
IOZ
DDRD35
C24
IOZ
DDRD36
E24
IOZ
DDRD37
E25
IOZ
DDRD38
B25
IOZ
DDRD39
A25
IOZ
DDRD40
E28
IOZ
DDRD41
D28
IOZ
DDRD42
C28
IOZ
DDRD43
E27
IOZ
DDRD44
B28
IOZ
DDRD45
A26
IOZ
DDRD46
B26
IOZ
DDRD47
C26
IOZ
28
Terminals
IPD/IPU
DESCRIPTION
DDR3 EMIF data bus
DDR3 EMIF data bus
DDR3 EMIF data bus
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 5-2. Terminal Functions — Signals and Control by Function (continued)
SIGNAL NAME
BALL NO. TYPE
DDRD48
A29
IOZ
IPD/IPU
DESCRIPTION
DDRD49
A28
IOZ
DDRD50
B31
IOZ
DDRD51
E29
IOZ
DDRD52
B29
IOZ
DDRD53
C30
IOZ
DDRD54
E30
IOZ
DDRD55
D30
IOZ
DDRD56
F31
IOZ
DDRD57
F33
IOZ
DDRD58
F32
IOZ
DDRD59
E32
IOZ
DDRD60
E33
IOZ
DDRD61
C32
IOZ
DDRD62
D32
IOZ
DDRD63
B32
IOZ
DDRDQM0
A3
OZ
DDRDQM1
E3
OZ
DDRDQM2
D8
OZ
DDRDQM3
E8
OZ
DDRDQM4
E26
OZ
DDRDQM5
D26
OZ
DDRDQM6
E31
OZ
DDRDQM7
A31
OZ
DDRDQM8
B20
OZ
DDRDQS0N
C2
IOZ
Up/Dn
DDRDQS0P
C1
IOZ
Up/Dn
DDRDQS1N
B4
IOZ
Up/Dn
DDRDQS1P
A4
IOZ
Up/Dn
DDRDQS2N
A7
IOZ
Up/Dn
DDRDQS2P
B7
IOZ
Up/Dn
DDRDQS3N
B10
IOZ
Up/Dn
DDRDQS3P
A10
IOZ
Up/Dn
DDRDQS4N
B24
IOZ
Up/Dn
DDRDQS4P
A24
IOZ
Up/Dn
DDRDQS5N
B27
IOZ
Up/Dn
DDRDQS5P
A27
IOZ
Up/Dn
DDRDQS6N
B30
IOZ
Up/Dn
DDRDQS6P
A30
IOZ
Up/Dn
DDRDQS7N
D33
IOZ
Up/Dn
DDRDQS7P
C33
IOZ
Up/Dn
DDRDQS8N
A22
IOZ
Up/Dn
DDRDQS8P
B22
IOZ
Up/Dn
DDRODT0
D12
OZ
DDR3 EMIF on-die termination outputs used to set termination on the SDRAMs
DDRODT1
E11
OZ
DDR3 EMIF on-die termination outputs used to set termination on the SDRAMs
DDRRAS
B13
OZ
DDR3 EMIF row address strobe
DDRRESET
D20
OZ
DDR3 reset signal. IO will work in LVCMOS mode to comply with JEDEC standard.
DDRRZQ0
E15
A
PTV compensation reference resistor pin for DDR3
DDRRZQ1
G12
A
PTV compensation reference resistor pin for DDR3
DDRRZQ2
G18
A
PTV compensation reference resistor pin for DDR3
DDRWE
E13
OZ
DDR3 EMIF write enable
DDR3 EMIF data bus
DDR3 EMIF Data Masks
DDR3 EMIF data strobe. Programmable pull-up/dn 350-650 ohm.
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Terminals
29
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 5-2. Terminal Functions — Signals and Control by Function (continued)
SIGNAL NAME
BALL NO. TYPE
IPD/IPU
EMIFA00
P3
O
Down
EMIFA01
P5
O
Down
EMIFA02
U6
O
Down
EMIFA03
V6
O
Down
EMIFA04
P6
O
Down
EMIFA05
N6
O
Down
EMIFA06
M3
O
Down
EMIFA07
N4
O
Down
EMIFA08
N5
O
Down
EMIFA09
M5
O
Down
EMIFA10
M4
O
Down
EMIFA11
L1
O
Down
EMIFA12
U5
O
Down
EMIFA13
T5
O
Down
EMIFA14
L3
O
Down
EMIFA15
T3
O
Down
EMIFA16
L2
O
Down
EMIFA17
L5
O
Down
EMIFA18
M6
O
Down
EMIFA19
K2
O
Down
EMIFA20
K1
O
Down
EMIFA21
L4
O
Down
EMIFA22
R3
O
Down
EMIFA23
L6
O
Down
EMIFBE0
AA2
O
Up
EMIFBE1
R6
O
Up
EMIFCE0
AA1
O
Up
EMIFCE1
Y4
O
Up
EMIFCE2
W1
O
Up
EMIFCE3
Y1
O
Up
EMIFOE
Y2
O
Up
EMIFRW
Y3
O
Up
EMIFWAIT0
T6
I
Down
EMIFWAIT1
N3
I
Down
EMIFWE
R5
O
Up
DESCRIPTION
EMIF
30
Terminals
EMIF address
EMIF address
EMIF control signals
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 5-2. Terminal Functions — Signals and Control by Function (continued)
SIGNAL NAME
BALL NO. TYPE
IPD/IPU
EMIFD00
G5
IOZ
Down
DESCRIPTION
EMIFD01
K3
IOZ
Down
EMIFD02
K4
IOZ
Down
EMIFD03
J1
IOZ
Down
EMIFD04
H5
IOZ
Down
EMIFD05
J6
IOZ
Down
EMIFD06
H6
IOZ
Down
EMIFD07
H1
IOZ
Down
EMIFD08
H2
IOZ
Down
EMIFD09
G6
IOZ
Down
EMIFD10
K5
IOZ
Down
EMIFD11
H3
IOZ
Down
EMIFD12
J4
IOZ
Down
EMIFD13
H4
IOZ
Down
EMIFD14
K6
IOZ
Down
EMIFD15
J5
IOZ
Down
EMU00
AC5
IOZ
Up
EMU01
AA6
IOZ
Up
EMU02
AC4
IOZ
Up
EMU03
AE6
IOZ
Up
EMU04
AD6
IOZ
Up
EMU05
AD3
IOZ
Up
EMU06
AB5
IOZ
Up
EMU07
AC3
IOZ
Up
EMU08
AB4
IOZ
Up
EMU09
AH3
IOZ
Up
EMU10
AF3
IOZ
Up
EMU11
AG4
IOZ
Up
EMU12
AD2
IOZ
Up
EMU13
AC2
IOZ
Up
EMU14
AB3
IOZ
Up
EMU15
AA5
IOZ
Up
EMU16
AB2
IOZ
Up
EMU17
Y5
IOZ
Up
EMU18
AH2
IOZ
Up
EMU193
AB32
IOZ
Down
EMU (Unique select for EMU muxing on each GPIO pin.) Tertiary function for GPIO17.
EMU203
AB33
IOZ
Down
EMU (Unique select for EMU muxing on each GPIO pin.) Tertiary function for GPIO18.
3
AB31
IOZ
Down
EMU (Unique select for EMU muxing on each GPIO pin.) Tertiary function for GPIO19.
3
EMU22
AC29
IOZ
Down
EMU (Unique select for EMU muxing on each GPIO pin.) Tertiary function for GPIO20.
EMU233
AC33
IOZ
Down
EMU (Unique select for EMU muxing on each GPIO pin.) Tertiary function for GPIO21.
EMU243
AD29
IOZ
Down
EMU (Unique select for EMU muxing on each GPIO pin.) Tertiary function for GPIO22.
3
EMU25
AC31
IOZ
Down
EMU (Unique select for EMU muxing on each GPIO pin.) Tertiary function for GPIO23.
EMU263
AC32
IOZ
Down
EMU (Unique select for EMU muxing on each GPIO pin.) Tertiary function for GPIO24.
EMU273
AB30
IOZ
Down
EMU (Unique select for EMU muxing on each GPIO pin.) Tertiary function for GPIO25.
3
AC30
IOZ
Down
EMU (Unique select for EMU muxing on each GPIO pin.) Tertiary function for GPIO26.
3
EMU29
AD32
IOZ
Down
EMU (Unique select for EMU muxing on each GPIO pin.) Tertiary function for GPIO27.
EMU303
AD33
IOZ
Down
EMU (Unique select for EMU muxing on each GPIO pin.) Tertiary function for GPIO28.
3
AD31
IOZ
Down
EMU (Unique select for EMU muxing on each GPIO pin.) Tertiary function for GPIO29.
3
AE33
IOZ
Down
EMU (Unique select for EMU muxing on each GPIO pin.) Tertiary function for GPIO30.
EMIF data
EMU
EMU21
EMU28
EMU31
EMU32
Emulation and trace port
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Terminals
31
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 5-2. Terminal Functions — Signals and Control by Function (continued)
SIGNAL NAME
BALL NO. TYPE
IPD/IPU
EMU333
AD30
Down
IOZ
DESCRIPTION
EMU (Unique select for EMU muxing on each GPIO pin.) Tertiary function for GPIO31.
General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO)
GPIO00
V30
IOZ
Up
GPIO01
AA29
IOZ
Down
GPIO02
Y29
IOZ
Down
GPIO03
V33
IOZ
Down
GPIO04
V32
IOZ
Down
GPIO05
W30
IOZ
Down
GPIO06
W32
IOZ
Down
GPIO07
V31
IOZ
Down
GPIO08
W31
IOZ
Down
GPIO09
W33
IOZ
Down
GPIO10
AB29
IOZ
Down
GPIO11
Y30
IOZ
Down
GPIO12
Y32
IOZ
Down
GPIO13
AA30
IOZ
Down
GPIO14
Y33
IOZ
Down
GPIO15
Y31
IOZ
Down
GPIO16
AA33
IOZ
Down
GPIO17
AB32
IOZ
Down
GPIO18
AB33
IOZ
Down
GPIO19
AB31
IOZ
Down
GPIO20
AC29
IOZ
Down
GPIO21
AC33
IOZ
Down
GPIO22
AD29
IOZ
Down
GPIO23
AC31
IOZ
Down
GPIO24
AC32
IOZ
Down
GPIO25
AB30
IOZ
Down
GPIO26
AC30
IOZ
Down
GPIO27
AD32
IOZ
Down
GPIO28
AD33
IOZ
Down
GPIO29
AD31
IOZ
Down
GPIO30
AE33
IOZ
Down
GPIO31
AD30
IOZ
Down
HYPLNK0RXN0
AN8
I
HYPLNK0RXN1
AM7
I
HYPLNK0RXN2
AN5
I
HYPLNK0RXN3
AM4
I
HYPLNK0RXP0
AN9
I
HYPLNK0RXP1
AM8
I
HYPLNK0RXP2
AN6
I
HYPLNK0RXP3
AM5
I
HYPLNK0TXN0
AL9
O
HYPLNK0TXN1
AK8
O
HYPLNK0TXN2
AL6
O
HYPLNK0TXN3
AK5
O
HYPLNK0TXP0
AL8
O
HYPLNK0TXP1
AK7
O
HYPLNK0TXP2
AL5
O
HYPLNK0TXP3
AK4
O
GPIOs
GPIOs
HyperLink
32
Terminals
HyperLink receive data
HyperLink transmit data
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 5-2. Terminal Functions — Signals and Control by Function (continued)
SIGNAL NAME
BALL NO. TYPE
IPD/IPU
HYPLNK0RXFLCLK
AJ3
O
down
HYPLNK0RXFLDAT
AE3
O
down
HYPLNK0RXPMCLK
AE1
I
down
HYPLNK0RXPMDAT
AD1
I
down
HYPLNK0TXFLCLK
AC6
I
down
HYPLNK0TXFLDAT
AH4
I
down
HYPLNK0TXPMCLK
AB6
O
down
HYPLNK0TXPMDAT
AF5
O
down
HYPLNK0REFRES
AJ5
A
DESCRIPTION
HyperLink sideband signals
HyperLink SerDes reference resistor input (3 kΩ ±1%)
I2C
2
SCL0
AG30
IOZ
I C0 clock
SCL1
AH30
IOZ
I2C1 clock
SCL2
AH31
IOZ
I2C2 clock
SDA0
AG28
IOZ
I2C0 data
SDA1
AJ32
IOZ
I2C1 data
SDA2
AG29
IOZ
I2C2 data
JTAG
TCK
AJ33
I
Up
JTAG clock input
TDI
AG31
I
Up
JTAG data input
TDO
AF29
OZ
Up
JTAG data output
TMS
AH32
I
Up
JTAG test mode input
TRST
AG32
I
Down
JTAG reset
MDCLK0
AH6
O
Down
MDIO0 Clock
MDIO0
AH5
IOZ
Up
MDIO0 Data
XFIMDCLK
AF6
O
Down
XFI MDIO Clock
XFIMDIO
AE7
IOZ
Up
XFI MDIO Data
PCIE0REFRES
AG14
A
PCIE0RXN0
AN17
I
PCIE0RXP0
AN18
I
PCIE0RXN1
AM16
I
PCIE0RXP1
AM17
I
PCIE0TXN0
AL18
O
PCIE0TXP0
AL17
O
PCIE0TXN1
AK17
O
PCIE0TXP1
AK16
O
PCIE1REFRES
AJ10
A
PCIE1RXN0
AN14
I
PCIE1RXP0
AN15
I
PCIE1RXN1
AM13
I
PCIE1RXP1
AM14
I
PCIE1TXN0
AL15
O
PCIE1TXP0
AL14
O
PCIE1TXN1
AK14
O
PCIE1TXP1
AK13
O
SGMII00REFRES
AJ27
A
SGMII0 SerDes reference resistor input (3 kΩ ±1%)
SGMII01REFRES
AJ22
A
SGMII1 SerDes reference resistor input (3 kΩ ±1%)
SGMII0RXN0
AN29
I
SGMII0RXP0
AN30
I
MDIO
PCIe
PCIexpress0 SerDes reference resistor input (3 kΩ ±1%)
PCIexpress0 lane 0 receive data
PCIexpress0 lane 1 receive data
PCIexpress0 lane 0 transmit data
PCIexpress0 lane 1 transmit data
PCIexpress1 SerDes reference resistor input (3 kΩ ±1%)
PCIexpress1lane 0 receive data
PCIexpress1lane 1 receive data
PCIexpress1 lane 0 transmit data
PCIexpress1 lane 1 transmit data
SGMII
Ethernet MAC SGMII0 port 0 receive data
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Terminals
33
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 5-2. Terminal Functions — Signals and Control by Function (continued)
SIGNAL NAME
BALL NO. TYPE
SGMII0RXN1
AM28
I
IPD/IPU
DESCRIPTION
SGMII0RXP1
AM29
I
SGMII0RXN2
AN26
I
SGMII0RXP2
AN27
I
SGMII0RXN3
AM25
I
SGMII0RXP3
AM26
I
SGMII0RXN4
AN23
I
SGMII0RXP4
AN24
I
SGMII0RXN5
AM22
I
SGMII0RXP5
AM23
I
SGMII0RXN6
AN20
I
SGMII0RXP6
AN21
I
SGMII0RXN7
AM19
I
SGMII0RXP7
AM20
I
SGMII0TXN0
AL30
O
SGMII0TXP0
AL29
O
SGMII0TXN1
AK29
O
SGMII0TXP1
AK28
O
SGMII0TXN2
AL27
O
SGMII0TXP2
AL26
O
SGMII0TXN3
AK26
O
SGMII0TXP3
AK25
O
SGMII0TXN4
AL24
O
SGMII0TXP4
AL23
O
SGMII0TXN5
AK23
O
SGMII0TXP5
AK22
O
SGMII0TXN6
AL21
O
SGMII0TXP6
AL20
O
SGMII0TXN7
AK20
O
SGMII0TXP7
AK19
O
VCL
V29
IOZ
VCNTL0
H29
OZ
VCNTL1
G33
OZ
VCNTL2
H31
OZ
VCNTL3
H30
OZ
VCNTL4
G32
OZ
VCNTL5
J31
OZ
VD
U30
IOZ
SPI0CLK
M30
OZ
Down
SPI0 clock
SPI0DIN
M31
I
Down
SPI0 data in
SPI0DOUT
N29
OZ
Down
SPI0 data out
SPI0SCS0
L31
OZ
Up
SPI0 interface enable 0
SPI0SCS1
M29
OZ
Up
SPI0 interface enable 1
SPI0SCS2
L29
OZ
Up
SPI0 interface enable 2
SPI0SCS3
L32
OZ
Up
SPI0 interface enable 3
SPI1CLK
M33
OZ
Down
SPI1 clock
SPI1DIN
R30
I
Down
SPI1 data in
SPI1DOUT
P32
OZ
Down
SPI1 data out
Ethernet MAC SGMII0 port 1 receive data
Ethernet MAC SGMII0 port 2 receive data
Ethernet MAC SGMII0 port 3 receive data
Ethernet MAC SGMII1 port 4 receive data
Ethernet MAC SGMII1 port 5 receive data
Ethernet MAC SGMII1 port 6 receive data
Ethernet MAC SGMII1 port 7 receive data
Ethernet MAC SGMII0 port 0 transmit data
Ethernet MAC SGMII0 port 1 transmit data
Ethernet MAC SGMII0 port 2 transmit data
Ethernet MAC SGMII0 port 3 transmit data
Ethernet MAC SGMII1 port 4 transmit data
Ethernet MAC SGMII1 port 5 transmit data
Ethernet MAC SGMII1 port 6 transmit data
Ethernet MAC SGMII1 port 7 transmit data
SmartReflex
Voltage control I2C clock
Voltage control outputs to variable core power supply
Voltage control I2C data
SPI0
SPI1
34
Terminals
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 5-2. Terminal Functions — Signals and Control by Function (continued)
SIGNAL NAME
BALL NO. TYPE
IPD/IPU
DESCRIPTION
SPI1SCS0
P29
OZ
Up
SPI1 interface enable 0
SPI1SCS1
M32
OZ
Up
SPI1 interface enable 1
SPI1SCS2
N30
OZ
Up
SPI1 interface enable 2
SPI1SCS3
N33
OZ
Up
SPI1 interface enable 3
SPI2CLK
L33
OZ
Down
SPI2 clock
SPI2DIN
P30
I
Down
SPI2 data in
SPI2DOUT
R31
OZ
Down
SPI2 data out
SPI2SCS0
P31
OZ
Up
SPI2 interface enable 0
SPI2SCS1
R29
OZ
Up
SPI2 interface enable 1
SPI2SCS2
P33
OZ
Up
SPI2 interface enable 2
SPI2SCS3
L30
OZ
Up
SPI2 interface enable 3
TSCOMPOUT
AF4
O
Down
IEEE1588 compare output
TSPUSHEVT0
AG3
I
Down
PPS push event from GPS for IEEE1588
TSPUSHEVT1
AL1
I
Down
Push event from BCN for IEEE1588
TSSYNCEVT
AE5
O
Down
IEEE1588 sync event output
TIMI0
K33
I
Down
Timer 0 input
TIMO0
K31
OZ
Down
Timer 0 output
TIMI1
K32
I
Down
Timer 1 input
TIMO1
K30
OZ
Down
Timer 1 output
TSIP0CLKA
AK31
I
Down
CLKA0 TSIP0 external clock A
TSIP0CLKB
AK33
I
Down
CLKB0 TSIP0 external clock B
TSIP0FSA
AJ31
I
Down
FSA0 TSIP0 frame sync A
TSIP0FSB
AK32
I
Down
FSB0 TSIP0 frame sync B
TSIP0TR0
AM31
I
Down
TSIP0TR1
AL33
I
Down
TSIP0TX0
AL32
OZ
Down
TSIP0TX1
AM32
OZ
Down
SPI2
Sync-Ethernet / IEEE1588
Timer
TSIP
TR00 TR01 TSIP0 receive data
TX00 TX01 TSIP0 transmit data
UART0
UART0CTS
R33
I
Down
UART0 clear to send
UART0DSR
W29
I
Down
UART0 data set ready
UART0DTR
U33
OZ
Down
UART0 data terminal ready
UART0RTS
R32
OZ
Down
UART0 request to send
UART0RXD
T29
I
Down
UART0 serial data in
UART0TXD
T30
OZ
Down
UART0 serial data out
UART1CTS
T31
I
Down
UART1 clear to send
UART1RTS
T33
OZ
Down
UART1 request to send
UART1RXD
U29
I
Down
UART1 serial data in
UART1TXD
T32
OZ
Down
UART1 serial data out
USB0DM
W3
IOZ
USB0DP
V3
IOZ
USB0DRVVBUS
AB1
O
USB0ID0
W4
A
USB0 ID
USB0RESREF
Y6
A
Reference resistor connection for USB0 PHY (200 Ω +- 1% resistor to ground)
USB0RX0M
T1
I
USB0RX0P
U1
I
UART1
USB0 (USB_3.0)
USB0 DUSB0 D+
Down
USB0 DRVVBUS output
USB0_3.0 receive data
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Terminals
35
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 5-2. Terminal Functions — Signals and Control by Function (continued)
SIGNAL NAME
BALL NO. TYPE
USB0TX0M
U2
O
IPD/IPU
DESCRIPTION
USB0TX0P
V2
O
USB0VBUS
W5
A
USB0 5-V analog input. Connect to VBUS pin on USB connector through protection switch
USB1DM
P4
IOZ
USB1 D-
USB1DP
R4
IOZ
USB1DRVVBUS
AC1
O
USB1ID0
W6
A
USB1 ID
USB1RESREF
V5
A
Reference resistor connection for USB1 PHY (200Ω +- 1% resistor to ground)
USB1RX0M
N1
I
USB1RX0P
P1
I
USB1TX0M
R2
O
USB1TX0P
P2
O
USB1VBUS
V4
A
USIMCLK
J33
OZ
Down
USIM clock
USIMIO
H33
IOZ
Up
USIM data
USIMRST
K29
OZ
Down
USIM reset
XFIRXN0
AN11
I
XFIRXP0
AN12
I
XFIRXN1
AM10
I
XFIRXP1
AM11
I
XFITXN0
AL12
O
XFITXP0
AL11
O
XFITXN1
AK11
O
XFITXP1
AK10
O
XFIREFRES0
AG10
A
XFI port 0 SerDes reference resistor input (3 kΩ ±1%)
XFIREFRES1
AH7
A
XFI port 1 SerDes reference resistor input (3 kΩ ±1%)
USB0_3.0 transmit data
USB1 (USB_3.0)
USB1 D+
Down
USB1 DRVVBUS output
USB1_3.0 receive data
USB1_3.0 transmit data
USB1 5-V analog input. Connect to VBUS pin on USB connector through protection switch
USIM
XFI (AM5K2E04 only)
36
Terminals
Ethernet MAC XFI port 0 receive data
Ethernet MAC XFI port 1 receive data
Ethernet MAC XFI port 0 transmit data
Ethernet MAC XFI port 1 transmit data
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 5-2. Terminal Functions — Signals and Control by Function (continued)
SIGNAL NAME
BALL NO. TYPE
IPD/IPU
DESCRIPTION
RSV000
H32
OZ
Down
Leave unconnected
RSV001
J32
OZ
Down
Leave unconnected
RSV002
AE2
O
Leave unconnected
RSV003
AF2
O
Leave unconnected
RSV004
G2
O
Leave unconnected
RSV005
G1
O
Leave unconnected
RSV006
AL3
O
Leave unconnected
RSV007
AL2
O
RSV008
AG5
OZ
RSV009
K8
A
Connect to GND
RSV010
J8
A
Leave unconnected
RSV011
W8
A
Leave unconnected
RSV012
W7
A
Leave unconnected
RSV013
J30
A
Leave unconnected
RSV014
J29
A
Leave unconnected
RSV015
AG8
A
Leave unconnected
RSV016
AJ20
A
Leave unconnected
RSV017
AG12
A
Leave unconnected
RSV018
AJ28
A
Leave unconnected
RSV019
AJ26
A
Leave unconnected
RSV020
AH9
A
Leave unconnected
RSV021
B19
OZ
Leave unconnected
RSV022
E20
OZ
Leave unconnected
RSV023
A14
A
Leave unconnected
RSV028
AG33
I
Leave unconnected
RSV029
AF33
I
Leave unconnected
RSV030
AE30
I
Leave unconnected
Reserved
Leave unconnected
Down
Leave unconnected
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Terminals
37
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 5-3. Terminal Functions — Power and Ground
SUPPLY
BALL NO.
VOLTS
DESCRIPTION
AVDDA1
AF7
1.8 V
COREPLL supply
AVDDA2
K7
1.8 V
NETCPPLL supply
AVDDA3
AD7
1.8 V
DDRPLL supply
AVDDA6
G8
1.8 V
DDRA DLL supply
AVDDA7
E14
1.8 V
DDRA DLL supply
AVDDA8
G16
1.8 V
DDRA DLL supply
AVDDA9
G22
1.8 V
DDRA DLL supply
AVDDA10
G24
1.8 V
DDRA DLL supply
CVDD
J12, J14, J16, J18, J20, J22, J26, K11, K13, K15, K17, K19,
K21, K23, K25, L10, L12, L14, L16, L18, L20, L22, M15, M17,
M19, M21, M25, N10, N14, N16, N18, N20, N22, N26, P13,
P15, P17, P19, P21, P23, P25, R14, R16, R18, R20, R22, R24,
R26, T13, T15, T17, T19, T21, T23, T25, U12, U14, U16, U18,
U20, U22, U24, U26, V13, V15, V17, V19, V21, V23, V25, W12,
W14, W16, W18, W20, W22, W24, W26, Y9, Y15, Y17, Y19,
Y21, Y25, AA10, AA16, AA18, AA20, AA22, AA26, AB9, AB11,
AB13, AB15, AB17, AB19, AB21, AB25, AC10, AC12, AC14,
AC16, AC18, AC20, AC22, AC24, AC26, AD11, AD13, AD15,
AD17, AD19, AD21, AD25
AVS
Smart Reflex core supply voltage
CVDD1
L24, M11, M13, M23, N12, N24, Y13, Y23, AA12, AA14, AA24,
AB23
0.95 V
Core supply voltage for memory array
CVDDCMON
J10
AVS
CVDD Supply Monitor
CVDDTMON
L26
AVS
CVDD Supply Monitor
DDR3VREFSSTL
F15
DVDD15/2
DDR3 reference voltage
DVDD15
A2, A32, B1, B33, C3, C7, C11, C17, C21, C25, C31, D5, D9,
D14, D19, D23, D27, D29, F5, F7, F9, F11, F13, F17, F19, F21,
F23, F25, F27, F29, G10, G14, G20, G26, G28, G30, H7, H9,
H11, H13, H15, H17, H19, H21, H23, H25, H27
1.5 V/1.35 V
DDR IO supply
DVDD18
J2, J28, K27, L8, L28, M2, M7, M27, N8, N28, N31, P7, P27,
R28, T7, T27, U28, U31, V7, V27, W28, Y7, Y27, AA3, AA8,
AA28, AA31, AB7, AB27, AC8, AC28, AD4, AD27, AE8, AE26,
AE28, AE31, AF27, AG26, AH27, AJ30, AM33, AN32
1.8 V
1.8-V IO supply
USB0DVDD33
Y11
3.3 V
3.3-V USB0 high supply High-speed
USB0VP
U8
0.85 V
0.85-V USB0 PHY analog and digital Super-speed
supply
USB0VPH
W10
3.3 V
3.3-V USB0 high supply Super-speed
USB0VPTX
V9
0.85 V
0.85-V USB0 PHY transmit supply
USB1DVDD33
P11
3.3 V
3.3-V USB1 high supply High-speed
USB1VP
R8
0.85 V
0.85-V USB1 PHY analog and digital Super-speed
supply
USB1VPH
R10
3.3 V
3.3-V USB1 high supply Super-speed
USB1VPTX
T9
0.85 V
0.85-V USB1 PHY transmit supply
VDDAHV
AH11, AH13, AH15, AH17, AH19, AH21, AH23, AH25
1.8 V
1.8-V high analog supply
VDDALV
AE10, AE12, AE14, AE16, AE18, AE20, AE22, AE24, AF9,
AF11, AF13, AF15, AF17, AF19, AF21, AF23, AF25, AG16,
AG18, AG20, AG22, AG24
0.85 V
SerDes low voltage
VDDUSB0
U10, V11
0.85 V
USB0 PHY analog and digital High-speed supply
VDDUSB1
R12, T11
0.85 V
USB1 PHY analog and digital High-speed supply
VNWA1
P9
0.95 V
Fixed Nwell supply - connect to CVDD1
VNWA2
J24
0.95 V
Fixed Nwell supply - connect to CVDD1
VNWA3
AD23
0.95 V
Fixed Nwell supply - connect to CVDD1
VNWA4
AD9
0.95 V
Fixed Nwell supply - connect to CVDD1
VPP0
K9
Leave unconnected
VPP1
M9
Leave unconnected
38
Terminals
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 5-3. Terminal Functions — Power and Ground (continued)
SUPPLY
BALL NO.
VSS
A1, A33, C5, C9, C14, C19, C23, C27, C29, D3, D7, D11, D17, GND
D21, D25, D31, F4, F6, F8, F10, F12, F14, F16, F18, F20, F22,
F24, F26, F28, F30, G7, G9, G11, G13, G15, G17, G19, G21,
G23, G25, G27, G29, G31, H8, H10, H12, H14, H16, H18, H20,
H22, H24, H26, H28, J3, J7, J11, J13, J15, J17, J19, J21, J23,
J25, J27, K10, K12, K14, K16, K18, K20, K22, K24, K28, L7,
L9, L11, L13, L15, L17, L19, L21, L23, L25, L27, M1, M8, M10,
M12, M14, M16, M18, M20, M22, M24, M26, M28, N2, N7, N9,
N11, N13, N15, N17, N19, N21, N23, N25, N27, N32, P8, , P10,
P12, P14, P16, P18, P20, P22, P24, P26, P28, R1, R7, R9,
R11, R13, R15, R17, R19, R21, R23, R25, R27, T2, T8, T10,
T12, T14, T16, T18, T20, T22, T24, T26, T28, U3, U7, U9, U11,
U13, U15, U17, U19, U21, U23, U25, U27, U32, V1, V8, V10,
V12, V14, V16, V18, V20, V22, V24, V26, V28, W2, W9, W11,
W13, W15, W17, W19, W21, W23, W25, W27, Y8, Y10, Y12,
Y14, Y16, Y18, Y20, Y22, Y24, Y26, Y28, AA4, AA7, AA9,
AA11, AA13, AA15, AA17, AA19, AA21, AA23, AA25, AA27,
AA32, AB8, AB10, AB12, AB14, AB16, AB18, AB20, AB22,
AB24, AB26, AB28, AC7, AC9, AC11, AC13, AC15, AC17,
AC19, AC21, AC23, AC25, AC27, AD5, AD8, AD10, AD12,
AD14, AD16, AD18, AD20, AD22, AD24, AD26, AD28, AE9,
AE11, AE13, AE15, AE17, AE19, AE21, AE23, AE25, AE27,
AE32, AF8, AF10, AF12, AF14, AF16, AF18, AF20, AF22,
AF24, AF26, AF28, AG7, AG9, AG11, AG13, AG15, AG17,
AG19, AG21, AG23, AG25, AG27, AH8, AH10, AH12, AH14,
AH16, AH18, AH20, AH22, AH24, AH26, AH28, AJ4, AJ6, AJ9,
AJ13, AJ16, AJ19, AJ21, AJ23, AJ29, AK3, AK6, AK9, AK12,
AK15, AK18, AK21, AK24, AK27, AK30, AL4, AL7, AL10, AL13,
AL16, AL19, AL22, AL25, AL28, AL31, AM1, AM3, AM6, AM9,
AM12, AM15, AM18, AM21, AM24, AM27, AM30, AN1, AN2,
AN4, AN7, AN10, AN13, AN16, AN19, AN22, AN25, AN28,
AN31, AN33
VOLTS
Ground
VSSCMON
J9
GND
GND Monitor
VSSTMON
K26
GND
GND Monitor
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
DESCRIPTION
Terminals
39
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 5-4. Terminal Functions — By Signal Name
40
Terminals
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
SIGNAL NAME
BALL NUMBER
SIGNAL NAME
BALL NUMBER
SIGNAL NAME
BALL NUMBER
BOOTMODE_RSVD2
Y31
DDRA02
B16
DDRD15
B3
AVDDA1
AF7
DDRA03
C16
DDRD16
D6
AVDDA2
K7
DDRA04
D16
DDRD17
E6
AVDDA3
AD7
DDRA05
E16
DDRD18
E7
AVDDA6
G8
DDRA06
A17
DDRD19
B6
AVDDA7
E14
DDRA07
E17
DDRD20
C6
AVDDA8
G16
DDRA08
A18
DDRD21
C8
AVDDA9
G22
DDRA09
B17
DDRD22
A8
AVDDA10
G24
DDRA10
A13
DDRD23
B8
AVSIFSEL[0]2
K33
DDRA11
D18
DDRD24
E10
AVSIFSEL[1]2
K32
DDRA12
E18
DDRD25
B11
BOOTCOMPLETE
AF31
DDRA13
E12
DDRD26
A11
BOOTMODE002
AA29
DDRA14
C18
DDRD27
C10
2
Y29
DDRA15
E19
DDRD28
D10
2
BOOTMODE02
V33
DDRBA0
D13
DDRD29
B9
BOOTMODE032
BOOTMODE01
V32
DDRBA1
C13
DDRD30
E9
2
W30
DDRBA2
B18
DDRD31
A9
2
BOOTMODE05
W32
DDRCAS
B12
DDRD32
B23
BOOTMODE062
V31
DDRCB00
A23
DDRD33
E23
BOOTMODE072
W31
DDRCB01
D22
DDRD34
D24
2
W33
DDRCB02
E22
DDRD35
C24
2
BOOTMODE09
AB29
DDRCB03
E21
DDRD36
E24
BOOTMODE102
Y30
DDRCB04
C22
DDRD37
E25
2
Y32
DDRCB05
B21
DDRD38
B25
2
BOOTMODE12
AA30
DDRCB06
A20
DDRD39
A25
BOOTMODE132
AA33
DDRCB07
A21
DDRD40
E28
2
AB32
DDRCE0
A12
DDRD41
D28
2
BOOTMODE15
AB33
DDRCE1
C12
DDRD42
C28
CORECLKN
AG1
DDRCKE0
C20
DDRD43
E27
CORECLKP
AF1
DDRCKE1
A19
DDRD44
B28
CVDD
J12, J14, J16, J18, J20, J22,
J26, K11, K13, K15, K17, K19,
K21, K23, K25, L10, L12, L14,
L16, L18, L20, L22, M15, M17,
M19, M21, M25, N10, N14, N16,
N18, N20, N22
DDRCLKN
G3
DDRD45
A26
DDRCLKOUTN0
B14
DDRD46
B26
DDRCLKOUTN1
A15
DDRD47
C26
DDRCLKOUTP0
B15
DDRD48
A29
N26, P13, P15, P17, P19, P21,
P23, P25, R14, R16, R18, R20,
R22, R24, R26, T13, T15, T17,
T19, T21, T23, T25, U12, U14,
U16, U18, U20, U22, U24, U26,
V13, V15
DDRCLKOUTP1
A16
DDRD49
A28
DDRCLKP
G4
DDRD50
B31
DDRD00
E2
DDRD51
E29
DDRD01
D1
DDRD52
B29
V17, V19, V21, V23, V25, W12,
W14, W16, W18, W20, W22,
W24, W26, Y9, Y15, Y17, Y19,
Y21, Y25, AA10, AA16, AA18,
AA20, AA22, AA26, AB9, AB11,
AB13, AB15
DDRD02
F2
DDRD53
C30
DDRD03
E1
DDRD54
E30
DDRD04
F1
DDRD55
D30
DDRD05
D2
DDRD56
F31
AB17, AB19, AB21, AB25, AC10,
AC12, AC14, AC16, AC18,
AC20, AC22, AC24, AC26,
AD11, AD13, AD15, AD17,
AD19, AD21, AD25
DDRD06
F3
DDRD57
F33
DDRD07
B2
DDRD58
F32
DDRD08
A5
DDRD59
E32
L24, M11, M13, M23, N12, N24,
Y13, Y23, AA12, AA14, AA24,
AB23
DDRD09
A6
DDRD60
E33
DDRD10
B5
DDRD61
C32
CVDDCMON
J10
DDRD11
E5
DDRD62
D32
CVDDTMON
L26
DDRD12
C4
DDRD63
B32
DDRA00
D15
DDRD13
D4
DDRDQM0
A3
DDRA01
C15
DDRD14
E4
DDRDQM1
E3
BOOTMODE04
BOOTMODE08
BOOTMODE11
BOOTMODE14
CVDD
CVDD
CVDD
CVDD1
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Terminals
41
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
SIGNAL NAME
BALL NUMBER
SIGNAL NAME
BALL NUMBER
SIGNAL NAME
BALL NUMBER
DDRDQM2
D8
EMIFA05
N6
EMU05
AD3
DDRDQM3
E8
EMIFA06
M3
EMU06
AB5
DDRDQM4
E26
EMIFA07
N4
EMU07
AC3
DDRDQM5
D26
EMIFA08
N5
EMU08
AB4
DDRDQM6
E31
EMIFA09
M5
EMU09
AH3
DDRDQM7
A31
EMIFA10
M4
EMU10
AF3
DDRDQM8
B20
EMIFA11
L1
EMU11
AG4
DDRDQS0N
C2
EMIFA12
U5
EMU12
AD2
DDRDQS0P
C1
EMIFA13
T5
EMU13
AC2
DDRDQS1N
B4
EMIFA14
L3
EMU14
AB3
DDRDQS1P
A4
EMIFA15
T3
EMU15
AA5
DDRDQS2N
A7
EMIFA16
L2
EMU16
AB2
DDRDQS2P
B7
EMIFA17
L5
EMU17
Y5
DDRDQS3N
B10
EMIFA18
M6
EMU18
AH2
DDRDQS3P
A10
EMIFA19
K2
EMU193
AB32
DDRDQS4N
B24
EMIFA20
K1
EMU203
AB33
DDRDQS4P
A24
EMIFA21
L4
EMU21
3
AB31
DDRDQS5N
B27
EMIFA22
R3
EMU22
3
AC29
DDRDQS5P
A27
EMIFA23
L6
EMU233
AC33
DDRDQS6N
B30
EMIFBE0
AA2
EMU243
AD29
DDRDQS6P
A30
EMIFBE1
R6
EMU25
3
AC31
DDRDQS7N
D33
EMIFCE0
AA1
EMU26
3
AC32
DDRDQS7P
C33
EMIFCE1
Y4
EMU273
AB30
DDRDQS8N
A22
EMIFCE2
W1
EMU28
3
AC30
DDRDQS8P
B22
EMIFCE3
Y1
EMU29
3
AD32
DDRODT0
D12
EMIFD00
G5
EMU303
AD33
DDRODT1
E11
EMIFD01
K3
EMU31
3
AD31
DDRRAS
B13
EMIFD02
K4
EMU32
3
AE33
DDRRESET
D20
EMIFD03
J1
EMU333
AD30
DDRRZQ0
E15
EMIFD04
H5
GPIO00
V30
DDRRZQ1
G12
EMIFD05
J6
GPIO01
AA29
DDRRZQ2
G18
EMIFD06
H6
GPIO02
Y29
DDRVREFSSTL
F15
EMIFD07
H1
GPIO03
V33
DDRWE
E13
EMIFD08
H2
GPIO04
V32
DVDD15
A2, A32, B1, B33, C3, C7, C11,
C17, C21, C25, C31, D5, D9,
D14, D19, D23, D27, D29, F5,
F7, F9, F11, F13, F17, F19, F21
EMIFD09
G6
GPIO05
W30
EMIFD10
K5
GPIO06
W32
EMIFD11
H3
GPIO07
V31
F23, F25, F27, F29, G10, G14,
G20, G26, G28, G30, H7, H9,
H11, H13, H15, H17, H19, H21,
H23, H25, H27
EMIFD12
J4
GPIO08
W31
EMIFD13
H4
GPIO09
W33
EMIFD14
K6
GPIO10
AB29
J2, J28, K27, L8, L28, M2, M7,
M27, N8, N28, N31, P7, P27,
R28, T7, T27, U28, U31, V7,
V27, W28, Y7, Y27, AA3, AA8
EMIFD15
J5
GPIO11
Y30
EMIFOE
Y2
GPIO12
Y32
EMIFRW
Y3
GPIO13
AA30
AA28, AA31, AB7, AB27, AC8,
AC28, AD4, AD27, AE8, AE26,
AE28, AE31, AF27, AG26, AH27,
AJ30, AM33, AN32
EMIFWAIT0
T6
GPIO14
Y33
EMIFWAIT1
N3
GPIO15
Y31
EMIFWE
R5
GPIO16
AA33
EMIFA00
P3
EMU00
AC5
GPIO17
AB32
EMIFA01
P5
EMU01
AA6
GPIO18
AB33
EMIFA02
U6
EMU02
AC4
GPIO19
AB31
EMIFA03
V6
EMU03
AE6
GPIO20
AC29
EMIFA04
P6
EMU04
AD6
GPIO21
AC33
DVDD15
DVDD18
DVDD18
42
Terminals
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
SIGNAL NAME
BALL NUMBER
SIGNAL NAME
BALL NUMBER
SIGNAL NAME
BALL NUMBER
GPIO22
AD29
PCIE0RXP1
AM17
SDA1
AJ32
GPIO23
AC31
PCIE0TXN0
AL18
SDA2
AG29
GPIO24
AC32
PCIE0TXN1
AK17
SGMII00REFRES
AJ27
GPIO25
AB30
PCIE0TXP0
AL17
SGMII01REFRES
AJ22
GPIO26
AC30
PCIE0TXP1
AK16
SGMII0CLKN
AJ25
GPIO27
AD32
PCIE1CLKN
AJ15
SGMII0CLKP
AJ24
GPIO28
AD33
PCIE1CLKP
AJ14
SGMII0RXN0
AN29
GPIO29
AD31
PCIE1REFRES
AJ10
SGMII0RXN1
AM28
GPIO30
AE33
PCIE1RXN0
AN14
SGMII0RXN2
AN26
GPIO31
AD30
PCIE1RXN1
AM13
SGMII0RXN3
AM25
HOUT
AF30
PCIE1RXP0
AN15
SGMII0RXN4
AN23
HYPLNK0CLKN
AJ8
PCIE1RXP1
AM14
SGMII0RXN5
AM22
HYPLNK0CLKP
AJ7
PCIE1TXN0
AL15
SGMII0RXN6
AN20
HYPLNK0REFRES
AJ5
PCIE1TXN1
AK14
SGMII0RXN7
AM19
HYPLNK0RXFLCLK
AJ3
PCIE1TXP0
AL14
SGMII0RXP0
AN30
HYPLNK0RXFLDAT
AE3
PCIE1TXP1
AK13
SGMII0RXP1
AM29
HYPLNK0RXN0
AN8
POR
AH33
SGMII0RXP2
AN27
HYPLNK0RXN1
AM7
RESETFULL
AF32
SGMII0RXP3
AM26
HYPLNK0RXN2
AN5
RESETSTAT
AH29
SGMII0RXP4
AN24
HYPLNK0RXN3
AM4
RESET
AE29
SGMII0RXP5
AM23
HYPLNK0RXP0
AN9
RSV000
H32
SGMII0RXP6
AN21
HYPLNK0RXP1
AM8
RSV001
J32
SGMII0RXP7
AM20
HYPLNK0RXP2
AN6
RSV002
AE2
SGMII0TXN0
AL30
HYPLNK0RXP3
AM5
RSV003
AF2
SGMII0TXN1
AK29
HYPLNK0RXPMCLK
AE1
RSV004
G2
SGMII0TXN2
AL27
HYPLNK0RXPMDAT
AD1
RSV005
G1
SGMII0TXN3
AK26
HYPLNK0TXFLCLK
AC6
RSV006
AL3
SGMII0TXN4
AL24
HYPLNK0TXFLDAT
AH4
RSV007
AL2
SGMII0TXN5
AK23
HYPLNK0TXN0
AL9
RSV008
AG5
SGMII0TXN6
AL21
HYPLNK0TXN1
AK8
RSV009
K8
SGMII0TXN7
AK20
HYPLNK0TXN2
AL6
RSV010
J8
SGMII0TXP0
AL29
HYPLNK0TXN3
AK5
RSV011
W8
SGMII0TXP1
AK28
HYPLNK0TXP0
AL8
RSV012
W7
SGMII0TXP2
AL26
HYPLNK0TXP1
AK7
RSV013
J30
SGMII0TXP3
AK25
HYPLNK0TXP2
AL5
RSV014
J29
SGMII0TXP4
AL23
HYPLNK0TXP3
AK4
RSV015
AG8
SGMII0TXP5
AK22
HYPLNK0TXPMCLK
AB6
RSV016
AJ20
SGMII0TXP6
AL20
HYPLNK0TXPMDAT
AF5
RSV017
AG12
SGMII0TXP7
AK19
LENDIAN2
V30
RSV018
AJ28
SPI0CLK
M30
MAINPLLODSEL2
Y33
RSV019
AJ26
SPI0DIN
M31
MDCLK0
AH6
RSV020
AH9
SPI0DOUT
N29
MDIO0
AH5
RSV021
B19
SPI0SCS0
L31
NETCPCLKN
AN3
RSV022
E20
SPI0SCS1
M29
NETCPCLKP
AM2
RSV023
A14
SPI0SCS2
L29
NETCPCLKSEL
AG6
RSV028
AG33
SPI0SCS3
L32
PCIE0CLKN
AJ18
RSV029
AF33
SPI1CLK
M33
PCIE0CLKP
AJ17
RSV030
AE30
SPI1DIN
R30
PCIE0REFRES
AG14
SCL0
AG30
SPI1DOUT
P32
PCIE0RXN0
AN17
SCL1
AH30
SPI1SCS0
P29
PCIE0RXN1
AM16
SCL2
AH31
SPI1SCS1
M32
PCIE0RXP0
AN18
SDA0
AG28
SPI1SCS2
N30
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Terminals
43
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
SIGNAL NAME
BALL NUMBER
SIGNAL NAME
BALL NUMBER
SIGNAL NAME
BALL NUMBER
SPI1SCS3
N33
TSRXCLKOUT0P
AJ1
USB1RESREF
V5
SPI2CLK
L33
TSRXCLKOUT1N
AH1
USB1RX0M
N1
SPI2DIN
P30
TSRXCLKOUT1P
AG2
USB1RX0P
P1
SPI2DOUT
R31
TSSYNCEVT
AE5
USB1TX0M
R2
SPI2SCS0
P31
UART0CTS
R33
USB1TX0P
P2
SPI2SCS1
R29
UART0DSR
W29
USB1VBUS
V4
SPI2SCS2
P33
UART0DTR
U33
USB1VP
R8
SPI2SCS3
L30
UART0RTS
R32
USB1VPH
R10
SYSCLKOUT
AE4
UART0RXD
T29
USB1VPTX
T9
TCK
AJ33
UART0TXD
T30
USBCLKM
T4
TDI
AG31
UART1CTS
T31
USBCLKP
U4
TDO
AF29
UART1RTS
T33
USIMCLK
J33
TIMI0
K33
UART1RXD
U29
USIMIO
H33
TIMI1
K32
UART1TXD
T32
USIMRST
K29
TIMO0
K31
USB0DM
W3
VCL
V29
TIMO1
K30
USB0DP
V3
VCNTL0
H29
TMS
AH32
USB0DRVVBUS
AB1
VCNTL1
G33
TRST
AG32
USB0DVDD33
Y11
VCNTL2
H31
TSCOMPOUT
AF4
USB0ID0
W4
VCNTL3
H30
TSIP0CLKA
AK31
USB0RESREF
Y6
VCNTL4
G32
TSIP0CLKB
AK33
USB0RX0M
T1
VCNTL5
J31
TSIP0FSA
AJ31
USB0RX0P
U1
VD
U30
TSIP0FSB
AK32
USB0TX0M
U2
VDDAHV
TSIP0TR0
AM31
USB0TX0P
V2
AH11, AH13, AH15, AH17,
AH19, AH21, AH23, AH25
TSIP0TR1
AL33
USB0VBUS
W5
VDDALV
TSIP0TX0
AL32
USB0VP
U8
TSIP0TX1
AM32
USB0VPH
W10
AE10, AE12, AE14, AE16, AE18,
AE20, AE22, AE24, AF9, AF11,
AF13, AF15, AF17, AF19, AF21,
AF23, AF25, AG16, AG18,
AG20, AG22, AG24
TSPUSHEVT0
AG3
USB0VPTX
V9
TSPUSHEVT1
AL1
USB1DM
P4
TSREFCLKN
AK1
USB1DP
R4
VDDUSB0
U10, V11
TSREFCLKP
AK2
USB1DRVVBUS
AC1
VDDUSB1
R12, T11
TSRXCLKOUT0N
AJ2
USB1DVDD33
P11
VNWA1
P9
USB1ID0
W6
VNWA2
J24
44
Terminals
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
SIGNAL NAME
BALL NUMBER
SIGNAL NAME
BALL NUMBER
SIGNAL NAME
BALL NUMBER
VNWA3
AD23
VSS
VSS
VNWA4
AD9
AN4, AN7, AN10, AN13, AN16,
AN19, AN22, AN25, AN28,
AN31, AN33
VPP0
K9
VPP1
M9
W11, W13, W15, W17, W19,
W21, W23, W25, W27, Y8, Y10,
Y12, Y14, Y16, Y18, Y20, Y22,
Y24, Y26, Y28, AA4, AA7, AA9,
AA11, AA13, AA15, AA17, AA19,
AA21, AA23
VSSCMON
J9
VSS
A1, A33, C5, C9, C14, C19, C23,
C27, C29, D3, D7, D11, D17,
D21, D25, D31, F4, F6, F8, F10,
F12, F14, F16, F18, F20, F22,
F24, F26, F28, F30, G7, G9,
G11, G13, G15, G17
VSS
AA25, AA27, AA32, AB8, AB10,
AB12, AB14, AB16, AB18, AB20,
AB22, AB24, AB26, AB28, AC7,
AC9, AC11, AC13, AC15, AC17,
AC19, AC21, AC23, AC25
VSSTMON
K26
XFICLKN
AJ12
XFICLKP
AJ11
XFIMDCLK
AF6
G19, G21, G23, G25, G27, G29,
G31, H8, H10, H12, H14, H16,
H18, H20, H22, H24, H26, H28,
J3, J7, J11, J13, J15, J17, J19,
J21, J23, J25, J27, K10, K12,
K14, K16, K18
VSS
XFIMDIO
AE7
XFIREFRES0
AG10
XFIREFRES1
AH7
XFIRXN0
AN11
K20, K22, K24, K28, L7, L9, L11,
L13, L15, L17, L19, L21, L23,
L25, L27, M1, M8, M10, M12,
M14, M16, M18, M20, M22, M24,
M26, M28, N2, N7, N9, N11,
N13, N15, N17
VSS
XFIRXN1
AM10
XFIRXP0
AN12
XFIRXP1
AM11
XFITXN0
AL12
N19, N21, N23, N25, N27, N32,
P8, P10, P12, P14, P16, P18,
P20, P22, P24, P26, P28, R1,
R7, R9, R11, R13, R15, R17,
R19, R21, R23, R25, R27, T2,
T8, T10, T12, T14
VSS
XFITXN1
AK11
XFITXP0
AL11
XFITXP1
AK10
T16, T18, T20, T22, T24, T26,
T28, U3, U7, U9, U11, U13, U15,
U17, U19, U21, U23, U25, U27,
U32, V1, V8, V10, V12, V14,
V16, V18, V20, V22, V24, V26,
V28, W2, W9
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
AC27, AD5, AD8, AD10, AD12,
AD14, AD16, AD18, AD20,
AD22, AD24, AD26, AD28, AE9,
AE11, AE13, AE15, AE17, AE19,
AE21, AE23, AE25, AE27, AE32
AF8, AF10, AF12, AF14, AF16,
AF18, AF20, AF22, AF24, AF26,
AF28, AG7, AG9, AG11, AG13,
AG15, AG17, AG19, AG21,
AG23, AG25, AG27, AH8, AH10
AH12, AH14, AH16, AH18,
AH20, AH22, AH24, AH26,
AH28, AJ4, AJ6, AJ9, AJ13,
AJ16, AJ19, AJ21, AJ23, AJ29,
AK3, AK6, AK9, AK12, AK15,
AK18, AK21, AK24
AK27, AK30, AL4, AL7, AL10,
AL13, AL16, AL19, AL22, AL25,
AL28, AL31, AM1, AM3, AM6,
AM9, AM12, AM15, AM18,
AM21, AM24, AM27, AM30, AN1,
AN2
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Terminals
45
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 5-5. Terminal Functions — By Ball Number
BALL NUMBER
SIGNAL NAME
BALL NUMBER
SIGNAL NAME
BALL NUMBER
SIGNAL NAME
A1
VSS
B20
DDRDQM8
D6
DDRD16
A2
DVDD15
B21
DDRCB05
D7
VSS
A3
DDRDQM0
B22
DDRDQS8P
D8
DDRDQM2
A4
DDRDQS1P
B23
DDRD32
D9
DVDD15
A5
DDRD08
B24
DDRDQS4N
D10
DDRD28
A6
DDRD09
B25
DDRD38
D11
VSS
A7
DDRDQS2N
B26
DDRD46
D12
DDRODT0
A8
DDRD22
B27
DDRDQS5N
D13
DDRBA0
A9
DDRD31
B28
DDRD44
D14
DVDD15
A10
DDRDQS3P
B29
DDRD52
D15
DDRA00
A11
DDRD26
B30
DDRDQS6N
D16
DDRA04
A12
DDRCE0
B31
DDRD50
D17
VSS
A13
DDRA10
B32
DDRD63
D18
DDRA11
A14
RSV023
B33
DVDD15
D19
DVDD15
A15
DDRCLKOUTN1
C1
DDRDQS0P
D20
DDRRESET
A16
DDRCLKOUTP1
C2
DDRDQS0N
D21
VSS
A17
DDRA06
C3
DVDD15
D22
DDRCB01
A18
DDRA08
C4
DDRD12
D23
DVDD15
A19
DDRCKE1
C5
VSS
D24
DDRD34
A20
DDRCB06
C6
DDRD20
D25
VSS
A21
DDRCB07
C7
DVDD15
D26
DDRDQM5
A22
DDRDQS8N
C8
DDRD21
D27
DVDD15
A23
DDRCB00
C9
VSS
D28
DDRD41
A24
DDRDQS4P
C10
DDRD27
D29
DVDD15
A25
DDRD39
C11
DVDD15
D30
DDRD55
A26
DDRD45
C12
DDRCE1
D31
VSS
A27
DDRDQS5P
C13
DDRBA1
D32
DDRD62
A28
DDRD49
C14
VSS
D33
DDRDQS7N
A29
DDRD48
C15
DDRA01
E1
DDRD03
A30
DDRDQS6P
C16
DDRA03
E2
DDRD00
A31
DDRDQM7
C17
DVDD15
E3
DDRDQM1
A32
DVDD15
C18
DDRA14
E4
DDRD14
A33
VSS
C19
VSS
E5
DDRD11
B1
DVDD15
C20
DDRCKE0
E6
DDRD17
B2
DDRD07
C21
DVDD15
E7
DDRD18
B3
DDRD15
C22
DDRCB04
E8
DDRDQM3
B4
DDRDQS1N
C23
VSS
E9
DDRD30
B5
DDRD10
C24
DDRD35
E10
DDRD24
B6
DDRD19
C25
DVDD15
E11
DDRODT1
B7
DDRDQS2P
C26
DDRD47
E12
DDRA13
B8
DDRD23
C27
VSS
E13
DDRWE
B9
DDRD29
C28
DDRD42
E14
AVDDA7
B10
DDRDQS3N
C29
VSS
E15
DDRRZQ0
B11
DDRD25
C30
DDRD53
E16
DDRA05
B12
DDRCAS
C31
DVDD15
E17
DDRA07
B13
DDRRAS
C32
DDRD61
E18
DDRA12
B14
DDRCLKOUTN0
C33
DDRDQS7P
E19
DDRA15
B15
DDRCLKOUTP0
D1
DDRD01
E20
RSV022
B16
DDRA02
D2
DDRD05
E21
DDRCB03
B17
DDRA09
D3
VSS
E22
DDRCB02
B18
DDRBA2
D4
DDRD13
E23
DDRD33
B19
RSV021
D5
DVDD15
E24
DDRD36
46
Terminals
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 5-5. Terminal Functions — By Ball Number (continued)
BALL NUMBER
SIGNAL NAME
BALL NUMBER
SIGNAL NAME
BALL NUMBER
SIGNAL NAME
E25
DDRD37
G11
VSS
H30
VCNTL3
E26
DDRDQM4
G12
DDRRZQ1
H31
VCNTL2
E27
DDRD43
G13
VSS
H32
RSV000
E28
DDRD40
G14
DVDD15
H33
USIMIO
E29
DDRD51
G15
VSS
J1
EMIFD03
E30
DDRD54
G16
AVDDA8
J2
DVDD18
E31
DDRDQM6
G17
VSS
J3
VSS
E32
DDRD59
G18
DDRRZQ2
J4
EMIFD12
E33
DDRD60
G19
VSS
J5
EMIFD15
F1
DDRD04
G20
DVDD15
J6
EMIFD05
F2
DDRD02
G21
VSS
J7
VSS
F3
DDRD06
G22
AVDDA9
J8
RSV010
F4
VSS
G23
VSS
J9
VSSCMON
F5
DVDD15
G24
AVDDA10
J10
CVDDCMON
F6
VSS
G25
VSS
J11
VSS
F7
DVDD15
G26
DVDD15
J12
CVDD
F8
VSS
G27
VSS
J13
VSS
F9
DVDD15
G28
DVDD15
J14
CVDD
F10
VSS
G29
VSS
J15
VSS
F11
DVDD15
G30
DVDD15
J16
CVDD
F12
VSS
G31
VSS
J17
VSS
F13
DVDD15
G32
VCNTL4
J18
CVDD
F14
VSS
G33
VCNTL1
J19
VSS
F15
DDRVREFSSTL
H1
EMIFD07
J20
CVDD
F16
VSS
H2
EMIFD08
J21
VSS
F17
DVDD15
H3
EMIFD11
J22
CVDD
F18
VSS
H4
EMIFD13
J23
VSS
F19
DVDD15
H5
EMIFD04
J24
VNWA2
F20
VSS
H6
EMIFD06
J25
VSS
F21
DVDD15
H7
DVDD15
J26
CVDD
F22
VSS
H8
VSS
J27
VSS
F23
DVDD15
H9
DVDD15
J28
DVDD18
F24
VSS
H10
VSS
J29
RSV014
F25
DVDD15
H11
DVDD15
J30
RSV013
F26
VSS
H12
VSS
J31
VCNTL5
F27
DVDD15
H13
DVDD15
J32
RSV001
F28
VSS
H14
VSS
J33
USIMCLK
F29
DVDD15
H15
DVDD15
K1
EMIFA20
F30
VSS
H16
VSS
K2
EMIFA19
F31
DDRD56
H17
DVDD15
K3
EMIFD01
F32
DDRD58
H18
VSS
K4
EMIFD02
F33
DDRD57
H19
DVDD15
K5
EMIFD10
G1
RSV005
H20
VSS
K6
EMIFD14
G2
RSV004
H21
DVDD15
K7
AVDDA2
G3
DDRCLKN
H22
VSS
K8
RSV009
G4
DDRCLKP
H23
DVDD15
K9
VPP0
G5
EMIFD00
H24
VSS
K10
VSS
G6
EMIFD09
H25
DVDD15
K11
CVDD
G7
VSS
H26
VSS
K12
VSS
G8
AVDDA6
H27
DVDD15
K13
CVDD
G9
VSS
H28
VSS
K14
VSS
G10
DVDD15
H29
VCNTL0
K15
CVDD
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Terminals
47
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 5-5. Terminal Functions — By Ball Number (continued)
BALL NUMBER
SIGNAL NAME
BALL NUMBER
SIGNAL NAME
BALL NUMBER
SIGNAL NAME
K16
VSS
L33
SPI2CLK
N19
VSS
K17
CVDD
M1
VSS
N20
CVDD
K18
VSS
M2
DVDD18
N21
VSS
K19
CVDD
M3
EMIFA06
N22
CVDD
K20
VSS
M4
EMIFA10
N23
VSS
K21
CVDD
M5
EMIFA09
N24
CVDD1
K22
VSS
M6
EMIFA18
N25
VSS
K23
CVDD
M7
DVDD18
N26
CVDD
K24
VSS
M8
VSS
N27
VSS
K25
CVDD
M9
VPP1
N28
DVDD18
K26
VSSTMON
M10
VSS
N29
SPI0DOUT
K27
DVDD18
M11
CVDD1
N30
SPI1SCS2
K28
VSS
M12
VSS
N31
DVDD18
K29
USIMRST
M13
CVDD1
N32
VSS
K30
TIMO1
M14
VSS
N33
SPI1SCS3
K31
TIMO0
M15
CVDD
P1
USB1RX0P
K32
TIMI1
M16
VSS
P2
USB1TX0P
M17
CVDD
P3
EMIFA00
M18
VSS
P4
USB1DM
M19
CVDD
P5
EMIFA01
K32
AVSIFSEL[1]
K33
TIMI0
2
K33
AVSIFSEL[0]
L1
EMIFA11
M20
VSS
P6
EMIFA04
L2
EMIFA16
M21
CVDD
P7
DVDD18
L3
EMIFA14
M22
VSS
P8
VSS
L4
EMIFA21
M23
CVDD1
P9
VNWA1
L5
EMIFA17
M24
VSS
P10
VSS
L6
EMIFA23
M25
CVDD
P11
USB1DVDD33
L7
VSS
M26
VSS
P12
VSS
L8
DVDD18
M27
DVDD18
P13
CVDD
L9
VSS
M28
VSS
P14
VSS
L10
CVDD
M29
SPI0SCS1
P15
CVDD
L11
VSS
M30
SPI0CLK
P16
VSS
L12
CVDD
M31
SPI0DIN
P17
CVDD
L13
VSS
M32
SPI1SCS1
P18
VSS
L14
CVDD
M33
SPI1CLK
P19
CVDD
L15
VSS
N1
USB1RX0M
P20
VSS
L16
CVDD
N2
VSS
P21
CVDD
L17
VSS
N3
EMIFWAIT1
P22
VSS
L18
CVDD
N4
EMIFA07
P23
CVDD
L19
VSS
N5
EMIFA08
P24
VSS
L20
CVDD
N6
EMIFA05
P25
CVDD
L21
VSS
N7
VSS
P26
VSS
L22
CVDD
N8
DVDD18
P27
DVDD18
L23
VSS
N9
VSS
P28
VSS
L24
CVDD1
N10
CVDD
P29
SPI1SCS0
L25
VSS
N11
VSS
P30
SPI2DIN
L26
CVDDTMON
N12
CVDD1
P31
SPI2SCS0
L27
VSS
N13
VSS
P32
SPI1DOUT
L28
DVDD18
N14
CVDD
P33
SPI2SCS2
L29
SPI0SCS2
N15
VSS
R1
VSS
L30
SPI2SCS3
N16
CVDD
R2
USB1TX0M
L31
SPI0SCS0
N17
VSS
R3
EMIFA22
L32
SPI0SCS3
N18
CVDD
R4
USB1DP
48
Terminals
2
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 5-5. Terminal Functions — By Ball Number (continued)
BALL NUMBER
SIGNAL NAME
BALL NUMBER
SIGNAL NAME
BALL NUMBER
SIGNAL NAME
R5
EMIFWE
T24
VSS
V10
VSS
R6
EMIFBE1
T25
CVDD
V11
VDDUSB0
R7
VSS
T26
VSS
V12
VSS
R8
USB1VP
T27
DVDD18
V13
CVDD
R9
VSS
T28
VSS
V14
VSS
R10
USB1VPH
T29
UART0RXD
V15
CVDD
R11
VSS
T30
UART0TXD
V16
VSS
R12
VDDUSB1
T31
UART1CTS
V17
CVDD
R13
VSS
T32
UART1TXD
V18
VSS
R14
CVDD
T33
UART1RTS
V19
CVDD
R15
VSS
U1
USB0RX0P
V20
VSS
R16
CVDD
U2
USB0TX0M
V21
CVDD
R17
VSS
U3
VSS
V22
VSS
R18
CVDD
U4
USBCLKP
V23
CVDD
R19
VSS
U5
EMIFA12
V24
VSS
R20
CVDD
U6
EMIFA02
V25
CVDD
R21
VSS
U7
VSS
V26
VSS
R22
CVDD
U8
USB0VP
V27
DVDD18
R23
VSS
U9
VSS
V28
VSS
R24
CVDD
U10
VDDUSB0
V29
VCL
R25
VSS
U11
VSS
V30
GPIO00
R26
CVDD
U12
CVDD
V30
LENDIAN2
R27
VSS
U13
VSS
V31
GPIO07
R28
DVDD18
U14
CVDD
V31
BOOTMODE062
R29
SPI2SCS1
U15
VSS
V32
GPIO04
R30
SPI1DIN
U16
CVDD
V32
BOOTMODE032
R31
SPI2DOUT
U17
VSS
V33
GPIO03
R32
UART0RTS
U18
CVDD
V33
BOOTMODE022
R33
UART0CTS
U19
VSS
W1
EMIFCE2
T1
USB0RX0M
U20
CVDD
W2
VSS
T2
VSS
U21
VSS
W3
USB0DM
T3
EMIFA15
U22
CVDD
W4
USB0ID0
T4
USBCLKM
U23
VSS
W5
USB0VBUS
T5
EMIFA13
U24
CVDD
W6
USB1ID0
T6
EMIFWAIT0
U25
VSS
W7
RSV012
T7
DVDD18
U26
CVDD
W8
RSV011
T8
VSS
U27
VSS
W9
VSS
T9
USB1VPTX
U28
DVDD18
W10
USB0VPH
T10
VSS
U29
UART1RXD
W11
VSS
T11
VDDUSB1
U30
VD
W12
CVDD
T12
VSS
U31
DVDD18
W13
VSS
T13
CVDD
U32
VSS
W14
CVDD
T14
VSS
U33
UART0DTR
W15
VSS
T15
CVDD
V1
VSS
W16
CVDD
T16
VSS
V2
USB0TX0P
W17
VSS
T17
CVDD
V3
USB0DP
W18
CVDD
T18
VSS
V4
USB1VBUS
W19
VSS
T19
CVDD
V5
USB1RESREF
W20
CVDD
T20
VSS
V6
EMIFA03
W21
VSS
T21
CVDD
V7
DVDD18
W22
CVDD
T22
VSS
V8
VSS
W23
VSS
T23
CVDD
V9
USB0VPTX
W24
CVDD
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Terminals
49
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 5-5. Terminal Functions — By Ball Number (continued)
BALL NUMBER
SIGNAL NAME
BALL NUMBER
SIGNAL NAME
BALL NUMBER
SIGNAL NAME
W25
VSS
AA2
EMIFBE0
AB18
VSS
W26
CVDD
AA3
DVDD18
AB19
CVDD
W27
VSS
AA4
VSS
AB20
VSS
W28
DVDD18
AA5
EMU15
AB21
CVDD
W29
UART0DSR
AA6
EMU01
AB22
VSS
W30
GPIO05
AA7
VSS
AB23
CVDD1
DVDD18
AB24
VSS
W30
BOOTMODE04
AA8
W31
GPIO08
AA9
VSS
AB25
CVDD
W31
BOOTMODE072
AA10
CVDD
AB26
VSS
W32
GPIO06
AA11
VSS
AB27
DVDD18
W32
BOOTMODE052
AA12
CVDD1
AB28
VSS
W33
GPIO09
AA13
VSS
AB29
GPIO10
W33
BOOTMODE082
AA14
CVDD1
AB29
BOOTMODE092
Y1
EMIFCE3
AA15
VSS
AB30
GPIO25
Y2
EMIFOE
AA16
CVDD
AB30
EMU273
Y3
EMIFRW
AA17
VSS
AB31
GPIO19
Y4
EMIFCE1
AA18
CVDD
AB31
EMU213
Y5
EMU17
AA19
VSS
AB32
GPIO17
Y6
USB0RESREF
AA20
CVDD
AB32
EMU193
Y7
DVDD18
AA21
VSS
AB32
BOOTMODE142
Y8
VSS
AA22
CVDD
AB33
GPIO18
Y9
CVDD
AA23
VSS
AB33
EMU203
Y10
VSS
AA24
CVDD1
AB33
BOOTMODE152
Y11
USB0DVDD33
AA25
VSS
AC1
USB1DRVVBUS
Y12
VSS
AA26
CVDD
AC2
EMU13
Y13
CVDD1
AA27
VSS
AC3
EMU07
Y14
VSS
AA28
DVDD18
AC4
EMU02
Y15
CVDD
AA29
GPIO01
AC5
EMU00
Y16
VSS
AA29
BOOTMODE002
AC6
HYPLNK0TXFLCLK
Y17
CVDD
AA30
GPIO13
AC7
VSS
Y18
VSS
AA30
BOOTMODE122
AC8
DVDD18
Y19
CVDD
AA31
DVDD18
AC9
VSS
Y20
VSS
AA32
VSS
AC10
CVDD
Y21
CVDD
AA33
GPIO16
AC11
VSS
Y22
VSS
AA33
BOOTMODE132
AC12
CVDD
Y23
CVDD1
AB1
USB0DRVVBUS
AC13
VSS
Y24
VSS
AB2
EMU16
AC14
CVDD
Y25
CVDD
AB3
EMU14
AC15
VSS
Y26
VSS
AB4
EMU08
AC16
CVDD
Y27
DVDD18
AB5
EMU06
AC17
VSS
Y28
VSS
AB6
HYPLNK0TXPMCLK
AC18
CVDD
Y29
GPIO02
AB7
DVDD18
AC19
VSS
Y29
BOOTMODE012
AB8
VSS
AC20
CVDD
Y30
GPIO11
AB9
CVDD
AC21
VSS
Y30
BOOTMODE102
AB10
VSS
AC22
CVDD
Y31
GPIO15
AB11
CVDD
AC23
VSS
Y31
BOOTMODE_RSVD2
AB12
VSS
AC24
CVDD
Y32
GPIO12
AB13
CVDD
AC25
VSS
Y32
BOOTMODE112
AB14
VSS
AC26
CVDD
Y33
GPIO14
AB15
CVDD
AC27
VSS
Y33
MAINPLLODSEL2
AB16
VSS
AC28
DVDD18
AA1
EMIFCE0
AB17
CVDD
AC29
GPIO20
50
2
Terminals
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 5-5. Terminal Functions — By Ball Number (continued)
BALL NUMBER
SIGNAL NAME
BALL NUMBER
SIGNAL NAME
BALL NUMBER
SIGNAL NAME
AC29
EMU223
AE6
EMU03
AF24
VSS
AC30
GPIO26
AE7
XFIMDIO
AF25
VDDALV
AC30
EMU283
AE8
DVDD18
AF26
VSS
AC31
GPIO23
AE9
VSS
AF27
DVDD18
AC31
EMU253
AE10
VDDALV
AF28
VSS
AC32
GPIO24
AE11
VSS
AF29
TDO
AC32
EMU263
AE12
VDDALV
AF30
HOUT
AC33
GPIO21
AE13
VSS
AF31
BOOTCOMPLETE
AC33
EMU233
AE14
VDDALV
AF32
RESETFULL
AD1
HYPLNK0RXPMDAT
AE15
VSS
AF33
RSV029
AD2
EMU12
AE16
VDDALV
AG1
CORECLKN
AD3
EMU05
AE17
VSS
AG2
TSRXCLKOUT1P
AD4
DVDD18
AE18
VDDALV
AG3
TSPUSHEVT0
AD5
VSS
AE19
VSS
AG4
EMU11
AD6
EMU04
AE20
VDDALV
AG5
RSV008
AD7
AVDDA3
AE21
VSS
AG6
NETCPCLKSEL
AD8
VSS
AE22
VDDALV
AG7
VSS
AD9
VNWA4
AE23
VSS
AG8
RSV015
AD10
VSS
AE24
VDDALV
AG9
VSS
AD11
CVDD
AE25
VSS
AG10
XFIREFRES0
AD12
VSS
AE26
DVDD18
AG11
VSS
AD13
CVDD
AE27
VSS
AG12
RSV017
AD14
VSS
AE28
DVDD18
AG13
VSS
AD15
CVDD
AE29
RESET
AG14
PCIE0REFRES
AD16
VSS
AE30
RSV030
AG15
VSS
AD17
CVDD
AE31
DVDD18
AG16
VDDALV
AD18
VSS
AE32
VSS
AG17
VSS
AD19
CVDD
AE33
GPIO30
AG18
VDDALV
AD20
VSS
AE33
EMU323
AG19
VSS
AD21
CVDD
AF1
CORECLKP
AG20
VDDALV
AD22
VSS
AF2
RSV003
AG21
VSS
AD23
VNWA3
AF3
EMU10
AG22
VDDALV
AD24
VSS
AF4
TSCOMPOUT
AG23
VSS
AD25
CVDD
AF5
HYPLNK0TXPMDAT
AG24
VDDALV
AD26
VSS
AF6
XFIMDCLK
AG25
VSS
AD27
DVDD18
AF7
AVDDA1
AG26
DVDD18
AD28
VSS
AF8
VSS
AG27
VSS
AD29
GPIO22
AF9
VDDALV
AG28
SDA0
AD29
EMU243
AF10
VSS
AG29
SDA2
AD30
GPIO31
AF11
VDDALV
AG30
SCL0
AD30
EMU333
AF12
VSS
AG31
TDI
AD31
GPIO29
AF13
VDDALV
AG32
TRST
AD31
EMU31
3
AF14
VSS
AG33
RSV028
AD32
GPIO27
AF15
VDDALV
AH1
TSRXCLKOUT1N
AD32
EMU29
3
AF16
VSS
AH2
EMU18
AD33
GPIO28
AF17
VDDALV
AH3
EMU09
AD33
EMU30
3
AF18
VSS
AH4
HYPLNK0TXFLDAT
AE1
HYPLNK0RXPMCLK
AF19
VDDALV
AH5
MDIO0
AE2
RSV002
AF20
VSS
AH6
MDCLK0
AE3
HYPLNK0RXFLDAT
AF21
VDDALV
AH7
XFIREFRES1
AE4
SYSCLKOUT
AF22
VSS
AH8
VSS
AE5
TSSYNCEVT
AF23
VDDALV
AH9
RSV020
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Terminals
51
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 5-5. Terminal Functions — By Ball Number (continued)
BALL NUMBER
SIGNAL NAME
BALL NUMBER
SIGNAL NAME
BALL NUMBER
SIGNAL NAME
AH10
VSS
AJ29
VSS
AL15
PCIE1TXN0
AH11
VDDAHV
AJ30
DVDD18
AL16
VSS
AH12
VSS
AJ31
TSIP0FSA
AL17
PCIE0TXP0
AH13
VDDAHV
AJ32
SDA1
AL18
PCIE0TXN0
AH14
VSS
AJ33
TCK
AL19
VSS
AH15
VDDAHV
AK1
TSREFCLKN
AL20
SGMII0TXP6
AH16
VSS
AK2
TSREFCLKP
AL21
SGMII0TXN6
AH17
VDDAHV
AK3
VSS
AL22
VSS
AH18
VSS
AK4
HYPLNK0TXP3
AL23
SGMII0TXP4
AH19
VDDAHV
AK5
HYPLNK0TXN3
AL24
SGMII0TXN4
AH20
VSS
AK6
VSS
AL25
VSS
AH21
VDDAHV
AK7
HYPLNK0TXP1
AL26
SGMII0TXP2
AH22
VSS
AK8
HYPLNK0TXN1
AL27
SGMII0TXN2
AH23
VDDAHV
AK9
VSS
AL28
VSS
AH24
VSS
AK10
XFITXP1
AL29
SGMII0TXP0
AH25
VDDAHV
AK11
XFITXN1
AL30
SGMII0TXN0
AH26
VSS
AK12
VSS
AL31
VSS
AH27
DVDD18
AK13
PCIE1TXP1
AL32
TSIP0TX0
AH28
VSS
AK14
PCIE1TXN1
AL33
TSIP0TR1
AH29
RESETSTAT
AK15
VSS
AM1
VSS
AH30
SCL1
AK16
PCIE0TXP1
AM2
NETCPCLKP
AH31
SCL2
AK17
PCIE0TXN1
AM3
VSS
AH32
TMS
AK18
VSS
AM4
HYPLNK0RXN3
AH33
POR
AK19
SGMII0TXP7
AM5
HYPLNK0RXP3
AJ1
TSRXCLKOUT0P
AK20
SGMII0TXN7
AM6
VSS
AJ2
TSRXCLKOUT0N
AK21
VSS
AM7
HYPLNK0RXN1
AJ3
HYPLNK0RXFLCLK
AK22
SGMII0TXP5
AM8
HYPLNK0RXP1
AJ4
VSS
AK23
SGMII0TXN5
AM9
VSS
AJ5
HYPLNK0REFRES
AK24
VSS
AM10
XFIRXN1
AJ6
VSS
AK25
SGMII0TXP3
AM11
XFIRXP1
AJ7
HYPLNK0CLKP
AK26
SGMII0TXN3
AM12
VSS
AJ8
HYPLNK0CLKN
AK27
VSS
AM13
PCIE1RXN1
AJ9
VSS
AK28
SGMII0TXP1
AM14
PCIE1RXP1
AJ10
PCIE1REFRES
AK29
SGMII0TXN1
AM15
VSS
AJ11
XFICLKP
AK30
VSS
AM16
PCIE0RXN1
AJ12
XFICLKN
AK31
TSIP0CLKA
AM17
PCIE0RXP1
AJ13
VSS
AK32
TSIP0FSB
AM18
VSS
AJ14
PCIE1CLKP
AK33
TSIP0CLKB
AM19
SGMII0RXN7
AJ15
PCIE1CLKN
AL1
TSPUSHEVT1
AM20
SGMII0RXP7
AJ16
VSS
AL2
RSV007
AM21
VSS
AJ17
PCIE0CLKP
AL3
RSV006
AM22
SGMII0RXN5
AJ18
PCIE0CLKN
AL4
VSS
AM23
SGMII0RXP5
AJ19
VSS
AL5
HYPLNK0TXP2
AM24
VSS
AJ20
RSV016
AL6
HYPLNK0TXN2
AM25
SGMII0RXN3
AJ21
VSS
AL7
VSS
AM26
SGMII0RXP3
AJ22
SGMII01REFRES
AL8
HYPLNK0TXP0
AM27
VSS
AJ23
VSS
AL9
HYPLNK0TXN0
AM28
SGMII0RXN1
AJ24
SGMII0CLKP
AL10
VSS
AM29
SGMII0RXP1
AJ25
SGMII0CLKN
AL11
XFITXP0
AM30
VSS
AJ26
RSV019
AL12
XFITXN0
AM31
TSIP0TR0
AJ27
SGMII00REFRES
AL13
VSS
AM32
TSIP0TX1
AJ28
RSV018
AL14
PCIE1TXP0
AM33
DVDD18
52
Terminals
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 5-5. Terminal Functions — By Ball Number (continued)
BALL NUMBER
SIGNAL NAME
BALL NUMBER
SIGNAL NAME
BALL NUMBER
SIGNAL NAME
AN1
VSS
AN12
XFIRXP0
AN23
SGMII0RXN4
AN2
VSS
AN13
VSS
AN24
SGMII0RXP4
AN3
NETCPCLKN
AN14
PCIE1RXN0
AN25
VSS
AN4
VSS
AN15
PCIE1RXP0
AN26
SGMII0RXN2
AN5
HYPLNK0RXN2
AN16
VSS
AN27
SGMII0RXP2
AN6
HYPLNK0RXP2
AN17
PCIE0RXN0
AN28
VSS
AN7
VSS
AN18
PCIE0RXP0
AN29
SGMII0RXN0
AN8
HYPLNK0RXN0
AN19
VSS
AN30
SGMII0RXP0
AN9
HYPLNK0RXP0
AN20
SGMII0RXN6
AN31
VSS
AN10
VSS
AN21
SGMII0RXP6
AN32
DVDD18
AN11
XFIRXN0
AN22
VSS
AN33
VSS
5.4
Pullup/Pulldown Resistors
Proper board design should ensure that input pins to the device always be at a valid logic level and not
floating. This may be achieved via pullup/pulldown resistors. The device features internal pullup (IPU) and
internal pulldown (IPD) resistors on most pins to eliminate the need, unless otherwise noted, for external
pullup/pulldown resistors.
An external pullup/pulldown resistor needs to be used in the following situations:
• Device Configuration Pins: If the pin is both routed out and not driven (in Hi-Z state), an external
pullup/pulldown resistor must be used, even if the IPU/IPD matches the desired value/state.
• Other Input Pins: If the IPU/IPD does not match the desired value/state, use an external
pullup/pulldown resistor to pull the signal to the opposite rail.
For the device configuration pins (listed in Table 8-25), if they are both routed out and are not driven (in
Hi-Z state), it is strongly recommended that an external pullup/pulldown resistor be implemented.
Although, internal pullup/pulldown resistors exist on these pins and they may match the desired
configuration value, providing external connectivity can help ensure that valid logic levels are latched on
these device configuration pins. In addition, applying external pullup/pulldown resistors on the device
configuration pins adds convenience to the user in debugging and flexibility in switching operating modes.
Tips for choosing an external pullup/pulldown resistor:
• Consider the total amount of current that may pass through the pullup or pulldown resistor. Be sure to
include the leakage currents of all the devices connected to the net, as well as any internal pullup or
pulldown resistors.
• Decide a target value for the net. For a pulldown resistor, this should be below the lowest VIL level of
all inputs connected to the net. For a pullup resistor, this should be above the highest VIH level of all
inputs on the net. A reasonable choice would be to target the VOL or VOH levels for the logic family of
the limiting device; which, by definition, have margin to the VIL and VIH levels.
• Select a pullup/pulldown resistor with the largest possible value that still ensures that the net will reach
the target pulled value when maximum current from all devices on the net is flowing through the
resistor. The current to be considered includes leakage current plus, any other internal and external
pullup/pulldown resistors on the net.
• For bidirectional nets, there is an additional consideration that sets a lower limit on the resistance value
of the external resistor. Verify that the resistance is small enough that the weakest output buffer can
drive the net to the opposite logic level (including margin).
• Remember to include tolerances when selecting the resistor value.
• For pullup resistors, also remember to include tolerances on the DVDD rail.
For most systems:
• A 1-kΩ resistor can be used to oppose the IPU/IPD while meeting the above criteria. Users should
confirm this resistor value is correct for their specific application.
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Terminals
53
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
•
www.ti.com
A 20-kΩ resistor can be used to compliment the IPU/IPD on the device configuration pins while
meeting the above criteria. Users should confirm this resistor value is correct for their specific
application.
For more detailed information on input current (II), and the low-level/high-level input voltages (VIL and VIH)
for the AM5K2E0x device, see Section 9.3. To determine which pins on the device include internal
pullup/pulldown resistors, see Table 5-2.
54
Terminals
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
6 Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
6.1
Memory Map SummaryAM5K2E0x
The following table shows the memory map address ranges of the device.
Table 6-1. Device Memory Map Summary AM5K2E0x
Physical 40-bit Address
Start
End
Bytes
ARM View
SOC View
00 0000 0000
00 0003 FFFF
256K
ARM ROM
ARM ROM
00 0004 0000
00 007F FFFF
8M-256K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0080 0000
00 008F FFFF
1M
Reserved
Reserved
00 0090 0000
00 00DF FFFF
5M
Reserved
Reserved
00 00E0 0000
00 00E0 7FFF
32K
Reserved
Reserved
00 00E0 8000
00 00EF FFFF
1M-32K
Reserved
Reserved
00 00F0 0000
00 00F0 7FFF
32K
Reserved
Reserved
00 00F0 8000
00 00FF FFFF
1M-32K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0100 0000
00 0100 FFFF
64K
ARM AXI2VBUSM registers
Reserved
00 0101 0000
00 010F FFFF
1M-64K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0110 0000
00 0110 FFFF
64K
ARM STM Stimulus Ports
Reserved
00 0101 0000
00 01BF FFFF
11M-64K
Reserved
Reserved
00 01C0 0000
00 01CF FFFF
1M
Reserved
Reserved
00 01D0 0000
00 01D0 007F
128
Tracer CFG0
Tracer CFG0
00 01D0 0080
00 01D0 7FFF
32K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 01D0 8000
00 01D0 807F
128
Tracer CFG1
Tracer CFG1
00 01D0 8080
00 01D0 FFFF
32K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 01D1 0000
00 01D1 007F
128
Tracer CFG2
Tracer CFG2
00 01D1 0080
00 01D1 7FFF
32K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 01D1 8000
00 01D1 807F
128
Tracer CFG3
Tracer CFG3
00 01D1 8080
00 01D1 FFFF
32K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 01D2 0000
00 01D2 007F
128
Tracer CFG4
Tracer CFG4
00 01D2 0080
00 01D2 7FFF
32K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 01D2 8000
00 01D2 807F
128
Tracer CFG5
Tracer CFG5
00 01D2 8080
00 01D2 FFFF
32K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 01D3 0000
00 01D3 007F
128
Tracer CFG6
Tracer CFG6
00 01D3 0080
00 01D3 7FFF
32K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 01D3 8000
00 01D3 807F
128
Tracer CFG7
Tracer CFG7
00 01D3 8080
00 01D3 FFFF
32K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 01D4 0000
00 01D4 007F
128
Tracer CFG8
Tracer CFG8
00 01D4 0080
00 01D4 7FFF
32K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 01D4 8000
00 01D4 807F
128
Tracer CFG9
Tracer CFG9
00 01D4 8080
00 01D4 FFFF
32K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 01D5 0000
00 01D5 007F
128
Reserved
Reserved
00 01D5 0080
00 01D5 7FFF
32K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 01D5 8000
00 01D5 807F
128
Reserved
Reserved
00 01D5 8080
00 01D5 FFFF
32K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 01D6 0000
00 01D6 007F
128
Reserved
Reserved
00 01D6 0080
00 01D6 7FFF
32K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 01D6 8000
00 01D6 807F
128
Reserved
Reserved
00 01D6 8080
00 01D6 FFFF
32K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 01D7 0000
00 01D7 007F
128
Reserved
Reserved
00 01D7 0080
00 01D7 7FFF
32K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 01D7 8000
00 01D7 807F
128
Reserved
Reserved
00 01D7 8080
00 01D7 FFFF
32K-128
Reserved
Reserved
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
55
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-1. Device Memory Map Summary AM5K2E0x (continued)
Physical 40-bit Address
Start
End
Bytes
ARM View
SOC View
00 01D8 0000
00 01D8 007F
128
Reserved
Reserved
00 01D8 0080
00 01D8 7FFF
32K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 01D8 8000
00 01D8 807F
128
Reserved
Reserved
00 01D8 8080
00 01D8 8FFF
32K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 01D9 0000
00 01D9 007F
128
Reserved
Reserved
00 01D9 0080
00 01D9 7FFF
32K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 01D9 8000
00 01D9 807F
128
Reserved
Reserved
00 01D9 8080
00 01D9 FFFF
32K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 01DA 0000
00 01DA 007F
128
Tracer CFG20
Tracer CFG20
00 01DA 0080
00 01DA 7FFF
32K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 01DA 8000
00 01DA 807F
128
Reserved
Reserved
00 01DA 8080
00 01DA FFFF
32K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 01DB 0000
00 01DB 007F
128
Tracer CFG22
Tracer CFG22
00 01DB 0080
00 01DB 7FFF
32K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 01DB 8000
00 01DB 807F
128
Reserved
Reserved
00 01DB 8080
00 01DB 8FFF
32K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 01DC 0000
00 01DC 007F
128
Tracer CFG24
Tracer CFG24
00 01DC 0080
00 01DC 7FFF
32K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 01DC 8000
00 01DC 807F
128
Tracer CFG25
Tracer CFG25
00 01DC 8080
00 01DC FFFF
32K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 01DD 0000
00 01DD 007F
128
Tracer CFG26
Tracer CFG26
00 01DD 0080
00 01DD 7FFF
32K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 01DD 8000
00 01DD 807F
128
Tracer CFG27
Tracer CFG27
00 01DD 8080
00 01DD FFFF
32K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 01DE 0000
00 01DE 007F
128
Tracer CFG28
Tracer CFG28
00 01DE 0080
00 01DE 03FF
1K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 01DE 0400
00 01DE 047F
128
Tracer CFG29
Tracer CFG29
00 01DD 0480
00 01DD 07FF
1K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 01DE 0800
00 01DE 087F
128
Tracer CFG30
Tracer CFG30
00 01DE 0880
00 01DE 7FFF
30K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 01DE 8000
00 01DE 807F
128
Tracer CFG31
Tracer CFG31
00 01DE 8080
00 01DF FFFF
64K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 01E0 0000
00 01E3 FFFF
256K
Reserved
Reserved
00 01E4 0000
00 01E7FFFF
256k
TSIP_CFG
TSIP_CFG
00 01E8 0000
00 01E8 3FFF
16K
ARM CorePac_CFG
ARM CorePac_CFG
00 01E8 4000
00 01EB FFFF
240k
Reserved
Reserved
00 01EC 0000
00 01EF FFFF
256K
Reserved
Reserved
00 01F0 0000
00 01F7 FFFF
512K
Reserved
Reserved
00 01F8 0000
00 01F8 FFFF
64K
Reserved
Reserved
00 01F9 0000
00 01F9 FFFF
64K
Reserved
Reserved
00 01FA 0000
00 01FB FFFF
128K
Reserved
Reserved
00 01FC 0000
00 01FD FFFF
128K
Reserved
Reserved
00 01FE 0000
00 01FF FFFF
128K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0200 0000
00 020F FFFF
1M
Network Coprocessor 0(Packet Accelerator,
1-gigabit Ethernet switch subsystem and
Security Accelerator)
Network Coprocessor 0(Packet Accelerator,
1-gigabit Ethernet switch subsystem and
Security Accelerator)
00 0210 0000
00 0210 FFFF
64K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0211 0000
00 0211 FFFF
64K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0212 0000
00 0213 FFFF
128K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0214 0000
00 0215 FFFF
128K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0216 0000
00 0217 FFFF
128K
Reserved
Reserved
56
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 6-1. Device Memory Map Summary AM5K2E0x (continued)
Physical 40-bit Address
Start
End
Bytes
ARM View
SOC View
00 0218 0000
00 0218 7FFF
32k
Reserved
Reserved
00 0218 8000
00 0218 FFFF
32k
Reserved
Reserved
00 0219 0000
00 0219 FFFF
64k
Reserved
Reserved
00 021A 0000
00 021A FFFF
64K
Reserved
Reserved
00 021B 0000
00 021B FFFF
64K
Reserved
Reserved
00 021C 0000
00 021C 03FF
1K
Reserved
Reserved
00 021C 0400
00 021C 3FFF
15K
Reserved
Reserved
00 021C 4000
00 021C 43FF
1K
Reserved
Reserved
00 021C 4400
00 021C 5FFF
7K
Reserved
Reserved
00 021C 6000
00 021C 63FF
1K
Reserved
Reserved
00 021C 6400
00 021C 7FFF
7K
Reserved
Reserved
00 021C 8000
00 021C 83FF
1K
Reserved
Reserved
00 021C 8400
00 021C FFFF
31K
Reserved
Reserved
00 021D 0000
00 021D 03FF
1K
Memory protection unit (MPU) 15
Memory protection unit (MPU) 15
00 021D 0400
00 021D 047F
128
Tracer CFG32
Tracer CFG32
00 021D 0100
00 021D 3FFF
15K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 021D 4000
00 021D 40FF
256
Reserved
Reserved
00 021D 4100
00 021D 7FFF
16K-256
Reserved
Reserved
00 021D 8000
00 021D 80FF
256
Reserved
Reserved
00 021D 8100
00 021D BFFF
16K-256
Reserved
Reserved
00 021D C000
00 021D C0FF
256
Reserved
Reserved
00 021D C100
00 021D EFFF
12K-256
Reserved
Reserved
00 021D F000
00 021D F07F
128
USIM configuration
USIM configuration
00 021D F080
00 021D FFFF
4K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 021E 0000
00 021E FFFF
64K
Reserved
Reserved
00 021F 0000
00 021F 07FF
2K
Reserved
Reserved
00 021F 0800
00 021F 0FFF
2K
Reserved
Reserved
00 021F 1000
00 021F 17FF
2K
Reserved
Reserved
00 021F 1800
00 021F 3FFF
10K
Reserved
Reserved
00 021F 4000
00 021F 47FF
2K
Reserved
Reserved
00 021F 4800
00 021F 7FFF
14K
Reserved
Reserved
00 021F 8000
00 021F 87FF
2K
Reserved
Reserved
00 021F 8800
00 021F BFFF
14K
Reserved
Reserved
00 021F C000
00 021F C7FF
2K
Reserved
Reserved
00 021F C800
00 021F FFFF
14K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0220 0000
00 0220 007F
128
Reserved
Reserved
00 0220 0080
00 0220 FFFF
64K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 0221 0000
00 0221 007F
128
Reserved
Reserved
00 0221 0080
00 0221 FFFF
64K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 0222 0000
00 0222 007F
128
Reserved
Reserved
00 0222 0080
00 0222 FFFF
64K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 0223 0000
00 0223 007F
128
Reserved
Reserved
00 0223 0080
00 0223 FFFF
64K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 0224 0000
00 0224 007F
128
Reserved
Reserved
00 0224 0080
00 0224 FFFF
64K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 0225 0000
00 0225 007F
128
Reserved
Reserved
00 0225 0080
00 0225 FFFF
64K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 0226 0000
00 0226 007F
128
Reserved
Reserved
00 0226 0080
00 0226 FFFF
64K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 0227 0000
00 0227 007F
128
Reserved
Reserved
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
57
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-1. Device Memory Map Summary AM5K2E0x (continued)
Physical 40-bit Address
Start
End
Bytes
ARM View
SOC View
00 0227 0080
00 0227 FFFF
64K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 0228 0000
00 0228 007F
128
Timer 8
Timer 8
00 0228 0080
00 0228 FFFF
64K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 0229 0000
00 0229 007F
128
Timer 9
Timer 9
00 0229 0080
00 0229 FFFF
64K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 022A 0000
00 022A 007F
128
Timer 10
Timer 10
00 022A 0080
00 022A FFFF
64K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 022B 0000
00 022B 007F
128
Timer 11
Timer 11
00 022B 0080
00 022B FFFF
64K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 022C 0000
00 022C 007F
128
Timer 12
Timer 12
00 022C 0080
00 022C FFFF
64K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 022D 0000
00 022D 007F
128
Timer 13
Timer 13
00 022D 0080
00 022D FFFF
64K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 022E 0000
00 022E 007F
128
Timer 14
Timer 14
00 022E 0080
00 022E FFFF
64K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 022F 0000
00 022F 007F
128
Timer 15
Timer 15
00 022F 0080
00 022F 00FF
128
Timer 16
Timer 16
00 022F 0100
00 022F 017F
128
Timer 17
Timer 17
00 022F 0180
00 022F 01FF
128
Timer 18
Timer 18
00 022F 0200
00 022F 027F
128
Timer 19
Timer 19
00 0230 0000
00 0230 FFFF
64K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0231 0000
00 0231 01FF
512
PLL Controller
PLL Controller
00 0231 0200
00 0231 9FFF
40K-512
Reserved
Reserved
00 0231 A000
00 0231 BFFF
8K
HyperLink0 SerDes Config
HyperLink0 SerDes Config
00 0231 C000
00 0231 DFFF
8K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0231 E000
00 0231 FFFF
8K
10GbE SerDes Config
10GbE SerDes Config
00 0232 0000
00 0232 3FFF
16K
PCIe0 SerDes Config
PCIe0 SerDes Config
00 0232 4000
00 0232 5FFF
8K
SGMII 1 SerDes Config
SGMII 1 SerDes Config
00 0232 6000
00 0232 7FFF
8K
PCIe1SerDes Config
PCIe1SerDes Config
00 0232 8000
00 0232 8FFF
4K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0232 9000
00 0232 9FFF
4K
DDRA PHY Config
DDRA PHY Config
00 0232 A000
00 0232 BFFF
8K
SGMII 0 SerDes Config
SGMII 0 SerDes Config
00 0232 C000
00 0232 CFFF
4K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0232 D000
00 0232 DFFF
4K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0232 E000
00 0232 EFFF
8K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0233 0000
00 0233 03FF
1K
SmartReflex0
SmartReflex0
00 0233 0400
00 0233 07FF
1K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0233 0400
00 0233 FFFF
62K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0234 0000
00 0234 00FF
256
Reserved
Reserved
00 0234 0100
00 0234 3FFF
16K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0234 4000
00 0234 40FF
256
Reserved
Reserved
00 0234 4100
00 0234 7FFF
16K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0234 8000
00 0234 80FF
256
Reserved
Reserved
00 0234 8100
00 0234 BFFF
16K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0234 C000
00 0234 C0FF
256
Reserved
Reserved
00 0234 C100
00 0234 FFFF
16K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0235 0000
00 0235 0FFF
4K
Power sleep controller (PSC)
Power sleep controller (PSC)
00 0235 1000
00 0235 FFFF
64K-4K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0236 0000
00 0236 03FF
1K
Memory protection unit (MPU) 0
Memory protection unit (MPU) 0
00 0236 0400
00 0236 7FFF
31K
Reserved
Reserved
58
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 6-1. Device Memory Map Summary AM5K2E0x (continued)
Physical 40-bit Address
Start
End
Bytes
ARM View
SOC View
00 0236 8000
00 0236 83FF
1K
Memory protection unit (MPU) 1
Memory protection unit (MPU) 1
00 0236 8400
00 0236 FFFF
31K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0237 0000
00 0237 03FF
1K
Memory protection unit (MPU) 2
Memory protection unit (MPU) 2
00 0237 0400
00 0237 7FFF
31K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0237 8000
00 0237 83FF
1K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0237 8400
00 0237 FFFF
31K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0238 0000
00 0238 03FF
1K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0238 8000
00 0238 83FF
1K
Memory protection unit (MPU) 5
Memory protection unit (MPU) 5
00 0238 8400
00 0238 87FF
1K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0238 8800
00 0238 8BFF
1K
Memory protection unit (MPU) 7
Memory protection unit (MPU) 7
00 0238 8C00
00 0238 8FFF
1K
Memory protection unit (MPU) 8
Memory protection unit (MPU) 8
00 0238 9000
00 0238 93FF
1K
Memory protection unit (MPU) 9
Memory protection unit (MPU) 9
00 0238 9400
00 0238 97FF
1K
Memory protection unit (MPU) 10
Memory protection unit (MPU) 10
00 0238 9800
00 0238 9BFF
1K
Memory protection unit (MPU) 11
Memory protection unit (MPU) 11
00 0238 9C00
00 0238 9FFF
1K
Memory protection unit (MPU) 12
Memory protection unit (MPU) 12
00 0238 A000
00 0238 A3FF
1K
Memory protection unit (MPU) 13
Memory protection unit (MPU) 13
00 0238 A400
00 0238 A7FF
1K
Memory protection unit (MPU) 14
Memory protection unit (MPU) 14
00 0238 A800
00 023F FFFF
471K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0240 0000
00 0243 FFFF
256K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0244 0000
00 0244 3FFF
16K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0244 4000
00 0244 FFFF
48K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0245 0000
00 0245 3FFF
16K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0245 4000
00 0245 FFFF
48K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0246 0000
00 0246 3FFF
16K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0246 4000
00 0246 FFFF
48K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0247 0000
00 0247 3FFF
16K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0247 4000
00 0247 FFFF
48K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0248 0000
00 0248 3FFF
16K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0248 4000
00 0248 FFFF
48K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0249 0000
00 0249 3FFF
16K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0249 4000
00 0249 FFFF
48K
Reserved
Reserved
00 024A 0000
00 024A 3FFF
16K
Reserved
Reserved
00 024A 4000
00 024A FFFF
48K
Reserved
Reserved
00 024B 0000
00 024B 3FFF
16K
Reserved
Reserved
00 024B 4000
00 024B FFFF
48K
Reserved
Reserved
00 024C 0000
00 024C 01FF
512
Reserved
Reserved
00 024C 0200
00 024C 03FF
1K-512
Reserved
Reserved
00 024C 0400
00 024C 07FF
1K
Reserved
Reserved
00 024C 0800
00 024C FFFF
62K
Reserved
Reserved
00 024D 0000
00 024F FFFF
192K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0250 0000
00 0250 007F
128
Reserved
Reserved
00 0250 0080
00 0250 7FFF
32K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 0250 8000
00 0250 FFFF
32K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0251 0000
00 0251 FFFF
64K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0252 0000
00 0252 03FF
1K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0252 0400
00 0252 FFFF
64K-1K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0253 0000
00 0253 007F
128
I C0
I2C0
00 0253 0080
00 0253 03FF
1K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 0253 0400
00 0253 047F
128
I2C1
I2C1
00 0253 0480
00 0253 07FF
1K-128
Reserved
Reserved
2
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
59
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-1. Device Memory Map Summary AM5K2E0x (continued)
Physical 40-bit Address
Start
End
Bytes
ARM View
SOC View
00 0253 0800
00 0253 087F
128
I2C2
I2C2
00 0253 0880
00 0253 0BFF
1K-128
Reserved
Reserved
00 0253 0C00
00 0253 0C3F
64
UART0
UART0
00 0253 0C40
00 0253 FFFF
1K-64
Reserved
Reserved
00 0253 1000
00 0253 103F
64
UART1
UART1
00 0253 1040
00 0253 FFFF
60K-64
Reserved
Reserved
00 0254 0000
00 0255 FFFF
128K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0256 0080
00 0257 FFFF
128K
ARM CorePac INTC
ARM CorePac INTC
00 0258 0000
00 025F FFFF
512K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0260 0000
00 0260 1FFF
8K
Secondary interrupt controller (CIC) 0
Secondary interrupt controller (CIC) 0
00 0260 2000
00 0260 3FFF
8K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0260 4000
00 0260 5FFF
8K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0260 6000
00 0260 7FFF
8K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0260 8000
00 0260 9FFF
8K
Secondary interrupt controller (CIC) 2
Secondary interrupt controller (CIC) 2
00 0260 A000
00 0260 BEFF
8K-256
Reserved
Reserved
00 0260 BF00
00 0260 BFFF
256
GPIO Config
GPIO Config
00 0260 C000
00 0261 BFFF
64K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0261 C000
00 0261 FFFF
16K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0262 0000
00 0262 0FFF
4K
BOOTCFG chip-level registers
BOOTCFG chip-level registers
00 0262 1000
00 0262 FFFF
60K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0263 0000
00 0263 FFFF
64K
USB 0 PHY CFG
USB 0 PHY CFG
00 0264 0000
00 0264 07FF
2K
Semaphore Config
Semaphore Config
00 0264 0800
00 0264 FFFF
62K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0265 0000
00 0267 FFFF
192K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0268 0000
00 026F FFFF
512K
USB 0 MMR CFG
USB 0 MMR CFG
00 0270 0000
00 0270 7FFF
32K
EDMA channel controller (TPCC) 0
EDMA channel controller (TPCC) 0
00 0270 8000
00 0270 FFFF
32K
EDMA channel controller (TPCC) 4
EDMA channel controller (TPCC) 4
00 0271 0000
00 0271 FFFF
64K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0272 0000
00 0272 7FFF
32K
EDMA channel controller (TPCC) 1
EDMA channel controller (TPCC) 1
00 0272 8000
00 0272 FFFF
32K
EDMA channel controller (TPCC) 3
EDMA channel controller (TPCC) 3
00 0273 0000
00 0273 FFFF
64K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0274 0000
00 0274 7FFF
32K
EDMA channel controller (TPCC) 2
EDMA channel controller (TPCC) 2
00 0274 8000
00 0275 FFFF
96K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0276 0000
00 0276 03FF
1K
EDMA TPCC0 transfer controller (TPTC) 0
EDMA TPCC0 transfer controller (TPTC) 0
00 0276 0400
00 0276 7FFF
31K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0276 8000
00 0276 83FF
1K
EDMA TPCC0 transfer controller (TPTC) 1
EDMA TPCC0 transfer controller (TPTC) 1
00 0276 8400
00 0276 FFFF
31K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0277 0000
00 0277 03FF
1K
EDMA TPCC1 transfer controller (TPTC) 0
EDMA TPCC1 transfer controller (TPTC) 0
00 0277 0400
00 0277 7FFF
31K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0277 8000
00 0277 83FF
1K
EDMA TPCC1 transfer controller (TPTC) 1
EDMA TPCC1 transfer controller (TPTC) 1
00 0278 0400
00 0277 FFFF
31K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0278 0000
00 0278 03FF
1K
EDMA TPCC1 transfer controller (TPTC) 2
EDMA TPCC1 transfer controller (TPTC) 2
00 0278 0400
00 0278 7FFF
31K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0278 8000
00 0278 83FF
1K
EDMA TPCC1 transfer controller (TPTC) 3
EDMA TPCC1 transfer controller (TPTC) 3
00 0278 8400
00 0278 FFFF
31K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0279 0000
00 0279 03FF
1K
EDMA TPCC2 transfer controller (TPTC) 0
EDMA TPCC2 transfer controller (TPTC) 0
00 0279 0400
00 0279 7FFF
31K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0279 8000
00 0279 83FF
1K
EDMA TPCC2 transfer controller (TPTC) 1
EDMA TPCC2 transfer controller (TPTC) 1
00 0279 8400
00 0279 FFFF
31K
Reserved
Reserved
00 027A 0000
00 027A 03FF
1K
EDMA TPCC2 transfer controller (TPTC) 2
EDMA TPCC2 transfer controller (TPTC) 2
60
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 6-1. Device Memory Map Summary AM5K2E0x (continued)
Physical 40-bit Address
Start
End
Bytes
ARM View
SOC View
00 027A 0400
00 027A 7FFF
31K
Reserved
Reserved
00 027A 8000
00 027A 83FF
1K
EDMA TPCC2 transfer controller (TPTC) 3
EDMA TPCC2 transfer controller (TPTC) 3
00 027A 8400
00 027A FFFF
31K
Reserved
Reserved
00 027B 0000
00 027B 03FF
1K
EDMA TPCC3 transfer controller (TPTC) 0
EDMA TPCC3 transfer controller (TPTC) 0
00 027B 0400
00 027B 7FFF
31K
Reserved
Reserved
00 027B 8000
00 027B 83FF
1K
EDMA TPCC3 transfer controller (TPTC) 1
EDMA TPCC3 transfer controller (TPTC) 1
00 027B 8400
00 027B 87FF
1K
EDMA TPCC4 transfer controller (TPTC) 0
EDMA TPCC4 transfer controller (TPTC) 0
00 027B 8800
00 027B 8BFF
1K
EEDMA TPCC4 transfer controller (TPTC) 1
EEDMA TPCC4 transfer controller (TPTC) 1
00 027B 8C00
00 027B FFFF
29K
Reserved
Reserved
00 027C 0000
00 027C 03FF
1K
Reserved
Reserved
00 027C 0400
00 027C FFFF
63K
Reserved
Reserved
00 027D 0000
00 027D 3FFF
16K
TI embedded trace buffer (TETB) - CorePac0
TI embedded trace buffer (TETB) - CorePac0
00 027D 4000
00 027D 7FFF
16K
TBR_ARM CorePac - Trace buffer - ARM
CorePac
TBR_ARM CorePac - Trace buffer - ARM
CorePac
00 027D 8000
00 027D FFFF
32K
Reserved
Reserved
00 027E 0000
00 027E 3FFF
16K
Reserved
Reserved
00 027E 4000
00 027E FFFF
48K
Reserved
Reserved
00 027F 0000
00 027F 3FFF
16K
Reserved
Reserved
00 027F 4000
00 027F FFFF
48K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0280 0000
00 0280 3FFF
16K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0280 4000
00 0280 FFFF
48K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0281 0000
00 0281 3FFF
16K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0281 4000
00 0281 FFFF
48K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0282 0000
00 0282 3FFF
16K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0282 4000
00 0282 FFFF
48K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0283 0000
00 0283 3FFF
16K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0283 4000
00 0283 FFFF
48K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0284 0000
00 0284 3FFF
16K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0284 4000
00 0284 FFFF
48K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0285 0000
00 0285 7FFF
32K
TBR_SYS- Trace buffer - System
TBR_SYS- Trace buffer - System
00 0285 8000
00 0285 FFFF
32K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0286 0000
00 028F FFFF
640K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0290 0000
00 0293 FFFF
256K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0294 0000
00 029F FFFF
768K
Reserved
Reserved
00 02A0 0000
00 02AF FFFF
1M
Navigator configuration
Navigator configuration
00 02B0 0000
00 02BF FFFF
1M
Navigator linking RAM
Navigator linking RAM
00 02C0 0000
00 02C0 FFFF
64K
Reserved
Reserved
00 02C1 0000
00 02C1 FFFF
64K
Reserved
Reserved
00 02C2 0000
00 02C3 FFFF
128K
Reserved
Reserved
00 02C4 0000
00 02C5 FFFF
128K
Reserved
Reserved
00 02C6 0000
00 02C7 FFFF
128K
Reserved
Reserved
00 02C8 0000
00 02C8 FFFF
64K
Reserved
Reserved
00 02C9 0000
00 02C9 FFFF
64K
Reserved
Reserved
00 02CA 0000
00 02CB FFFF
128K
Reserved
Reserved
00 02CC 0000
00 02CD FFFF
128K
Reserved
Reserved
00 02CE 0000
00 02EF FFFF
15M-896K
Reserved
Reserved
00 02F0 0000
00 02FF FFFF
1M
10GbE Config
10GbE Config
00 0300 0000
00 030F FFFF
1M
DBG Config
DBG Config
00 0310 0000
00 07FF FFFF
79M
Reserved
Reserved
00 0800 0000
00 0801 FFFF
128K
Extended memory controller (XMC)
configuration
Extended memory controller (XMC)
configuration
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
61
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-1. Device Memory Map Summary AM5K2E0x (continued)
Physical 40-bit Address
Start
End
Bytes
ARM View
SOC View
00 0802 0000
00 0BBF FFFF
60M-128K
Reserved
Reserved
00 0BC0 0000
00 0BCF FFFF
1M
Multicore shared memory controller (MSMC)
config
Multicore shared memory controller (MSMC)
config
00 0BD0 0000
00 0BFF FFFF
3M
Reserved
Reserved
00 0C00 0000
00 0C1F FFFF
2M
Multicore shared memory (MSM)
Multicore shared memory (MSM)
00 0C20 0000
00 0C5F FFFF
4M
Reserved
Reserved
00 0C60 0000
00 0FFF FFFF
58M
Reserved
Reserved
00 1000 0000
00 107F FFFF
8M
Reserved
Reserved
00 1080 0000
00 108F FFFF
1M
Reserved
Reserved
00 1090 0000
00 10DF FFFF
5M
Reserved
Reserved
00 10E0 0000
00 10E0 7FFF
32K
Reserved
Reserved
00 10E0 8000
00 10EF FFFF
1M-32K
Reserved
Reserved
00 10F0 0000
00 10F0 7FFF
32K
Reserved
Reserved
00 10F0 8000
00 117F FFFF
9M-32K
Reserved
Reserved
00 1180 0000
00 118F FFFF
1M
Reserved
Reserved
00 1190 0000
00 11DF FFFF
5M
Reserved
Reserved
00 11E0 0000
00 11E0 7FFF
32K
Reserved
Reserved
00 11E0 8000
00 11EF FFFF
1M-32K
Reserved
Reserved
00 11F0 0000
00 11F0 7FFF
32K
Reserved
Reserved
00 11F0 8000
00 127F FFFF
9M-32K
Reserved
Reserved
00 1280 0000
00 128F FFFF
1M
Reserved
Reserved
00 1290 0000
00 12DF FFFF
5M
Reserved
Reserved
00 12E0 0000
00 12E0 7FFF
32K
Reserved
Reserved
00 12E0 8000
00 12EF FFFF
1M-32K
Reserved
Reserved
00 12F0 0000
00 12F0 7FFF
32K
Reserved
Reserved
00 12F0 8000
00 137F FFFF
9M-32K
Reserved
Reserved
00 1380 0000
00 1388 FFFF
1M
Reserved
Reserved
00 1390 0000
00 13DF FFFF
5M
Reserved
Reserved
00 13E0 0000
00 13E0 7FFF
32K
Reserved
Reserved
00 13E0 8000
00 13EF FFFF
1M-32K
Reserved
Reserved
00 13F0 0000
00 13F0 7FFF
32K
Reserved
Reserved
00 13F0 8000
00 147F FFFF
9M-32K
Reserved
Reserved
00 1480 0000
00 148F FFFF
1M
Reserved
Reserved
00 1490 0000
00 14DF FFFF
5M
Reserved
Reserved
00 14E0 0000
00 14E0 7FFF
32K
Reserved
Reserved
00 14E0 8000
00 14EF FFFF
1M-32K
Reserved
Reserved
00 14F0 0000
00 14F0 7FFF
32K
Reserved
Reserved
00 14F0 8000
00 157F FFFF
9M-32K
Reserved
Reserved
00 1580 0000
00 158F FFFF
1M
Reserved
Reserved
00 1590 0000
00 15DF FFFF
5M
Reserved
Reserved
00 15E0 0000
00 15E0 7FFF
32K
Reserved
Reserved
00 15E0 8000
00 15EF FFFF
1M-32K
Reserved
Reserved
00 15F0 0000
00 15F0 7FFF
32K
Reserved
Reserved
00 15F0 8000
00 167F FFFF
9M-32K
Reserved
Reserved
00 1680 0000
00 168F FFFF
1M
Reserved
Reserved
00 1690 0000
00 16DF FFFF
5M
Reserved
Reserved
00 16E0 0000
00 16E0 7FFF
32K
Reserved
Reserved
00 16E0 8000
00 16EF FFFF
1M-32K
Reserved
Reserved
00 16F0 0000
00 16F0 7FFF
32K
Reserved
Reserved
00 16F0 8000
00 177F FFFF
9M-32K
Reserved
Reserved
00 1780 0000
00 178F FFFF
1M
Reserved
Reserved
62
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 6-1. Device Memory Map Summary AM5K2E0x (continued)
Physical 40-bit Address
Start
End
Bytes
ARM View
SOC View
00 1790 0000
00 17DF FFFF
5M
Reserved
Reserved
00 17E0 0000
00 17E0 7FFF
32K
Reserved
Reserved
00 17E0 8000
00 17EF FFFF
1M-32K
Reserved
Reserved
00 17F0 0000
00 17F0 7FFF
32K
Reserved
Reserved
00 17F0 8000
00 1FFF FFFF
129M-32K
Reserved
Reserved
00 2000 0000
00 200F FFFF
1M
System trace manager (STM) configuration
System trace manager (STM) configuration
00 2010 0000
00 201F FFFF
1M
Reserved
Reserved
00 2020 0000
00 205F FFFF
4M
Reserved
Reserved
00 2060 0000
00 206F FFFF
1M
Reserved
Reserved
00 2070 0000
00 2077 FFFF
512K
Reserved
Reserved
00 2078 0000
00 2078 FFFF
64K
Reserved
Reserved
00 2079 0000
00 207F FFFF
448K
Reserved
Reserved
00 2080 0000
00 208F FFFF
1M
Reserved
Reserved
00 2090 0000
00 209F FFFF
1M
Reserved
Reserved
00 20A0 0000
00 20A3 FFFF
256K
Reserved
Reserved
00 20A4 0000
00 20A4 FFFF
64K
Reserved
Reserved
00 20A5 0000
00 20AF FFFF
704K
Reserved
Reserved
00 20B0 0000
00 20B3 FFFF
256K
Boot ROM
Boot ROM
00 20B4 0000
00 20BE FFFF
704K
Reserved
Reserved
00 20BF 0000
00 20BF 01FF
64K
Reserved
Reserved
00 20C0 0000
00 20FF FFFF
4M
Reserved
Reserved
00 2100 0000
00 2100 03FF
1K
Reserved
Reserved
00 2100 0400
00 2100 05FF
512
SPI0
SPI0
00 2100 0600
00 2100 07FF
512
SPI1
SPI1
00 2100 0800
00 2100 09FF
512
SPI2
SPI2
00 2100 0A00
00 2100 0AFF
256
EMIF Config
EMIF Config
00 2100 0B00
00 2100 FFFF
62K-768
Reserved
Reserved
00 2101 0000
00 2101 01FF
512
DDR3 EMIF Config
DDR3 EMIF Config
00 2101 0200
00 2101 07FF
2K-512
Reserved
Reserved
00 2101 0800
00 2101 09FF
512
Reserved
Reserved
00 2101 0A00
00 2101 0FFF
2K-512
Reserved
Reserved
00 2101 1000
00 2101 FFFF
60K
Reserved
Reserved
00 2102 0000
00 2102 7FFF
32K
PCIe 1 config
PCIe 1 config
00 2102 8000
00 2103 FFFF
96K
Reserved
Reserved
00 2104 0000
00 217F FFFF
4M-256K
Reserved
Reserved
00 2140 0000
00 2140 00FF
256
HyperLink0 config
HyperLink0 config
00 2140 0100
00 2140 01FF
256
Reserved
Reserved
00 2140 0400
00 217F FFFF
4M-512
Reserved
Reserved
00 2180 0000
00 2180 7FFF
32K
PCIe 0 config
PCIe 0 config
00 2180 8000
00 21BF FFFF
4M-32K
Reserved
Reserved
00 21C0 0000
00 21FF FFFF
4M
Reserved
Reserved
00 2200 0000
00 229F FFFF
10M
Reserved
Reserved
00 22A0 0000
00 22A0 FFFF
64K
Reserved
Reserved
00 22A1 0000
00 22AF FFFF
1M-64K
Reserved
Reserved
00 22B0 0000
00 22B0 FFFF
64K
Reserved
Reserved
00 22B1 0000
00 22BF FFFF
1M-64K
Reserved
Reserved
00 22C0 0000
00 22C0 FFFF
64K
Reserved
Reserved
00 22C1 0000
00 22CF FFFF
1M-64K
Reserved
Reserved
00 22D0 0000
00 22D0 FFFF
64K
Reserved
Reserved
00 22D1 0000
00 22DF FFFF
1M-64K
Reserved
Reserved
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
63
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-1. Device Memory Map Summary AM5K2E0x (continued)
Physical 40-bit Address
Start
End
Bytes
ARM View
SOC View
00 22E0 0000
00 22E0 FFFF
64K
Reserved
Reserved
00 22E1 0000
00 22EF FFFF
1M-64K
Reserved
Reserved
00 22F0 0000
00 22F0 FFFF
64K
Reserved
Reserved
00 22F1 0000
00 22FF FFFF
1M-64K
Reserved
Reserved
00 2300 0000
00 2300 FFFF
64K
Reserved
Reserved
00 2301 0000
00 230F FFFF
1M-64K
Reserved
Reserved
00 2310 0000
00 2310 FFFF
64K
Reserved
Reserved
00 2311 0000
00 231F FFFF
1M-64K
Reserved
Reserved
00 2320 0000
00 2324 FFFF
384K
Reserved
Reserved
00 2325 0000
00 239F FFFF
8M-384K
Reserved
Reserved
00 23A0 0000
00 23BF FFFF
2M
Navigator
Navigator
00 23C0 0000
00 23FF FFFF
4M
Reserved
Reserved
00 2400 0000
00 24FF FFFF
16M
NETCP15 config
NETCP15 config
00 2500 0000
00 2507 FFFF
512K
USB 1 MMR config
USB 1 MMR config
00 2508 0000
00 2508 FFFF
64K
USB 1 PHY config
USB 1 PHY config
00 2509 0000
00 27FF FFFF
48M-576K
Reserved
Reserved
00 2800 0000
00 2FFF FFFF
128M
Reserved
Reserved
00 3000 0000
00 33FF FFFF
64M
EMIF16 CE0
EMIF16 CE0
00 3400 0000
00 37FF FFFF
64M
EMIF16 CE1
EMIF16 CE1
00 3800 0000
00 3BFF FFFF
64M
EMIF16 CE2
EMIF16 CE2
00 3C00 0000
00 3FFF FFFF
64M
EMIF16 CE3
EMIF16 CE3
00 4000 0000
00 4FFF FFFF
256M
HyperLink0 data
HyperLink0 data
00 5000 0000
00 5FFF FFFF
256M
PCIe 0 data
PCIe 0 data
00 6000 0000
00 6FFF FFFF
256M
PCIe 1data
PCIe 1data
00 7000 0000
00 FFFF FFFF
2304M
Reserved
Reserved
01 0000 0000
01 20FF FFFF
528M
Reserved
Reserved
01 2100 0000
01 2100 01FF
512
Reserved
DDR3 EMIF configuration
01 2100 0200
07 FFFF FFFF
32G-512
Reserved
Reserved
08 0000 0000
09 FFFF FFFF
8G
DDR3 data
DDR3 data
0A 0000 0000
FF FFFF FFFF
984G
Reserved
Reserved
6.2
Memory Protection Unit (MPU) for AM5K2E0x
CFG (configuration) space of all slave devices on the TeraNet is protected by the MPU. The AM5K2E0x
contains sixteen MPUs of which thirteen MPUs are used:
• MPU0 is used to protect main CORE/3 CFG TeraNet_3P_B (SCR_3P (B)).
• MPU1/2/5 are used for QM_SS (one for VBUSM port and one each for the two configuration VBUSP
port).
• MPU3/4/6 are not used.
• MPU7 is used for PCIe1.
• MPU8 is used for peripherals connected to TeraNet_6P_A (SCR_6P (A)).
• MPU9 is used for interrupt controllers connected to TeraNet_3P (SCR_3P).
• MPU10 is used for semaphore.
• MPU11 is used to protect TeraNet_6P_B (SCR_6P (B)) CPU/6 CFG TeraNet.
• MPU12/13/14 are used for SPI0/1/2.
• MPU15 is used for USB1.
This section contains MPU register map and details of device-specific MPU registers only. For MPU
features and details of generic MPU registers, see the KeyStone Architecture Memory Protection Unit
(MPU) User's Guide (SPRUGW5).
64
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
The following tables show the configuration of each MPU and the memory regions protected by each
MPU.
Table 6-2. MPU0-MPU5 Default Configuration
MPU0
MPU1
MAIN SCR_3P QM_SS DATA
(B)
PORT
MPU2
QM_SS CFG1
PORT
MPU3
MPU4
Default permission
Assume
allowed
Assume allowed
Assume allowed
Reserved
Reserved
Number of allowed IDs
supported
16
16
16
16
Number of programmable 16
ranges supported
16
16
16
1KB granularity
1KB granularity
SETTING
Compare width
1KB granularity 1KB granularity
MPU5
QM_SS CFG2
PORT
Assume
allowed
Table 6-3. MPU6-MPU11 Default Configuration
SETTING
MPU6
MPU7
PCIe1
MPU8
EMIF16
MPU9
CIC
MPU10
SM
MPU11
SCR_6P (B)
Default permission
Reserved
Assume allowed
Assume allowed
Assume
allowed
Assume
allowed
Assume
allowed
Number of allowed IDs
supported
16
16
16
16
16
Number of programmable
ranges supported
16
8
4
2
16
Compare width
1KB granularity
1KB granularity
1KB granularity 1KB granularity 1KB granularity
Table 6-4. MPU12-MPU15 Default Configuration
SETTING
MPU12
SPI0
MPU13
SPI1
MPU14
SPI2
MPU15
USB1
Default permission
Assume allowed
Assume allowed
Assume allowed
Assume allowed
Number of allowed IDs supported
16
16
16
16
Number of programmable ranges
supported
2
2
2
8
Compare width
1KB granularity
1KB granularity
1KB granularity
1KB granularity
Table 6-5. MPU Memory Regions
MEMORY PROTECTION
START ADDRESS
END ADDRESS
MPU0
Main CFG SCR
0x01D0_0000
0X01E7_FFFF
MPU1
QM_SS DATA PORT
0x23A0_0000
0x23BF_FFFF
MPU2
QM_SS CFG1 PORT
0x02A0_0000
0x02AF_FFFF
MPU3
Reserved
N/A
N/A
MPU4
Reserved
N/A
N/A
MPU5
QM_SS CFG2 PORT
0x02A0_4000
0x02BF_FFFF
MPU6
Reserved
N/A
N/A
MPU7
PCIe1
0x2101_0000
0xFFFF_FFFF
MPU8
SPIROM/EMIF16
0x20B0_0000
0x3FFF_FFFF
MPU9
CIC/AINTC
0x0264_0000
0x0264_07FF
MPU10
Semaphore
0x0260_0000
0x0260_9FFF
MPU11
SCR_6 and CPU/6 CFG SCR
0x0220_0000
0x03FF_FFFF
MPU12
SPI0
0x2100_0400
0x2100_07FF
MPU13
SPI1
0x2100_0400
0x2100_07FF
MPU14
SPI2
0x2100_0800
0x2100_0AFF
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
65
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-5. MPU Memory Regions (continued)
MPU15
MEMORY PROTECTION
START ADDRESS
END ADDRESS
USB1
0x2400_0000
0x2508_FFFF
Table 6-6 shows the unique Master ID assigned to each CorePac and peripherals on the device.
Table 6-6. Master ID Settings
Master ID
AM5K2E0x
0
Reserved
1
Reserved
2
Reserved
3
Reserved
4
Reserved
5
Reserved
6
Reserved
7
Reserved
8
ARM CorePac 0
9
ARM CorePac1
10
ARM CorePac 2
11
ARM CorePac 3
12
Reserved
13
Reserved
14
Reserved
15
Reserved
16
Reserved
17
Reserved
18
Reserved
19
Reserved
20
Reserved
21
Reserved
22
Reserved
23
Reserved
24
Reserved
25
EDMA0_TC0 read
26
EDMA0_TC0 write
27
EDMA0_TC1 read
28
Hyperlink0
29
USB1
30
Reserved
31
PCIe0
32
EDMA0_TC1 write
33
EDMA1_TC0 read
34
EDMA1_TC0 write
35
EDMA1_TC1 read
36
EDMA1_TC1write
37
EDMA1_TC2 read
38
EDMA1_TC2 write
39
EDMA1_TC3 read
40
EDMA1_TC3 write
41
EDMA2_TC0 read
66
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 6-6. Master ID Settings (continued)
Master ID
AM5K2E0x
42
EDMA2_TC0 write
43
EDMA2_TC1 read
44
EDMA2_TC1 write
45
EDMA2_TC2 read
46
EDMA2_TC2 write
47
EDMA2_TC3 read
48
EDMA2_TC3 write
49
EDMA3_TC0 read
50
EDMA3_TC0 write
51
EDMA3_TC1 read
52
Reserved
53
EDMA3_TC1 write
54-55
Reserved
56
USB0
57
Reserved
58
Reserved
59
Reserved
60
Reserved
61
Reserved
62
EDMA3CC0
63
EDMA3CC1
64
EDMA3CC2
65
Reserved
66
Reserved
67
Reserved
68-71
Queue Manager
72-75
NETCP_GLOBAL1
76-79
Reserved
80
TSIP
81
Reserved
82
Reserved
83
Reserved
84-87
10GbE
88-91
Reserved
92-95
Reserved
96-99
Packet DMA MST1
100-101
Reserved
102
PCIe1
103
Reserved
104
Reserved
105
Reserved
106
Reserved
107
DBG_DAP
108-111
Reserved
112-119
NETCP_LOCAL
120-139
Reserved
140
Reserved
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
67
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-6. Master ID Settings (continued)
Master ID
AM5K2E0x
141
Reserved
142
Reserved
143
Reserved
144
Reserved
145
Reserved
146
Reserved
147
Reserved
148
CPT_MSMC0
149
CPT_MSMC1
150
CPT_MSMC2
151
CPT_MSMC3
152
CPT_DDR3
153
CPT_SM
154
CPT_QM_CFG1
155
CPT_QM_M
156
CPT_CFG
157
Reserved
158
Reserved
159
Reserved
160
CPT_QM_CFG2
161
CPT_PCIe1
162
Reserved
163
Reserved
164
CPT_EDMA3CC0_4
165
CPT_EDMA3CC1_2_3
166
CPT_CIC
167
CPT_SPI_ROM_EMIP16
168
Reserved
169
EDMA4_TC0 read
170
EDMA4_TC0 write
171
EDMA4_TC1 read
172
EDMA4_TC1 write
173
EDMA4_CC_TR
174
CPT_MSMC7
175
CPT_MSMC6
176
CPT_MSMC5
177
CPT_MSMC4
178
CPT_NETCP_CFG_MST
179
Reserved
180-183
NETCP_GLOBAL0
184-255
Reserved
68
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 6-7 shows the privilege ID of each mastering peripheral. The table also shows the privilege level
(supervisor vs. user), security level (secure vs. non-secure), and access type (instruction read vs.
data/DMA read or write) of each master on the device. In some cases, a particular setting depends on
software being executed at the time of the access or the configuration of the master peripheral.
Table 6-7. Privilege ID Settings
PRIVILEGE ID MASTER
PRIVILEGE LEVEL
ACCESS TYPE
0
Reserved
N/A
N/A
1
Reserved
N/A
N/A
2
Reserved
N/A
N/A
3
Reserved
N/A
N/A
4
Reserved
N/A
N/A
5
Reserved
N/A
N/A
6
Reserved
N/A
N/A
7
Reserved
N/A
N/A
8
ARM CorePac
User/Supervisor (S/W dependent)
Instruction/Data
9
All packet DMA masters
(Both NetCP, Both
QM_CDMA) Both USB
User
Data
10
QM_SECOND
User
Data
11
PCIe0
User/Supervisor
Data
12
DAP
User/Supervisor (Emulation S/W dependent)
Data
13
PCIe1
User/Supervisor
Data
14
Hyperlink
User/Supervisor
Data
15
TSIP
User
Data
6.2.1
MPU Registers
This section includes the offsets for MPU registers and definitions for device-specific MPU registers. For
Number of Programmable Ranges supported (PROGx_MPSA, PROGxMPEA) refer to the following tables.
6.2.1.1
MPU Register Map
Table 6-8. MPU Registers
OFFSET
NAME
DESCRIPTION
0h
REVID
Revision ID
4h
CONFIG
Configuration
10h
IRAWSTAT
Interrupt raw status/set
14h
IENSTAT
Interrupt enable status/clear
18h
IENSET
Interrupt enable
1Ch
IENCLR
Interrupt enable clear
20h
EOI
End of interrupt
200h
PROG0_MPSAR
Programmable range 0, start address
204h
PROG0_MPEAR
Programmable range 0, end address
208h
PROG0_MPPAR
Programmable range 0, memory page protection attributes
210h
PROG1_MPSAR
Programmable range 1, start address
214h
PROG1_MPEAR
Programmable range 1, end address
218h
PROG1_MPPAR
Programmable range 1, memory page protection attributes
220h
PROG2_MPSAR
Programmable range 2, start address
224h
PROG2_MPEAR
Programmable range 2, end address
228h
PROG2_MPPAR
Programmable range 2, memory page protection attributes
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
69
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-8. MPU Registers (continued)
OFFSET
NAME
DESCRIPTION
230h
PROG3_MPSAR
Programmable range 3, start address
234h
PROG3_MPEAR
Programmable range 3, end address
238h
PROG3_MPPAR
Programmable range 3, memory page protection attributes
240h
PROG4_MPSAR
Programmable range 4, start address
244h
PROG4_MPEAR
Programmable range 4, end address
248h
PROG4_MPPAR
Programmable range 4, memory page protection attributes
250h
PROG5_MPSAR
Programmable range 5, start address
254h
PROG5_MPEAR
Programmable range 5, end address
258h
PROG5_MPPAR
Programmable range 5, memory page protection attributes
260h
PROG6_MPSAR
Programmable range 6, start address
264h
PROG6_MPEAR
Programmable range 6, end address
268h
PROG6_MPPAR
Programmable range 6, memory page protection attributes
270h
PROG7_MPSAR
Programmable range 7, start address
274h
PROG7_MPEAR
Programmable range 7, end address
278h
PROG7_MPPAR
Programmable range 7, memory page protection attributes
280h
PROG8_MPSAR
Programmable range 8, start address
284h
PROG8_MPEAR
Programmable range 8, end address
288h
PROG8_MPPAR
Programmable range 8, memory page protection attributes
290h
PROG9_MPSAR
Programmable range 9, start address
294h
PROG9_MPEAR
Programmable range 9, end address
298h
PROG9_MPPAR
Programmable range 9, memory page protection attributes
2A0h
PROG10_MPSAR
Programmable range 10, start address
2A4h
PROG10_MPEAR
Programmable range 10, end address
2A8h
PROG10_MPPAR
Programmable range 10, memory page protection attributes
2B0h
PROG11_MPSAR
Programmable range 11, start address
2B4h
PROG11_MPEAR
Programmable range 11, end address
2B8h
PROG11_MPPAR
Programmable range 11, memory page protection attributes
2C0h
PROG12_MPSAR
Programmable range 12, start address
2C4h
PROG12_MPEAR
Programmable range 12, end address
2C8h
PROG12_MPPAR
Programmable range 12, memory page protection attributes
2D0h
PROG13_MPSAR
Programmable range 13, start address
2D4h
PROG13_MPEAR
Programmable range 13, end address
2Dh
PROG13_MPPAR
Programmable range 13, memory page protection attributes
2E0h
PROG14_MPSAR
Programmable range 14, start address
2E4h
PROG14_MPEAR
Programmable range 14, end address
2E8h
PROG14_MPPAR
Programmable range 14, memory page protection attributes
2F0h
PROG15_MPSAR
Programmable range 15, start address
2F4h
PROG15_MPEAR
Programmable range 15, end address
2F8h
PROG15_MPPAR
Programmable range 15, memory page protection attributes
300h
FLTADDRR
Fault address
304h
FLTSTAT
Fault status
308h
FLTCLR
Fault clear
6.2.1.2
Device-Specific MPU Registers
6.2.1.2.1 Configuration Register (CONFIG)
The configuration register (CONFIG) contains the configuration value of the MPU.
70
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 6-9. Configuration Register Field Descriptions
Bits
Field
Description
31-24
ADDR_WIDTH
Address alignment for range checking
•
0 = 1KB alignment
•
6 = 64KB alignment
23-20
NUM_FIXED
Number of fixed address ranges
19-16
NUM_PROG
Number of programmable address ranges
15-12
NUM_AIDS
Number of supported AIDs
11-1
Reserved
Reserved. Always read as 0.
0
ASSUME_ALLOWED
Assume allowed bit. When an address is not covered by any MPU protection range, this bit determines
whether the transfer is assumed to be allowed or not.
•
0 = Assume disallowed
•
1 = Assume allowed
6.2.2
MPU Programmable Range Registers
6.2.2.1
Programmable Range n Start Address Register (PROGn_MPSAR)
The Programmable Address Start Register holds the start address for the range. This register is writeable
by a supervisor entity only. If NS = 0 (non-secure mode) in the associated MPPAR register, then the
register is also writeable only by a secure entity.
The start address must be aligned on a page boundary. The size of the page is 1K byte. The size of the
page determines the width of the address field in MPSAR and MPEAR.
Figure 6-1. Programmable Range n Start Address Register (PROGn_MPSAR)
31
10
9
0
START_ADDR
Reserved
R/W
R
Legend: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write
Table 6-10. Programmable Range n Start Address Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
31-10
START_ADDR
Start address for range n
9-0
Reserved
Reserved. Always read as 0.
Table 6-11. MPU0-MPU5 Programmable Range n Start Address Register (PROGn_MPSAR) Reset Values
REGISTER
MPU0
MPU1
MPU2
MPU3
MPU4
MPU5
PROG0_MPSAR
0x01D0_0000
0x23A0_0000
0x02A0_0000
Reserved
Reserved
0x02A0_4000
PROG1_MPSAR
0x01F0_0000
0x23A0_2000
0x02A0_2000
Reserved
Reserved
0x02A0_5000
PROG2_MPSAR
0x02F0_0000
0x023A_6000
0x02A0_6000
Reserved
Reserved
0x02A0_6400
PROG3_MPSAR
0x0200_0000
0x23A0_6800
0x02A0_6800
Reserved
Reserved
0x02A0_7400
PROG4_MPSAR
0x020C_0000
0x23A0_7000
0x02A0_7000
Reserved
Reserved
0x02A0_A000
PROG5_MPSAR
0x021C_0000
0x23A0_8000
0x02A0_8000
Reserved
Reserved
0x02A0_D000
PROG6_MPSAR
0x021D_0000
0x23A0_C000
0x02A0_C000
Reserved
Reserved
0x02A0_E000
PROG7_MPSAR
0x021F_0000
0x23A0_E000
0x02A0_E000
Reserved
Reserved
0x02A0_F000
PROG8_MPSAR
0x0234_0000
0x23A0_F000
0x02A0_F000
Reserved
Reserved
0x02A0_F800
PROG9_MPSAR
0x0254_0000
0x23A0_F800
0x02A0_F800
Reserved
Reserved
0x02A1_2000
PROG10_MPSAR
0x0258_0000
0x23A1_0000
0x02A1_0000
Reserved
Reserved
0x02A1_C000
PROG11_MPSAR
0x0000_0000
0x23A1_C000
0x02A2_0000
Reserved
Reserved
0x02A2_8000
PROG12_MPSAR
0x0290_0000
0x23A4_0000
0x02A4_0000
Reserved
Reserved
0x02A6_0000
PROG13_MPSAR
0x01E8_0000
0x23A8_0000
0x02A8_0000
Reserved
Reserved
0x02AA_0000
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
71
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-11. MPU0-MPU5 Programmable Range n Start Address Register (PROGn_MPSAR) Reset
Values (continued)
REGISTER
MPU0
MPU1
MPU2
MPU3
MPU4
MPU5
PROG14_MPSAR
0x01E8_0800
0x23B0_0000
0x02AC_0000
Reserved
Reserved
0x02B0_0000
PROG15_MPSAR
0x01E0_0000
0x23B8_0000
0x02AE_0000
Reserved
Reserved
0x02B8_0000
Table 6-12. MPU6-MPU11 Programmable Range n Start Address Register (PROGn_MPSAR) Reset Values
REGISTER
MPU6
MPU7
MPU8
MPU9
MPU10
MPU11
PROG0_MPSAR
Reserved
0x2101_0000
0x3000_0000
0x0260_0000
0x0264_0000
0x0220_0000
PROG1_MPSAR
Reserved
0x0000_0000
0x3200_0000
0x0260_4000
0x0000_0000
0x0231_0000
PROG2_MPSAR
Reserved
0x0800_0000
0x3400_0000
0x0260_8000
N/A
0x0231_A000
PROG3_MPSAR
Reserved
0x1000_0000
0x3600_0000
0x0256_0000
N/A
0x0233_0000
PROG4_MPSAR
Reserved
0x1800_0000
0x3800_0000
0x0000_0000
N/A
0x0235_0000
PROG5_MPSAR
Reserved
0x2000_0000
0x3A00_0000
0x0000_0000
N/A
0x0263_0000
PROG6_MPSAR
Reserved
0x2800_0000
0x3C00_0000
0x0000_0000
N/A
0x0244_0000
PROG7_MPSAR
Reserved
0x3000_0000
0x2100_0800
0x0000_0000
N/A
0x024C_0000
PROG8_MPSAR
Reserved
0x3800_0000
N/A
0x0000_0000
N/A
0x0250_0000
PROG9_MPSAR
Reserved
0x4000_0000
N/A
0x0000_0000
N/A
0x0253_0000
PROG10_MPSAR
Reserved
0x4800_0000
N/A
0x0000_0000
N/A
0x0253_0C00
PROG11_MPSAR
Reserved
0x5000_0000
N/A
0x0000_0000
N/A
0x0260_B000
PROG12_MPSAR
Reserved
0x5800_0000
N/A
0x0000_0000
N/A
0x0262_0000
PROG13_MPSAR
Reserved
0x6000_0000
N/A
0x0000_0000
N/A
0x0300_0000
PROG14_MPSAR
Reserved
0x6800_0000
N/A
0x0000_0000
N/A
0x021E_0000
PROG15_MPSAR
Reserved
0x7000_0000
N/A
0x0000_0000
N/A
0x0268_0000
Table 6-13. MPU12-MPU15 Programmable Range n Start Address Register (PROGn_MPSAR) Reset
Values
REGISTER
MPU12
MPU13
MPU14
MPU15
PROG0_MPSAR
0x2100_0400
0x2100_0400
0x2100_0800
0x2400_0000
PROG1_MPSAR
0x0000_0000
0x0000_0000
0x0000_0000
0x2408_0000
PROG2_MPSAR
N/A
N/A
N/A
0x2410_0000
PROG3_MPSAR
N/A
N/A
N/A
0x2500_0000
PROG4_MPSAR
N/A
N/A
N/A
0x0000_0000
PROG5_MPSAR
N/A
N/A
N/A
0x0000_0000
PROG6_MPSAR
N/A
N/A
N/A
0x0000_0000
PROG7_MPSAR
N/A
N/A
N/A
0x0000_0000
PROG8_MPSAR
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
PROG9_MPSAR
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
PROG10_MPSAR
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
PROG11_MPSAR
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
PROG12_MPSAR
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
PROG13_MPSAR
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
PROG14_MPSAR
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
PROG15_MPSAR
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
6.2.2.2
Programmable Range n - End Address Register (PROGn_MPEAR)
The programmable address end register holds the end address for the range. This register is writeable by
a supervisor entity only. If NS = 0 (non-secure mode) in the associated MPPAR register then the register
is also writeable only by a secure entity.
72
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
The end address must be aligned on a page boundary. The size of the page depends on the MPU
number. The page size for MPU1 is 1K byte and for MPU2 it is 64K bytes. The size of the page
determines the width of the address field in MPSAR and MPEAR.
Figure 6-2. Programmable Range n End Address Register (PROGn_MPEAR)
31
10
9
0
END_ADDR
Reserved
R/W
R
Legend: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write
Table 6-14. Programmable Range n End Address Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
31-10
END_ADDR
End address for range n
9-0
Reserved
Reserved. Always read as 3FFh.
Table 6-15. MPU0-MPU5 Programmable Range n End Address Register (PROGn_MPEAR) Reset Values
REGISTER
MPU0
MPU1
MPU2
MPU3
MPU4
MPU5
PROG0_MPEAR
0x01DF_FFFF
0x23A0_1FFF
0x02A0_00FF
Reserved
Reserved
0x02A0_4FFF
PROG1_MPEAR
0x01F7_FFFF
0x23A0_5FFF
0x02A0_3FFF
Reserved
Reserved
0x02A0_5FFF
PROG2_MPEAR
0x02FF_FFFF
0x23A0_67FF
0x02A0_63FF
Reserved
Reserved
0x02A0_67FF
PROG3_MPEAR
0x020B_FFFF
0x23A0_6FFF
0x02A0_6FFF
Reserved
Reserved
0x02A0_7FFF
PROG4_MPEAR
0x020F_FFFF
0x23A0_7FFF
0x02A0_73FF
Reserved
Reserved
0x02A0_BFFF
PROG5_MPEAR
0x021C_83FF
0x23A0_BFFF
0x02A0_9FFF
Reserved
Reserved
0x02A0_DFFF
PROG6_MPEAR
0x021D_C0FF
0x23A0_DFFF
0x02A0_CFFF
Reserved
Reserved
0x02A0_E7FF
PROG7_MPEAR
0x021F_C7FF
0x23A0_EFFF
0x02A0_E7FF
Reserved
Reserved
0x02A0_F7FF
PROG8_MPEAR
0x0234_C0FF
0x23A0_F7FF
0x02A0_F7FF
Reserved
Reserved
0x02A0_FFFF
PROG9_MPEAR
0x0255_FFFF
0x23A0_FFFF
0x02A0_FFFF
Reserved
Reserved
0x02A1_7FFF
PROG10_MPEAR
0x025F_FFFF
0x23A1_BFFF
0x02A1_1FFF
Reserved
Reserved
0x02A1_FFFF
PROG11_MPEAR
0x0000_0000
0x23A3_FFFF
0x02A2_5FFF
Reserved
Reserved
0x02A3_FFFF
PROG12_MPEAR
0x029F_FFFF
0x23A7_FFFF
0x02A5_FFFF
Reserved
Reserved
0x02A7_FFFF
PROG13_MPEAR
0x01E8_07FF
0x23AF_FFFF
0x02A9_FFFF
Reserved
Reserved
0x02AB_FFFF
PROG14_MPEAR
0x01E8_43FF
0x23B7_FFFF
0x02AD_FFFF
Reserved
Reserved
0x02B7_FFFF
PROG15_MPEAR
0x01E7_FFFF
0x23BF_FFFF
0x02AF_FFFF
Reserved
Reserved
0x02BF_FFFF
Table 6-16. MPU6-MPU11 Programmable Range n End Address Register (PROGn_MPEAR) Reset Values
REGISTER
MPU6
MPU7
MPU8
MPU9
MPU10
MPU11
PROG0_MPEAR
Reserved
0x2103_FFFF
0x31FF_FFFF
0x0260_1FFF
0x0264_07FF
0x022F_027F
PROG1_MPEAR
Reserved
0x07FF_FFFF
0x33FF_FFFF
0x0260_5FFF
0x0000_0000
0x0231_01FF
PROG2_MPEAR
Reserved
0x0FFF_FFFF
0x35FF_FFFF
0x0260_9FFF
N/A
0x0232_FFFF
PROG3_MPEAR
Reserved
0x17FF_FFFF
0x37FF_FFFF
0x0257_FFFF
N/A
0x0233_07FF
PROG4_MPEAR
Reserved
0x1FFF_FFFF
0x39FF_FFFF
0x0000_0000
N/A
0x0235_0FFF
PROG5_MPEAR
Reserved
0x27FF_FFFF
0x3BFF_FFFF
0x0000_0000
N/A
0x0263_FFFF
PROG6_MPEAR
Reserved
0x2FFF_FFFF
0x3FFF_FFFF
0x0000_0000
N/A
0x024B_3FFF
PROG7_MPEAR
Reserved
0x37FF_FFFF
0x2100_0AFF
0x0000_0000
N/A
0x024C_0BFF
PROG8_MPEAR
Reserved
0x3FFF_FFFF
N/A
0x0000_0000
N/A
0x0250_7FFF
PROG9_MPEAR
Reserved
0x47FF_FFFF
N/A
0x0000_0000
N/A
0x0253_0BFF
PROG10_MPEAR
Reserved
0x4FFF_FFFF
N/A
0x0000_0000
N/A
0x0253_FFFF
PROG11_MPEAR
Reserved
0x57FF_FFFF
N/A
0x0000_0000
N/A
0x0260_BFFF
PROG12_MPEAR
Reserved
0x5FFF_FFFF
N/A
0x0000_0000
N/A
0x0262_0FFF
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
73
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-16. MPU6-MPU11 Programmable Range n End Address Register (PROGn_MPEAR) Reset
Values (continued)
REGISTER
MPU6
MPU7
MPU8
MPU9
MPU10
MPU11
PROG13_MPEAR
Reserved
0x67FF_FFFF
N/A
0x0000_0000
N/A
0x03FF_FFFF
PROG14_MPEAR
Reserved
0x6FFF_FFFF
N/A
0x0000_0000
N/A
0x021E_1FFF
PROG15_MPEAR
Reserved
0x7FFF_FFFF
N/A
0x0000_0000
N/A
0x026F_FFFF
Table 6-17. MPU12-MPU15 Programmable Range n End Address Register (PROGn_MPEAR) Reset Values
REGISTER
MPU12
MPU13
MPU14
MPU15
PROG0_MPEAR
0x2100_07FF
0x2100_07FF
0x2100_0AFF
0x2407_FFFF
PROG1_MPEAR
0x0000_0000
0x0000_0000
0x0000_0000
0x240F_FFFF
PROG2_MPEAR
N/A
N/A
N/A
0x24FF_FFFF
PROG3_MPEAR
N/A
N/A
N/A
0x2507_FFFF
PROG4_MPEAR
N/A
N/A
N/A
0x2508FFFF
PROG5_MPEAR
N/A
N/A
N/A
0x0000_0000
PROG6_MPEAR
N/A
N/A
N/A
0x0000_0000
PROG7_MPEAR
N/A
N/A
N/A
0x0000_0000
PROG8_MPEAR
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
PROG9_MPEAR
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
PROG10_MPEAR
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
PROG11_MPEAR
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
PROG12_MPEAR
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
PROG13_MPEAR
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
PROG14_MPEAR
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
PROG15_MPEAR
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
6.2.2.3
Programmable Range n Memory Protection Page Attribute Register (PROGn_MPPAR)
The programmable address memory protection page attribute register holds the permissions for the
region. This register is writeable only by a non-debug supervisor entity. If NS = 0 (secure mode) then the
register is also writeable only by a non-debug secure entity. The NS bit is writeable only by a non-debug
secure entity. For debug accesses, the register is writeable only when NS = 1 or EMU = 1.
Figure 6-3. Programmable Range n Memory Protection Page Attribute Register (PROGn_MPPAR)
31
26
Reserved
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
AID15
AID14
AID13
AID12
AID11
AID10
AID9
AID8
AID7
AID6
AID5
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
14
13
12
R
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
AID4
AID3
AID2
AID1
AID0
AIDX
Reserved
NS
EMU
SR
SW
SX
UR
UW
UX
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Legend: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write
Table 6-18. Programmable Range n Memory Protection Page Attribute Register Field Descriptions
Bits
Name
Description
31-26
Reserved
Reserved. Always read as 0.
25
AID15
Controls access from ID = 15
•
0 = Access is not checked for permissions
•
1 = Access is checked for permissions
24
AID14
Controls access from ID = 14
•
0 = Access is not checked for permissions
•
1 = Access is checked for permissions
74
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 6-18. Programmable Range n Memory Protection Page Attribute Register Field Descriptions
(continued)
Bits
Name
Description
23
AID13
Controls access from ID = 13
•
0 = Access is not checked for permissions
•
1 = Access is checked for permissions
22
AID12
Controls access from ID = 12
•
0 = Access is not checked for permissions
•
1 = Access is checked for permissions
21
AID11
Controls access from ID = 11
•
0 = Access is not checked for permissions
•
1 = Access is checked for permissions
20
AID10
Controls access from ID = 10
•
0 = Access is not checked for permissions
•
1 = Access is checked for permissions
19
AID9
Controls access from ID = 9
•
0 = Access is not checked for permissions
•
1 = Access is checked for permissions
18
AID8
Controls access from ID = 8
•
0 = Access is not checked for permissions
•
1 = Access is checked for permissions
17
AID7
Controls access from ID = 7
•
0 = Access is not checked for permissions
•
1 = Access is checked for permissions
16
AID6
Controls access from ID = 6
•
0 = Access is not checked for permissions
•
1 = Access is checked for permissions
15
AID5
Controls access from ID = 5
•
0 = Access is not checked for permissions
•
1 = Access is checked for permissions
14
AID4
Controls access from ID = 4
•
0 = Access is not checked for permissions
•
1 = Access is checked for permissions
13
AID3
Controls access from ID = 3
•
0 = Access is not checked for permissions
•
1 = Access is checked for permissions
12
AID2
Controls access from ID = 2
•
0 = Access is not checked for permissions
•
1 = Access is checked for permissions
11
AID1
Controls access from ID = 1
•
0 = Access is not checked for permissions
•
1 = Access is checked for permissions
10
AID0
Controls access from ID = 0
•
0 = Access is not checked for permissions
•
1 = Access is checked for permissions
9
AIDX
Controls access from ID > 15
•
0 = Access is not checked for permissions
•
1 = Access is checked for permissions
8
Reserved
Reserved. Always reads as 0.
7
NS
Non-secure access permission
•
0 = Only secure access allowed
•
1 = Non-secure access allowed
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
75
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-18. Programmable Range n Memory Protection Page Attribute Register Field Descriptions
(continued)
Bits
Name
Description
6
EMU
Emulation (debug) access permission. This bit is ignored if NS = 1
•
0 = Debug access not allowed
•
1 = Debug access allowed
5
SR
Supervisor Read permission
•
0 = Access not allowed
•
1 = Access allowed
4
SW
Supervisor Write permission
•
0 = Access not allowed
•
1 = Access allowed
3
SX
Supervisor Execute permission
•
0 = Access not allowed
•
1 = Access allowed
2
UR
User Read permission
•
0 = Access not allowed
•
1 = Access allowed
1
UW
User Write permission
•
0 = Access not allowed
•
1 = Access allowed
0
UX
User Execute permission
•
0 = Access not allowed
•
1 = Access allowed
Table 6-19. MPU0-MPU5 Programmable Range n Memory Protection Page Attribute Register
(PROGn_MPPAR) Reset Values
REGISTER
MPU0
MPU1
MPU2
MPU3
MPU4
MPU5
PROG0_MPPAR
0x03FF_FCB6
0x03FF_FCB6
0x03FF_FCB6
Reserved
Reserved
0x03FF_FCB4
PROG1_MPPAR
0x03FF_FCB6
0x03FF_FCB4
0x03FF_FCB4
Reserved
Reserved
0x03FF_FCB4
PROG2_MPPAR
0x03FF_FCB6
0x03FF_FCA4
0x03FF_FCA4
Reserved
Reserved
0x03FF_FCA4
PROG3_MPPAR
0x03FF_FCB6
0x03FF_FCB4
0x03FF_FCB4
Reserved
Reserved
0x03FF_FCF4
PROG4_MPPAR
0x03FF_FCB6
0x03FF_FCF4
0x03FF_FCF4
Reserved
Reserved
0x03FF_FCB4
PROG5_MPPAR
0x03FF_FCB6
0x03FF_FCB4
0x03FF_FCB4
Reserved
Reserved
0x03FF_FCB4
PROG6_MPPAR
0x03FF_FCB6
0x03FF_FCB4
0x03FF_FCB4
Reserved
Reserved
0x03FF_FCB4
PROG7_MPPAR
0x03FF_FCB6
0x03FF_FCB4
0x03FF_FCB4
Reserved
Reserved
0x03FF_FCB4
PROG8_MPPAR
0x03FF_FCB6
0x03FF_FCB4
0x03FF_FCB4
Reserved
Reserved
0x03FF_FCF4
PROG9_MPPAR
0x03FF_FCB6
0x03FF_FCF4
0x03FF_FCF4
Reserved
Reserved
0x03FF_FCB4
PROG10_MPPAR
0x03FF_FCB6
0x03FF_FCB4
0x03FF_FCB4
Reserved
Reserved
0x03FF_FCF4
PROG11_MPPAR
0x03FF_FCB6
0x03FF_FCF4
0x03FF_FCF4
Reserved
Reserved
0x03FF_FCF4
PROG12_MPPAR
0x03FF_FCB4
0x03FF_FCA4
0x03FF_FCA4
Reserved
Reserved
0x03FF_FCA4
PROG13_MPPAR
0x03FF_FCB6
0x03FF_FCB6
0x03FF_FCB6
Reserved
Reserved
0x03FF_FCB6
PROG14_MPPAR
0x03FF_FCB0
0x03FF_FCA4
0x03FF_FCB6
Reserved
Reserved
0x03FF_FCA4
PROG15_MPPAR
0x03FF_FCB6
0x03FF_FCA4
0x03FF_FCB6
Reserved
Reserved
0x03FF_FCA4
Table 6-20. MPU6-MPU11 Programmable Range n Memory Protection Page Attribute Register
(PROGn_MPPAR) Reset Values
REGISTER
MPU6
MPU7
MPU8
MPU9
MPU10
MPU11
PROG0_MPPAR
Reserved
0x03FF_FCB6
0x03FF_FCBF
0x03FF_FCB6
0x03FF_FCB6
0x03FF_FCB6
PROG1_MPPAR
Reserved
0x03FF_FCBF
0x03FF_FCBF
0x03FF_FCB6
0x03FF_FCB6
0x03FF_FCB0
PROG2_MPPAR
Reserved
0x03FF_FCBF
0x03FF_FCBF
0x03FF_FCB6
N/A
0x03FF_FCB6
76
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 6-20. MPU6-MPU11 Programmable Range n Memory Protection Page Attribute Register
(PROGn_MPPAR) Reset Values (continued)
REGISTER
MPU6
MPU7
MPU8
MPU9
MPU10
MPU11
PROG3_MPPAR
Reserved
0x03FF_FCBF
0x03FF_FCBF
0x03FF_FCB6
N/A
0x03FF_FCB0
PROG4_MPPAR
Reserved
0x03FF_FCBF
0x03FF_FCBF
0x03FF_FCB6
N/A
0x03FF_FCB0
PROG5_MPPAR
Reserved
0x03FF_FCBF
0x03FF_FCBF
0x03FF_FCB6
N/A
0x03FF_FCB6
PROG6_MPPAR
Reserved
0x03FF_FCBF
0x03FF_FCBF
0x03FF_FCB6
N/A
0x03FF_FCB6
PROG7_MPPAR
Reserved
0x03FF_FCBF
0x03FF_FCB6
0x03FF_FCB6
N/A
0x03FF_FCB0
PROG8_MPPAR
Reserved
0x03FF_FCBF
N/A
0x03FF_FCB6
N/A
0x03FF_FCB0
PROG9_MPPAR
Reserved
0x03FF_FCBF
N/A
0x03FF_FCB6
N/A
0x03FF_FCB6
PROG10_MPPAR
Reserved
0x03FF_FCBF
N/A
0x03FF_FCB6
N/A
0x03FF_FCB6
PROG11_MPPAR
Reserved
0x03FF_FCBF
N/A
0x03FF_FCB6
N/A
0x03FF_FCB6
PROG12_MPPAR
Reserved
0x03FF_FCBF
N/A
0x03FF_FCB6
N/A
0x03FF_FCB0
PROG13_MPPAR
Reserved
0x03FF_FCBF
N/A
0x03FF_FCB6
N/A
0x03FF_FCB6
PROG14_MPPAR
Reserved
0x03FF_FCBF
N/A
0x03FF_FCB6
N/A
0x03FF_FCB0
PROG15_MPPAR
Reserved
0x03FF_FCBF
N/A
0x03FF_FCB6
N/A
0x03FF_FCB6
Table 6-21. MPU12-MPU15 Programmable Range n Memory Protection Page Attribute Register
(PROGn_MPPAR) Reset Values
REGISTER
MPU12
MPU13
MPU14
MPU15
PROG0_MPPAR
0x03FF_FCB6
0x03FF_FCB6
0x03FF_FCB6
0x03FF_FCB6
PROG1_MPPAR
0x03FF_FCBF
0x03FF_FCBF
0x03FF_FCBF
0x03FF_FCB6
PROG2_MPPAR
N/A
N/A
N/A
0x03FF_FCB6
PROG3_MPPAR
N/A
N/A
N/A
0x03FF_FCB6
PROG4_MPPAR
N/A
N/A
N/A
0x03FF_FCB6
PROG5_MPPAR
N/A
N/A
N/A
0x03FF_FCB6
PROG6_MPPAR
N/A
N/A
N/A
0x03FF_FCB6
PROG7_MPPAR
N/A
N/A
N/A
0x03FF_FCB6
PROG8_MPPAR
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
PROG9_MPPAR
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
PROG10_MPPAR
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
PROG11_MPPAR
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
PROG12_MPPAR
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
PROG13_MPPAR
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
PROG14_MPPAR
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
PROG15_MPPAR
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
6.3
Interrupts for AM5K2E0x
This section discusses the interrupt sources, controller, and topology. Also provided are tables describing
the interrupt events.
6.3.1
Interrupt Sources and Interrupt Controller
The ARM CorePac interrupts on the AM5K2E0x device are configured through the ARM CorePac Interrupt
Controller. It allows for up to 480 system events to be programmed to any of the ARM core’s IRQ/FIQ
interrupts. In addition error-class events or infrequently used events are also routed through the system
event router to offload the ARM CorePac interrupt controller. This is accomplished through the CorePac
Interrupt Controller block CIC2. Further, CIC2 provides 8 events each to EDMA3CC0, EDMA3CC1,
EDMA3C2, EDMA3CC3, EDMA3CC4, and Hyperlink.
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
77
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Modules such as CP_MPU, BOOT_CFG, and CP_Tracer have level interrupts and EOI handshaking
interface. The EOI value is 0 for CP_MPU, BOOT_CFG, and CP_Tracer.
Figure 6-4 shows the AM5K2E0x interrupt topology.
448 Primary Events
32 Secondary Events †
56 Primary Events
8 Secondary Events
56 Primary Events
8 Secondary Events †
479 Events
56 Primary Events
CIC2
8 Secondary Events †
56 Primary Events
8 Secondary Events †
56 Primary Events
8 Secondary Events †
56 Primary Events
8 Secondary Events †
AM5K2E
ARM
INTC
HyperLink
EDMA3
CC0
EDMA3
CC1
EDMA3
CC2
EDMA3
CC3
EDMA3
CC4
† ARM shares two secondary events with every instance of EDMA.
Figure 6-4. Interrupt Topology
Table 6-22 lists the ARM CorePac event inputs
Table 6-22. System Event Mapping — ARM CorePac Interrupts
EVENT NO.
EVENT NAME
DESCRIPTION
0
RSTMUX_INT8
Boot config watchdog timer expiration (timer 16) event for ARM core 0
1
RSTMUX_INT9
Boot config watchdog timer expiration (timer 17) event for ARM core 1
2
RSTMUX_INT10
Boot config watchdog timer expiration (timer 18) event for ARM core 2
3
RSTMUX_INT11
Boot config watchdog timer expiration (timer 19) event for ARM core 3
4
IPC_GR8
Boot config IPCG
5
IPC_GR9
Boot config IPCG
6
IPC_GR10
Boot config IPCG
7
IPC_GR11
Boot config IPCG
8
SEM_INT8
Semaphore interrupt
9
SEM_INT9
Semaphore interrupt
10
SEM_INT10
Semaphore interrupt
11
SEM_INT11
Semaphore interrupt
12
SEM_ERR8
Semaphore error interrupt
13
SEM_ERR9
Semaphore error interrupt
14
SEM_ERR10
Semaphore error interrupt
15
SEM_ERR11
Semaphore error interrupt
16
MSMC_MPF_ERROR8
Memory protection fault indicators for system master PrivID = 8
17
MSMC_MPF_ERROR9
Memory protection fault indicators for system master PrivID = 9
18
MSMC_MPF_ERROR10
Memory protection fault indicators for system master PrivID = 10
19
MSMC_MPF_ERROR11
Memory protection fault indicators for system master PrivID = 11
78
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 6-22. System Event Mapping — ARM CorePac Interrupts (continued)
EVENT NO.
EVENT NAME
DESCRIPTION
20
ARM_NPMUIRQ0
ARM performance monitoring unit interrupt request
21
ARM_NPMUIRQ1
ARM performance monitoring unit interrupt request
22
ARM_NPMUIRQ2
ARM performance monitoring unit interrupt request
23
ARM_NPMUIRQ3
ARM performance monitoring unit interrupt request
24
ARM_NINTERRIRQ
ARM internal memory ECC error interrupt request
25
ARM_NAXIERRIRQ
ARM bus error interrupt request
26
PCIE_0_INT0
PCIE0 legacy INTA interrupt
27
PCIE_0_INT1
PCIE0 legacy INTB interrupt
28
PCIE_0_INT2
PCIE0 legacy INTC interrupt
29
PCIE_0_INT3
PCIE0 legacy INTD interrupt
30
PCIE_0_INT4
PCIE0 MSI interrupt
31
PCIE_0_INT5
PCIE0 MSI interrupt
32
PCIE_0_INT6
PCIE0 MSI interrupt
33
PCIE_0_INT7
PCIE0 MSI interrupt
34
PCIE_0_INT8
PCIE0 MSI interrupt
35
PCIE_0_INT9
PCIE0 MSI interrupt
36
PCIE_0_INT10
PCIE0 MSI interrupt
37
PCIE_0_INT11
PCIE0 MSI interrupt
38
PCIE_0_INT12
PCIE0 error interrupt
39
PCIE_0_INT13
PCIE0 power management interrupt
40
QMSS_QUE_PEND_658
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
41
QMSS_QUE_PEND_659
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
42
QMSS_QUE_PEND_660
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
43
QMSS_QUE_PEND_661
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
44
QMSS_QUE_PEND_662
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
45
QMSS_QUE_PEND_663
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
46
QMSS_QUE_PEND_664
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
47
QMSS_QUE_PEND_665
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
48
QMSS_QUE_PEND_528
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
49
QMSS_QUE_PEND_529
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
50
QMSS_QUE_PEND_530
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
51
QMSS_QUE_PEND_531
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
52
QMSS_QUE_PEND_532
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
53
QMSS_QUE_PEND_533
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
54
QMSS_QUE_PEND_534
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
55
QMSS_QUE_PEND_535
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
56
QMSS_QUE_PEND_536
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
57
QMSS_QUE_PEND_537
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
58
QMSS_QUE_PEND_538
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
59
QMSS_QUE_PEND_539
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
60
QMSS_QUE_PEND_540
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
61
QMSS_QUE_PEND_541
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
62
QMSS_QUE_PEND_542
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
63
QMSS_QUE_PEND_543
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
64
QMSS_QUE_PEND_544
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
65
QMSS_QUE_PEND_545
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
66
QMSS_QUE_PEND_546
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
79
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-22. System Event Mapping — ARM CorePac Interrupts (continued)
EVENT NO.
EVENT NAME
DESCRIPTION
67
QMSS_QUE_PEND_547
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
68
QMSS_QUE_PEND_548
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
69
QMSS_QUE_PEND_549
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
70
QMSS_QUE_PEND_550
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
71
QMSS_QUE_PEND_551
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
72
QMSS_QUE_PEND_552
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
73
QMSS_QUE_PEND_553
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
74
QMSS_QUE_PEND_554
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
75
QMSS_QUE_PEND_555
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
76
QMSS_QUE_PEND_556
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
77
QMSS_QUE_PEND_557
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
78
QMSS_QUE_PEND_558
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
79
QMSS_QUE_PEND_559
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
80
Reserved
Reserved
81
Reserved
Reserved
82
USIM_PONIRQ
USIM interrupt
83
USIM_RREQ
USIM read DMA event
84
USIM_WREQ
USIM write DMA event
85
TSIP_RCV_FINT0
TSIP receive frame interrupt for channel 0
86
TSIP_XMT_FINT0
TSIP transmit frame interrupt for channel 0
87
TSIP_RCV_SFINT0
TSIP receive super frame interrupt for channel 0
88
TSIP_XMT_SFINT0
TSIP transmit super frame interrupt for channel 0
89
TSIP_EINT0
TSIP error interrupt for channel 0
90
TSIP_RCV_FINT1
TSIP receive frame interrupt for channel 1
91
TSIP_XMT_FINT1
TSIP transmit frame interrupt for channel 1
92
TSIP_RCV_SFINT1
TSIP receive super frame interrupt for channel 1
93
TSIP_XMT_SFINT1
TSIP transmit super frame interrupt for channel 1
94
TSIP_EINT1
TSIP error interrupt for channel 1
95
Reserved
Reserved
96
TIMER_8_INTL
Timer interrupt low
97
TIMER_8_INTH
Timer interrupt high
98
TIMER_9_INTL
Timer interrupt low
99
TIMER_9_INTH
Timer interrupt high
100
TIMER_10_INTL
Timer interrupt low
101
TIMER_10_INTH
Timer interrupt high
102
TIMER_11_INTL
Timer interrupt low
103
TIMER_11_INTH
Timer interrupt high
104
TIMER_12_INTL
Timer interrupt low
105
TIMER_12_INTH
Timer interrupt high
106
TIMER_13_INTL
Timer interrupt low
107
TIMER_13_INTH
Timer interrupt high
108
TIMER_14_INTL
Timer interrupt low
109
TIMER_14_INTH
Timer interrupt high
110
TIMER_15_INTL
Timer interrupt low
111
TIMER_15_INTH
Timer interrupt high
112
TIMER_16_INTL
Timer interrupt low
113
TIMER_16_INTH
Timer interrupt high
80
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 6-22. System Event Mapping — ARM CorePac Interrupts (continued)
EVENT NO.
EVENT NAME
DESCRIPTION
114
TIMER_17_INTL
Timer interrupt low
115
TIMER_17_INTH
Timer interrupt high
116
TIMER_18_INTL
Timer interrupt low
117
TIMER_18_INTH
Timer interrupt high
118
TIMER_19_INTL
Timer interrupt low
119
TIMER_19_INTH
Timer interrupt high
120
GPIO_INT0
GPIO interrupt
121
GPIO_INT1
GPIO interrupt
122
GPIO_INT2
GPIO interrupt
123
GPIO_INT3
GPIO interrupt
124
GPIO_INT4
GPIO interrupt
125
GPIO_INT5
GPIO interrupt
126
GPIO_INT6
GPIO interrupt
127
GPIO_INT7
GPIO interrupt
128
GPIO_INT8
GPIO interrupt
129
GPIO_INT9
GPIO interrupt
130
GPIO_INT10
GPIO interrupt
131
GPIO_INT11
GPIO interrupt
132
GPIO_INT12
GPIO interrupt
133
GPIO_INT13
GPIO interrupt
134
GPIO_INT14
GPIO interrupt
135
GPIO_INT15
GPIO interrupt
136
GPIO_INT16
GPIO interrupt
137
GPIO_INT17
GPIO interrupt
138
GPIO_INT18
GPIO interrupt
139
GPIO_INT19
GPIO interrupt
140
GPIO_INT20
GPIO interrupt
141
GPIO_INT21
GPIO interrupt
142
GPIO_INT22
GPIO interrupt
143
GPIO_INT23
GPIO interrupt
144
GPIO_INT24
GPIO interrupt
145
GPIO_INT25
GPIO interrupt
146
GPIO_INT26
GPIO interrupt
147
GPIO_INT27
GPIO interrupt
148
GPIO_INT28
GPIO interrupt
149
GPIO_INT29
GPIO interrupt
150
GPIO_INT30
GPIO interrupt
151
GPIO_INT31
GPIO interrupt
152
USB_0_INT00
USB 0 event ring 0 interrupt
153
USB_0_INT01
USB 0 event ring 1 interrupt
154
USB_0_INT02
USB 0 event ring 2 interrupt
155
USB_0_INT03
USB 0 event ring 3 interrupt
156
USB_0_INT04
USB 0 event ring 4 interrupt
157
USB_0_INT05
USB 0 event ring 5 interrupt
158
USB_0_INT06
USB 0 event ring 6 interrupt
159
USB_0_INT07
USB 0 event ring 7 interrupt
160
USB_0_INT08
USB 0 event ring 8 interrupt
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
81
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-22. System Event Mapping — ARM CorePac Interrupts (continued)
EVENT NO.
EVENT NAME
DESCRIPTION
161
USB_0_INT09
USB 0 event ring 9 interrupt
162
USB_0_INT10
USB 0 event ring 10 interrupt
163
USB_0_INT11
USB 0 event ring 11 interrupt
164
USB_0_INT12
USB 0 event ring 12 interrupt
165
USB_0_INT13
USB 0 event ring 13 interrupt
166
USB_0_INT14
USB 0 event ring 14 interrupt
167
USB_0_INT15
USB 0 event ring 15 interrupt
168
USB_0_OABSINT
USB 0 OABS interrupt
169
USB_0_MISCINT
USB0_misc_int
170
MSMC_DEDC_CERROR
MSMC interrupt
171
MSMC_DEDC_NC_ERROR
MSMC interrupt
172
MSMC_DEDC_SCRUB_CERROR
MSMC interrupt
173
MSMC_DEDC_SCRUB_NC_ERROR
MSMC interrupt
174
Reserved
Reserved
175
Reserved
Reserved
176
QMSS1_ECC_INTR
Navigator ECC error interrupt
177
QMSS_INTD_1_PKTDMA_0
Navigator interrupt for Packet DMA starvation
178
QMSS_INTD_1_PKTDMA_1
Navigator interrupt for Packet DMA starvation
179
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_0
Navigator hi interrupt
180
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_1
Navigator hi interrupt
181
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_2
Navigator hi interrupt
182
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_3
Navigator hi interrupt
183
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_4
Navigator hi interrupt
184
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_5
Navigator hi interrupt
185
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_6
Navigator hi interrupt
186
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_7
Navigator hi interrupt
187
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_8
Navigator hi interrupt
188
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_9
Navigator hi interrupt
189
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_10
Navigator hi interrupt
190
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_11
Navigator hi interrupt
191
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_12
Navigator hi interrupt
192
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_13
Navigator hi interrupt
193
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_14
Navigator hi interrupt
194
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_15
Navigator hi interrupt
195
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_16
Navigator hi interrupt
196
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_17
Navigator hi interrupt
197
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_18
Navigator hi interrupt
198
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_19
Navigator hi interrupt
199
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_20
Navigator hi interrupt
200
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_21
Navigator hi interrupt
201
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_22
Navigator hi interrupt
202
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_23
Navigator hi interrupt
203
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_24
Navigator hi interrupt
204
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_25
Navigator hi interrupt
205
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_26
Navigator hi interrupt
206
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_27
Navigator hi interrupt
207
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_28
Navigator hi interrupt
82
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 6-22. System Event Mapping — ARM CorePac Interrupts (continued)
EVENT NO.
EVENT NAME
DESCRIPTION
208
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_29
Navigator hi interrupt
209
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_30
Navigator hi interrupt
210
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_31
Navigator hi interrupt
211
QMSS_INTD_1_LOW_0
Navigator interrupt
212
QMSS_INTD_1_LOW_1
Navigator interrupt
213
QMSS_INTD_1_LOW_2
Navigator interrupt
214
QMSS_INTD_1_LOW_3
Navigator interrupt
215
QMSS_INTD_1_LOW_4
Navigator interrupt
216
QMSS_INTD_1_LOW_5
Navigator interrupt
217
QMSS_INTD_1_LOW_6
Navigator interrupt
218
QMSS_INTD_1_LOW_7
Navigator interrupt
219
QMSS_INTD_1_LOW_8
Navigator interrupt
220
QMSS_INTD_1_LOW_9
Navigator interrupt
221
QMSS_INTD_1_LOW_10
Navigator interrupt
222
QMSS_INTD_1_LOW_11
Navigator interrupt
223
QMSS_INTD_1_LOW_12
Navigator interrupt
224
QMSS_INTD_1_LOW_13
Navigator interrupt
225
QMSS_INTD_1_LOW_14
Navigator interrupt
226
QMSS_INTD_1_LOW_15
Navigator interrupt
227
Reserved
Reserved
228
Reserved
Reserved
229
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_0
Navigator second hi interrupt
230
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_1
Navigator second hi interrupt
231
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_2
Navigator second hi interrupt
232
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_3
Navigator second hi interrupt
233
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_4
Navigator second hi interrupt
234
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_5
Navigator second hi interrupt
235
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_6
Navigator second hi interrupt
236
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_7
Navigator second hi interrupt
237
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_8
Navigator second hi interrupt
238
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_9
Navigator second hi interrupt
239
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_10
Navigator second hi interrupt
240
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_11
Navigator second hi interrupt
241
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_12
Navigator second hi interrupt
242
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_13
Navigator second hi interrupt
243
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_14
Navigator second hi interrupt
244
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_15
Navigator second hi interrupt
245
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_16
Navigator second hi interrupt
246
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_17
Navigator second hi interrupt
247
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_18
Navigator second hi interrupt
248
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_19
Navigator second hi interrupt
249
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_20
Navigator second hi interrupt
250
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_21
Navigator second hi interrupt
251
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_22
Navigator second hi interrupt
252
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_23
Navigator second hi interrupt
253
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_24
Navigator second hi interrupt
254
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_25
Navigator second hi interrupt
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
83
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-22. System Event Mapping — ARM CorePac Interrupts (continued)
EVENT NO.
EVENT NAME
DESCRIPTION
255
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_26
Navigator second hi interrupt
256
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_27
Navigator second hi interrupt
257
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_28
Navigator second hi interrupt
258
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_29
Navigator second hi interrupt
259
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_30
Navigator second hi interrupt
260
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_31
Navigator second hi interrupt
261
QMSS_INTD_2_LOW_0
Navigator second interrupt
262
QMSS_INTD_2_LOW_1
Navigator second interrupt
263
QMSS_INTD_2_LOW_2
Navigator second interrupt
264
QMSS_INTD_2_LOW_3
Navigator second interrupt
265
QMSS_INTD_2_LOW_4
Navigator second interrupt
266
QMSS_INTD_2_LOW_5
Navigator second interrupt
267
QMSS_INTD_2_LOW_6
Navigator second interrupt
268
QMSS_INTD_2_LOW_7
Navigator second interrupt
269
QMSS_INTD_2_LOW_8
Navigator second interrupt
270
QMSS_INTD_2_LOW_9
Navigator second interrupt
271
QMSS_INTD_2_LOW_10
Navigator second interrupt
272
QMSS_INTD_2_LOW_11
Navigator second interrupt
273
QMSS_INTD_2_LOW_12
Navigator second interrupt
274
QMSS_INTD_2_LOW_13
Navigator second interrupt
275
QMSS_INTD_2_LOW_14
Navigator second interrupt
276
QMSS_INTD_2_LOW_15
Navigator second interrupt
277
UART_0_UARTINT
UART0 interrupt
278
UART_0_URXEVT
UART0 receive event
279
UART_0_UTXEVT
UART0 transmit event
280
UART_1_UARTINT
UART1 interrupt
281
UART_1_URXEVT
UART1 receive event
282
UART_1_UTXEVT
UART1 transmit event
283
I2C_0_INT
I2C interrupt
284
I2C_0_REVT
I2C receive event
285
I2C_0_XEVT
I2C transmit event
286
I2C_1_INT
I2C interrupt
287
I2C_1_REVT
I2C receive event
288
I2C_1_XEVT
I2C transmit event
289
I2C_2_INT
I2C interrupt
290
I2C_2_REVT
I2C receive event
291
I2C_2_XEVT
I2C transmit event
292
SPI_0_INT0
SPI interrupt
293
SPI_0_INT1
SPI interrupt
294
SPI_0_XEVT
SPI DMA TX event
295
SPI_0_REVT
SPI DMA RX event
296
SPI_1_INT0
SPI interrupt
297
SPI_1_INT1
SPI interrupt
298
SPI_1_XEVT
SPI DMA TX event
299
SPI_1_REVT
SPI DMA RX event
300
SPI_2_INT0
SPI interrupt
301
SPI_2_INT1
SPI interrupt
84
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 6-22. System Event Mapping — ARM CorePac Interrupts (continued)
EVENT NO.
EVENT NAME
DESCRIPTION
302
SPI_2_XEVT
SPI DMA TX event
303
SPI_2_REVT
SPI DMA RX event
304
DBGTBR_DMAINT
Debug trace buffer (TBR) DMA event
305
DBGTBR_ACQCOMP
Debug Trace buffer (TBR) acquisition has been completed
306
ARM_TBR_DMA
ARM Trace Buffer (TBR) DMA event
307
ARM_TBR_ACQ
ARM Trace Buffer (TBR) Acquisition has been completed
308
NETCP_MDIO_LINK_INT0
Packet Accelerator 1subsystem MDIO interrupt
309
NETCP_MDIO_LINK_INT1
Packet Accelerator 1subsystem MDIO interrupt
310
NETCP_MDIO_USER_INT0
Packet Accelerator 1subsystem MDIO interrupt
311
NETCP_MDIO_USER_INT1
Packet Accelerator 1subsystem MDIO interrupt
312
NETCP_MISC_INT
Packet Accelerator 1subsystem MDIO interrupt
313
Reserved
314
EDMACC_0_GINT
EDMA3CC0 global completion interrupt
315
EDMACC_0_TC_0_INT
EDMA3CC0 individual completion interrupt
316
EDMACC_0_TC_1_INT
EDMA3CC0 individual completion interrupt
317
EDMACC_0_TC_2_INT
EDMA3CC0 individual completion interrupt
318
EDMACC_0_TC_3_INT
EDMA3CC0 individual completion interrupt
319
EDMACC_0_TC_4_INT
EDMA3CC0 individual completion interrupt
320
EDMACC_0_TC_5_INT
EDMA3CC0 individual completion interrupt
321
EDMACC_0_TC_6_INT
EDMA3CC0 individual completion interrupt
322
EDMACC_0_TC_7_INT
EDMA3CC0 individual completion interrupt
323
EDMACC_1_GINT
EDMA3CC1 global completion interrupt
324
EDMACC_1_TC_0_INT
EDMA3CC1 individual completion interrupt
325
EDMACC_1_TC_1_INT
EDMA3CC1 individual completion interrupt
326
EDMACC_1_TC_2_INT
EDMA3CC1 individual completion interrupt
327
EDMACC_1_TC_3_INT
EDMA3CC1 individual completion interrupt
328
EDMACC_1_TC_4_INT
EDMA3CC1 individual completion interrupt
329
EDMACC_1_TC_5_INT
EDMA3CC1 individual completion interrupt
330
EDMACC_1_TC_6_INT
EDMA3CC1 individual completion interrupt
331
EDMACC_1_TC_7_INT
EDMA3CC1 individual completion interrupt
332
EDMACC_2_GINT
EDMA3CC2 global completion interrupt
333
EDMACC_2_TC_0_INT
EDMA3CC2 individual completion interrupt
334
EDMACC_2_TC_1_INT
EDMA3CC2 individual completion interrupt
335
EDMACC_2_TC_2_INT
EDMA3CC2 individual completion interrupt
336
EDMACC_2_TC_3_INT
EDMA3CC2 individual completion interrupt
337
EDMACC_2_TC_4_INT
EDMA3CC2 individual completion interrupt
338
EDMACC_2_TC_5_INT
EDMA3CC2 individual completion interrupt
339
EDMACC_2_TC_6_INT
EDMA3CC2 individual completion interrupt
340
EDMACC_2_TC_7_INT
EDMA3CC2 individual completion interrupt
341
EDMACC_3_GINT
EDMA3CC3 global completion interrupt
342
EDMACC_3_TC_0_INT
EDMA3CC3 individual completion interrupt
343
EDMACC_3_TC_1_INT
EDMA3CC3 individual completion interrupt
344
EDMACC_3_TC_2_INT
EDMA3CC3 individual completion interrupt
345
EDMACC_3_TC_3_INT
EDMA3CC3 individual completion interrupt
346
EDMACC_3_TC_4_INT
EDMA3CC3 individual completion interrupt
347
EDMACC_3_TC_5_INT
EDMA3CC3 individual completion interrupt
348
EDMACC_3_TC_6_INT
EDMA3CC3 individual completion interrupt
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
85
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-22. System Event Mapping — ARM CorePac Interrupts (continued)
EVENT NO.
EVENT NAME
DESCRIPTION
349
EDMACC_3_TC_7_INT
EDMA3CC3 individual completion interrupt
350
EDMACC_4_GINT
EDMA3CC4 global completion interrupt
351
EDMACC_4_TC_0_INT
EDMA3CC4 individual completion interrupt
352
EDMACC_4_TC_1_INT
EDMA3CC4 individual completion interrupt
353
EDMACC_4_TC_2_INT
EDMA3CC4 individual completion interrupt
354
EDMACC_4_TC_3_INT
EDMA3CC4 individual completion interrupt
355
EDMACC_4_TC_4_INT
EDMA3CC4 individual completion interrupt
356
EDMACC_4_TC_5_INT
EDMA3CC4 individual completion interrupt
357
EDMACC_4_TC_6_INT
EDMA3CC4 individual completion interrupt
358
EDMACC_4_TC_7_INT
EDMA3CC4 individual completion interrupt
359
SR_0_PO_VCON_SMPSERR_INT
SmartReflex SMPS error interrupt
360
SR_0_SMARTREFLEX_INTREQ0
SmartReflex controller interrupt
361
SR_0_SMARTREFLEX_INTREQ1
SmartReflex controller interrupt
362
SR_0_SMARTREFLEX_INTREQ2
SmartReflex controller interrupt
363
SR_0_SMARTREFLEX_INTREQ3
SmartReflex controller interrupt
364
SR_0_VPNOSMPSACK
SmartReflex VPVOLTUPDATE has been asserted, but SMPS has not been
responded to in a defined time interval
365
SR_0_VPEQVALUE
SmartReflex SRSINTERUPT is asserted, but the new voltage is not different
from the current SMPS voltage
366
SR_0_VPMAXVDD
SmartReflex. The new voltage required is equal to or greater than MaxVdd
367
SR_0_VPMINVDD
SmartReflex. The new voltage required is equal to or less than MinVdd
368
SR_0_VPINIDLE
SmartReflex indicating that the FSM of voltage processor is in idle
369
SR_0_VPOPPCHANGEDONE
SmartReflex indicating that the average frequency error is within the desired
limit
370
SR_0_VPSMPSACK
SmartReflex VPVOLTUPDATE asserted and SMPS has acknowledged in a
defined time interval
371
SR_0_SR_TEMPSENSOR
SmartReflex temperature threshold crossing interrupt
372
SR_0_SR_TIMERINT
SmartReflex internal timer expiration interrupt
373
PCIE_1_INT0
PCIE1 legacy INTA interrupt
374
PCIE_1_INT1
PCIE1 legacy INTB interrupt
375
PCIE_1_INT2
PCIE1 legacy INTC interrupt
376
PCIE_1_INT3
PCIE1 legacy INTD interrupt
377
PCIE_1_INT4
PCIE1 MSI interrupt
378
PCIE_1_INT5
PCIE1 MSI interrupt
379
PCIE_1_INT6
PCIE1 MSI interrupt
380
PCIE_1_INT7
PCIE1 MSI interrupt
381
PCIE_1_INT8
PCIE1 MSI interrupt
382
PCIE_1_INT9
PCIE1 MSI interrupt
383
PCIE_1_INT10
PCIE1 MSI interrupt
384
PCIE_1_INT11
PCIE1 MSI interrupt
385
PCIE_1_INT12
PCIE1 error interrupt
386
PCIE_1_INT13
PCIE1 power management interrupt
387
HYPERLINK_0_INT
HyperLink interrupt
388
DDR3_ERR
DDR3 interrupt
389
ARM_NCTIIRQ0
ARM cross trigger (CTI) IRQ interrupt
390
ARM_NCTIIRQ1
ARM cross trigger (CTI) IRQ interrupt
391
ARM_NCTIIRQ2
ARM cross trigger (CTI) IRQ interrupt
392
ARM_NCTIIRQ3
ARM cross trigger (CTI) IRQ interrupt
86
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 6-22. System Event Mapping — ARM CorePac Interrupts (continued)
EVENT NO.
EVENT NAME
DESCRIPTION
393
Reserved
Reserved
394
Reserved
Reserved
395
Reserved
Reserved
396
Reserved
Reserved
397
Reserved
Reserved
398
Reserved
Reserved
399
Reserved
Reserved
400
Reserved
Reserved
401
Reserved
Reserved
402
10GbE_LINK_INT0
10 Gigabit Ethernet subsystem MDIO interrupt
403
10GbE_USER_INT0
10 Gigabit Ethernet subsystem MDIO interrupt
404
10GbE_LINK_INT1
10 Gigabit Ethernet subsystem MDIO interrupt
405
10GbE_USER_INT1
10 Gigabit Ethernet subsystem MDIO interrupt
406
10GbE_MISC_INT
10 Gigabit Ethernet subsystem MDIO interrupt
407
10GbE_INT_PKTDMA_0
10 Gigabit Ethernet Packet DMA starvation interrupt
408
Reserved
409
Reserved
410
Reserved
411
Reserved
412
Reserved
413
Reserved
414
USB_1_INT00
USB 1 event ring 0 interrupt
415
USB_1_INT01
USB 1 event ring 1 interrupt
416
USB_1_INT02
USB 1 event ring 2 interrupt
417
USB_1_INT03
USB 1 event ring 3 interrupt
418
USB_1_INT04
USB 1 event ring 4 interrupt
419
USB_1_INT05
USB 1 event ring 5 interrupt
420
USB_1_INT06
USB 1 event ring 6 interrupt
421
USB_1_INT07
USB 1 event ring 7 interrupt
422
USB_1_INT08
USB 1 event ring 8 interrupt
423
USB_1_INT09
USB 1 event ring 9 interrupt
424
USB_1_INT10
USB 1 event ring 10 interrupt
425
USB_1_INT11
USB 1 event ring 11 interrupt
426
USB_1_INT12
USB 1 event ring 12 interrupt
427
USB_1_INT13
USB 1 event ring 13 interrupt
428
USB_1_INT14
USB 1 event ring 14 interrupt
429
USB_1_INT15
USB 1 event ring 15 interrupt
430
USB_1_OABSINT
USB 1 OABS interrupt
431
USB_1_MISCINT
USB 1 miscellaneous interrupt
432
NETCP_GLOBAL_STARVE
NETCP GLOBAL interrupt
433
NETCP_LOCAL_STARVE
NETCP LOCAL interrupt
434
NETCP_PA_ECC_INT
NETCP PA ECC interrupt
435
NETCP_SA_ECC_INT
NETCP SA ECC interrupt
436
NETCP_SWITCH_ECC_INT
NETCP SWITCH ECC interrupt
437
NETCP_SWITCH_STAT_INT0
NETCP SWITCH STAT interrupt
438
NETCP_SWITCH_STAT_INT1
NETCP SWITCH STAT interrupt
439
NETCP_SWITCH_STAT_INT2
NETCP SWITCH STAT interrupt
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
87
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-22. System Event Mapping — ARM CorePac Interrupts (continued)
EVENT NO.
EVENT NAME
DESCRIPTION
440
NETCP_SWITCH_STAT_INT3
NETCP SWITCH STAT interrupt
441
NETCP_SWITCH_STAT_INT4
NETCP SWITCH STAT interrupt
442
NETCP_SWITCH_STAT_INT5
NETCP SWITCH STAT interrupt
443
NETCP_SWITCH_STAT_INT6
NETCP SWITCH STAT interrupt
444
NETCP_SWITCH_STAT_INT7
NETCP SWITCH STAT interrupt
445
NETCP_SWITCH_INT
NETCP SWITCH interrupt
446
NETCP_SWITCH_STAT_INT0
NETCP SWITCH STAT interrupt
447
Reserved
Reserved
448
CIC_2_OUT29
CIC2 interrupt
449
CIC_2_OUT30
CIC2 interrupt
450
CIC_2_OUT31
CIC2 interrupt
451
CIC_2_OUT32
CIC2 interrupt
452
CIC_2_OUT33
CIC2 interrupt
453
CIC_2_OUT34
CIC2 interrupt
454
CIC_2_OUT35
CIC2 interrupt
455
CIC_2_OUT36
CIC2 interrupt
456
CIC_2_OUT37
CIC2 interrupt
457
CIC_2_OUT38
CIC2 interrupt
458
CIC_2_OUT39
CIC2 interrupt
459
CIC_2_OUT40
CIC2 interrupt
460
CIC_2_OUT41
CIC2 interrupt
461
CIC_2_OUT42
CIC2 interrupt
462
CIC_2_OUT43
CIC2 interrupt
463
CIC_2_OUT44
CIC2 interrupt
464
CIC_2_OUT45
CIC2 interrupt
465
CIC_2_OUT46
CIC2 interrupt
466
CIC_2_OUT47
CIC2 interrupt
467
CIC_2_OUT18
CIC2 interrupt
468
CIC_2_OUT19
CIC2 interrupt
469
CIC_2_OUT22
CIC2 interrupt
470
CIC_2_OUT23
CIC2 interrupt
471
CIC_2_OUT50
CIC2 interrupt
472
CIC_2_OUT51
CIC2 interrupt
473
CIC_2_OUT66
CIC2 interrupt
474
CIC_2_OUT67
CIC2 interrupt
475
CIC_2_OUT88
CIC2 interrupt
476
CIC_2_OUT89
CIC2 interrupt
477
CIC_2_OUT90
CIC2 interrupt
478
CIC_2_OUT91
CIC2 interrupt
479
CIC_2_OUT92
CIC2 interrupt
Table 6-23 lists the CIC2 event inputs.
Table 6-23. CIC2 Event Inputs (Secondary Events for EDMA3CC and Hyperlink)
EVENT NO.
EVENT NAME
DESCRIPTION
0
GPIO_INT8
GPIO interrupt
1
GPIO_INT9
GPIO interrupt
2
GPIO_INT10
GPIO interrupt
88
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 6-23. CIC2 Event Inputs (Secondary Events for EDMA3CC and Hyperlink) (continued)
EVENT NO.
EVENT NAME
DESCRIPTION
3
GPIO_INT11
GPIO interrupt
4
GPIO_INT12
GPIO interrupt
5
GPIO_INT13
GPIO interrupt
6
GPIO_INT14
GPIO interrupt
7
GPIO_INT15
GPIO interrupt
8
DBGTBR_DMAINT
Debug trace buffer (TBR) DMA event
9
Reserved
Reserved
10
Reserved
Reserved
11
Reserved
Reserved
12
Reserved
Reserved
13
Reserved
Reserved
14
Reserved
Reserved
15
Reserved
Reserved
16
Reserved
Reserved
17
Reserved
Reserved
18
Reserved
Reserved
19
Reserved
Reserved
20
Reserved
Reserved
21
Reserved
Reserved
22
Reserved
Reserved
23
DFT_PBIST_CPU_INT
Reserved
24
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_16
Navigator interrupt
25
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_17
Navigator interrupt
26
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_18
Navigator interrupt
27
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_19
Navigator interrupt
28
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_20
Navigator interrupt
29
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_21
Navigator interrupt
30
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_22
Navigator interrupt
31
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_23
Navigator interrupt
32
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_24
Navigator interrupt
33
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_25
Navigator interrupt
34
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_26
Navigator interrupt
35
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_27
Navigator interrupt
36
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_28
Navigator interrupt
37
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_29
Navigator interrupt
38
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_30
Navigator interrupt
39
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_31
Navigator interrupt
40
Reserved
Reserved
41
Reserved
Reserved
42
Reserved
Reserved
43
Reserved
Reserved
44
Reserved
Reserved
45
Reserved
Reserved
46
Reserved
Reserved
47
Reserved
Reserved
48
Reserved
Reserved
49
TRACER_DDR_INT
Tracer sliding time window interrupt for MSMC-DDR3
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
89
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-23. CIC2 Event Inputs (Secondary Events for EDMA3CC and Hyperlink) (continued)
EVENT NO.
EVENT NAME
DESCRIPTION
50
TRACER_MSMC_0_INT
Tracer sliding time window interrupt for MSMC SRAM bank0
51
TRACER_MSMC_1_INT
Tracer sliding time window interrupt for MSMC SRAM bank1
52
TRACER_MSMC_2_INT
Tracer sliding time window interrupt for MSMC SRAM bank2
53
TRACER_MSMC_3_INT
Tracer sliding time window interrupt for MSMC SRAM bank3
54
TRACER_CFG_INT
Tracer sliding time window interrupt for TeraNet CFG
55
TRACER_QMSS_QM_CFG1_INT
Tracer sliding time window interrupt for Navigator CFG1 slave port
56
TRACER_QMSS_DMA_INT
Tracer sliding time window interrupt for Navigator VBUSM slave port
57
TRACER_SEM_INT
Tracer sliding time window interrupt for Semaphore interrupt
58
Reserved
Reserved
59
Reserved
Reserved
60
Reserved
Reserved
61
Reserved
Reserved
62
BOOTCFG_INT
BOOTCFG error interrupt
63
NETCP_0_PKTDMA_INT0
Packet Accelerator0 Packet DMA starvation interrupt
64
MPU_0_INT
MPU0 interrupt
65
MSMC_SCRUB_CERROR
MSMC error interrupt
66
MPU_1_INT
MPU1 interrupt
67
Reserved
Reserved
68
MPU_2_INT
MPU2 interrupt
69
QMSS_INTD_1_PKTDMA_0
Navigator Packet DMA interrupt
70
Reserved
Reserved
71
QMSS_INTD_1_PKTDMA_1
Navigator Packet DMA interrupt
72
MSMC_DEDC_CERROR
MSMC error interrupt
73
MSMC_DEDC_NC_ERROR
MSMC error interrupt
74
MSMC_SCRUB_NC_ERROR
MSMC error interrupt
75
Reserved
Reserved
76
MSMC_MPF_ERROR0
Memory protection fault indicators for system master PrivID = 0
77
Reserved
Reserved
78
Reserved
Reserved
79
Reserved
Reserved
80
Reserved
Reserved
81
Reserved
Reserved
82
Reserved
Reserved
83
Reserved
Reserved
84
MSMC_MPF_ERROR8
Memory protection fault indicators for system master PrivID = 8
85
MSMC_MPF_ERROR9
Memory protection fault indicators for system master PrivID = 9
86
MSMC_MPF_ERROR10
Memory protection fault indicators for system master PrivID = 10
87
MSMC_MPF_ERROR11
Memory protection fault indicators for system master PrivID = 11
88
MSMC_MPF_ERROR12
Memory protection fault indicators for system master PrivID = 12
89
MSMC_MPF_ERROR13
Memory protection fault indicators for system master PrivID = 13
90
MSMC_MPF_ERROR14
Memory protection fault indicators for system master PrivID = 14
91
MSMC_MPF_ERROR15
Memory protection fault indicators for system master PrivID = 15
92
Reserved
Reserved
93
GPIO_INT16
GPIO interrupt
94
GPIO_INT17
GPIO interrupt
95
GPIO_INT18
GPIO interrupt
96
GPIO_INT19
GPIO interrupt
90
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 6-23. CIC2 Event Inputs (Secondary Events for EDMA3CC and Hyperlink) (continued)
EVENT NO.
EVENT NAME
DESCRIPTION
97
GPIO_INT20
GPIO interrupt
98
GPIO_INT21
GPIO interrupt
99
GPIO_INT22
GPIO interrupt
100
GPIO_INT23
GPIO interrupt
101
GPIO_INT24
GPIO interrupt
102
GPIO_INT25
GPIO interrupt
103
GPIO_INT26
GPIO interrupt
104
GPIO_INT27
GPIO interrupt
105
GPIO_INT28
GPIO interrupt
106
GPIO_INT29
GPIO interrupt
107
GPIO_INT30
GPIO interrupt
108
GPIO_INT31
GPIO interrupt
109
Reserved
Reserved
110
Reserved
Reserved
111
Reserved
Reserved
112
Reserved
Reserved
113
Reserved
Reserved
114
Reserved
Reserved
115
Reserved
Reserved
116
Reserved
Reserved
117
AEMIF_EASYNCERR
Asynchronous EMIF16 error interrupt
118
Reserved
Reserved
119
Reserved
Reserved
120
Reserved
Reserved
121
Reserved
Reserved
122
Reserved
Reserved
123
Reserved
Reserved
124
Reserved
Reserved
125
Reserved
Reserved
126
Reserved
Reserved
127
Reserved
Reserved
128
Reserved
Reserved
129
Reserved
Reserved
130
Reserved
Reserved
131
Reserved
Reserved
132
Reserved
Reserved
133
Reserved
Reserved
134
Reserved
Reserved
135
Reserved
Reserved
136
Reserved
Reserved
137
Reserved
Reserved
138
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_0
Navigator hi interrupt
139
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_1
Navigator hi interrupt
140
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_2
Navigator hi interrupt
141
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_3
Navigator hi interrupt
142
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_4
Navigator hi interrupt
143
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_5
Navigator hi interrupt
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
91
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-23. CIC2 Event Inputs (Secondary Events for EDMA3CC and Hyperlink) (continued)
EVENT NO.
EVENT NAME
DESCRIPTION
144
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_6
Navigator hi interrupt
145
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_7
Navigator hi interrupt
146
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_8
Navigator hi interrupt
147
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_9
Navigator hi interrupt
148
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_10
Navigator hi interrupt
149
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_11
Navigator hi interrupt
150
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_12
Navigator hi interrupt
151
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_13
Navigator hi interrupt
152
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_14
Navigator hi interrupt
153
QMSS_INTD_1_HIGH_15
Navigator hi interrupt
154
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_0
Navigator second hi interrupt
155
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_1
Navigator second hi interrupt
156
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_2
Navigator second hi interrupt
157
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_3
Navigator second hi interrupt
158
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_4
Navigator second hi interrupt
159
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_5
Navigator second hi interrupt
160
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_6
Navigator second hi interrupt
161
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_7
Navigator second hi interrupt
162
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_8
Navigator second hi interrupt
163
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_9
Navigator second hi interrupt
164
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_10
Navigator second hi interrupt
165
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_11
Navigator second hi interrupt
166
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_12
Navigator second hi interrupt
167
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_13
Navigator second hi interrupt
168
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_14
Navigator second hi interrupt
169
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_15
Navigator second hi interrupt
170
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_16
Navigator second hi interrupt
171
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_17
Navigator second hi interrupt
172
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_18
Navigator second hi interrupt
173
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_19
Navigator second hi interrupt
174
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_20
Navigator second hi interrupt
175
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_21
Navigator second hi interrupt
176
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_22
Navigator second hi interrupt
177
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_23
Navigator second hi interrupt
178
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_24
Navigator second hi interrupt
179
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_25
Navigator second hi interrupt
180
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_26
Navigator second hi interrupt
181
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_27
Navigator second hi interrupt
182
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_28
Navigator second hi interrupt
183
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_29
Navigator second hi interrupt
184
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_30
Navigator second hi interrupt
185
QMSS_INTD_2_HIGH_31
Navigator second hi interrupt
186
MPU_12_INT
MPU12 addressing violation interrupt and protection violation interrupt
187
MPU_13_INT
MPU13 addressing violation interrupt and protection violation interrupt
188
MPU_14_INT
MPU14 addressing violation interrupt and protection violation interrupt
189
MPU_15_INT
MPU15 addressing violation interrupt and protection violation interrupt
190
Reserved
Reserved
92
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 6-23. CIC2 Event Inputs (Secondary Events for EDMA3CC and Hyperlink) (continued)
EVENT NO.
EVENT NAME
DESCRIPTION
191
Reserved
Reserved
192
Reserved
Reserved
193
Reserved
Reserved
194
Reserved
Reserved
195
Reserved
Reserved
196
Reserved
Reserved
197
Reserved
Reserved
198
Reserved
Reserved
199
TRACER_QMSS_QM_CFG2_INT
Tracer sliding time window interrupt for Navigator CFG2 slave port
200
TRACER_EDMACC_0
Tracer sliding time window interrupt foR EDMA3CC0
201
TRACER_EDMACC_123_INT
Tracer sliding time window interrupt for EDMA3CC1, EDMA3CC2, and
EDMA3CC3
202
TRACER_CIC_INT
Tracer sliding time window interrupt for interrupt controllers (CIC)
203
Reserved
Reserved
204
MPU_5_INT
MPU5 addressing violation interrupt and protection violation interrupt
205
Reserved
Reserved
206
MPU_7_INT
MPU7 addressing violation interrupt and protection violation interrupt
207
MPU_8_INT
MPU8 addressing violation interrupt and protection violation interrupt
208
Reserved
Reserved
209
Reserved
Reserved
210
Reserved
Reserved
211
DDR3_0_ERR
DDR3 error interrupt
212
HYPERLINK_0_INT
HyperLink interrupt
213
EDMACC_0_ERRINT
EDMA3CC0 error interrupt
214
EDMACC_0_MPINT
EDMA3CC0 memory protection interrupt
215
EDMACC_0_TC_0_ERRINT
EDMA3CC0 TPTC0 error interrupt
216
EDMACC_0_TC_1_ERRINT
EDMA3CC0 TPTC1 error interrupt
217
EDMACC_1_ERRINT
EDMA3CC1 error interrupt
218
EDMACC_1_MPINT
EDMA3CC1 memory protection interrupt
219
EDMACC_1_TC_0_ERRINT
EDMA3CC1 TPTC0 error interrupt
220
EDMACC_1_TC_1_ERRINT
EDMA3CC1 TPTC1 error interrupt
221
EDMACC_1_TC_2_ERRINT
EDMA3CC1 TPTC2 error interrupt
222
EDMACC_1_TC_3_ERRINT
EDMA3CC1 TPTC3 error interrupt
223
EDMACC_2_ERRINT
EDMA3CC2 error interrupt
224
EDMACC_2_MPINT
EDMA3CC2 memory protection interrupt
225
EDMACC_2_TC_0_ERRINT
EDMA3CC2 TPTC0 error interrupt
226
EDMACC_2_TC_1_ERRINT
EDMA3CC2 TPTC1 error interrupt
227
EDMACC_2_TC_2_ERRINT
EDMA3CC2 TPTC2 error interrupt
228
EDMACC_2_TC_3_ERRINT
EDMA3CC2 TPTC3 error interrupt
229
EDMACC_3_ERRINT
EDMA3CC3 error interrupt
230
EDMACC_3_MPINT
EDMA3CC3 memory protection interrupt
231
EDMACC_3_TC_0_ERRINT
EDMA3CC3 TPTC0 error interrupt
232
EDMACC_3_TC_1_ERRINT
EDMA3CC3 TPTC1 error interrupt
233
EDMACC_4_ERRINT
EDMA3CC4 error interrupt
234
EDMACC_4_MPINT
EDMA3CC4 memory protection interrupt
235
EDMACC_4_TC_0_ERRINT
EDMA3CC4 TPTC0 error interrupt
236
EDMACC_4_TC_1_ERRINT
EDMA3CC4 TPTC1 error interrupt
237
QMSS_QUE_PEND_652
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
93
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-23. CIC2 Event Inputs (Secondary Events for EDMA3CC and Hyperlink) (continued)
EVENT NO.
EVENT NAME
DESCRIPTION
238
QMSS_QUE_PEND_653
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
239
QMSS_QUE_PEND_654
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
240
QMSS_QUE_PEND_655
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
241
QMSS_QUE_PEND_656
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
242
QMSS_QUE_PEND_657
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
243
QMSS_QUE_PEND_658
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
244
QMSS_QUE_PEND_659
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
245
QMSS_QUE_PEND_660
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
246
QMSS_QUE_PEND_661
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
247
QMSS_QUE_PEND_662
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
248
QMSS_QUE_PEND_663
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
249
QMSS_QUE_PEND_664
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
250
QMSS_QUE_PEND_665
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
251
QMSS_QUE_PEND_666
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
252
QMSS_QUE_PEND_667
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
253
QMSS_QUE_PEND_668
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
254
QMSS_QUE_PEND_669
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
255
QMSS_QUE_PEND_670
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
256
QMSS_QUE_PEND_671
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
257
QMSS_QUE_PEND_672
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
258
QMSS_QUE_PEND_673
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
259
QMSS_QUE_PEND_674
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
260
QMSS_QUE_PEND_675
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
261
QMSS_QUE_PEND_676
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
262
QMSS_QUE_PEND_677
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
263
QMSS_QUE_PEND_678
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
264
QMSS_QUE_PEND_679
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
265
QMSS_QUE_PEND_680
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
266
QMSS_QUE_PEND_681
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
267
QMSS_QUE_PEND_682
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
268
QMSS_QUE_PEND_683
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
269
QMSS_QUE_PEND_684
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
270
QMSS_QUE_PEND_685
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
271
QMSS_QUE_PEND_686
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
272
QMSS_QUE_PEND_687
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
273
QMSS_QUE_PEND_688
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
274
QMSS_QUE_PEND_689
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
275
QMSS_QUE_PEND_690
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
276
QMSS_QUE_PEND_691
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
277
10GbE_LINK_INT0
10 Gigabit Ethernet subsystem MDIO interrupt
278
10GbE_LINK_INT1
10 Gigabit Ethernet subsystem MDIO interrupt
279
10GbE_USER_INT0
10 Gigabit Ethernet subsystem MDIO interrupt
280
10GbE_USER_INT1
10 Gigabit Ethernet subsystem MDIO interrupt
281
10GbE_MISC_INT
10 Gigabit Ethernet subsystem MDIO interrupt
282
10GbE_INT_PKTDMA_0
10 Gigabit Ethernet Packet DMA starvation interrupt
283
Reserved
Reserved
284
Reserved
Reserved
94
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 6-23. CIC2 Event Inputs (Secondary Events for EDMA3CC and Hyperlink) (continued)
EVENT NO.
EVENT NAME
DESCRIPTION
285
Reserved
Reserved
286
Reserved
Reserved
287
Reserved
Reserved
288
Reserved
Reserved
289
Reserved
Reserved
290
Reserved
Reserved
291
SEM_INT8
Semaphore interrupt
292
SEM_INT9
Semaphore interrupt
293
SEM_INT10
Semaphore interrupt
294
SEM_INT11
Semaphore interrupt
295
SEM_INT12
Semaphore interrupt
296
Reserved
Reserved
297
Reserved
Reserved
298
Reserved
Reserved
299
SEM_ERR8
Semaphore error interrupt
300
SEM_ERR9
Semaphore error interrupt
301
SEM_ERR10
Semaphore error interrupt
302
SEM_ERR11
Semaphore error interrupt
303
SEM_ERR12
Semaphore error interrupt
304
QMSS1_ECC_INTR
Navigator ECC error interrupt
305
QMSS_INTD_1_LOW_0
Navigator interrupt
306
QMSS_INTD_1_LOW_1
Navigator interrupt
307
QMSS_INTD_1_LOW_2
Navigator interrupt
308
QMSS_INTD_1_LOW_3
Navigator interrupt
309
QMSS_INTD_1_LOW_4
Navigator interrupt
310
QMSS_INTD_1_LOW_5
Navigator interrupt
311
QMSS_INTD_1_LOW_6
Navigator interrupt
312
QMSS_INTD_1_LOW_7
Navigator interrupt
313
QMSS_INTD_1_LOW_8
Navigator interrupt
314
QMSS_INTD_1_LOW_9
Navigator interrupt
315
QMSS_INTD_1_LOW_10
Navigator interrupt
316
QMSS_INTD_1_LOW_11
Navigator interrupt
317
QMSS_INTD_1_LOW_12
Navigator interrupt
318
QMSS_INTD_1_LOW_13
Navigator interrupt
319
QMSS_INTD_1_LOW_14
Navigator interrupt
320
QMSS_INTD_1_LOW_15
Navigator interrupt
321
QMSS_INTD_2_LOW_0
Navigator second interrupt
322
QMSS_INTD_2_LOW_1
Navigator second interrupt
323
QMSS_INTD_2_LOW_2
Navigator second interrupt
324
QMSS_INTD_2_LOW_3
Navigator second interrupt
325
QMSS_INTD_2_LOW_4
Navigator second interrupt
326
QMSS_INTD_2_LOW_5
Navigator second interrupt
327
QMSS_INTD_2_LOW_6
Navigator second interrupt
328
QMSS_INTD_2_LOW_7
Navigator second interrupt
329
QMSS_INTD_2_LOW_8
Navigator second interrupt
330
QMSS_INTD_2_LOW_9
Navigator second interrupt
331
QMSS_INTD_2_LOW_10
Navigator second interrupt
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
95
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-23. CIC2 Event Inputs (Secondary Events for EDMA3CC and Hyperlink) (continued)
EVENT NO.
EVENT NAME
DESCRIPTION
332
QMSS_INTD_2_LOW_11
Navigator second interrupt
333
QMSS_INTD_2_LOW_12
Navigator second interrupt
334
QMSS_INTD_2_LOW_13
Navigator second interrupt
335
QMSS_INTD_2_LOW_14
Navigator second interrupt
336
QMSS_INTD_2_LOW_15
Navigator interrupt
337
NETCP_MDIO_LINK_INT0
Packet Accelerator subsystem MDIO interrupt
338
NETCP_MDIO_LINK_INT1
Packet Accelerator subsystem MDIO interrupt
339
NETCP_MDIO_USER_INT0
Packet Accelerator subsystem MDIO interrupt
340
NETCP_MDIO_USER_INT1
Packet Accelerator subsystem MDIO interrupt
341
NETCP_MISC_INT
Packet Accelerator subsystem MDIO interrupt
342
NETCP_GLOBAL_STARVE_INT
Packet Accelerator interrupt
343
NETCP_LOCAL_STARVE_INT
Packet Accelerator interrupt
344
NETCP_PA_ECC_INT
Packet Accelerator interrupt
345
NETCP_SA_ECC_INT
Packet Accelerator interrupt
346
NETCP_SWITCH_ECC_INT
NETCP SWITCH ECC interrupt
347
NETCP_SWITCH_STAT_INT0
NETCP SWITCH STAT interrupt
348
NETCP_SWITCH_STAT_INT1
NETCP SWITCH STAT interrupt
349
NETCP_SWITCH_STAT_INT2
NETCP SWITCH STAT interrupt
350
NETCP_SWITCH_STAT_INT3
NETCP SWITCH STAT interrupt
351
NETCP_SWITCH_STAT_INT4
NETCP SWITCH STAT interrupt
352
NETCP_SWITCH_STAT_INT5
NETCP SWITCH STAT interrupt
353
NETCP_SWITCH_STAT_INT6
NETCP SWITCH STAT interrupt
354
NETCP_SWITCH_STAT_INT7
NETCP SWITCH STAT interrupt
355
NETCP_SWITCH_STAT_INT8
NETCP SWITCH STAT interrupt
356
NETCP_SWITCH_INT
NETCP SWITCH interrupt
357
Reserved
Reserved
358
Reserved
Reserved
359
Reserved
Reserved
360
Reserved
Reserved
361
Reserved
Reserved
362
PSC_ALLINT
PSC interrupt
363
Reserved
Reserved
364
Reserved
Reserved
365
Reserved
Reserved
366
Reserved
Reserved
367
Reserved
Reserved
368
Reserved
Reserved
369
Reserved
Reserved
370
Reserved
Reserved
371
Reserved
Reserved
372
MPU_9_INT
MPU9 addressing violation interrupt and protection violation interrupt
373
MPU_10_INT
MPU10 addressing violation interrupt and protection violation interrupt
374
MPU_11_INT
MPU11 addressing violation interrupt and protection violation interrupt
375
TRACER_MSMC_4_INT
Tracer sliding time window interrupt for MSMC SRAM bank 4
376
TRACER_MSMC_5_INT
Tracer sliding time window interrupt for MSMC SRAM bank 4
377
TRACER_MSMC_6_INT
Tracer sliding time window interrupt for MSMC SRAM bank 4
378
TRACER_MSMC_7_INT
Tracer sliding time window interrupt for MSMC SRAM bank 4
96
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 6-23. CIC2 Event Inputs (Secondary Events for EDMA3CC and Hyperlink) (continued)
EVENT NO.
EVENT NAME
DESCRIPTION
379
TRACER_PCIE1_INT
Tracer sliding time window interrupt for PCIE1
380
Reserved
Reserved
381
Reserved
Reserved
382
Reserved
Reserved
383
Reserved
Reserved
384
TRACER_SPI_ROM_EMIF_INT
Tracer sliding time window interrupt for SPI/ROM/EMIF16 modules
385
Reserved
Reserved
386
TRACER_USB1_INT
Tracer sliding time window interrupt for USB1 CFG port tracer
387
TIMER_8_INTL
Timer interrupt low
388
TIMER_8_INTH
Timer interrupt high
389
TIMER_9_INTL
Timer interrupt low
390
TIMER_9_INTH
Timer interrupt high
391
TIMER_10_INTL
Timer interrupt low
392
TIMER_10_INTH
Timer interrupt high
393
TIMER_11_INTL
Timer interrupt low
394
TIMER_11_INTH
Timer interrupt high
395
TIMER_14_INTL
Timer interrupt low
396
TIMER_14_INTH
Timer interrupt high
397
TIMER_15_INTL
Timer interrupt low
398
TIMER_15_INTH
Timer interrupt high
399
USB_0_INT00
USB 0 event ring 0 interrupt
400
USB_0_INT01
USB 0 event ring 1 interrupt
401
USB_0_INT02
USB 0 event ring 2 interrupt
402
USB_0_INT03
USB 0 event ring 3 interrupt
403
USB_0_INT04
USB 0 event ring 4 interrupt
404
USB_0_INT05
USB 0 event ring 5 interrupt
405
USB_0_INT06
USB 0 event ring 6 interrupt
406
USB_0_INT07
USB 0 event ring 7 interrupt
407
USB_0_INT08
USB 0 event ring 8 interrupt
408
USB_0_INT09
USB 0 event ring 9 interrupt
409
USB_0_INT10
USB 0 event ring 10 interrupt
410
USB_0_INT11
USB 0 event ring 11 interrupt
411
USB_0_INT12
USB 0 event ring 12 interrupt
412
USB_0_INT13
USB 0 event ring 13 interrupt
413
USB_0_INT14
USB 0 event ring 14 interrupt
414
USB_0_INT15
USB 0 event ring 15 interrupt
415
USB_0_MISCINT
USB 0 Miscellaneous interrupt
416
USB_0_OABSINT
USB 0 OABS interrupt
417
Reserved
Reserved
418
USB_1_INT00
USB 1 event ring 0 interrupt
419
USB_1_INT01
USB 1 event ring 1 interrupt
420
USB_1_INT02
USB 1 event ring 2 interrupt
421
USB_1_INT03
USB 1 event ring 3 interrupt
422
USB_1_INT04
USB 1 event ring 4 interrupt
423
USB_1_INT05
USB 1 event ring 5 interrupt
424
USB_1_INT06
USB 1 event ring 6 interrupt
425
USB_1_INT07
USB 1 event ring 7 interrupt
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
97
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-23. CIC2 Event Inputs (Secondary Events for EDMA3CC and Hyperlink) (continued)
EVENT NO.
EVENT NAME
DESCRIPTION
426
USB_1_INT08
USB 1 event ring 8 interrupt
427
USB_1_INT09
USB 1 event ring 9 interrupt
428
USB_1_INT10
USB 1 event ring 10 interrupt
429
USB_1_INT11
USB 1 event ring 11 interrupt
430
USB_1_INT12
USB 1 event ring 12 interrupt
431
USB_1_INT13
USB 1 event ring 13 interrupt
432
USB_1_INT14
USB 1 event ring 14 interrupt
433
USB_1_INT15
USB 1 event ring 15 interrupt
434
USB_1_MISCINT
USB 1 miscellaneous interrupt
435
USB_1_OABSINT
USB 1 OABS interrupt
436
Reserved
Reserved
437
Reserved
Reserved
438
Reserved
Reserved
439
Reserved
Reserved
440
Reserved
Reserved
441
Reserved
Reserved
442
Reserved
Reserved
443
Reserved
Reserved
444
Reserved
Reserved
445
Reserved
Reserved
446
TIMER_12_INTL
Timer interrupt low
447
TIMER_12_INTH
Timer interrupt high
448
TIMER_13_INTL
Timer interrupt low
449
TIMER_13_INTH
Timer interrupt high
450
TIMER_16_INTL
Timer interrupt low
451
TIMER_16_INTH
Timer interrupt high
452
TIMER_17_INTL
Timer interrupt low
453
TIMER_17_INTH
Timer interrupt high
454
TIMER_18_INTL
Timer interrupt low
455
TIMER_18_INTH
Timer interrupt high
456
TIMER_19_INTL
Timer interrupt low
457
TIMER_19_INTH
Timer interrupt high
458
Reserved
Reserved
459
RSTMUX_INT8
Boot config watchdog timer expiration event for ARM Core 0
460
RSTMUX_INT9
Boot config watchdog timer expiration event for ARM Core 1
461
RSTMUX_INT10
Boot config watchdog timer expiration event for ARM Core 2
462
RSTMUX_INT11
Boot config watchdog timer expiration event for ARM Core 3
463
GPIO_INT0
GPIO interrupt
464
GPIO_INT1
GPIO interrupt
465
GPIO_INT2
GPIO interrupt
466
GPIO_INT3
GPIO interrupt
467
GPIO_INT4
GPIO interrupt
468
GPIO_INT5
GPIO interrupt
469
GPIO_INT6
GPIO interrupt
470
GPIO_INT7
GPIO interrupt
471
Reserved
Reserved
472
Reserved
Reserved
98
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 6-23. CIC2 Event Inputs (Secondary Events for EDMA3CC and Hyperlink) (continued)
EVENT NO.
EVENT NAME
DESCRIPTION
473
Reserved
Reserved
474
Reserved
Reserved
475
Reserved
Reserved
476
Reserved
Reserved
477
Reserved
Reserved
478
Reserved
Reserved
6.3.2
CIC Registers
This section includes the CIC memory map information and registers.
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
99
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
6.3.2.1
www.ti.com
CIC2 Register Map
Table 6-24. CIC2 Registers
ADDRESS
OFFSET
REGISTER MNEMONIC
REGISTER NAME
0x0
REVISION_REG
Revision Register
0x10
GLOBAL_ENABLE_HINT_REG
Global Host Int Enable Register
0x20
STATUS_SET_INDEX_REG
Status Set Index Register
0x24
STATUS_CLR_INDEX_REG
Status Clear Index Register
0x28
ENABLE_SET_INDEX_REG
Enable Set Index Register
0x2C
ENABLE_CLR_INDEX_REG
Enable Clear Index Register
0x34
HINT_ENABLE_SET_INDEX_REG
Host Int Enable Set Index Register
0x38
HINT_ENABLE_CLR_INDEX_REG
Host Int Enable Clear Index Register
0x200
RAW_STATUS_REG0
Raw Status Register 0
0x204
RAW_STATUS_REG1
Raw Status Register 1
0x208
RAW_STATUS_REG2
Raw Status Register 2
0x20C
RAW_STATUS_REG3
Raw Status Register 3
0x210
RAW_STATUS_REG4
Raw Status Register 4
0x214
RAW_STATUS_REG5
Raw Status Register 5
0x218
RAW_STATUS_REG6
Raw Status Register 6
0x21C
RAW_STATUS_REG7
Raw Status Register 7
0x220
RAW_STATUS_REG8
Raw Status Register 8
0x224
RAW_STATUS_REG9
Raw Status Register 9
0x228
RAW_STATUS_REG10
Raw Status Register 10
0x22C
RAW_STATUS_REG11
Raw Status Register 11
0x230
RAW_STATUS_REG12
Raw Status Register 12
0x234
RAW_STATUS_REG13
Raw Status Register 13
0x238
RAW_STATUS_REG14
Raw Status Register 14
0x23C
RAW_STATUS_REG15
Raw Status Register 15
0x280
ENA_STATUS_REG0
Enabled Status Register 0
0x284
ENA_STATUS_REG1
Enabled Status Register 1
0x288
ENA_STATUS_REG2
Enabled Status Register 2
0x28C
ENA_STATUS_REG3
Enabled Status Register 3
0x290
ENA_STATUS_REG4
Enabled Status Register 4
0x294
ENA_STATUS_REG5
Enabled Status Register 5
0x298
ENA_STATUS_REG6
Enabled Status Register 6
0x29C
ENA_STATUS_REG7
Enabled Status Register 7
0x2A0
ENA_STATUS_REG8
Enabled Status Register 8
0x2A4
ENA_STATUS_REG9
Enabled Status Register 9
0x2A8
ENA_STATUS_REG10
Enabled Status Register10
0x2AC
ENA_STATUS_REG11
Enabled Status Register 11
0x2B0
ENA_STATUS_REG12
Enabled Status Register 12
0x2B4
ENA_STATUS_REG13
Enabled Status Register 13
0x2B8
ENA_STATUS_REG14
Enabled Status Register 14
0x2BC
ENA_STATUS_REG15
Enabled Status Register 15
0x300
ENABLE_REG0
Enable Register 0
0x304
ENABLE_REG1
Enable Register 1
0x308
ENABLE_REG2
Enable Register 2
0x30C
ENABLE_REG3
Enable Register 3
0x310
ENABLE_REG4
Enable Register 4
100
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 6-24. CIC2 Registers (continued)
ADDRESS
OFFSET
REGISTER MNEMONIC
REGISTER NAME
0x314
ENABLE_REG5
Enable Register 5
0x318
ENABLE_REG6
Enable Register 6
0x31C
ENABLE_REG7
Enable Register 7
0x320
ENABLE_REG8
Enable Register 8
0x324
ENABLE_REG9
Enable Register 9
0x328
ENABLE_REG10
Enable Register 10
0x32C
ENABLE_REG11
Enable Register 11
0x330
ENABLE_REG12
Enable Register 12
0x334
ENABLE_REG13
Enable Register 13
0x338
ENABLE_REG14
Enable Register 14
0x33C
ENABLE_REG15
Enable Register 15
0x380
ENABLE_CLR_REG0
Enable Clear Register 0
0x384
ENABLE_CLR_REG1
Enable Clear Register 1
0x388
ENABLE_CLR_REG2
Enable Clear Register 2
0x38C
ENABLE_CLR_REG3
Enable Clear Register 3
0x390
ENABLE_CLR_REG4
Enable Clear Register 4
0x394
ENABLE_CLR_REG5
Enable Clear Register 5
0x398
ENABLE_CLR_REG6
Enable Clear Register 6
0x39C
ENABLE_CLR_REG7
Enable Clear Register 7
0x3A0
ENABLE_CLR_REG8
Enable Clear Register 8
0x3A4
ENABLE_CLR_REG9
Enable Clear Register 9
0x3A8
ENABLE_CLR_REG10
Enable Clear Register 10
0x3AC
ENABLE_CLR_REG11
Enable Clear Register 11
0x3B0
ENABLE_CLR_REG12
Enable Clear Register 12
0x3B4
ENABLE_CLR_REG13
Enable Clear Register 13
0x3B8
ENABLE_CLR_REG14
Enable Clear Register 14
0x38C
ENABLE_CLR_REG15
Enable Clear Register 15
0x400
CH_MAP_REG0
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 0 to 0+3
0x404
CH_MAP_REG1
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 4 to 4+3
0x408
CH_MAP_REG2
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 8 to 8+3
0x40C
CH_MAP_REG3
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 12 to 12+3
0x410
CH_MAP_REG4
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 16 to 16+3
0x414
CH_MAP_REG5
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 20 to 20+3
0x418
CH_MAP_REG6
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 24 to 24+3
0x41C
CH_MAP_REG7
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 28 to 28+3
0x420
CH_MAP_REG8
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 32 to 32+3
0x424
CH_MAP_REG9
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 36 to 36+3
0x428
CH_MAP_REG10
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 40 to 40+3
0x42C
CH_MAP_REG11
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 44 to 44+3
0x430
CH_MAP_REG12
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 48 to 48+3
0x434
CH_MAP_REG13
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 52 to 52+3
0x438
CH_MAP_REG14
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 56 to 56+3
0x43C
CH_MAP_REG15
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 60 to 60+3
0x5C0
CH_MAP_REG116
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 464 to 464+3
0x5C4
CH_MAP_REG117
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 468 to 468+3
0x5C8
CH_MAP_REG118
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 472 to 472+3
0x5CC
CH_MAP_REG119
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 476 to 476+3
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
101
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-24. CIC2 Registers (continued)
ADDRESS
OFFSET
REGISTER MNEMONIC
REGISTER NAME
0x5D0
CH_MAP_REG120
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 480 to 480+3
0x5D4
CH_MAP_REG121
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 484 to 484+3
0x5D8
CH_MAP_REG122
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 488 to 488+3
0x5DC
CH_MAP_REG123
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 482 to 492+3
0x5E0
CH_MAP_REG124
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 496 to 496+3
0x5E4
CH_MAP_REG125
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 500 to 500+3
0x5E8
CH_MAP_REG126
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 504 to 504+3
0x5EC
CH_MAP_REG127
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 508 to 508+3
0x5F0
CH_MAP_REG128
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 512 to 512+3
0x5F4
CH_MAP_REG129
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 516 to 516+3
0x5F8
CH_MAP_REG130
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 520 to 520+3
0x5FC
CH_MAP_REG131
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 524 to 524+3
0x600
CH_MAP_REG132
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 528 to 528+3
0x604
CH_MAP_REG133
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 532 to 532+3
0x608
CH_MAP_REG134
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 536 to 536+3
0x60C
CH_MAP_REG135
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 540 to 540+3
0x610
CH_MAP_REG136
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 544 to 544+3
0x614
CH_MAP_REG137
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 548 to 548+3
0x618
CH_MAP_REG138
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 552 to 552+3
0x61C
CH_MAP_REG139
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 556 to 556+3
0x620
CH_MAP_REG140
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 560 to 560+3
0x624
CH_MAP_REG141
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 564 to 564+3
0x628
CH_MAP_REG142
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 568 to 568+3
0x62C
CH_MAP_REG143
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 572 to 572+3
0x630
CH_MAP_REG144
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 576 to 576+3
0x634
CH_MAP_REG145
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 580 to 580+3
0x638
CH_MAP_REG146
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 584 to 584+3
0x63C
CH_MAP_REG147
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 588 to 588+3
0x640
CH_MAP_REG148
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 592 to 592+3
0x644
CH_MAP_REG149
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 596 to 596+3
0x648
CH_MAP_REG150
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 600 to 600+3
0x64C
CH_MAP_REG151
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 604 to 604+3
0x650
CH_MAP_REG152
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 608 to 608+3
0x654
CH_MAP_REG153
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 612 to 612+3
0x658
CH_MAP_REG154
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 616 to 616+3
0x65C
CH_MAP_REG155
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 620 to 620+3
0x660
CH_MAP_REG156
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 624 to 624+3
0x664
CH_MAP_REG157
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 628 to 628+3
0x668
CH_MAP_REG158
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 632 to 632+3
0x66C
CH_MAP_REG159
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 636 to 636+3
0x670
CH_MAP_REG160
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 640 to 640+3
0x674
CH_MAP_REG161
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 644 to 644+3
0x678
CH_MAP_REG162
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 648 to 648+3
0x67C
CH_MAP_REG163
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 652 to 652+3
0x680
CH_MAP_REG164
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 656 to 656+3
0x684
CH_MAP_REG165
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 660 to 660+3
0x688
CH_MAP_REG166
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 664 to 664+3
102
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 6-24. CIC2 Registers (continued)
ADDRESS
OFFSET
REGISTER MNEMONIC
REGISTER NAME
0x68C
CH_MAP_REG167
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 668 to 668+3
0x690
CH_MAP_REG168
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 672 to 672+3
0x694
CH_MAP_REG169
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 676 to 676+3
0x698
CH_MAP_REG170
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 680 to 680+3
0x69C
CH_MAP_REG171
Interrupt Channel Map Register for 684 to 684+3
0x800
HINT_MAP_REG0
Host Interrupt Map Register for 0 to 0+3
0x804
HINT_MAP_REG1
Host Interrupt Map Register for 4 to 4+3
0x808
HINT_MAP_REG2
Host Interrupt Map Register for 8 to 8+3
0x80C
HINT_MAP_REG3
Host Interrupt Map Register for 12 to 12+3
0x810
HINT_MAP_REG4
Host Interrupt Map Register for 16 to 16+3
0x814
HINT_MAP_REG5
Host Interrupt Map Register for 20 to 20+3
0x818
HINT_MAP_REG6
Host Interrupt Map Register for 24 to 24+3
0x81C
HINT_MAP_REG7
Host Interrupt Map Register for 28 to 28+3
0x820
HINT_MAP_REG8
Host Interrupt Map Register for 32 to 32+3
0x824
HINT_MAP_REG9
Host Interrupt Map Register for 36 to 36+3
0x828
HINT_MAP_REG10
Host Interrupt Map Register for 40 to 40+3
0x82C
HINT_MAP_REG11
Host Interrupt Map Register for 44 to 44+3
0x830
HINT_MAP_REG12
Host Interrupt Map Register for 48 to 48+3
0x834
HINT_MAP_REG13
Host Interrupt Map Register for 52 to 52+3
0x838
HINT_MAP_REG14
Host Interrupt Map Register for 56 to 56+3
0x83C
HINT_MAP_REG15
Host Interrupt Map Register for 60 to 60+3
0x840
HINT_MAP_REG16
Host Interrupt Map Register for 63 to 63+3
0x844
HINT_MAP_REG17
Host Interrupt Map Register for 66 to 66+3
0x848
HINT_MAP_REG18
Host Interrupt Map Register for 68 to 68+3
0x84C
HINT_MAP_REG19
Host Interrupt Map Register for 72 to 72+3
0x850
HINT_MAP_REG20
Host Interrupt Map Register for 76 to 76+3
0x854
HINT_MAP_REG21
Host Interrupt Map Register for 80 to 80+3
0x858
HINT_MAP_REG22
Host Interrupt Map Register for 84 to 84+3
0x85C
HINT_MAP_REG23
Host Interrupt Map Register for 88 to 88+3
0x860
HINT_MAP_REG24
Host Interrupt Map Register for 92 to 92+3
0x864
HINT_MAP_REG25
Host Interrupt Map Register for 94 to 94+3
0x868
HINT_MAP_REG26
Host Interrupt Map Register for 96 to 96+3
0x86C
HINT_MAP_REG27
Host Interrupt Map Register for 100 to 100+3
0x1500
ENABLE_HINT_REG0
Host Int Enable Register 0
0x1504
ENABLE_HINT_REG1
Host Int Enable Register 1
0x1508
ENABLE_HINT_REG2
Host Int Enable Register 2
0x150C
ENABLE_HINT_REG3
Host Int Enable Register 3
6.4
Enhanced Direct Memory Access (EDMA3) Controller
The primary purpose of the EDMA3 is to service user-programmed data transfers between two memorymapped slave endpoints on the device. The EDMA3 services software-driven paging transfers (e.g., data
movement between external memory and internal memory), performs sorting or subframe extraction of
various data structures, services event driven peripherals, and offloads data transfers from the device
ARM CorePac.
There are 5 EDMA channel controllers on the device:
• EDMA3CC0 has two transfer controllers: TPTC0 and TPTC1
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
103
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
•
•
•
•
EDMA3CC1
EDMA3CC2
EDMA3CC3
EDMA3CC4
has
has
has
has
www.ti.com
four transfer controllers: TPTC0, TPTC1, TPTC2, and TPTC3
four transfer controllers: TPTC0, TPTC1, TPTC2, and TPTC3
two transfer controllers: TPTC0 and TPTC1
two transfer controllers: TPTC0 and TPTC1
In the context of this document, TPTCx is associated with EDMA3CCy, and is referred to as EDMA3CCy
TPTCx. Each of the transfer controllers has a direct connection to the switch fabric. Section 7.2 lists the
peripherals that can be accessed by the transfer controllers.
EDMA3CC0 is optimized to be used for transfers to/from/within the MSMC and DDR3 subsytems. The
others are used for the remaining traffic.
Each EDMA3 channel controller includes the following features:
• Fully orthogonal transfer description
– 3 transfer dimensions:
• Array (multiple bytes)
• Frame (multiple arrays)
• Block (multiple frames)
– Single event can trigger transfer of array, frame, or entire block
– Independent indexes on source and destination
• Flexible transfer definition:
– Increment or FIFO transfer addressing modes
– Linking mechanism allows for ping-pong buffering, circular buffering, and repetitive/continuous
transfers, all with no CPU intervention
– Chaining allows multiple transfers to execute with one event
• 512 PaRAM entries for all EDMA3CC
– Used to define transfer context for channels
– Each PaRAM entry can be used as a DMA entry, QDMA entry, or link entry
• 64 DMA channels for all EDMA3CC
– Manually triggered (CPU writes to channel controller register)
– External event triggered
– Chain triggered (completion of one transfer triggers another)
• 8 Quick DMA (QDMA) channels per EDMA3CCx
– Used for software-driven transfers
– Triggered upon writing to a single PaRAM set entry
• Two transfer controllers and two event queues with programmable system-level priority for
EDMA3CC0, EDMA3CC3 and EDMA3CC4
• Four transfer controllers and four event queues with programmable system-level priority for each of
EDMA3CC1 and EDMA3CC2
• Interrupt generation for transfer completion and error conditions
• Debug visibility
– Queue watermarking/threshold allows detection of maximum usage of event queues
– Error and status recording to facilitate debug
6.4.1
EDMA3 Device-Specific Information
The EDMA supports two addressing modes: constant addressing and increment addressing mode.
Constant addressing mode is applicable to a very limited set of use cases. For most applications
increment mode can be used. For more information on these two addressing modes, see the KeyStone
Architecture Enhanced Direct Memory Access 3 (EDMA3) User's Guide (SPRUGS5).
104
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
For the range of memory addresses that includes EDMA3 channel controller (EDMA3CC) control registers
and EDMA3 transfer controller (TPTC) control registers, see Section Section 6.1. For memory offsets and
other details on EDMA3CC and TPTC Control Register entries, see the KeyStone Architecture Enhanced
Direct Memory Access 3 (EDMA3) User's Guide (SPRUGS5).
6.4.2
EDMA3 Channel Controller Configuration
Table 6-25 shows the configuration for each of the EDMA3 channel controllers present on the device.
Table 6-25. EDMA3 Channel Controller Configuration
DESCRIPTION
EDMA3 CC0
EDMA3 CC1
EDMA3 CC2
EDMA3 CC3
EDMA3 CC4
Number of DMA channels in channel controller
64
64
64
64
64
Number of QDMA channels
8
8
8
8
8
Number of interrupt channels
64
64
64
64
64
Number of PaRAM set entries
512
512
512
512
512
Number of event queues
2
4
4
2
2
Number of transfer controllers
2
4
4
2
2
Memory protection existence
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Number of memory protection and shadow regions
8
8
8
8
8
6.4.3
EDMA3 Transfer Controller Configuration
Each transfer controller on the device is designed differently based on considerations like performance
requirements, system topology (like main TeraNet bus width, external memory bus width), etc. The
parameters that determine the transfer controller configurations are:
• FIFOSIZE: Determines the size in bytes for the data FIFO that is the temporary buffer for the in-flight
data. The data FIFO is where the read return data read by the TC read controller from the source
endpoint is stored and subsequently written out to the destination endpoint by the TC write controller.
• BUSWIDTH: The width of the read and write data buses in bytes, for the TC read and write controller,
respectively. This is typically equal to the bus width of the main TeraNet interface.
• Default Burst Size (DBS): The DBS is the maximum number of bytes per read/write command issued
by a transfer controller.
• DSTREGDEPTH: This determines the number of destination FIFO register sets. The number of
destination FIFO register sets for a transfer controller determines the maximum number of outstanding
transfer requests.
All four parameters listed above are fixed by the design of the device.
Table 6-26 shows the configuration of each of the EDMA3 transfer controllers present on the device.
Table 6-26. EDMA3 Transfer Controller Configuration
EDMA3 CC0/CC4
EDMA3 CC1
EDMA3 CC2
EDMA3CC3
PARAMETER
TC0
TC1
TC0
TC1
TC2
TC3
TC0
TC1
TC2
TC3
TC0
TC1
FIFOSIZE
1024
bytes
1024
bytes
1024
bytes
1024
bytes
1024
bytes
1024
bytes
1024
bytes
1024
bytes
1024
bytes
1024
bytes
1024
bytes
1024
bytes
BUSWIDTH
32
bytes
32
bytes
16
bytes
16
bytes
16
bytes
16
bytes
16
bytes
16
bytes
16
bytes
16
bytes
16
bytes
16
bytes
DSTREGDEPTH 4
entries
4
entries
4
entries
4
entries
4
entries
4
entries
4
entries
4
entries
4
entries
4
entries
4
entries
4
entries
DBS
128
bytes
128
bytes
128
bytes
128
bytes
128
bytes
128
bytes
128
bytes
128
bytes
128
bytes
64
bytes
64
bytes
128
bytes
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
105
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
6.4.4
www.ti.com
EDMA3 Channel Synchronization Events
The EDMA3 supports up to 64 DMA channels for all EDMA3CC that can be used to service system
peripherals and to move data between system memories. DMA channels can be triggered by
synchronization events generated by system peripherals. The following tables list the source of the
synchronization event associated with each of the EDMA3CC DMA channels. On the AM5K2E0x, the
association of each synchronization event and DMA channel is fixed and cannot be reprogrammed.
For more detailed information on the EDMA3 module and how EDMA3 events are enabled, captured,
processed, prioritized, linked, chained, and cleared, etc., see the KeyStone Architecture Enhanced Direct
Memory Access 3 (EDMA3) User's Guide (SPRUGS5).
Table 6-27. EDMA3CC0 Events for AM5K2E0x
EVENT NO.
EVENT NAME
DESCRIPTION
0
TIMER_8_INTL
Timer interrupt low
1
TIMER_8_INTH
Timer interrupt high
2
TIMER_9_INTL
Timer interrupt low
3
TIMER_9_INTH
Timer interrupt high
4
TIMER_10_INTL
Timer interrupt low
5
TIMER_10_INTH
Timer interrupt high
6
TIMER_11_INTL
Timer interrupt low
7
TIMER_11_INTH
Timer interrupt high
8
CIC_2_OUT66
CIC2 Interrupt Controller output
9
CIC_2_OUT67
CIC2 Interrupt Controller output
10
CIC_2_OUT68
CIC2 Interrupt Controller output
11
CIC_2_OUT69
CIC2 Interrupt Controller output
12
CIC_2_OUT70
CIC2 Interrupt Controller output
13
CIC_2_OUT71
CIC2 Interrupt Controller output
14
CIC_2_OUT72
CIC2 Interrupt Controller output
15
CIC_2_OUT73
CIC2 Interrupt Controller output
16
GPIO_INT8
GPIO interrupt
17
GPIO_INT9
GPIO interrupt
18
GPIO_INT10
GPIO interrupt
19
GPIO_INT11
GPIO interrupt
20
GPIO_INT12
GPIO interrupt
21
GPIO_INT13
GPIO interrupt
22
GPIO_INT14
GPIO interrupt
23
GPIO_INT15
GPIO interrupt
24
TIMER_16_INTL
Timer interrupt low
25
TIMER_16_INTH
Timer interrupt high
26
TIMER_17_INTL
Timer interrupt low
27
TIMER_17_INTH
Timer interrupt high
28
TIMER_18_INTL
Timer interrupt low
29
TIMER_18_INTH
Timer interrupt high
30
TIMER_19_INTL
Timer interrupt low
31
TIMER_19_INTH
Timer interrupt high
32
GPIO_INT0
GPIO interrupt
33
GPIO_INT1
GPIO interrupt
34
GPIO_INT2
GPIO interrupt
35
GPIO_INT3
GPIO interrupt
36
GPIO_INT4
GPIO interrupt
106
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 6-27. EDMA3CC0 Events for AM5K2E0x (continued)
EVENT NO.
EVENT NAME
DESCRIPTION
37
GPIO_INT5
GPIO interrupt
38
GPIO_INT6
GPIO interrupt
39
GPIO_INT7
GPIO interrupt
40
Reserved
Reserved
41
Reserved
Reserved
42
TIMER_12_INTL
Timer interrupt low
43
TIMER_12_INTH
Timer interrupt high
44
TIMER_13_INTL
Timer interrupt low
45
TIMER_13_INTH
Timer interrupt high
46
Reserved
Reserved
47
SEM_INT8
Semaphore interrupt
48
SEM_INT9
Semaphore interrupt
49
SEM_INT10
Semaphore interrupt
50
SEM_INT11
Semaphore interrupt
51
SEM_INT12
Semaphore interrupt
52
DBGTBR_DMAINT
Debug trace buffer (TBR) DMA event
53
ARM_TBR_DMA
ARM trace buffer (TBR) DMA event
54
QMSS_QUE_PEND_560
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
55
QMSS_QUE_PEND_561
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
56
QMSS_QUE_PEND_562
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
57
QMSS_QUE_PEND_563
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
58
QMSS_QUE_PEND_564
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
59
QMSS_QUE_PEND_565
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
60
QMSS_QUE_PEND_566
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
61
QMSS_QUE_PEND_567
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
62
QMSS_QUE_PEND_568
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
63
QMSS_QUE_PEND_569
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
Table 6-28. EDMA3CC1 Events for AM5K2E0x
EVENT NO.
EVENT NAME
DESCRIPTION
0
GPIO_INT28
GPIO interrupt
1
GPIO_INT29
GPIO interrupt
2
SPI_0_XEVT
SPI0 transmit event
3
SPI_0_REVT
SPI0 receive event
4
SEM_INT8
Semaphore interrupt
5
SEM_INT9
Semaphore interrupt
6
GPIO_INT0
GPIO interrupt
7
GPIO_INT1
GPIO interrupt
8
GPIO_INT2
GPIO interrupt
9
GPIO_INT3
GPIO interrupt
10
QMSS_QUE_PEND_570
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
11
QMSS_QUE_PEND_571
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
12
QMSS_QUE_PEND_572
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
13
QMSS_QUE_PEND_573
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
14
Reserved
Reserved
15
QMSS_QUE_PEND_574
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
16
QMSS_QUE_PEND_575
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
107
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-28. EDMA3CC1 Events for AM5K2E0x (continued)
EVENT NO.
EVENT NAME
DESCRIPTION
17
QMSS_QUE_PEND_576
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
18
QMSS_QUE_PEND_577
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
19
QMSS_QUE_PEND_578
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
20
QMSS_QUE_PEND_579
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
21
QMSS_QUE_PEND_580
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
22
TIMER_8_INTL
Timer interrupt low
23
TIMER_8_INTH
Timer interrupt high
24
TIMER_9_INTL
Timer interrupt low
25
TIMER_9_INTH
Timer interrupt high
26
TIMER_10_INTL
Timer interrupt low
27
TIMER_10_INTH
Timer interrupt high
28
TIMER_11_INTL
Timer interrupt low
29
TIMER_11_INTH
Timer interrupt high
30
TIMER_12_INTL
Timer interrupt low
31
TIMER_12_INTH
Timer interrupt high
32
TIMER_13_INTL
Timer interrupt low
33
TIMER_13_INTH
Timer interrupt high
34
TIMER_14_INTL
Timer interrupt low
35
TIMER_14_INTH
Timer interrupt high
36
TIMER_15_INTL
Timer interrupt low
37
TIMER_15_INTH
Timer interrupt high
38
SEM_INT10
Semaphore interrupt
39
SEM_INT11
Semaphore interrupt
40
SEM_INT12
Semaphore interrupt
41
SR_0_SR_TEMPSENSOR
SmartReflex temperature threshold crossing interrupt
42
TSIP_RCV_FINT0
TSIP receive frame interrupt for Channel 0
43
TSIP_XMT_FINT0
TSIP transmit frame interrupt for Channel 0
44
TSIP_RCV_SFINT0
TSIP receive super frame interrupt for Channel 0
45
TSIP_XMT_SFINT0
TSIP transmit super frame interrupt for Channel 0
46
TSIP_RCV_FINT1
TSIP receive frame interrupt for Channel 1
47
TSIP_XMT_FINT1
TSIP transmit frame interrupt for Channel 1
48
TSIP_RCV_SFINT1
TSIP receive super frame interrupt for Channel 1
49
TSIP_XMT_SFINT1
TSIP transmit super frame interrupt for Channel 1
50
CIC_2_OUT8
CIC2 Interrupt Controller output
51
GPIO_INT30
GPIO interrupt
52
GPIO_INT31
GPIO interrupt
53
I2C_0_REVT
I2C0 receive
54
I2C_0_XEVT
I2C0 transmit
55
CIC_2_OUT13
CIC2 Interrupt Controller output
56
CIC_2_OUT14
CIC2 Interrupt Controller output
57
CIC_2_OUT15
CIC2 Interrupt Controller output
58
CIC_2_OUT16
CIC2 Interrupt Controller output
59
CIC_2_OUT17
CIC2 Interrupt Controller output
60
CIC_2_OUT18
CIC2 Interrupt Controller output
61
CIC_2_OUT19
CIC2 Interrupt Controller output
62
Reserved
Reserved
63
Reserved
Reserved
108
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 6-29. EDMA3CC2 Events for AM5K2E0x
EVENT NO.
EVENT NAME
DESCRIPTION
0
UART_1_URXEVT
UART1 receive event
1
UART_1_UTXEVT
UART1 transmit event
2
SPI_1_XEVT
SPI1 receive event
3
SPI_1_REVT
SPI1 transmit event
4
SPI_2_XEVT
SPI2 receive event
5
SPI_2_REVT
SPI2 transmit event
6
DBGTBR_DMAINT
Debug trace buffer (TBR) DMA event
7
ARM_TBR_DMA
ARM trace buffer (TBR) DMA event
8
Reserved
Reserved
9
Reserved
Reserved
10
I2C_1_REVT
I2C1 receive
11
I2C_1_XEVT
I2C1 transmit
12
I2C_2_REVT
I2C2 receive
13
I2C_2_XEVT
I2C2 transmit
14
GPIO_INT16
GPIO interrupt
15
GPIO_INT17
GPIO interrupt
16
GPIO_INT18
GPIO interrupt
17
GPIO_INT19
GPIO interrupt
18
GPIO_INT20
GPIO interrupt
19
GPIO_INT21
GPIO interrupt
20
GPIO_INT22
GPIO interrupt
21
GPIO_INT23
GPIO interrupt
22
GPIO_INT24
GPIO interrupt
23
GPIO_INT25
GPIO interrupt
24
GPIO_INT26
GPIO interrupt
25
GPIO_INT27
GPIO interrupt
26
GPIO_INT0
GPIO interrupt
27
GPIO_INT1
GPIO interrupt
28
GPIO_INT2
GPIO interrupt
29
GPIO_INT3
GPIO interrupt
30
GPIO_INT4
GPIO interrupt
31
GPIO_INT5
GPIO interrupt
32
GPIO_INT6
GPIO interrupt
33
GPIO_INT7
GPIO interrupt
34
ARM_NCNTVIRQ3
ARM virtual timer interrupt for core 3
35
ARM_NCNTVIRQ2
ARM virtual timer interrupt for core 2
36
ARM_NCNTVIRQ1
ARM virtual timer interrupt for core 1
37
ARM_NCNTVIRQ0
ARM virtual timer interrupt for core 0
38
CIC_2_OUT48
CIC2 Interrupt Controller output
39
Reserved
Reserved
40
UART_0_URXEVT
UART0 receive event
41
UART_0_UTXEVT
UART0 transmit event
42
CIC_2_OUT22
CIC2 Interrupt Controller output
43
CIC_2_OUT23
CIC2 Interrupt Controller output
44
CIC_2_OUT24
CIC2 Interrupt Controller output
45
CIC_2_OUT25
CIC2 Interrupt Controller output
46
CIC_2_OUT26
CIC2 Interrupt Controller output
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
109
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-29. EDMA3CC2 Events for AM5K2E0x (continued)
EVENT NO.
EVENT NAME
DESCRIPTION
47
CIC_2_OUT27
CIC2 Interrupt Controller output
48
CIC_2_OUT28
CIC2 Interrupt Controller output
49
SPI_0_XEVT
SPI0 receive event
50
SPI_0_REVT
SPI0 transmit event
51
Reserved
Reserved
52
ARM_NCNTPNSIRQ3
ARM non secure timer interrupt for Core 3
53
ARM_NCNTPNSIRQ2
ARM non secure timer interrupt for Core 2
54
ARM_NCNTPNSIRQ1
ARM non secure timer interrupt for Core 1
55
ARM_NCNTPNSIRQ0
ARM non secure timer interrupt for Core 0
56
QMSS_QUE_PEND_581
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
57
QMSS_QUE_PEND_582
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
58
QMSS_QUE_PEND_583
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
59
QMSS_QUE_PEND_584
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
60
QMSS_QUE_PEND_585
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
61
QMSS_QUE_PEND_586
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
62
QMSS_QUE_PEND_587
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
63
QMSS_QUE_PEND_588
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
Table 6-30. EDMA3CC3 Events for AM5K2E0x
EVENT NO.
EVENT NAME
DESCRIPTION
0
Reserved
Reserved
1
Reserved
Reserved
2
SPI_2_XEVT
SPI2 transmit event
3
SPI_2_REVT
SPI2 receive event
4
I2C_2_REVT
I2C2 receive
5
I2C_2_XEVT
I2C2 transmit
6
UART_1_URXEVT
UART1 receive event
7
UART_1_UTXEVT
UART1 transmit event
8
Reserved
Reserved
9
Reserved
Reserved
10
SPI_1_XEVT
SPI1 transmit event
11
SPI_1_REVT
SPI1 receive event
12
I2C_0_REVT
I2C0 receive
13
I2C_0_XEVT
I2C0 transmit
14
I2C_1_REVT
I2C1 receive
15
I2C_1_XEVT
I2C1 transmit
16
TIMER_16_INTL
Timer interrupt low
17
TIMER_16_INTH
Timer interrupt high
18
TIMER_17_INTL
Timer interrupt low
19
TIMER_17_INTH
Timer interrupt high
20
ARM_TBR_DMA
Debug trace buffer (TBR) DMA event
21
DBGTBR_DMAINT
ARM trace buffer (TBR) DMA event
22
UART_0_URXEVT
UART0 receive event
23
UART_0_UTXEVT
UART0 transmit event
24
GPIO_INT16
GPIO interrupt
25
GPIO_INT17
GPIO interrupt
26
GPIO_INT18
GPIO interrupt
110
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 6-30. EDMA3CC3 Events for AM5K2E0x (continued)
EVENT NO.
EVENT NAME
DESCRIPTION
27
GPIO_INT19
GPIO interrupt
28
GPIO_INT20
GPIO interrupt
29
GPIO_INT21
GPIO interrupt
30
GPIO_INT22
GPIO interrupt
31
GPIO_INT23
GPIO interrupt
32
GPIO_INT24
GPIO interrupt
33
GPIO_INT25
GPIO interrupt
34
GPIO_INT26
GPIO interrupt
35
GPIO_INT27
GPIO interrupt
36
GPIO_INT28
GPIO interrupt
37
GPIO_INT29
GPIO interrupt
38
GPIO_INT30
GPIO interrupt
39
GPIO_INT31
GPIO interrupt
40
QMSS_QUE_PEND_589
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
41
QMSS_QUE_PEND_590
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
42
QMSS_QUE_PEND_591
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
43
QMSS_QUE_PEND_592
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
44
QMSS_QUE_PEND_593
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
45
QMSS_QUE_PEND_594
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
46
QMSS_QUE_PEND_595
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
47
QMSS_QUE_PEND_596
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
48
QMSS_QUE_PEND_597
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
49
QMSS_QUE_PEND_598
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
50
QMSS_QUE_PEND_599
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
51
QMSS_QUE_PEND_600
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
52
QMSS_QUE_PEND_601
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
53
QMSS_QUE_PEND_602
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
54
QMSS_QUE_PEND_603
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
55
QMSS_QUE_PEND_604
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
56
CIC_2_OUT57
CIC2 Interrupt Controller output
57
CIC_2_OUT50
CIC2 Interrupt Controller output
58
CIC_2_OUT51
CIC2 Interrupt Controller output
59
CIC_2_OUT52
CIC2 Interrupt Controller output
60
CIC_2_OUT53
CIC2 Interrupt Controller output
61
CIC_2_OUT54
CIC2 Interrupt Controller output
62
CIC_2_OUT55
CIC2 Interrupt Controller output
63
CIC_2_OUT56
CIC2 Interrupt Controller output
Table 6-31. EDMA3CC4 Events for AM5K2E0x
EVENT NO.
EVENT NAME
DESCRIPTION
0
GPIO_INT16
GPIO interrupt
1
GPIO_INT17
GPIO interrupt
2
GPIO_INT18
GPIO interrupt
3
GPIO_INT19
GPIO interrupt
4
GPIO_INT20
GPIO interrupt
5
GPIO_INT21
GPIO interrupt
6
GPIO_INT22
GPIO interrupt
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
111
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-31. EDMA3CC4 Events for AM5K2E0x (continued)
EVENT NO.
EVENT NAME
DESCRIPTION
7
GPIO_INT23
GPIO interrupt
8
GPIO_INT24
GPIO interrupt
9
GPIO_INT25
GPIO interrupt
10
GPIO_INT26
GPIO interrupt
11
GPIO_INT27
GPIO interrupt
12
GPIO_INT28
GPIO interrupt
13
GPIO_INT29
GPIO interrupt
14
GPIO_INT30
GPIO interrupt
15
GPIO_INT31
GPIO interrupt
16
Reserved
Reserved
17
SEM_INT8
Semaphore interrupt
18
SEM_INT9
Semaphore interrupt
19
SEM_INT10
Semaphore interrupt
20
SEM_INT11
Semaphore interrupt
21
SEM_INT12
Semaphore interrupt
22
TIMER_12_INTL
Timer interrupt low
23
TIMER_12_INTH
Timer interrupt high
24
TIMER_8_INTL
Timer interrupt low
25
TIMER_8_INTH
Timer interrupt high
26
TIMER_14_INTL
Timer interrupt low
27
TIMER_14_INTH
Timer interrupt high
28
TIMER_15_INTL
Timer interrupt low
29
TIMER_15_INTH
Timer interrupt high
30
DBGTBR_DMAINT
Debug trace buffer (TBR) DMA event
31
ARM_TBR_DMA
ARM trace buffer (TBR) DMA event
32
QMSS_QUE_PEND_658
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
33
QMSS_QUE_PEND_659
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
34
QMSS_QUE_PEND_660
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
35
QMSS_QUE_PEND_661
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
36
QMSS_QUE_PEND_662
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
37
QMSS_QUE_PEND_663
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
38
QMSS_QUE_PEND_664
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
39
QMSS_QUE_PEND_665
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
40
QMSS_QUE_PEND_605
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
41
QMSS_QUE_PEND_606
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
42
QMSS_QUE_PEND_607
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
43
QMSS_QUE_PEND_608
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
44
QMSS_QUE_PEND_609
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
45
QMSS_QUE_PEND_610
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
46
QMSS_QUE_PEND_611
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
47
QMSS_QUE_PEND_612
Navigator transmit queue pending event for indicated queue
48
ARM_NCNTVIRQ3
ARM virtual timer interrupt for Core 3
49
ARM_NCNTVIRQ2
ARM virtual timer interrupt for Core 2
50
ARM_NCNTVIRQ1
ARM virtual timer interrupt for Core 1
51
ARM_NCNTVIRQ0
ARM virtual timer interrupt for Core 0
52
ARM_NCNTPNSIRQ3
ARM non secure timer interrupt for Core 3
53
ARM_NCNTPNSIRQ2
ARM non secure timer interrupt for Core 2
112
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 6-31. EDMA3CC4 Events for AM5K2E0x (continued)
EVENT NO.
EVENT NAME
DESCRIPTION
54
ARM_NCNTPNSIRQ1
ARM non secure timer interrupt for Core 1
55
ARM_NCNTPNSIRQ0
ARM non secure timer interrupt for Core 0
56
CIC_2_OUT82
CIC2 Interrupt Controller output
57
CIC_2_OUT83
CIC2 Interrupt Controller output
58
CIC_2_OUT84
CIC2 Interrupt Controller output
59
CIC_2_OUT85
CIC2 Interrupt Controller output
60
CIC_2_OUT86
CIC2 Interrupt Controller output
61
CIC_2_OUT87
CIC2 Interrupt Controller output
62
CIC_2_OUT88
CIC2 Interrupt Controller output
63
CIC_2_OUT89
CIC2 Interrupt Controller output
Memory, Interrupts, and EDMA for AM5K2E0x
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
113
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
7 System Interconnect
On the KeyStone II devices, the EDMA3 transfer controllers and the system peripherals are
interconnected through the TeraNets, which are non-blocking switch fabrics enabling fast and contentionfree internal data movement. The TeraNets provide low-latency, concurrent data transfers between master
peripherals and slave peripherals. The TeraNets also allow for seamless arbitration between the system
masters when accessing system slaves.
The ARM CorePac is connected to the MSMC and the debug subsystem directly, and to other masters via
the TeraNets. Through the MSMC, the ARM CorePacs can be interconnected to DDR3 and TeraNet 3_A,
which allows the ARM CorePacs to access to the peripheral buses:
• TeraNet 3P_A for peripheral configuration
• TeraNet 6P_A for ARM Boot ROM
7.1
Internal Buses and Switch Fabrics
The the ARM CorePacs, the EDMA3 traffic controllers, and the various system peripherals can be
classified into two categories: masters and slaves.
• Masters are capable of initiating read and write transfers in the system and do not rely on the EDMA3
for their data transfers.
• Slaves on the other hand rely on the masters to perform transfers to and from them.
Examples of masters include the EDMA3 traffic controllers and network coprocessor packet DMA.
Examples of slaves include the SPI, UART, and I2C.
The masters and slaves in the device communicate through the TeraNet (switch fabric). The device
contains two types of switch fabric:
• Data TeraNet is a high-throughput interconnect mainly used to move data across the system
• Configuration TeraNet is mainly used to access peripheral registers
Some peripherals have both a data bus and a configuration bus interface, while others only have one type
of interface. Furthermore, the bus interface width and speed varies from peripheral to peripheral.
Note that the data TeraNet also connects to the configuration TeraNet.
7.2
Switch Fabric Connections Matrix - Data Space
The figures below show the connections between masters and slaves through various sections of the
TeraNet.
114
System Interconnect
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
AM5K2E
Bridge_11
Bridge_1
Tracer_SPI_
ROM_EMIF16
Bridge_2
From TeraNet_3_C
QM
Packet DMA
M
QM_2
Packet DMA
M
Debug_SS
M
TSIP
M
USB_0_MST
TNet_6P_A
CPU/6
TeraNet 3_A-1
CPU/3
Bridge_3
TNet_3_D
CPU/3
TNet_3_G
CPU/3
M
MPU_8
S
EMIF16
MPU_12
S
SPI_0
MPU_13
S
SPI_1
MPU_14
S
SPI_2
S
Boot_ROM
ARM
Bridge_5
Bridge_6
Bridge_7
To TeraNet_3_C
Bridge_8
Bridge_9
Bridge_10
Bridge_12
To TeraNet_3P_A
Bridge_13
Bridge_14
Figure 7-1. TeraNet 3_A-1
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
System Interconnect
115
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
M
10GbE
M
TC_1
TC_2
TC_3
TC_0
EDMA
CC2
TC_1
TC_2
TC_3
EDMA
CC3
TC_0
TC_1
CPU/3
NETCP_
Global_1
TC_0
EDMA
CC1
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
PCIe_0
M
PCIe_1
M
TNet_3_L
CPU/3
MPU_1
Tracer_QM_M
S
QM_SS
Tracer_SPI_
ROM_EMIF16
S
PCIe
TeraNet 3_A-2
NETCP_
Global_0
www.ti.com
AM5K2E
Figure 7-2. TeraNet 3_A-2
116
System Interconnect
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
AM5K2E
M
USB_1
M
M
TeraNet 3P_Z
HyperLink_0
TeraNet 3_B
CPU/3
NETCP_LOCAL
TeraNet 3P_Y
ARM CorePac
MPU_15
S
USB_1 MMR CFG
S
USB_1 PHY CFG
S
NetCP
Tracer_NETCP_
USB_CFG
S
SES
S
SMS
S
Tracer_
MSMC0-8
MSMC
M
M
DDR3
BR_SES_0
CPU/3
Bridge_5
Bridge_6
Bridge_7
From TeraNet_3_A
Bridge_8
Bridge_9
BR_SES_1
TNet_SES
CPU/1
BR_SES_2
BR_SMS_0
BR_SMS_1
TNet_SMS
CPU/1
BR_SMS_2
QM_Second
M
EDMA
CC0
TC_0
TC_1
M
M
EDMA
CC4
TC_0
M
M
TC_1
TeraNet 3_C
Bridge_10
TNet_msmc_sys
CPU/1
To TeraNet_3_A
To TeraNet_3P_A
CPU Port
TNet_3_U
CPU/3
Sys Port
MPU_7
PCIe_1
Tracer_PCIe1
Bridge_1
To TeraNet_3_A
Bridge_2
Bridge_3
Figure 7-3. TeraNet 3_C
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
System Interconnect
117
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
The following table lists the master and slave end-point connections.
Intersecting cells may contain one of the following:
• Y — There is a connection between this master and that slave.
• - — There is NO connection between this master and that slave.
• n — A numeric value indicates that the path between this master and that slave goes through bridge n.
Table 7-1. AM5K2E04/02 Data Space Interconnect
AEMIF16
BootROM_ARM
DBG_STM
HyperLink0
MSMC_SES
MSMC_SMS
PCIE0
PCIE1
QM
SPI(0-2)
Slaves
10GbE
-
-
-
-
SES_2
SMS_2
Y
Y
Y
-
CPT_CFG
-
-
Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
CPT_DDR3
-
-
Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
CPT_INTC
-
-
Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
CPT_MSMC(0-7)
-
-
Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
CPT_QM_CFG1
-
-
Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
CPT_QM_CFG2
-
-
Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
CPT_QM_M
-
-
Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
CPT_SPI_ROM_EMIF16
-
-
Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
CPT_TPCC(0_4)T
-
-
Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
CPT_TPCC(1_2_3)T
-
-
Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
DBG_DAP
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
TSIP_DMA
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
MASTERS
EDMA0_CC_TR
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA0_TC0_RD
2, 11
2, 11
-
Y
SES_0
SMS_0
Y
Y
Y
2, 11
EDMA0_TC0_WR
2, 11
-
-
Y
SES_0
SMS_0
Y
Y
Y
2,11
EDMA0_TC1_RD
3, 11
3, 11
-
Y
SES_1
SMS_1
Y
Y
-
3, 11
EDMA0_TC1_WR
3, 11
-
-
Y
SES_1
SMS_1
Y
Y
-
3, 11
EDMA1_CC_TR
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA1_TC0_RD
11
11
-
Y
SES_0
SMS_0
Y
Y
Y
11
EDMA1_TC0_WR
11
-
Y
Y
SES_0
SMS_0
Y
Y
Y
11
EDMA1_TC1_RD
11
Y
-
Y
SES_1
SMS_1
Y
Y
Y
11
EDMA1_TC1_WR
11
-
-
Y
SES_1
SMS_1
Y
Y
Y
11
EDMA1_TC2_RD
11
Y
-
Y
SES_1
SMS_1
Y
Y
-
11
EDMA1_TC2_WR
11
-
-
Y
SES_1
SMS_1
Y
Y
-
11
EDMA1_TC3_RD
11
Y
-
Y
SES_1
SMS_1
Y
Y
-
11
EDMA1_TC3_WR
11
11
-
Y
Y
SES_1
SMS_1
Y
Y
-
EDMA2_CC_TR
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA2_TC0_RD
11
Y
-
Y
SES_2
SMS_2
Y
Y
Y
11
EDMA2_TC0_WR
11
-
Y
Y
SES_2
SMS_2
Y
Y
Y
11
EDMA2_TC1_RD
11
Y
-
Y
SES_2
SMS_2
Y
Y
Y
11
EDMA2_TC1_WR
11
-
-
Y
SES_2
SMS_2
Y
Y
Y
11
EDMA2_TC2_RD
11
Y
-
Y
SES_0
SMS_0
Y
Y
-
11
EDMA2_TC2_WR
11
-
Y
Y
SES_0
SMS_0
Y
Y
-
11
EDMA2_TC3_RD
11
Y
-
Y
SES_0
SMS_0
Y
Y
-
11
EDMA2_TC3_WR
11
-
-
Y
SES_0
SMS_0
Y
Y
-
11
118
System Interconnect
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 7-1. AM5K2E04/02 Data Space Interconnect (continued)
DBG_STM
HyperLink0
MSMC_SES
MSMC_SMS
PCIE0
PCIE1
EDMA3_CC_TR
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA3_TC0_RD
11
Y
-
Y
SES_1
SMS_1
Y
Y
Y
11
EDMA3_TC0_WR
11
-
Y
Y
SES_1
SMS_1
Y
Y
Y
11
EDMA3_TC1_RD
11
Y
-
Y
SES_1
SMS_1
Y
Y
-
11
EDMA3_TC1_WR
11
-
-
Y
SES_1
SMS_1
Y
Y
-
11
MASTERS
QM
SPI(0-2)
AEMIF16
BootROM_ARM
Slaves
EDMA4_CC_TR
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA4_TC0_RD
2, 11
2, 11
-
Y
SES_1
SMS_1
Y
Y
Y
2, 11
EDMA4_TC0_WR
2, 11
-
-
Y
SES_1
SMS_1
Y
Y
Y
2, 11
EDMA4_TC1_RD
3, 11
3, 11
-
Y
SES_1
SMS_1
Y
Y
-
3, 11
EDMA4_TC1_WR
3, 11
-
-
Y
SES_1
SMS_1
Y
Y
-
3, 11
HyperLink0_Master
11
1, 11
-
-
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
MSMC_SYS
11
11
Y
Y
-
-
Y
Y
Y
11
NETCP
-
-
-
-
SES_1
SMS_1
Y
Y
Y
-
PCIE0
11
-
Y
10
SES_2
SMS_2
-
-
Y
11
PCIE1
11
-
Y
10
SES_2
SMS_2
-
-
Y
11
QM_Master1
-
-
-
Y
SES_0
SMS_0
-
-
Y
-
QM_Master2
-
-
-
Y
SES_1
SMS_1
-
-
Y
-
QM_SEC
-
-
Y
Y
SES_2
SMS_2
-
-
-
-
USB0
-
-
Y
Y
SES_0
SMS_0
-
-
Y
-
USB1
-
-
Y
Y
SES_0
SMS_0
-
-
Y
-
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
System Interconnect
119
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
7.3
www.ti.com
Switch Fabric Connections Matrix - Configuration Space
The figures below show the connections between masters and slaves through various sections of the
TeraNet.
S
MPU (´ 15)
MPU_2
M
QM_SS_
CFG1
MPU_6
M
QM_SS_
CFG2
MPU_10
S
Semaphore
S
S
CC0
TC (´ 2)
S
S
CC4
TC (´ 2)
S
S
CC1
TC (´ 4)
S
S
CC2
TC (´ 4)
S
S
CC3
TC (´ 2)
S
ARM INTC
S
CP_INTC02
Bridge_12
Bridge_13
From TeraNet_3_A
Tracer_QM_CFG1
Bridge_14
Tracer_QM_CFG2
TeraNet 3P_A
CPU/3
From TeraNet_3_C
Tracer_SM
Tracer
_EDMA
CC0 & CC4
Tracer
_EDMA
CC1 - CC3
MPU_9
TNet_3P_M
CPU/3
TNet_3P_C
CPU/3
TNet_3P_L
CPU/3
Tracer_INTC
DBG_TBR_SYS
(Debug_SS)
TBR_SYS_
ARM_CorePac
MPU_0
To TeraNet_3P_B
Tracer_CFG
To TeraNet_3P_Tracer
AM5K2E
Figure 7-4. TeraNet 3P_A
120
System Interconnect
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
TeraNet 3P_B
CPU/3
From TeraNet_3P_A
TNet_3P_N
CPU/3
S
CP_T0-T8
(MSMC)
TNet_3P_D
CPU/3
S
CP_T (´ 12)
S
NetCP
S
TSIP
S
10GbE CFG
AM5K2E04 Only
MPU_11
Bridge 20
To TeraNet_6P_B
AM5K2E
Figure 7-5. TeraNet 3P_B
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
System Interconnect
121
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
S
Timer (´ 12)
From TeraNet_3P_B
S
USIM
S
OTP
S
Debug SS
S
PLL_CTL
S
GPSC
S
BOOT_CFG
S
UART (´ 2)
S
I C (´ 3)
S
GPIO
TeraNet 6P_B
CPU/6
Bridge 20
2
S
USB PHY CFG 0-1
S
PCIe SerDes CFG 0-1
S
HyperLink SerDes
CFG 0-1
S
XGE SerDes CFG
AM5K2E04 Only
S
NetCP SerDes CFG
S
DDR3 PHY CFG
S
USB MMR CFG 0-1
S
SmartReflex
AM5K2E
Figure 7-6. TeraNet 6P_B
122
System Interconnect
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Tracer_MSMC_1
M
Tracer_MSMC_2
M
Tracer_MSMC_3
M
Tracer_MSMC_4
M
Tracer_MSMC_5
M
Tracer_MSMC_6
M
Tracer_MSMC_7
M
Tracer_MSMC_8
M
AM5K2E
TeraNet 3P_P
CPU/3
M
TeraNet 3P_Tracer CPU/3
Tracer_MSMC_0
From TeraNet_3P_A
Tracer_SM
M
Tracer_CIC
M
Tracer_QM_CFG1
M
Tracer_QM_CFG2
M
Tracer_QM_M
M
Tracer_CFG
M
Tracer_EDMA3CC0_4
M
Tracer_EDMA3CC1_2_3
M
Tracer_SPI_
ROM_EMIF16
M
S
Debug_SS
STM
Figure 7-7. TeraNet 3P_Tracer
The following tables list the master and slave end point connections.
Intersecting cells may contain one of the following:
• Y — There is a connection between this master and that slave.
• - — There is NO connection between this master and that slave.
• n — A numeric value indicates that the path between this master and that slave goes through bridge n.
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
System Interconnect
123
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 7-2. Configuration Space Interconnect - Section 1
MASTERS
ADTF(0-7)_CFG
ARM_CFG
BOOTCFG_CFG
CP_INTC_CFG
CPT_CFG_CFG
CPT_DDR3_CFG
CPT_INTC(0-2)_CFG
CPT_MSMC(0-7)_CFG
CPT_QM_CFG1_CFG
CPT_QM_CFG2_CFG
CPT_QM_M_CFG
CPT_SPI_ROM_EMIF16_CFG
CPT_TPCC0_4_CFG
CPT_TPCC1_2_3_CFG
SLAVES
DBG_DAP
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
TSIP_DMA
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
EDMA0_CC_TR
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA0_TC0_RD
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA0_TC0_WR
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA0_TC1_RD
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA0_TC1_WR
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA1_CC_TR
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA1_TC0_RD
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
EDMA1_TC0_WR
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
EDMA1_TC1_RD
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA1_TC1_WR
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA1_TC2_RD
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA1_TC2_WR
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA1_TC3_RD
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
EDMA1_TC3_WR
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
EDMA2_CC_TR
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA2_TC0_RD
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
EDMA2_TC0_WR
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
EDMA2_TC1_RD
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA2_TC1_WR
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA2_TC2_RD
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
EDMA2_TC2_WR
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
EDMA2_TC3_RD
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA2_TC3_WR
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA3_CC_TR
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA3_TC0_RD
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
EDMA3_TC0_WR
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
EDMA3_TC1_RD
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA3_TC1_WR
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA4_CC_TR
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA4_TC0_RD
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA4_TC0_WR
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA4_TC1_RD
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA4_TC1_WR
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
HyperLink0
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
MSMC_SYS
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
NETCP
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
124
System Interconnect
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 7-2. Configuration Space Interconnect - Section 1 (continued)
MASTERS
ADTF(0-7)_CFG
ARM_CFG
BOOTCFG_CFG
CP_INTC_CFG
CPT_CFG_CFG
CPT_DDR3_CFG
CPT_INTC(0-2)_CFG
CPT_MSMC(0-7)_CFG
CPT_QM_CFG1_CFG
CPT_QM_CFG2_CFG
CPT_QM_M_CFG
CPT_SPI_ROM_EMIF16_CFG
CPT_TPCC0_4_CFG
CPT_TPCC1_2_3_CFG
SLAVES
PCIE0
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
PCIE1
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
QM_Master1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
QM_Master2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
QM_SEC
-
12
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
USB0
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
USB1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Table 7-3. Configuration Space Interconnect - Section 2
MASTERS
DBG_CFG
DBG_TBR_SYS
DDR3_PHY_CFG
EDMA0_CC_CFG
EDMA0_TC(0-1)_CFG
EDMA1_CC_CFG
EDMA1_TC(0-3)_CFG
EDMA2_CC_CFG
EDMA2_TC(0-3)_CFG
EDMA3_CC_CFG
EDMA3_TC(0-1)_CFG
EDMA4_CC_CFG
EDMA4_TC(0-1)_CFG
GIC_CFG
GPIO_CFG
HYPERLINK0_SERDES_CFG
I2C(0-2)_CFG
MPU(0-14)_CFG
NETCP_CFG
NETCP_SERDES_CFG
OTP_CFG
PCIE0_SERDES_CFG
PCIE1_SERDES_CFG
PLL_CTL_CFG
PSC_CFG
QM_CFG1
SLAVES
DBG_DAP
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
TSIP_DMA
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
EDMA0_CC_TR
-
-
-
-
Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA0_TC0_RD
-
12
-
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA0_TC0_WR
-
-
-
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA0_TC1_RD
-
12
-
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA0_TC1_WR
-
-
-
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA1_CC_TR
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA1_TC0_RD
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
EDMA1_TC0_WR
12
-
EDMA1_TC1_RD
-
-
-
13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA1_TC1_WR
-
-
-
13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA1_TC2_RD
-
-
-
14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA1_TC2_WR
-
-
-
14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
EDMA1_TC3_RD
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
EDMA1_TC3_WR
12
-
-
-
EDMA2_CC_TR
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
-
-
-
-
-
-
Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA2_TC0_RD
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
EDMA2_TC0_WR
12
-
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
System Interconnect
125
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 7-3. Configuration Space Interconnect - Section 2 (continued)
GIC_CFG
GPIO_CFG
HYPERLINK0_SERDES_CFG
I2C(0-2)_CFG
MPU(0-14)_CFG
NETCP_CFG
NETCP_SERDES_CFG
OTP_CFG
PCIE0_SERDES_CFG
PCIE1_SERDES_CFG
PLL_CTL_CFG
PSC_CFG
QM_CFG1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA4_CC_CFG
EDMA2_CC_CFG
EDMA4_TC(0-1)_CFG
-
13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13
EDMA3_TC(0-1)_CFG
13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13
-
EDMA3_CC_CFG
-
-
EDMA2_TC(0-3)_CFG
EDMA0_CC_CFG
-
-
EDMA1_TC(0-3)_CFG
DDR3_PHY_CFG
-
EDMA2_TC1_WR
EDMA1_CC_CFG
DBG_TBR_SYS
EDMA2_TC1_RD
EDMA0_TC(0-1)_CFG
MASTERS
DBG_CFG
SLAVES
EDMA2_TC2_RD
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
EDMA2_TC2_WR
12
-
EDMA2_TC3_RD
-
-
-
14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA2_TC3_WR
-
-
-
14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA3_CC_TR
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA3_TC0_RD
13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13
EDMA3_TC0_WR
13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13
EDMA3_TC1_RD
-
14
-
14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA3_TC1_WR
-
-
-
14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA4_CC_TR
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA4_TC0_RD
-
12
-
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA4_TC0_WR
-
-
-
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA4_TC1_RD
-
12
-
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA4_TC1_WR
-
-
-
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
HyperLink0_Master
12
-
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
-
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
MSMC_SYS
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
NETCP
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
PCIE0
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
-
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
PCIE1
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
-
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
QM_Master1
-
-
-
12
-
12
-
12
-
12
-
12
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
QM_Master2
-
-
-
12
-
12
-
12
-
12
-
12
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
QM_SEC
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
12
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
USB0
-
12
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
USB1
-
12
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Table 7-4. Configuration Space Interconnect - Section 3
MASTERS
QM_CFG2
SR_CFG(0-1)
TBR_SYS_ARM
TETB0_CFG
TETB1_CFG
TETB2_CFG
TETB3_CFG
TETB4_CFG
TETB5_CFG
TETB6_CFG
TETB7_CFG
TIMER(0-19)_CFG
UART(0-1)_CFG
USB0_MMR_CFG
USB0_PHY_CFG
USB1_MMR_CFG
USB1_PHY_CFG
USIM_CFG
SLAVES
DBG_DAP
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
TSIP_DMA
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
EDMA0_CC_TR
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
126
System Interconnect
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 7-4. Configuration Space Interconnect - Section 3 (continued)
MASTERS
QM_CFG2
SR_CFG(0-1)
TBR_SYS_ARM
TETB0_CFG
TETB1_CFG
TETB2_CFG
TETB3_CFG
TETB4_CFG
TETB5_CFG
TETB6_CFG
TETB7_CFG
TIMER(0-19)_CFG
UART(0-1)_CFG
USB0_MMR_CFG
USB0_PHY_CFG
USB1_MMR_CFG
USB1_PHY_CFG
USIM_CFG
SLAVES
EDMA0_TC0_RD
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
12
12
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA0_TC0_WR
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA0_TC1_RD
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
12
12
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA0_TC1_WR
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA1_CC_TR
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA1_TC0_RD
12
12
12
-
-
-
-
12
12
-
-
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
EDMA1_TC0_WR
12
12
12
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
EDMA1_TC1_RD
-
-
-
13
13
-
-
-
-
13
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA1_TC1_WR
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA1_TC2_RD
-
-
-
-
-
14
14
-
-
-
14
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA1_TC2_WR
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA1_TC3_RD
12
12
12
-
-
-
-
12
12
-
-
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
EDMA1_TC3_WR
12
12
12
12
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
12
12
12
12
12
12
EDMA2_CC_TR
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA2_TC0_RD
12
12
12
-
-
-
-
Y
Y
-
-
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
EDMA2_TC0_WR
12
12
12
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
EDMA2_TC1_RD
-
-
-
13
13
-
-
-
-
13
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA2_TC1_WR
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA2_TC2_RD
12
12
12
-
-
-
-
12
12
-
-
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
EDMA2_TC2_WR
12
12
12
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
EDMA2_TC3_RD
-
-
-
-
-
14
14
-
-
-
14
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA2_TC3_WR
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA3_CC_TR
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA3_TC0_RD
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
EDMA3_TC0_WR
13
13
13
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
EDMA3_TC1_RD
-
-
-
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA3_TC1_WR
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA4_CC_TR
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA4_TC0_RD
-
-
12
-
-
-
-
12
12
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA4_TC0_WR
-
-
12
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA4_TC1_RD
-
-
12
-
-
-
-
12
12
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EDMA4_TC1_WR
-
-
12
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
HyperLink0_Master
12
12
12
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
MSMC_SYS
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
NETCP
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
PCIE0
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
PCIE1
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
QM_Master1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
QM_Master2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
QM_SEC
-
-
12
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
12
-
12
-
-
USB0
-
-
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
USB1
-
-
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
System Interconnect
127
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
7.4
www.ti.com
Bus Priorities
The priority level of all master peripheral traffic is defined at the TeraNet boundary. User-programmable
priority registers allow software configuration of the data traffic through the TeraNet. Note that a lower
number means higher priority — PRI = 000b = urgent, PRI = 111b = low.
All other masters provide their priority directly and do not need a default priority setting. All the Packet
DMA-based peripherals also have internal registers to define the priority level of their initiated
transactions.
The Packet DMA secondary port is one master port that does not have priority allocation register inside
the Multicore Navigator. The priority level for transaction from this master port is described by the
QM_PRIORITY bit field in the CHIP_MISC_CTL0 register shown in and Table 8-48.
For all other modules, see the respective User's Guides listed in Section 3.4 for programmable priority
registers.
128
System Interconnect
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
8 Device Boot and Configuration
8.1
8.1.1
Device Boot
Boot Sequence
The boot sequence is a process by which the internal memory is loaded with program and data sections.
The boot sequence is started automatically after each power-on reset or warm reset.
The
AM5K2E0x supports several boot processes that begins execution at the ROM base address, which
contains the bootloader code necessary to support various device boot modes. The boot processes are
software-driven and use the BOOTMODE[15:0] device configuration inputs to determine the software
configuration that must be completed. For more details on boot sequence see the KeyStone II Architecture
ARM Bootloader User's Guide (SPRUHJ3).
For AM5K2E0x non-secure devices, there is only one type of booting: the ARM CorePac as the boot
master.The ARM CorePac does not support no-boot mode. The ARM CorePac needs to read the
bootmode register to determine how to proceed with the boot.
Table 8-1 shows addresses reserved for boot by the ARM CorePac.
Table 8-1. ARM Boot RAM Memory Map
START ADDRESS SIZE
DESCRIPTION
0xc17_e000
0xc00
Context RAM not Scrubbed on Secure boot
0xc18_6f80
0x80
Global Level 0 Non-secure Translation table
0xc18_7000
0x5000
Global Non-secure Page Table for memory Covering ROM
0xc18_c000
0x1000
Core 0 Non-secure Level 1 Translation table
0xc18_d000
0x1000
Core 1 Non-secure Level 1 Translation table
0xc18_e000
0x1000
Core 2 Non-secure Level 1 Translation table
0xc18_f000
0x1000
Core 3 Non-secure Level 1 Translation table
0xc19_0000
0x7e80
Packet Memory Buffer
0xc19_7e80
080
PCIE Block
0xc19_7f00
4
Host Data Address (boot magic address for secure boot through master peripherals)
0xc1a_6e00
0x200
DDR3 Configuration Structure
0xc1a_7000
0x3000
Boot Data
0xc1a_a000
0x3000
Supervisor Stack, Each Core Gets 0xc000 Bytes
0xc1a_d000
4
ARM Boot Magic Address, Core 0
0xc1a_d004
4
ARM Boot Magic Address, Core 1
0xc1a_d008
4
ARM Boot Magic Address, Core 2
0xc1a_d00c
4
ARM Boot Magic Address, Core 3
0xc1a_e000
0x400
Abort Stack, Core 0
0xc1a_e400
0x400
Abort Stack, Core 1
0xc1a_e800
0x400
Abort Stack, Core 2
0xc1a_ec00
0x400
Abort Stack, Core 3
0xc1a_f000
0x400
Unknown Mode Stack, Core 0
0xc1a_f400
0x400
Unknown mOde Stack, Core 1
0xc1a_f800
0x400
Unknown Mode Stack, Core 2
0xc1a_fc00
0x400
Unknown Mode Stack, Core 3
0xc1b_0000
0x180
Boot Version String, Core 0
0xc1b_0180
0x80
Boot Status Stack, Core 0
0xc1b_0200
0x100
Boot Stats, Core 0
0xc1b_0300
0x100
Boot Log, Core 0
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Device Boot and Configuration
129
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 8-1. ARM Boot RAM Memory Map (continued)
START ADDRESS SIZE
DESCRIPTION
0xc1b_0400
0x100
Boot RAM Call Table, Core 0
0xc1b_0500
0x100
Boot Parameter Tables, Core 0
0xc1b_0600
0x19e0
Boot Data, Core 0
0xc1b_1fe0
0x1010
Boot Trace, Core 0
0xc1b_4000
0x180
Boot Version String, Core 1
0xc1b_4180
0x80
Boot Status Stack, Core 1
0xc1b_4200
0x100
Boot Stats, Core 1
0xc1b_4300
0x100
Boot Log, Core 1
0xc1b_4400
0x100
Boot RAM Call Table, Core 1
0xc1b_4500
0x100
Boot Parameter Tables, Core 1
0xc1b_4600
0x19e0
Boot Data, Core 1
0xc1b_5fe0
0x1010
Boot Trace, Core 1
0xc1b_6000
0x180
Boot Version String, Core 2
0xc1b_6180
0x80
Boot Status Stack, Core 2
0xc1b_6200
0x100
Boot Stats, Core 2
0xc1b_6300
0x100
Boot Log, Core 2
0xc1b_6400
0x100
Boot RAM Call Table, Core 2
0xc1b_6500
0x100
Boot Parameter Tables, Core 2
0xc1b_6600
0x19e0
Boot Data, Core 2
0xc1b_7fe0
0x1010
Boot Trace, Core 2
0xc1b_8000
0x180
Boot Version String, Core 3
0xc1b_8180
0x80
Boot Status Stack, Core 3
0xc1b_8200
0x100
Boot Stats, Core 3
0xc1b_8300
0x100
Boot Log, Core 3
0xc1b_8400
0x100
Boot RAM Call Table, Core 3
0xc1b_8500
0x100
Boot Parameter Tables, Core 3
0xc1b_8600
0x19e0
Boot Data, Core 3
0xc1b_9fe0
0x1010
Boot Trace, Core 3
0xc1c_0000
0x4_0000
Secure MSMC
8.1.2
Boot Modes Supported
The device supports several boot processes, which leverage the internal boot ROM. Most boot processes
are software-driven, using the BOOTMODE[15:0] device configuration inputs to determine the software
configuration that must be completed. From a hardware perspective, there are two possible boot modes:
• Public ROM Boot when the ARM CorePac Core0 is the boot master — In this boot mode, the ARM
CorePac performs the boot process. When the ARM CorePac Core0 finishes the boot process, it may
send Cortex-A15 processor cores through IPC registers.
• Secure ROM Boot when the ARM CorePac0 is the boot master — The ARM CorePac Core0 are
released from reset simultaneously and begin executing from secure ROM. The ARM CorePac Core0
initiates the boot process. For more information, refer to the Secure device Addendum.
The boot process performed by the ARM CorePac Core0 in public ROM boot and secure ROM boot are
determined by the BOOTMODE[15:0] value in the DEVSTAT register. The ARM CorePac Core0 read this
value, and then execute the associated boot process in software. The figure below shows the bits
associated with BOOTMODE[15:0] pins (DEVSTAT[16:1] register bits) when the ARM CorePac is the boot
master. Note that Figure 8-1 does not include bit 0 of the DEVSTAT contents. Bit 0 is used to select
overall system endianess that is independent of the boot mode.
130
Device Boot and Configuration
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
The boot ROM will continue attempting to boot in this mode until successful or an unrecoverable error
occurs.
The PLL settings are shown at the end of this section, and the PLL set-up details can be found in
Section 10.5.
NOTE
It is important to keep in mind that BOOTMODE[15:0] pins map to DEVSTAT[16:1] bits of
the DEVSTAT register.
Figure 8-1. DEVSTAT Boot Mode Pins ROM Mapping
DEVSTAT Boot Mode Pins ROM Mapping
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6 5
X
X
0
X
PLLEN
SYS PLL
X
CONFIG
SlaveAddr
1
Port
X
Bus Addr
Param ldx
X
Port
Width
Csel
Mode
Port
Param ldx
0
Base Addr
Width
Wait
Chip Sel
0 (ARM Boot
1
First Block
Clear
Master)
X
NETC
Ref clk
Ext Con
Lane Setup
SYS PLL
P clk
CONFIG
X
Bar Config
Port
X
Port
Ref clk
Data Rate
X
X
Port
8.1.2.1
4
Min
0
Min
0
1
Min
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
Mode
SLEEP
I2C SLAVE
2
I C MASTER
SPI
EMIF
NAND
1
0
1
Ethernet
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
PCIe
HyperLink
UART
Boot Device Field
The Boot Device field DEVSTAT[16-14-4-3-2-1] defines the boot device that is chosen. Table 8-2 shows
the supported boot modes.
Table 8-2. Boot Mode Pins: Boot Device Values
Bit
Field
Description
16, 14, 4, 3, 2,
1
Boot Device
Device boot mode - ARM is a boot master when BOOTMODE[8]=0
•
Sleep = X0[Min]000b
•
I2C Slave = [Slave Addr1]1[Min]000 b
•
I2C Master = XX[Min]001b
•
SPI = [Width][Csel0][Min]010b
•
EMIF = 0X0011b
•
NAND = 1X[Min]011b
•
Ethernet (SGMII) = [Pa clk][Ref Clk0][Min]101b
•
PCI = XBar Config2]0110b
•
Hyperlink = [Port][Ref Clk0]1110b
•
UART = XX[Min]111b
8.1.2.2
Device Configuration Field
The device configuration fields DEVSTAT[16:1] are used to configure the boot peripheral and, therefore,
the bit definitions depend on the boot mode.
8.1.2.2.1 Sleep Boot Mode Configuration
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Device Boot and Configuration
131
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Figure 8-2. Sleep Boot Mode Configuration Fields Description
16
15
14
13
12
11
X
X
0
X
PLLEN
DEVSTAT Boot Mode Pins ROM Mapping
10
9
8
7
6
5
Boot
X
Sys PLL Config
Master
4
3
2
Min
1
000
0
Lendian
Table 8-3. Sleep Boot Configuration Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
16-15
Reserved
Reserved
14
Boot Devices
Boot Device- used in conjunction with Boot Devices [Used in conjunction with bits 3-1]
•
0 = Sleep (default)
•
Others = Other boot modes
13
Reserved
12
PLLEN
Enable the System PLL
•
0 = PLL disabled (default)
•
1 = PLL enabled
11-9
Reserved
Reserved
8
Boot Master
This pin must be pulled down to GND
7-5
SYS PLL
Setting
The PLL default settings are determined by the [7:5] bits. This will set the PLL to the maximum clock setting for
the device. Table 8-24 shows settings for various input clock frequencies.
4
Min
Minimum boot configuration select bit.
•
0 = Minimum boot pin select disabled
•
1 = Minimum boot pin select enabled.
When Min = 1, a predetermined set of values is configured (see the Device Configuration Field Descriptions table
for configuration bits with a "(default)" tag added in the description column).
When Min = 0, all fields must be independently configured.
3-1
Boot Devices
Boot Devices[3:1] used in conjunction with Boot Device [14]
•
000 = Sleep
•
Others = Other boot modes
0
Lendian
Endianess (device)
•
0 = Big endian
•
1 = Little endian
8.1.2.2.2 I2C Boot Device Configuration
8.1.2.2.2.1 I2C Passive Mode
In passive mode, the device does not drive the clock, but simply acks data received on the specified
address.
Figure 8-3. I2C Passive Mode Device Configuration Fields
16
15
14
Slave Addr
1
13
12
Port
11
DEVSTAT Boot Mode Pins ROM Mapping
10
9
8
7
6
5
Boot
X
Sys PLL Config
Master
4
Min
3
2
1
000
0
Lendian
Table 8-4. I2C Passive Mode Device Configuration Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
16-15
Slave Addr
I2C
•
•
•
•
132
Slave boot bus address
0 = I2C slave boot bus address
1 = I2C slave boot bus address
2 = I2C slave boot bus address
3 = I2C slave boot bus address
Device Boot and Configuration
is
is
is
is
0x00
0x10 (default)
0x20
0x30
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 8-4. I2C Passive Mode Device Configuration Field Descriptions (continued)
Bit
Field
Description
14
Boot Devices
Boot Device[14] used in conjunction with Boot Devices [Use din conjunction with bits 3-1]
•
0 = Other boot modes
•
1= I2C Slave boot mode
13-12
Port
I2C
•
•
•
•
11-9
Reserved
Reserved
8
Boot Master
This pin must be pulled down to GND
7-5
SYS PLL
Setting
The PLL default settings are determined by the [7:5] bits. This will set the PLL to the maximum clock setting for
the device. Table 8-24 shows settings for various input clock frequencies.
4
Min
Minimum boot configuration select bit.
•
0 = Minimum boot pin select disabled
•
1 = Minimum boot pin select enabled.
port number
0 = I2C0
1 = I2C1
2 = I2C2
3 = Reserved
When Min = 1, a predetermined set of values is configured (see the Device Configuration Field Descriptions table
for configuration bits with a "(default)" tag added in the description column).
When Min = 0, all fields must be independently configured.
3-1
Boot Devices
Boot Devices[3:1] used in conjunction with Boot Device [14]
•
000 = I2C Slave
•
Others = Other boot modes
0
Lendian
Endianess
•
0 = Big endian
•
1 = Little endian
8.1.2.2.2.2 I2C Master Mode
In master mode, the I2C device configuration uses ten bits of device configuration instead of seven as
used in other boot modes. In this mode, the device makes the initial read of the I2C EEPROM while the
PLL is in bypass mode. The initial read contains the desired clock multiplier, which must be set up prior to
any subsequent reads.
Figure 8-4. I2C Master Mode Device Configuration Fields
16
15
14
Reserved
13
12
Bus Addr
DEVSTAT Boot Mode Pins ROM Mapping
11
10
9
8
7
Param ldx/Offset
Boot Master
Reserved
6 5
Port
4
Min
3
2 1
001
0
Lendian
Table 8-5. I2C Master Mode Device Configuration Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
16-14
Reserved
Reserved
13-12
Bus Addr
I2C
•
•
•
•
bus address slave device
0 = I2C slave boot bus address
1 = I2C slave boot bus address
2 = I2C slave boot bus address
3 = I2C slave boot bus address
is
is
is
is
0x50 (default)
0x51
0x52
0x53
11-9
Param Idx
Parameter Table Index
•
0-7 = This value specifies the parameter table index (default = 0)
8
Boot Master
This pin must be pulled down to GND
7
Reserved
Reserved
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Device Boot and Configuration
133
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 8-5. I2C Master Mode Device Configuration Field Descriptions (continued)
Bit
Field
Description
6-5
Port
I2C
•
•
•
•
4
Min
Minimum boot configuration select bit.
•
0 = Minimum boot pin select disabled
•
1 = Minimum boot pin select enabled.
port number
0 = I2C0 (default)
1 = I2C1
2 = I2C2
3 = Reserved
When Min = 1, a predetermined set of values is configured (see the Device Configuration Field Descriptions table
for configuration bits with a "(default)" tag added in the description column).
When Min = 0, all fields must be independently configured.
3-1
Boot Devices
Boot Devices[3:1]
•
001 = I2C Master
•
Others = Other boot modes
0
Lendian
Endianess
•
0 = Big endian
•
1 = Little endian
134
Device Boot and Configuration
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
8.1.2.2.3 SPI Boot Device Configuration
Figure 8-5. SPI Device Configuration Fields
16
15
Width
14
13
Csel
12
DEVSTAT Boot Mode Pins ROM Mapping
10
9
8
7
6 5
Port
Boot Master
Param Ind
11
Mode
4
Min
3
2 1
010
0
Lendian
Table 8-6. SPI Device Configuration Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
16-15
Width
SPI address width configuration
•
0 = 16-bit address values are used
•
1 = 24-bit address values are used (default)
14-13
Csel
The chip select field value 0-3 (default = 0)
12-11
Mode
Clk Polarity/ Phase
•
0 = Data is output on the rising edge of SPICLK. Input data is latched on the falling edge.
•
1 = Data is output one half-cycle before the first rising edge of SPICLK and on subsequent falling
edges. Input data is latched on the rising edge of SPICLK.
•
2 = Data is output on the falling edge of SPICLK. Input data is latched on the rising edge (default).
•
3 = Data is output one half-cycle before the first falling edge of SPICLK and on subsequent rising
edges. Input data is latched on the falling edge of SPICLK.
10-9
Port
Specify SPI port
•
0 = SPI0 used (default)
•
1 = SPI1 used
•
2 = SPI2 used
•
3 = Reserved
8
Boot Master
This pin must be pulled down to GND
7-5
Param Idx
Parameter Table Index
•
0-7 = This value specifies the parameter table index (default = 0)
4
Min
Minimum boot configuration select bit.
•
0 = Minimum boot pin select disabled
•
1 = Minimum boot pin select enabled.
When Min = 1, a predetermined set of values is configured (see the Device Configuration Field
Descriptions table for configuration bits with a "(default)" tag added in the description column).
When Min = 0, all fields must be independently configured.
3-1
Boot Devices
Boot Devices[3:1]
•
010 = SPI boot mode
•
Others = Other boot modes
0
Lendian
Endianess
•
0 = Big endian
•
1 = Little endian
8.1.2.2.4 EMIF Boot Device Configuration
Figure 8-6. EMIF Boot Device Configuration Fields
16
0
15
14
Base Addr
13
Wait
12
Width
DEVSTAT Boot Mode Pins ROM Mapping
11
10
9
8
X
Chip Sel
Boot Master
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
7
6
5
Sys PLL Cfg
4
0
3
2 1
011
0
Lendian
Device Boot and Configuration
135
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 8-7. EMIF Boot Device Configuration Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
16
Boot Devices
Boot Devices[16] used conjunction with Boot Devices[4] and Boot Devices [Used in conjunction with bits
3-1]
•
0 = EMIF boot mode
•
1 = Other boot modes
15-14
Base Addr
Base address (0-3) used to calculate the branch address. Branch address is the chip select plus
Base Address *16MB
13
Wait
Extended Wait
•
0 = Extended Wait disabled
•
1 = Extended Wait enabled
12
Width
EMIF Width
•
0 = 8-bit EMIF Width
•
1 = 16-bit EMIF Width
11
Reserved
Reserved
10-9
Chip Sel
Chip Sel that specifies the chip select region, EMIF16 CS2-EMIF16 CS5.
•
00 = EMIF16 CS2(EMIFCE0)
•
01 = EMIF16 CS3 (EMIFCE1)
•
10 = EMIF16 CS4 (EMIFCE2)
•
11 = EMIF16 CS5 (EMIFCE3)
8
Boot Master
This pin must be pulled down to GND
7-5
SYS PLL Setting
The PLL default settings are determined by the [7:5] bits. This will set the PLL to the maximum clock
setting for the device. Table 8-24 shows settings for various input clock frequencies.
4-1
Boot Devices
Boot Devices[4] used conjunction with Boot Devices[16]
•
0011 = EMIF boot mode
•
1XXX = Other boot modes
0
Lendian
Endianess
•
0 = Big endian
•
1 = Little endian
8.1.2.2.5 NAND Boot Device Configuration
Figure 8-7. NAND Boot Device Configuration Fields
16
1
15
14
13
First Block
12
Clear
11
X
DEVSTAT Boot Mode Pins ROM Mapping
10
9
8
7
6
5
Chip Sel
Boot Master
Sys PLL Cfg
4
Min
3
2
011
1
0
Lendian
Table 8-8. NAND Boot Device Configuration Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
16
Boot Devices
Boot Devices[16] used conjunction with Boot Devices [3-1]
•
0 = Other boot modes
•
1 = NAND boot mode
15-13
First Block
First Block. This value is used to calculate the first block read. The first block read is the first block value
*16.
12
Clear
ClearNAND
•
0 = Device is not a ClearNAND (default)
•
1 = Device is a ClearNAND
11-9
Chip Sel
Chip Sel that specifies the chip select region, EMIF16 CS2-EMIF16 CS5.
•
00 = EMIF16 CS2(EMIFCE0)
•
01 = EMIF16 CS3 (EMIFCE1)
•
10 = EMIF16 CS4 (EMIFCE2)
•
11 = EMIF16 CS5 (EMIFCE3)
8
Boot Master
This pin must be pulled down to GND
136
Device Boot and Configuration
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 8-8. NAND Boot Device Configuration Field Descriptions (continued)
Bit
Field
Description
7-5
SYS PLL Setting
The PLL default settings are determined by the [7:5] bits. This will set the PLL to the maximum clock
setting for the device. Table 8-24 shows settings for various input clock frequencies.
4
Min
Minimum boot pin select. When Min is 1, it means that the BOOTMODE [15:3] pins are don't cares. Only
BOOTMODE [2:0] pins (DEVSTAT[3:1]) will determine boot. Default values are assigned to values that
would normally be set by the other BOOTMODE pins when Min is 0.
•
0 = Minimum boot pin select disabled
•
1 = Minimum boot pin select enabled.
3-1
Boot Devices
Boot Devices
•
011 = NAND boot mode
•
Others = Other boot modes
0
Lendian
Endianess
•
0 = Big endian
•
1 = Little endian
8.1.2.3
Ethernet (SGMII) Boot Device Configuration
Figure 8-8. Ethernet (SGMII) Boot Device Configuration Fields
16
NETCP
clk
15
14
13
Ref Clock
12
Ext Con
DEVSTAT Boot Mode Pins ROM Mapping
10
9
8
7
6
5
Lane
X
Boot Master
Sys PLL Cfg
Setup
11
4
Min
3
2
101
1
0
Lendian
Table 8-9. Ethernet (SGMII) Boot Device Configuration Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
16
NETCP clk
NETCP clock reference
•
0 = NETCP clocked at the same reference as the core reference
•
1 = NETCP clocked at the same reference as the SerDes reference (default)
15-14
Ref Clock
Reference clock frequency
•
0 = 125MHz
•
1 = 156.25MHz (default)
•
2 = Reserved
•
3 = Reserved
13-12
Ext Con
External connection mode
•
0 = MAC to MAC connection, master with auto negotiation
•
1 = MAC to MAC connection, slave with auto negotiation (default)
•
2 = MAC to MAC, forced link, maximum speed
•
3 = MAC to fiber connection
11-9
Lane Setup
Lane Setup.
•
0 = All SGMII ports enabled (default)
•
1 = Only SGMII port 0 enabled
•
2 = SGMII port 0 and 1 enabled
•
3 = SGMII port 0, 1 and 2 enabled
•
4-5 = Reserved
8
Boot Master
This pin must be pulled down to GND
7-5
SYS PLL Setting
The PLL default settings are determined by the [7:5] bits. This will set the PLL to the maximum clock
setting for the device. Default system reference clock is 156.25 MHz. Table 8-24 shows settings for
various input clock frequencies. (default = 4)
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Device Boot and Configuration
137
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 8-9. Ethernet (SGMII) Boot Device Configuration Field Descriptions (continued)
Bit
Field
Description
4
Min
Minimum boot configuration select bit.
•
0 = Minimum boot pin select disabled
•
1 = Minimum boot pin select enabled.
When Min = 1, a predetermined set of values is configured (see the Device Configuration Field
Descriptions table for configuration bits with a "(default)" tag added in the description column).
When Min = 0, all fields must be independently configured.
3-1
Boot Devices
Boot Devices
•
101 = Ethernet boot mode
•
Others = Other boot modes
0
Lendian
Endianess
•
0 = Big endian
•
1 = Little endian
8.1.2.3.1 PCIe Boot Device Configuration
Figure 8-9. PCIe Boot Device Configuration Fields
16
Ref clk
15
14
13
Bar Config
12
DEVSTAT Boot Mode Pins ROM Mapping
10
9
8
7
6
5
X
Boot Master
Sys PLL Cfg
11
Port
4
3
2
0110
1
0
Lendian
Table 8-10. PCIe Boot Device Configuration Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
16
Ref clk
PCIe Reference clock frequency
•
0 = 100MHz
•
1 = Reserved
15-12
Bar Config
PCIe BAR registers configuration
11
Port
10-9
Reserved
8
Boot Master
This pin must be pulled down to GND
7-5
SYS PLL Setting
The PLL default settings are determined by the [7:5] bits.This will set the PLL to the maximum clock
setting for the device. Default system reference clock is 156.25 MHz. Table 8-24 shows settings for
various input clock frequencies.
4-1
Boot Devices
Boot Devices[4:1]
•
0110 = PCIe boot mode
•
Others = Other boot modes
0
Lendian
Endianess
•
0 = Big endian
•
1 = Little endian
This value can range from 0 to 0xf. See Table 8-11.
138
PCIe Port number (0-1)
Device Boot and Configuration
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 8-11. BAR Config / PCIe Window Sizes
64-BIT ADDRESS
TRANSLATION
32-BIT ADDRESS TRANSLATION
BAR CFG
BAR0
BAR1
BAR2
BAR3
BAR4
0b0000
PCIe MMRs
32
32
32
32
0b0001
16
16
32
64
0b0010
16
32
32
64
0b0011
32
32
32
64
0b0100
16
16
64
64
0b0101
16
32
64
64
0b0110
32
32
64
64
0b0111
32
32
64
128
0b1000
64
64
128
256
0b1001
4
128
128
128
0b1010
4
128
128
256
0b1011
4
128
256
256
BAR5
BAR2/3
BAR4/5
0b1100
256
256
0b1101
512
512
0b1110
1024
1024
0b1111
2048
2048
Clone of
BAR4
8.1.2.3.2 HyperLink Boot Device Configuration
Figure 8-10. HyperLink Boot Device Configuration Fields
16
X
15
14
RefClk
13
12
Data Rate
DEVSTAT Boot Mode Pins ROM Mapping
10
9
8
7
6
5
X
Boot Master
Sys PLL Cfg
11
4
3
2
1110
1
0
Lendian
Table 8-12. HyperLink Boot Device Configuration Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
16
Reserve
Description
15-14
Ref Clocks
HyperLink reference clock configuration
•
0 = 125 MHz
•
1 = 156.25 MHz
•
2-3 = Reserved
13-12
Data Rate
HyperLink data rate configuration
•
0 = 1.25 GBs
•
1 = 3.125 GBs
•
2 = 6.25 GBs
•
3 = 12.5GBs
11-9
Reserved
8
Boot Master
This pin must be pulled down to GND
7-5
SYS PLL
Setting
The PLL default settings are determined by the [7:5] bits. This will set the PLL to the maximum clock setting for
the device. Default system reference clock is 156.25 MHz. Table 8-24 shows settings for various input clock
frequencies.
4-1
Boot Devices
Boot Devices[4:1]
•
1110 = HyperLink boot mode
•
Others = Other boot modes
0
Lendian
Endianess
•
0 = Big endian
•
1 = Little endian
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Device Boot and Configuration
139
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
8.1.2.3.3 UART Boot Device Configuration
Figure 8-11. UART Boot Mode Configuration Field Description
16
X
15
X
14
X
13
X
12
Port
11
X
DEVSTAT Boot Mode Pins ROM Mapping
10
9
8
7
6
5
X
X
Boot Master
Sys PLL Config
4
Min
3
2 1
111
0
Lendian
Table 8-13. UART Boot Configuration Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
16-13
Reserved
Not Used
12
Port
UART Port number
•
0 = UART0
•
1 = UART1
11-9
Reserved
Not Used
8
Boot Master
This pin must be pulled down to GND
7-5
SYS PLL
Setting
The PLL default settings are determined by the [7:5] bits. This will set the PLL to the maximum clock setting for
the device. Table 8-24 shows settings for various input clock frequencies. (default = 4)
4
Min
Minimum boot configuration select bit.
•
0 = Minimum boot pin select disabled
•
1 = Minimum boot pin select enabled.
When Min = 1, a predetermined set of values is configured (see the Device Configuration Field Descriptions table
for configuration bits with a "(default)" tag added in the description column).
When Min = 0, all fields must be independently configured.
3-1
Boot Devices
Boot Devices[3:1]
•
111 = UART boot mode
•
Others = Other boot modes
0
Lendian
Endianess
•
0 = Big endian
•
1 = Little endian
8.1.2.4
Boot Parameter Table
The ROM Bootloader (RBL) uses a set of tables to carry out the boot process. The boot parameter table is
the most common format the RBL employs to determine the boot flow. These boot parameter tables have
certain parameters common across all the boot modes, while the rest of the parameters are unique to the
boot modes. The common entries in the boot parameter table are shown in Table 8-14.
Table 8-14. Boot Parameter Table Common Parameters
BYTE OFFSET
NAME
DESCRIPTION
0
Length
The length of the table, including the length field, in bytes.
2
Checksum
The 16 bits ones complement of the ones complement of the entire table. A
value of 0 will disable checksum verification of the table by the boot ROM.
4
Boot Mode
Internal values used by RBL for different boot modes.
6
Port Num
Identifies the device port number to boot from, if applicable
8
SW PLL, MSW
PLL configuration, MSW
10
SW PLL, LSW
PLL configuration, LSW
12
Reserved
Reserved
14
Reserved
Reserved
16
System Freq
The Frequency of the system clock in MHz
18
Core Freq
The frequency of the core clock in MHz
20
Boot Master
Set to FALSE if ARM is the master core.
140
Device Boot and Configuration
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
8.1.2.4.1 EMIF16 Boot Parameter Table
Table 8-15. EMIF16 Boot Parameter Table
CONFIGURED
THROUGH BOOT
CONFIGURATION PINS
BYTE OFFSET
NAME
DESCRIPTION
22
Options
Async Config Parameters are used.
•
0 = Value in the async config paramters are not
used to program async config registers.
•
1 = Value in the async config paramters are used
to program async config registers.
NO
24
Type
Set to 0 for EMIF16 (NOR) boot
NO
26
Branch Address MSW
Most significant bit for Branch address (depends on
chip select)
YES
28
Branch Address LSW
Least significant bit for Branch address (depends on
chip select)
YES
30
Chip Select
Chip Select for the NOR flash
YES
32
Memory Width
Memory width of the EMIF16 bus (16 bits)
YES
34
Wait Enable
Extended wait mode enabled
•
0 = Wait enable is disabled
•
1 = Wait enable is enabled
YES
36
Async Config MSW
Async Config Register MSW
NO
38
Async Config LSW
Async Config Register LSW
NO
8.1.2.4.2 Ethernet Boot Parameter Table
Table 8-16. Ethernet Boot Parameter Table
BYTE
OFFSET
NAME
DESCRIPTION
22
Options
Bits 02 - 00 Interface
•
000 - 100 = Reserved
•
101 = SGMII
•
110 = Reserved
•
111 = Reserved
Bits 03 HD
•
0 = Half Duplex
•
1 = Full Duplex
Bit 4 Skip TX
•
0 = Send Ethernet Ready Frame every 3 seconds
•
1 = Don't send Ethernet Ready Frame
CONFIGURED
THROUGH BOOT
CONFIGURATION PINS
NO
Bits 06 - 05 Initialize Config
•
00 = Switch, SerDes, SGMII and NETCP are configured
•
01 = Initialization is not done for the peripherals that are already
enabled and running.
•
10 = Reserved
•
11 = None of the Ethernet system is configured.
Bits 15 - 07 Reserved
24
MAC High
The 16 MSBs of the MAC address to receive during boot
NO
26
MAC Med
The 16 middle bits of the MAC address to receive during boot
NO
28
MAC Low
The 16 LSBs of the MAC address to receive during boot
NO
30
Multi MAC High
The 16 MSBs of the multi-cast MAC address to receive during boot
NO
32
Multi MAC Med
The 16 middle bits of the multi-cast MAC address to receive during
boot
NO
34
Multi MAC Low
The 16 LSBs of the multi-cast MAC address to receive during boot
NO
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Device Boot and Configuration
141
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 8-16. Ethernet Boot Parameter Table (continued)
CONFIGURED
THROUGH BOOT
CONFIGURATION PINS
BYTE
OFFSET
NAME
DESCRIPTION
36
Source Port
The source UDP port to accept boot packets from. A value of 0 will
accept packets from any UDP port
NO
38
Dest Port
The destination port to accept boot packets on.
NO
40
Device ID 12
The first two bytes of the device ID. This is typically a string value,
and is sent in the Ethernet ready frame
NO
42
Device ID 34
The 2nd two bytes of the device ID.
NO
44
Dest MAC High
The 16 MSBs of the MAC destination address used for the Ethernet
ready frame. Default is broadcast.
NO
46
Dest MAC Med
The 16 middle bits of the MAC destination address
NO
48
Dest MAC Low
The 16 LSBs of the MAC destination address
NO
50
Lane Enable
One bit per lane.
•
0 - Lane disabled
•
1 - Lane enabled
52
SGMII Config
Bits 0-3 are the config index, bit 4 set if direct config used, bit 5 set if NO
no configuration done
54
SGMII Control
The SGMII control register value
NO
56
SGMII Adv Ability
The SGMII ADV Ability register value
NO
58
SGMII TX Cfg High
The 16 MSBs of the SGMII Tx config register
NO
60
SGMII TX Cfg Low
The 16 LSBs of the SGMII Tx config register
NO
62
SGMII RX Cfg High
The 16 MSBs of the SGMII Rx config register
NO
64
SGMII RX Cfg Low
The 16 LSBs of the SGMII Rx config register
NO
66
SGMII Aux Cfg High
The 16 MSBs of the SGMII Aux config register
NO
68
SGMII Aux Cfg Low
The 16 LSBs of the SGMII Aux config register
NO
70
PKT PLL Cfg MSW
The packet subsystem PLL configuration, MSW
NO
72
PKT PLL CFG LSW
The packet subsystem PLL configuration, LSW
NO
8.1.2.4.3 PCIe Boot Parameter Table
Table 8-17. PCIe Boot Parameter Table
BYTE
OFFSET
NAME
DESCRIPTION
22
Options
Bits 00 Mode
•
0 = Host Mode (Direct boot mode)
•
1 = Boot Table Boot Mode
Bits 01 Configuration of PCIe
•
0 = PCIe is configured by RBL
•
1 = PCIe is not configured by RBL
Bit 03-02 Reserved
CONFIGURED
THROUGH BOOT
CONFIGURATION PINS
NO
Bits 04 Multiplier
•
0 = SERDES PLL configuration is done based on SERDES
register values
•
1 = SERDES PLL configuration based on the reference clock
values
Bits 05-15 Reserved
24
Address Width
PCI address width, can be 32 or 64
YES with in conjunction
with BAR sizes
26
Link Rate
SerDes frequency, in Mbps. Can be 2500 or 5000
NO
142
Device Boot and Configuration
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 8-17. PCIe Boot Parameter Table (continued)
CONFIGURED
THROUGH BOOT
CONFIGURATION PINS
BYTE
OFFSET
NAME
DESCRIPTION
28
Reference clock
Reference clock frequency, in units of 10 kHz. Value values are 10000 NO
(100 MHz), 12500 (125 MHz), 15625 (156.25 MHz), 25000 (250 MHz)
and 31250 (312.5 MHz). A value of 0 means that value is already in
the SerDes cfg parameters and will not be computed by the boot
ROM.
30
Window 1 Size
Window 1size.
YES
32
Window 2 Size
Window 2 size.
YES
34
Window 3 Size
Window 3 size. Valid only if address width is 32.
YES
36
Window 4 Size
Window 4 Size. Valid only if the address width is 32.
YES
38
Vendor ID
Vendor ID
NO
40
Device ID
Device ID
NO
42
Class code Rev ID
MSW
Class code revision ID MSW
NO
44
Class code Rev ID
LSW
Class code revision ID LSW
NO
46
SerDes cfg msw
PCIe SerDes config word, MSW
NO
48
SerDes cfg lsw
PCIe SerDes config word, LSW
NO
50
SerDes lane 0 cfg msw SerDes lane config word, msw lane 0
NO
52
SerDes lane 0 cfg lsw
NO
54
SerDes lane 1 cfg msw SerDes lane config word, msw, lane 1
NO
56
SerDes lane 1 cfg lsw
SerDes lane config word, lsw, lane 1
NO
58
Timeout period (Secs)
The timeout period. Values 0 disables the time out
SerDes lane config word, lsw, lane 0
8.1.2.4.4 I2C Boot Parameter Table
Table 8-18. I2C Boot Parameter Table
CONFIGURED
THROUGH BOOT
CONFIGURATION PINS
OFFSET
FIELD
VALUE
22
Option
Bits 02 - 00 Mode
•
000 = Boot Parameter Table Mode
•
001 = Boot Table Mode
•
010 = Boot Config Mode
•
011 = Load GP header format data
•
100 = Slave Receive Boot Config
Bits 15 - 03= Reserved
NO
24
Boot Dev Addr
The I2C device address to boot from
YES
26
Boot Dev Addr Ext
Extended boot device address
2
YES
2
28
Broadcast Addr
I C address used to send data in the I C master
broadcast mode.
NO
30
Local Address
The I2C address of this device
NO
34
Bus Frequency
The desired I2C data rate (kHz)
NO
36
Next Dev Addr
The next device address to boot (Used only if boot
config option is selected)
NO
38
Next Dev Addr Ext
The extended next device address to boot (Used only
if boot config option is selected)
NO
40
Address Delay
The number of CPU cycles to delay between writing
the address to an I2C EEPROM and reading data.
NO
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Device Boot and Configuration
143
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
8.1.2.4.5 SPI Boot Parameter Table
Table 8-19. SPI Boot Parameter Table
CONFIGURED
THROUGH BOOT
CONFIGURATION PINS
BYTE
OFFSET
NAME
DESCRIPTION
22
Options
Bits 01 & 00 Modes
•
00 = Load a boot parameter table from the SPI (Default mode)
•
01 = Load boot records from the SPI (boot tables)
•
10 = Load boot config records from the SPI (boot config tables)
•
11 = Load GP header blob
Bits 15- 02= Reserved
NO
24
Address Width
The number of bytes in the SPI device address. Can be 16 or 24 bit
YES
26
NPin
The operational mode, 4 or 5 pin
YES
28
Chipsel
The chip select used (valid in 4 pin mode only). Can be 0-3.
YES
30
Mode
Standard SPI mode (0-3)
YES
32
C2Delay
Setup time between chip assert and transaction
NO
34
Bus Freq, 100kHz
The SPI bus frequency in kHz.
NO
36
Read Addr MSW
The first address to read from, MSW (valid for 24 bit address width only)
YES
38
Read Addr LSW
The first address to read from, LSW
YES
40
Next Chip Select
Next Chip Select to be used (Used only in boot Config mode)
NO
42
Next Read Addr MSW The Next read address (used in boot config mode only)
NO
44
Next Read Addr LSW
NO
The Next read address (used in boot config mode only)
8.1.2.4.6 HyperLink Boot Parameter Table
Table 8-20. HyperLink Boot Parameter Table
BYTE
OFFSET
NAME
DESCRIPTION
CONFIGURED THROUGH
BOOT CONFIGURATION
PINS
12
Options
Bits 00 Reserved
NO
Bits 01 Configuration of Hyperlink
•
0 = HyperLink is configured by RBL
•
1 = HyperLink is not configured by RBL
Bits 15-02 = Reserved
14
Number of Lanes
Number of Lanes to be configured
NO
16
SerDes cfg msw
PCIe SerDes config word, MSW
NO
18
SerDes cfg lsw
PCIe SerDes config word, LSW
NO
20
SerDes CFG RX lane 0 cfg msw
SerDes RX lane config word, msw lane 0
NO
22
SerDes CFG RXlane 0 cfg lsw
SerDes RX lane config word, lsw, lane 0
NO
24
SerDes CFG TX lane 0 cfg msw
SerDes TX lane config word, msw lane 0
NO
26
SerDes CFG TXlane 0 cfg lsw
SerDes TX lane config word, lsw, lane 0
NO
28
SerDes CFG RX lane 1 cfg msw
SerDes RX lane config word, msw lane 1
NO
30
SerDes CFG RXlane 1 cfg lsw
SerDes RX lane config word, lsw, lane 1
NO
32
SerDes CFG TX lane 1 cfg msw
SerDes TX lane config word, msw lane 1
NO
34
SerDes CFG TXlane 1 cfg lsw
SerDes TX lane config word, lsw, lane 1
NO
36
SerDes CFG RX lane 2 cfg msw
SerDes RX lane config word, msw lane 2
NO
38
SerDes CFG RXlane 2 cfg lsw
SerDes RX lane config word, lsw, lane 2
NO
40
SerDes CFG TX lane 2 cfg msw
SerDes TX lane config word, msw lane 2
NO
42
SerDes CFG TXlane 2 cfg lsw
SerDes TX lane config word, lsw, lane 2
NO
44
SerDes CFG RX lane 3 cfg msw
SerDes RX lane config word, msw lane 3
NO
46
SerDes CFG RXlane 3 cfg lsw
SerDes RX lane config word, lsw, lane 3
NO
144
Device Boot and Configuration
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 8-20. HyperLink Boot Parameter Table (continued)
BYTE
OFFSET
NAME
DESCRIPTION
CONFIGURED THROUGH
BOOT CONFIGURATION
PINS
48
SerDes CFG TX lane 3 cfg msw
SerDes TX lane config word, msw lane 3
NO
50
SerDes CFG TXlane 3 cfg lsw
SerDes TX lane config word, lsw, lane 3
NO
8.1.2.4.7 UART Boot Parameter Table
Table 8-21. UART Boot Parameter Table
BYTE
OFFSET
NAME
DESCRIPTION
CONFIGURED THROUGH
BOOT CONFIGURATION
PINS
22
Reserved
None
NA
24
Data Format
Bits 00 Data Format
•
0 = Data Format is BLOB
•
1 = Data Format is Boot Table
Bits 15 - 01 Reserved
NO
26
Protocol
Bits 00 Protocol
•
0 = Xmodem Protocol
•
1 = Reserved
Bits 15 - 01 Reserved
NO
28
Initial NACK Count
Number of NACK pings to be sent before giving up
NO
30
Max Err Count
Maximum number of consecutive receive errors acceptable.
NO
32
NACK Timeout
Time (msecs) waiting for NACK/ACK.
NO
34
Character Timeout
Time Period between characters
NO
36
nDatabits
Number of bits supported for data. Only 8 bits is supported.
NO
38
Parity
Bits 01 - 00 Parity
•
00 = No Parity
•
01 = Odd parity
•
10 = Even Parity
Bits 15 - 02 Reserved
NO
40
nStopBitsx2
Number of stop bits times two. Valid values are 2 (stop bits = 1), 3 (Stop
Bits = 1.5), 4 (Stop Bits = 2)
NO
42
Over sample factor The over sample factor. Only 13 and 16 are valid.
NO
44
Flow Control
Bits 00 Flow Control
•
0 = No Flow Control
•
1 = RTS_CTS flow control
Bits 15 - 01 Reserved
NO
46
Data Rate MSW
Baud Rate, MSW
NO
48
Data Rate LSW
Baud Rate, LSW
NO
8.1.2.4.8 NAND Boot Parameter Table
Table 8-22. NAND Boot Parameter Table
CONFIGURED THROUGH
BOOT CONFIGURATION PINS
BYTE OFFSET
NAME
DESCRIPTION
22
Options
Bits 00 Geometry
•
0 = Geometry is taken from this table
•
1 = Geometry is queried from NAND device.
Bits 01 Clear NAND
•
0 = NAND Device is a non clear NAND and
requires ECC
•
1 = NAND is a clear NAND and doesn.t need
ECC.
Bits 15 - 02 Reserved
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
NO
Device Boot and Configuration
145
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 8-22. NAND Boot Parameter Table (continued)
BYTE OFFSET
NAME
DESCRIPTION
CONFIGURED THROUGH
BOOT CONFIGURATION PINS
24
numColumnAddrBytes
Number of bytes used to specify column address
NO
26
numRowAddrBytes
Number of bytes used to specify row address.
NO
28
numofDataBytesperPage_msw
Number of data bytes in each page, MSW
NO
30
numofDataBytesperPage_lsw
Number of data bytes in each page, LSW
NO
32
numPagesperBlock
Number of Pages per Block
NO
34
busWidth
EMIF bus width. Only 8 or 16 bits is supported.
NO
36
numSpareBytesperPage
Number of spare bytes allocated per page.
NO
38
csel
Chip Select number (valid chip selects are 2-5)
YES
40
First Block
First block for RBL to try to read.
YES
8.1.2.4.9 DDR3 Configuration Table
The RBL also provides an option to configure the DDR table before loading the image into the external
memory. More information on how to configure the DDR3, refer to the Bootloader User Guide. The
configuration table for DDR3 is shown in Table 8-23
Table 8-23. DDR3 Boot Parameter Table
CONFIGURED
THROUGH BOOT
CONFIGURATION PINS
BYTE
OFFSET
NAME
DESCRIPTION
0
configselect msw
Selecting the configuration register below that to be set. Each
filed below is represented by one bit each.
NO
4
configselect slsw
Selecting the configuration register below that to be set. Each
filed below is represented by one bit each.
NO
8
configselect lsw
Selecting the configuration register below that to be set. Each
filed below is represented by one bit each.
NO
12
pllprediv
PLL pre divider value (Should be the exact value not value -1)
NO
16
pllMult
PLL Multiplier value (Should be the exact value not value -1)
NO
20
pllPostDiv
PLL post divider value (Should be the exact value not value -1)
NO
24
sdRamConfig
SDRAM config register
NO
28
sdRamConfig2
SDRAM Config register
NO
32
sdRamRefreshctl
SDRAM Refresh Control Register
NO
36
sdRamTiming1
SDRAM Timing 1 Register
NO
40
sdRamTiming2
SDRAM Timing 2 Register
NO
44
sdRamTiming3
SDRAM Timing 3 Register
NO
48
IpDfrNvmTiming
LP DDR2 NVM Timing Register
NO
52
powerMngCtl
Power management Control Register
NO
56
iODFTTestLogic
IODFT Test Logic Global Control Register
NO
60
performcountCfg
Performance Counter Config Register
NO
64
performCountMstRegSel
Performance Counter Master Region Select Register
NO
68
readIdleCtl
Read IDLE counter Register
NO
72
sysVbusmIntEnSet
System Interrupt Enable Set Register
NO
76
sdRamOutImpdedCalcfg
SDRAM Output Impedence Calibration Config Register
NO
80
tempAlertCfg
Temperature Alert Configuration Register
NO
84
ddrPhyCtl1
DDR PHY Control Register 1
NO
88
ddrPhyCtl2
DDR PHY Control Register 1
NO
92
proClassSvceMap
Priority to Class of Service mapping Register
NO
96
mstId2ClsSvce1Map
Master ID to Class of Service Mapping 1 Register
NO
100
mstId2ClsSvce2Map
Master ID to Class of Service Mapping 2Register
NO
146
Device Boot and Configuration
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 8-23. DDR3 Boot Parameter Table (continued)
BYTE
OFFSET
NAME
DESCRIPTION
CONFIGURED
THROUGH BOOT
CONFIGURATION PINS
104
eccCtl
ECC Control Register
NO
108
eccRange1
ECC Address Range1 Register
NO
112
eccRange2
ECC Address Range2 Register
NO
116
rdWrtExcThresh
Read Write Execution Threshold Register
NO
120 - 376
Chip Config
Chip Specific PHY configuration
NO
8.1.2.5
Second-Level Bootloaders
Any of the boot modes can be used to download a second-level bootloader. A second-level bootloader
allows for:
• Any level of customization to current boot methods
• Definition of a completely customized boot
8.1.3
SoC Security
The TI SoC contains security architecture that allows the ARM CorePac to perform secure accesses
within the device. For more information, contact a TI sales office for additional information available with
the purchase of a secure device.
8.1.4
System PLL Settings
The PLL default settings are determined by the BOOTMODE[7:5] bits. Table 8-24 shows the settings for
various input clock frequencies. This will set the PLL to the maximum clock setting for the device.
CLK = CLKIN × ((PLLM+1) ÷ ((OUTPUT_DIVIDE+1) × (PLLD+1)))
Where OUTPUT_DIVIDE is the value of the field of SECCTL[22:19]
NOTE
Other frequencies are supported, but require a boot in a pre-configured mode.
The configuration for the NETCP PLL is also shown. The NETCP PLL is configured with these values only
if the Ethernet boot mode is selected with the input clock set to match the main PLL clock (not the SGMII
SerDes clock). See Table 8-9 for details on configuring Ethernet boot mode. The output from the NETCP
PLL goes through an on-chip divider to reduce the frequency before reaching the NETCP. The NETCP
PLL generates 1050 MHz, and after the chip divider (/3), applies 350 MHz to the NETCP.
The Main PLL is controlled using a PLL controller and a chip-level MMR. DDR3 PLL and NETCP PLL are
controlled by chip level MMRs. For details on how to set up the PLL see Section 10.5. For details on the
operation of the PLL controller module, see the KeyStone Architecture Phase Locked Loop (PLL)
Controller User's Guide (SPRUGV2).
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Device Boot and Configuration
147
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 8-24. System PLL Configuration
BOOTMODE
[7:5]
PLLD
PLLM
SoC ƒ
PLLD
PLLM
SoC ƒ
PLLD
PLLM
SoC ƒ
PLLD
PLLM
SoC ƒ
PLLD
PLLM
SoC ƒ (2)
0b000
50.00
0
31
800
0
39
1000
0
47
1200
0
55
1400
0
41
1050
0b001
66.67
0
23
800.04
0
29
1000.05
0
35
1200.06
0
41
1400.1
1
62
1050.053
0b010
80.00
0
19
800
0
24
1000
0
29
1200
0
34
1400
3
104
1050
0b011
100.00
0
15
800
0
19
1000
0
23
1200
0
27
1400
0
20
1050
0b100
156.25
3
40
800.78
4
63
1000
2
45
1197.92
0
17
1406.3
24
335
1050
0b101
250.00
4
31
800
0
7
1000
4
47
1200
4
55
1400
4
41
1050
0b110
312.50
7
40
800.78
4
31
1000
2
22
1197.92
0
8
1406.3
24
167
1050
0b111
122.88
0
12
798.72
3
64
999.989
0
19
1228.80
0
22
1413.1
11
204
1049.6
(1)
(2)
800 MHz DEVICE
1000 MHz DEVICE
1200 MHz DEVICE
NETCP = 350 MHz (1)
INPUT
CLOCK
FREQ
(MHz)
1400 MHz DEVICE
The NETCP PLL generates 1050 MHz and is internally divided by 3 to feed 350 MHz to the packet accelerator.
ƒ represents frequency in MHz.
8.2
Device Configuration
Certain device configurations like boot mode and endianess are selected at device power-on reset. The
status of the peripherals (enabled/disabled) is determined after device power-on reset. By default, the
peripherals on the device are disabled and need to be enabled by software before being used.
8.2.1
Device Configuration at Device Reset
The logic level present on each device configuration pin is latched at power-on reset to determine the
device configuration. The logic level on the device configuration pins can be set by using external
pullup/pulldown resistors or by using some control device (e.g., FPGA/CPLD) to intelligently drive these
pins. When using a control device, care should be taken to ensure there is no contention on the lines
when the device is out of reset. The device configuration pins are sampled during power-on reset and are
driven after the reset is removed. To avoid contention, the control device must stop driving the device
configuration pins of the SoC. Table 8-25 describes the device configuration pins.
NOTE
If a configuration pin must be routed out from the device and it is not driven (Hi-Z state), the
internal pullup/pulldown (IPU/IPD) resistor should not be relied upon. TI recommends the use
of an external pullup/pulldown resistor. For more detailed information on pullup/pulldown
resistors and situations in which external pullup/pulldown resistors are required, see
Section 5.4.
148
Device Boot and Configuration
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 8-25. Device Configuration Pins
PIN NO.
IPD/IPU (1)
DESCRIPTION
V30
IPU
Device endian mode (LENDIAN)
•
0 = Device operates in big endian mode
•
1 = Device operates in little endian mode
BOOTMODE[15:0] (1) (2)
AB33, AB32, AA33,
AA30, Y32, Y30,
AB29, W33, W31,
V31, W32, W30,
V32, V33, Y29,
AA29
IPD
Method of boot
•
See Section 8.1.2 for more details.
AVSIFSEL[1:0] (1) (2)
K32, K33
IPD
AVS interface selection
•
00 = AVS 4-pin 6-bit Dual-Phase VCNTL[5:2] (Default)
•
01 = AVS 4-pin 4-bit Single-Phase VCNTL[5:2]
•
10 = AVS 6-pin 6-bit Single-Phase VCNTL[5:0]
•
11 = I2C
MAINPLLODSEL (1) (2)
Y33
IPD
Main PLL Output divider select
•
0 = Main PLL output divider needs to be set to 2 by BOOTROM
•
1 = Reserved
BOOTMODE_RSVD (1)
Y31
IPD
Boot Mode Reserved. Secondary function for GPIO15. Pulldown
resistor required on pin.
CONFIGURATION PIN
LENDIAN
(1)
(2)
(1) (2)
Internal 100-μA pulldown or pullup is provided for this terminal. In most systems, a 1-kΩ resistor can be used to oppose the IPD/IPU.
For more detailed information on pulldown/pullup resistors and situations in which external pulldown/pullup resistors are required, see
Section 5.4.
These signal names are the secondary functions of these pins.
8.2.2
Peripheral Selection After Device Reset
Several of the peripherals on the AM5K2E0x are controlled by the Power Sleep Controller (PSC). By
default, the PCIe and HyperLink are held in reset and clock-gated. The memories in these modules are
also in a low-leakage sleep mode. Software is required to turn these memories on. Then, the software
enables the modules (turns on clocks and de-asserts reset) before these modules can be used.
If one of the above modules is used in the selected ROM boot mode, the ROM code automatically
enables the module.
All other modules come up enabled by default and there is no special software sequence to enable. For
more detailed information on the PSC usage, see the KeyStone Architecture Power Sleep Controller
(PSC) User's Guide (SPRUGV4).
8.2.3
Device State Control Registers
The AM5K2E0x device has a set of registers that are used to control the status of its peripherals. These
registers are shown in Table 8-26.
Table 8-26. Device State Control Registers
ADDRESS
START
ADDRESS
END
SIZE
ACRONYM
0x02620000
0x02620007
8B
Reserved
0x02620008
0x02620017
16B
Reserved
0x02620018
0x0262001B
4B
JTAGID
0x0262001C
0x0262001F
4B
Reserved
0x02620020
0x02620023
4B
DEVSTAT
0x02620024
0x02620037
20B
Reserved
0x02620038
0x0262003B
4B
KICK0
0x0262003C
0x0262003F
4B
KICK1
0x02620040
0x02620043
4B
Reserved
DESCRIPTION
See Section 8.2.3.3
See Section 8.2.3.1
See Section 8.2.3.4
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Device Boot and Configuration
149
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 8-26. Device State Control Registers (continued)
ADDRESS
START
ADDRESS
END
SIZE
ACRONYM
0x02620044
0x02620047
4B
Reserved
0x02620048
0x0262004B
4B
Reserved
0x0262004C
0x0262004F
4B
Reserved
0x02620050
0x02620053
4B
Reserved
0x02620054
0x02620057
4B
Reserved
0x02620058
0x0262005B
4B
Reserved
0x0262005C
0x0262005F
4B
Reserved
0x02620060
0x026200DF
128B
Reserved
0x026200E0
0x0262010F
48B
Reserved
0x02620110
0x02620117
8B
MACID
0x02620118
0x0262012F
24B
Reserved
0x02620130
0x02620133
4B
Reserved
0x02620134
0x02620137
4B
RESET_STAT_CLR
0x02620138
0x0262013B
4B
Reserved
0x0262013C
0x0262013F
4B
BOOTCOMPLETE
0x02620140
0x02620143
4B
Reserved
0x02620144
0x02620147
4B
RESET_STAT
0x02620148
0x0262014B
4B
Reserved
0x0262014C
0x0262014F
4B
DEVCFG
See Section 8.2.3.2
0x02620150
0x02620153
4B
PWRSTATECTL
See Section 8.2.3.8
0x02620154
0x02620157
4B
Reserved
0x02620158
0x0262015B
4B
Reserved
0x0262015C
0x0262015F
4B
Reserved
0x02620160
0x02620160
4B
Reserved
0x02620164
0x02620167
4B
Reserved
0x02620168
0x0262016B
4B
Reserved
0x0262016C
0x0262017F
20B
Reserved
0x02620180
0x02620183
4B
SmartReflex Class0
0x02620184
0x0262018F
12B
Reserved
0x02620190
0x02620193
4B
Reserved
0x02620194
0x02620197
4B
Reserved
0x02620198
0x0262019B
4B
Reserved
0x0262019C
0x0262019F
4B
Reserved
0x026201A0
0x026201A3
4B
Reserved
0x026201A4
0x026201A7
4B
Reserved
0x026201A8
0x026201AB
4B
Reserved
0x026201AC
0x026201AF
4B
Reserved
0x026201B0
0x026201B3
4B
Reserved
0x026201B4
0x026201B7
4B
Reserved
0x026201B8
0x026201BB
4B
Reserved
0x026201BC
0x026201BF
4B
Reserved
0x026201C0
0x026201C3
4B
Reserved
0x026201C4
0x026201C7
4B
Reserved
0x026201C8
0x026201CB
4B
Reserved
0x026201CC
0x026201CF
4B
Reserved
0x026201D0
0x026201FF
48B
Reserved
0x02620200
0x02620203
4B
Reserved
150
Device Boot and Configuration
DESCRIPTION
See Section 10.16
See Section 8.2.3.6
See Section 8.2.3.7
See Section 8.2.3.5
See Section 10.2.4
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 8-26. Device State Control Registers (continued)
ADDRESS
START
ADDRESS
END
SIZE
ACRONYM
0x02620204
0x02620207
4B
Reserved
0x02620208
0x0262020B
4B
Reserved
0x0262020C
0x0262020F
4B
Reserved
0x02620210
0x02620213
4B
Reserved
0x02620214
0x02620217
4B
Reserved
0x02620218
0x0262021B
4B
Reserved
0x0262021C
0x0262021F
4B
Reserved
0x02620220
0x0262023F
32B
Reserved
0x02620240
0x02620243
4B
Reserved
0x02620244
0x02620247
4B
Reserved
0x02620248
0x0262024B
4B
Reserved
0x0262024C
0x0262024F
4B
Reserved
0x02620250
0x02620253
4B
Reserved
0x02620254
0x02620257
4B
Reserved
0x02620258
0x0262025B
4B
Reserved
0x0262025C
0x0262025F
4B
Reserved
0x02620260
0x02620263
4B
IPCGR8
0x02620264
0x02620267
4B
IPCGR9
0x02620268
0x0262026B
4B
IPCGR10
0x0262026C
0x0262026F
4B
IPCGR11
0x02620270
0x0262027B
12B
Reserved
0x0262027C
0x0262027F
4B
IPCGRH
See Section 8.2.3.11
0x02620280
0x02620283
4B
Reserved
See Section 8.2.3.10
0x02620284
0x02620287
4B
Reserved
0x02620288
0x0262028B
4B
Reserved
0x0262028C
0x0262028F
4B
Reserved
0x02620290
0x02620293
4B
Reserved
0x02620294
0x02620297
4B
Reserved
0x02620298
0x0262029B
4B
Reserved
0x0262029C
0x0262029F
4B
Reserved
0x026202A0
0x026202A3
4B
IPCAR8
0x026202A4
0x026202A7
4B
IPCAR9
0x026202A8
0x026202AB
4B
IPCAR10
0x026202AC
0x026202AF
4B
IPCAR11
0x026202B0
0x026202BB
12B
Reserved
0x026202BC
0x026202BF
4B
IPCARH
0x026202C0
0x026202FF
64B
Reserved
0x02620300
0x02620303
4B
TINPSEL
See Section 8.2.3.13
0x02620304
0x02620307
4B
TOUTPSEL
See Section 8.2.3.14
DESCRIPTION
See Section 8.2.3.11
See Section 8.2.3.12
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Device Boot and Configuration
151
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 8-26. Device State Control Registers (continued)
ADDRESS
START
ADDRESS
END
SIZE
ACRONYM
DESCRIPTION
0x02620308
0x0262030B
4B
Reserved
See Section 8.2.3.15
0x0262030C
0x0262030F
4B
Reserved
0x02620310
0x02620313
4B
Reserved
0x02620314
0x02620317
4B
Reserved
0x02620318
0x0262031B
4B
Reserved
0x0262031C
0x0262031F
4B
Reserved
0x02620320
0x02620323
4B
Reserved
0x02620324
0x02620327
4B
Reserved
0x02620328
0x0262032B
4B
RSTMUX8
0x0262032C
0x0262032F
4B
RSTMUX9
0x02620330
0x02620333
4B
RSTMUX10
0x02620334
0x02620337
4B
RSTMUX11
0x02620338
0x0262034F
4B
Reserved
0x02620350
0x02620353
4B
CorePLLCTL0
0x02620354
0x02620357
4B
CorePLLCTL1
0x02620358
0x0262035B
4B
PASSPLLCTL0
0x0262035C
0x0262035F
4B
PASSPLLCTL1
0x02620360
0x02620363
4B
DDR3PLLCTL0
0x02620364
0x02620367
4B
DDR3PLLCTL1
0x02620368
0x0262036B
4B
Reserved
0x0262036C
0x0262036F
4B
Reserved
0x02620370
0x02620373
4B
Reserved
0x02620374
0x02620377
4B
Reserved
0x02620378
0x0262039B
132B
Reserved
0x0262039C
0x0262039F
4B
Reserved
0x02620400
0x02620403
4B
ARMENDIAN_CFG0_0
0x02620404
0x02620407
4B
ARMENDIAN_CFG0_1
0x02620408
0x0262040B
4B
ARMENDIAN_CFG0_2
0x0262040C
0x026205FF
62B
Reserved
0x02620600
0x026206FF
256B
Reserved
0x02620700
0x02620703
4B
CHIP_MISC_CTL0
0x02620704
0x0262070F
12B
Reserved
0x02620710
0x02620713
4B
SYSENDSTAT
0x02620714
0x02620717
4B
Reserved
0x02620718
0x0262071B
4B
Reserved
0x0262071C
0x0262071F
4B
Reserved
0x02620720
0x0262072F
16B
Reserved
0x02620730
0x02620733
4B
SYNECLK_PINCTL
0x02620734
0x02620737
4B
Reserved
0x02620738
0x0262074F
24B
USB_PHY_CTL
0x02620750
0x026207FF
176B
Reserved
0x02620800
0x02620C7B
1148B Reserved
0x02620C7C
0x02620C7F
4B
CHIP_MISC_CTL1
0x02620C80
0x02620C97
24B
Reserved
0x02620C98
0x02620C9B
4B
DEVSPEED
0x02620C9C
0x02620FFF
868B
Reserved
152
Device Boot and Configuration
See Section 10.5
See Section 10.7
See Section 10.6
See Section 8.2.3.17
See Section 8.2.3.20
See Section 8.2.3.22
See Section 8.2.3.23
See Section 8.2.3.24
See Section 8.2.3.21
See Section 8.2.3.16
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
8.2.3.1
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Device Status (DEVSTAT) Register
The Device Status Register depicts device configuration selected upon a power-on reset by the POR or
RESETFULL pin. Once set, these bits remain set until a power-on reset. The Device Status Register is
shown in the figure below.
Figure 8-12. Device Status Register
31
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
1
0
Reserved
Reserved
MAINPLLODSEL
AVSIFSEL
BOOTMODE
LENDIAN
R-0
R/W-00
R/W-x
R/W-xx
R/W-x xxxx
xxxx xxxx xxx
R-x (1)
LEGEND: R/W = Read/Write; R = Read only; -n = value after reset
(1)
x indicates the bootstrap value latched via the external pin
Table 8-27. Device Status Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
31-22
Reserved
Reserved
21-20
Reserved
Reserved
19
MAINPLLODSEL
Main PLL Output divider select
•
0 = Main PLL output divider needs to be set to 2 by BOOTROM
•
1 = Reserved
18-17
AVSIFSEL
AVS interface selection
•
00 = AVS 4-pin 6-bit Dual-Phase VCNTL[5:2] (Default)
•
01 = AVS 4-pin 4-bit Single-Phase VCNTL[5:2]
•
10 = AVS 6-pin 6-bit Single-Phase VCNTL[5:0]
•
11 = Reserved
16-1
BOOTMODE
Determines the bootmode configured for the device. For more information on bootmode, see Section 8.1.2.
0
LENDIAN
See the KeyStone II Architecture ARM Bootloader User's Guide (SPRUHJ3).
8.2.3.2
Device endian mode (LENDIAN) — shows the status of whether the system is operating in big endian mode or
little endian mode (default).
•
0 = System is operating in big endian mode
•
1 = System is operating in little endian mode (default)
Device Configuration Register
The Device Configuration Register is one-time writeable through software. The register is reset on all hard
resets and is locked after the first write. The Device Configuration Register is shown in Figure 8-13 and
described in Table 8-28.
Figure 8-13. Device Configuration Register (DEVCFG)
31
5
4
3
2
1
0
Reserved
PCIE1SSMODE
PCIE0SSMODE
SYSCLKOUTEN
R-0
R/W-00
R/W-00
R/W-1
LEGEND: R/W = Read/Write; R = Read only; -n = value after reset
Table 8-28. Device Configuration Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
31-5
Reserved
Reserved. Read only, writes have no effect.
4-3
PCIE1SSMODE
Device Type Input of PCIe1SS
•
00 = Endpoint
•
01 = Legacy Endpoint
•
10 = Rootcomplex
•
11 = Reserved
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Device Boot and Configuration
153
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 8-28. Device Configuration Register Field Descriptions (continued)
Bit
Field
Description
2-1
PCIE0SSMODE
Device Type Input of PCIe0SS
•
00 = Endpoint
•
01 = Legacy Endpoint
•
10 = Rootcomplex
•
11 = Reserved
0
SYSCLKOUTEN
SYSCLKOUT enable
•
0 = No clock output
•
1 = Clock output enabled (default)
8.2.3.3
JTAG ID (JTAGID) Register Description
The JTAG ID register is a read-only register that identifies to the customer the JTAG/Device ID. For the
device, the JTAG ID register resides at address location 0x02620018. The JTAG ID Register is shown
below.
Figure 8-14. JTAG ID (JTAGID) Register
31
28
27
12
11
1
0
VARIANT
PART NUMBER
MANUFACTURER
LSB
R-xxxx
R-1011 1001 1010 0110
R-0000 0010 111
R-1
LEGEND: R/W = Read/Write; R = Read only; -n = value after reset
Table 8-29. JTAG ID Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Value
Description
31-28
VARIANT
xxxx
Variant value
27-12
PART NUMBER
1011 1001 1010 0110 Part Number for boundary scan
11-1
MANUFACTURER
0000 0010 111
Manufacturer
0
LSB
1
This bit is read as a 1
NOTE
The value of the VARIANT and PART NUMBER fields depends on the silicon revision being
used. See the Silicon Errata for details.
8.2.3.4
Kicker Mechanism (KICK0 and KICK1) Register
The Bootcfg module contains a kicker mechanism to prevent spurious writes from changing any of the
Bootcfg MMR (memory mapped registers) values. When the kicker is locked (which it is initially after
power on reset), none of the Bootcfg MMRs are writable (they are only readable). This mechanism
requires an MMR write to each of the KICK0 and KICK1 registers with exact data values before the kicker
lock mechanism is unlocked. See Table 8-26 for the address location. Once released, all the Bootcfg
MMRs having write permissions are writable (the read only MMRs are still read only). The KICK0 data is
0x83e70b13. The KICK1 data is 0x95a4f1e0. Writing any other data value to either of these kick MMRs
locks the kicker mechanism and blocks writes to Bootcfg MMRs. To ensure protection to all Bootcfg
MMRs, software must always re-lock the kicker mechanism after completing the MMR writes.
8.2.3.5
Reset Status (RESET_STAT) Register
The Reset Status Register (RESET_STAT) captures the status of global device reset (GR). Software can
use this information to take different device initialization steps. The GR bit is written as 1 only when a
global reset is asserted.
The Reset Status Register is shown in the figure and table below.
154
Device Boot and Configuration
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Figure 8-15. Reset Status Register (RESET_STAT)
31
30
0
GR
Reserved
R-1
R- 0
Legend: R = Read only; -n = value after reset
Table 8-30. Reset Status Register Field Descriptions
Bit
31
30-0
Field
Description
GR
Global reset status
•
0 = Device has not received a global reset.
•
1 = Device received a global reset.
Reserved
Reserved.
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Device Boot and Configuration
155
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
8.2.3.6
www.ti.com
Reset Status Clear (RESET_STAT_CLR) Register
The RESET_STAT bits can be cleared by writing 1 to the corresponding bit in the RESET_STAT_CLR
register. The Reset Status Clear Register is shown in the figure and table below.
Figure 8-16. Reset Status Clear Register (RESET_STAT_CLR)
31
30
1
GR
Reserved
RW-0
R- 0
0
Legend: R = Read only; RW = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 8-31. Reset Status Clear Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
31
GR
Global reset clear bit
•
0 = Writing a 0 has no effect.
•
1 = Writing a 1 to the GR bit clears the corresponding bit in the RESET_STAT register.
30-0
Reserved
Reserved.
8.2.3.7
Boot Complete (BOOTCOMPLETE) Register
The BOOTCOMPLETE register controls the BOOTCOMPLETE pin status to indicate the completion of the
ROM booting process. The Boot Complete register is shown in the figure and table below.
Figure 8-17. Boot Complete Register (BOOTCOMPLETE)
31
11
10
9
8
Reserved
12
BC11
BC10
BC9
BC8
7
6
5
4
Reserved
3
R-0
RW-0
RW-0
RW-0
RW-0
R-0
2
1
0
Legend: R = Read only; RW = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 8-32. Boot Complete Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
31-12
Reserved
Description
11
BC11
ARM CorePac 3 boot status (AM5K2E04 only)
•
0 = ARM CorePac 3 boot NOT complete
•
1 = ARM CorePac 3 boot complete
10
BC10
ARM CorePac 2 boot status (AM5K2E04 only)
•
0 = ARM CorePac 2 boot NOT complete
•
1 = ARM CorePac 2 boot complete
9
BC9
ARM CorePac 1 boot status (AM5K2Ex)
•
0 = ARM CorePac 1 boot NOT complete
•
1 = ARM CorePac 1 boot complete
8
BC8
ARM CorePac 0 boot status
•
0 = ARM CorePac 0 boot NOT complete
•
1 = ARM CorePac 0 boot complete
7-0
Reserved
The BCx bit indicates the boot complete status of the corresponding ARM CorePac. All BCx bits are sticky
bits — that is, they can be set only once by the software after device reset and they will be cleared to 0 on
all device resets (warm reset and power-on reset).
Boot ROM code is implemented such that each ARM CorePac sets its corresponding BCx bit immediately
before branching to the predefined location in memory.
156
Device Boot and Configuration
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
8.2.3.8
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Power State Control (PWRSTATECTL) Register
The Power State Control Register (PWRSTATECTL) is controlled by the software to indicate the powersaving mode. Under ROM code, the CorePac reads this register to differentiate between the various
power saving modes. This register is cleared only by POR and is not changed by any other device reset.
See the Hardware Design Guide for KeyStone II Devices application report (SPRABV0) for more
information. The PWRSTATECTL register is shown in Figure 8-18 and described in Table 8-33.
Figure 8-18. Power State Control Register (PWRSTATECTL)
31
2
1
0
Hibernation Recovery Branch Address
3
Hibernation Mode
Hibernation
Standby
RW-0000 0000 0000 0000 0
RW-0
RW-0
RW-0
Legend: R = Read Only, RW = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 8-33. Power State Control Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
31-3
Hibernation
Recovery Branch
Address
Used to provide a start address for execution out of the hibernation modes.
2
Hibernation Mode
Indicates whether the device is in hibernation mode 1 or mode 2.
•
0 = Hibernation mode 1
•
1 = Hibernation mode 2
1
Hibernation
Indicates whether the device is in hibernation mode or not.
•
0 = Not in hibernation mode
•
1 = Hibernation mode
0
Standby
Indicates whether the device is in standby mode or not.
•
0 = Not in standby mode
•
1 = standby mode
8.2.3.9
IPC Generation (IPCGRx) Registers
The IPCGRx Registers facilitate inter-C66x CorePac interrupts.
The AM5K2E device has four IPCGRx registers (IPCGR8-IPCGR11) and the 66AK2E02 has two IPCGRx
registers (IPCGR8 and IPCGR9). These registers can be used by external hosts or CorePacs to generate
interrupts to other CorePacs. A write of 1 to the IPCG field of the IPCGRx register generates an interrupt
pulse to the ARM CorePac.
These registers also provide a Source ID facility identifying up to 28 different sources of interrupts.
Allocation of source bits to source processor and meaning is entirely based on software convention. The
register field descriptions are given in the following tables. There can be numerous sources for these
registers as this is completely controlled by software. Any master that has access to BOOTCFG module
space can write to these registers. The IPC Generation Register is shown in Figure 8-19 and described in
Table 8-34.
Figure 8-19. IPC Generation Registers (IPCGRx)
31
4
3
1
0
SRCS27 - SRCS0
Reserved
IPCG
RW +0 (per bit field)
R-000
RW-0
Legend: R = Read only; RW = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Device Boot and Configuration
157
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 8-34. IPC Generation Registers Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
31-4
SRCSx
Reads return current value of internal register bit.
Writes:
•
0 = No effect
•
1 = Sets both SRCSx and the corresponding SRCCx.
3-1
Reserved
Reserved
0
IPCG
Reads return 0.
Writes:
•
0 = No effect
•
1 = Creates an inter-ARM interrupt.
8.2.3.10 IPC Acknowledgment (IPCARx) Registers
The IPCARx registers facilitate inter-CorePac interrupt acknowledgment.
The AM5K2E04 device has four IPCARx registers and the AM5K02 has two IPCARx registers. These
registers also provide a Source ID facility by which up to 28 different sources of interrupts can be
identified. Allocation of source bits to source processor and meaning is entirely based on software
convention. The register field descriptions are given in the following tables. Virtually anything can be a
source for these registers as this is completely controlled by software. Any master that has access to
BOOTCFG module space can write to these registers. The IPC Acknowledgment Register is shown in the
following figure and table.
Figure 8-20. IPC Acknowledgment Registers (IPCARx)
31
4
3
0
SRCC27 - SRCC0
Reserved
RW +0 (per bit field)
R-0000
Legend: R = Read only; RW = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 8-35. IPC Acknowledgment Registers Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
31-4
SRCCx
Reads return current value of internal register bit.
Writes:
•
0 = No effect
•
1 = Clears both SRCCx and the corresponding SRCSx
3-0
Reserved
Reserved
8.2.3.11 IPC Generation Host (IPCGRH) Register
The IPCGRH register facilitates interrupts to external hosts. Operation and use of the IPCGRH register is
the same as for other IPCGR registers. The interrupt output pulse created by the IPCGRH register
appears on device pin HOUT.
The host interrupt output pulse is stretched so that it is asserted for four bootcfg clock cycles (SYSCLK1/6)
followed by a deassertion of four bootcfg clock cycles. Generating the pulse results in a pulse-blocking
window that is eight SYSCLK1/6-cycles long. Back-to-back writes to the IPCRGH register with the IPCG
bit (bit 0) set, generates only one pulse if the back-to-back writes to IPCGRH are less than the eight
SYSCLK1/6 cycle window — the pulse blocking window. To generate back-to-back pulses, the back-toback writes to the IPCGRH register must be written after the eight SYSCLK1/6 cycle pulse-blocking
window has elapsed. The IPC Generation Host Register is shown in Figure 8-21 and described in Table 836.
158
Device Boot and Configuration
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Figure 8-21. IPC Generation Registers (IPCGRH)
31
4
3
1
0
SRCS27 - SRCS0
Reserved
IPCG
RW +0 (per bit field)
R-000
RW +0
Legend: R = Read only; RW = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 8-36. IPC Generation Registers Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
31-4
SRCSx
Reads return current value of internal register bit.
Writes:
•
0 = No effect
•
1 = Sets both SRCSx and the corresponding SRCCx.
3-1
Reserved
Reserved
0
IPCG
Reads return 0.
Writes:
•
0 = No effect
•
1 = Creates an interrupt pulse on device pin (host interrupt/event output in HOUT pin)
8.2.3.12 IPC Acknowledgment Host (IPCARH) Register
The IPCARH register facilitates external host interrupts. Operation and use of the IPCARH register is the
same as for other IPCAR registers. The IPC Acknowledgment Host Register is shown in Figure 8-22 and
described in Table 8-37.
Figure 8-22. Acknowledgment Register (IPCARH)
31
4
3
0
SRCC27 - SRCC0
Reserved
RW +0 (per bit field)
R-0000
Legend: R = Read only; RW = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 8-37. IPC Acknowledgment Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
31-4
SRCCx
Reads the return current value of the internal register bit.
Writes:
•
0 = No effect
•
1 = Clears both SRCCx and the corresponding SRCSx
3-0
Reserved
Reserved
8.2.3.13 Timer Input Selection Register (TINPSEL)
The Timer Input Selection Register selects timer inputs and is shown in Figure 8-23 and described in
Table 8-38.
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Device Boot and Configuration
159
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Figure 8-23. Timer Input Selection Register (TINPSEL)
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
TINPHSEL15
TINPLSEL15
TINPHSEL14
TINPLSEL14
TINPHSEL13
TINPLSEL13
TINPHSEL12
TINPLSEL12
RW-0
RW-0
RW-0
RW-0
RW-0
RW-0
RW-0
RW-0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
TINPHSEL11
TINPLSEL11
TINPHSEL10
TINPLSEL10
TINPHSEL9
TINPLSEL9
TINPHSEL8
TINPLSEL8
RW-0
RW-0
RW-0
RW-0
RW-0
RW-0
RW-0
RW-0
15
0
Reserved
R-0
LEGEND: R = Read only; RW = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 8-38. Timer Input Selection Field Description
Bit
Field
31
TINPHSEL15 Input select for TIMER15 high.
•
0 = TIMI0
•
1 = TIMI1
30
TINPLSEL15
29
TINPHSEL14 Input select for TIMER14 high.
•
0 = TIMI0
•
1 = TIMI1
28
TINPLSE14
27
TINPHSEL13 Input select for TIMER13 high.
•
0 = TIMI0
•
1 = TIMI1
26
TINPLSEL13
25
TINPHSEL12 Input select for TIMER12 high.
•
0 = TIMI0
•
1 = TIMI1
24
TINPLSEL12
23
TINPHSEL11 Input select for TIMER11 high.
•
0 = TIMI0
•
1 = TIMI1
22
TINPLSEL11
21
TINPHSEL10 Input select for TIMER10 high.
•
0 = TIMI0
•
1 = TIMI1
20
TINPLSEL10
160
Description
Input select for TIMER15 low.
•
0 = TIMI0
•
1 = TIMI1
Input select for TIMER14 low.
•
0 = TIMI0
•
1 = TIMI1
Input select for TIMER13 low.
•
0 = TIMI0
•
1 = TIMI1
Input select for TIMER12low.
•
0 = TIMI0
•
1 = TIMI1
Input select for TIMER11 low.
•
0 = TIMI0
•
1 = TIMI1
Input select for TIMER10 low.
•
0 = TIMI0
•
1 = TIMI1
Device Boot and Configuration
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 8-38. Timer Input Selection Field Description (continued)
Bit
Field
Description
19
TINPHSEL9
Input select for TIMER9 high.
•
0 = TIMI0
•
1 = TIMI1
18
TINPLSEL9
Input select for TIMER9 low.
•
0 = TIMI0
•
1 = TIMI1
17
TINPHSEL8
Input select for TIMER8 high.
•
0 = TIMI0
•
1 = TIMI1
16
TINPLSEL8
Input select for TIMER8 low.
•
0 = TIMI0
•
1 = TIMI1
15-0 Reserved
8.2.3.14 Timer Output Selection Register (TOUTPSEL)
The control register TOUTSEL handles the timer output selection and is shown in Figure 8-24 and
described in Table 8-39.
Figure 8-24. Timer Output Selection Register (TOUTPSEL)
31
10 9
5 4
0
Reserved
TOUTPSEL1
TOUTPSEL0
R-0000000000000000000000
RW-00001
RW-00000
Legend: R = Read only; RW = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 8-39. Timer Output Selection Field Description
Bit
Field
Description
31-10
Reserved
Reserved
9-5
TOUTPSEL1
Output select for TIMO1
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
00000: Reserved
00001: Reserved
00010: Reserved
00011: Reserved
00100: Reserved
00101: Reserved
00110: Reserved
00111: Reserved
01000: Reserved
01001: Reserved
01010: Reserved
01011: Reserved
01100: Reserved
01101: Reserved
01110: Reserved
01111: Reserved
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
10000:
10001:
10010:
10011:
10100:
10101:
10110:
10111:
11000:
11001:
11010:
11011:
11100:
11101:
11110:
11111:
TOUTL8
TOUTH8
TOUTL9
TOUTH9
TOUTL10
TOUTH10
TOUTL11
TOUTH11
TOUTL12
TOUTH12
TOUTL13
TOUTH13
TOUTL14
TOUTH14
TOUTL15
TOUTH15
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Device Boot and Configuration
161
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 8-39. Timer Output Selection Field Description (continued)
Bit
Field
Description
4-0
TOUTPSEL0
Output select for TIMO0
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
00000: Reserved
00001: Reserved
00010: Reserved
00011: Reserved
00100: Reserved
00101: Reserved
00110: Reserved
00111: Reserved
01000: Reserved
01001: Reserved
01010: Reserved
01011: Reserved
01100: Reserved
01101: Reserved
01110: Reserved
01111: Reserved
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
10000:
10001:
10010:
10011:
10100:
10101:
10110:
10111:
11000:
11001:
11010:
11011:
11100:
11101:
11110:
11111:
TOUTL8
TOUTH8
TOUTL9
TOUTH9
TOUTL10
TOUTH10
TOUTL11
TOUTH11
TOUTL12
TOUTH12
TOUTL13
TOUTH13
TOUTL14
TOUTH14
TOUTL15
TOUTH15
8.2.3.15 Reset Mux (RSTMUXx) Register
Software controls the Reset Mux block through the reset multiplex registers using RSTMUX8-RSTMUX11
for the ARM CorePac (AM5K2E04) or RSTMUX8_RSTMUX9 for the ARM CorePac (AM5K2E02) on the
device. These registers are located in Bootcfg memory space. The Reset Mux Register is shown in
Figure 8-25 and Table 8-40 below.
Figure 8-25. Reset Mux Register
31
9
8
Reserved
10
EVTSTATCLR
Reserved
7
DELAY
5
EVTSTAT
4
3
OMODE
1
LOCK
0
R-0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 00
RC-0
R-0
RW-100
R-0
RW-000
RW-0
Legend: R = Read only; RW = Read/Write; -n = value after reset; RC = Read only and write 1 to clear
Table 8-40. Reset Mux Register 8..11(RSTMUX8-RSTMUX11) Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
31-10
Reserved
Reserved
9
EVTSTATCLR
Clear event status
•
0 = Writing 0 has no effect
•
1 = Writing 1 to this bit clears the EVTSTAT bit
8
Reserved
Reserved
7-5
DELAY
Delay cycles between interrupt and device reset
•
000b = 256 SYSCLK1/6 cycles delay between interrupt and device reset, when OMODE = 100b
•
001b = 512 SYSCLK1/6 cycles delay between interrupt and device reset, when OMODE = 100b
•
010b = 1024 SYSCLK1/6 cycles delay between interrupt and device reset, when OMODE = 100b
•
011b = 2048 SYSCLK1/6 cycles delay between interrupt and device reset, when OMODE = 100b
•
100b = 4096 SYSCLK1/6 cycles delay between interrupt and device reset, when OMODE = 100b (default)
•
101b = 8192 SYSCLK1/6 cycles delay between interrupt and device reset, when OMODE = 100b
•
110b = 16384 SYSCLK1/6 cycles delay between interrupt and device reset, when OMODE = 100b
•
111b = 32768 SYSCLK1/6 cycles delay between interrupt and device reset, when OMODE = 100b
4
EVTSTAT
Event status
•
0 = No event received (Default)
•
1 = WD timer event received by Reset Mux block
162
Device Boot and Configuration
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 8-40. Reset Mux Register 8..11(RSTMUX8-RSTMUX11) Field Descriptions (continued)
Bit
Field
Description
3-1
OMODE
Timer event operation mode
•
000b = WD timer event input to the Reset Mux block does not cause any output event (default)
•
001b = Reserved
•
010b = Cortex-A15 processor watchdog timers, the Local Reset output event of the RSTMUX logic
generates reset to PLL Controller.
•
011b = WD Timer Event input to the Reset Mux block causes Local Reset output event of the RSTMUX
logic to generate reset to PLL Controller.
•
100b = WD Timer Event input to the Reset Mux block causes an interrupt to be sent to the GIC.
•
101b = WD timer event input to the Reset Mux block causes device reset to AM5K2E0x. Note that for
Cortex-A15 processor watchdog timers, the Local Reset output event of the RSTMUX logic is connected to
the Device Reset generation to generate reset to PLL Controller.
•
110b = Reserved
•
111b = Reserved
0
LOCK
Lock register fields
•
0 = Register fields are not locked (default)
•
1 = Register fields are locked until the next timer reset
8.2.3.16 Device Speed (DEVSPEED) Register
The Device Speed Register shows the device speed grade and is shown below.
Figure 8-26. Device Speed Register (DEVSPEED)
31
28
27
Reserved
16
DEVSPEED
15
12
11
Reserved
0
ARMSPEED
R-n
R-n
Legend: R = Read only; -n = value after reset
Table 8-41. Device Speed Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
31-28
Reserved
Reserved. Read only
27-16
DEVSPEED
Indicates the speed of the device (read only)
•
0b0000 0000 0000 = 800 MHz
•
0b0000 0000 0001 = 1000 MHz
•
0b0000 0000 001x = 1200 MHz
•
0b0000 0000 01xx = 1350 MHz
•
0b0000 0000 1xxx = 1400 MHz
•
0b0000 0001 xxxx = 1500 MHz
•
0b0000 001x xxxx = 1400 MHz
•
0b0000 01xx xxxx = 1350.8 MHz
•
0b0000 1xxx xxxx = 1200 MHz
•
0b0001 xxxx xxxx= 1000 MHz
•
0b001x xxxx xxxx = 800 MHz
15-12
Reserved
Reserved. Read only
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Device Boot and Configuration
163
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 8-41. Device Speed Register Field Descriptions (continued)
Bit
Field
Description
11-0
ARMSPEED
Indicates the speed of the ARM (read only)
•
0b0000 0000 0000 = 800 MHz
•
0b0000 0000 0001 = 1000 MHz
•
0b0000 0000 001x = 1200 MHz
•
0b0000 0000 01xx = 1350 MHz
•
0b0000 0000 1xxx = 1400 MHz
•
0b0000 0001 xxxx = 1500 MHz
•
0b0000 001x xxxx = 1400 MHz
•
0b0000 01xx xxxx = 1350.8 MHz
•
0b0000 1xxx xxxx = 1200 MHz
•
0b0001 xxxx xxxx= 1000 MHz
•
0b001x xxxx xxxx = 800 MHz
8.2.3.17 ARM Endian Configuration Register 0 (ARMENDIAN_CFGr_0), r=0..7
The registers defined in ARM Configuration Register 0 (ARMENDIAN_CFGr_0) and ARM Configuration
Register 1 (ARMENDIAN_CFGr_1) control the way Cortex-A15 processor core access to peripheral
MMRs shows up in the Cortex-A15 processor registers. The purpose is to provide an endian-invariant
view of the peripheral MMRs when performing a 32-bit access. (Only one of the eight register sets is
shown.)
Figure 8-27. ARM Endian Configuration Register 0 (ARMENDIAN_CFGr_0), r=0..7
31
8 7
0
BASEADDR
Reserved
RW
R-0000 0000
Legend: RW = Read/Write; R = Read only
Table 8-42. ARM Endian Configuration Register 0
Default Values
ARM ENDIAN CONFIGURATION REGISTER 0
DEFAULT
VALUES
ARMENDIAN_CFG0_0
0x0001C000
ARMENDIAN_CFG1_0
0x00020000
ARMENDIAN_CFG2_0
0x000BC000
ARMENDIAN_CFG3_0
0x00210000
ARMENDIAN_CFG4_0
0x00023A00
ARMENDIAN_CFG5_0
0x00240000
ARMENDIAN_CFG6_0
0x01000000
ARMENDIAN_CFG7_0
0xFFFFFF00
Table 8-43. ARM Endian Configuration Register 0 Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
31-8
BASEADDR
24-bit Base Address of Configuration Region R
This base address defines the start of a contiguous block of Memory Mapped Register space for which a
word swap is done by the ARM CorePac bridge.
7-0
164
Reserved
Reserved
Device Boot and Configuration
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
8.2.3.18 ARM Endian Configuration Register 1 (ARMENDIAN_CFGr_1), r=0..7
Figure 8-28. ARM Endian Configuration Register 1 (ARMENDIAN_CFGr_1), r=0..7
31
4 3
0
Reserved
SIZE
R-0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
RW
Legend: RW = Read/Write; R = Read only
Table 8-44. ARM Endian Configuration Register 1
Default Values
ARM ENDIAN CONFIGURATION REGISTER 1
DEFAULT
VALUES
ARMENDIAN_CFG0_1
0x00000006
ARMENDIAN_CFG1_1
0x00000009
ARMENDIAN_CFG2_1
0x00000004
ARMENDIAN_CFG3_1
0x00000008
ARMENDIAN_CFG4_1
0x00000005
ARMENDIAN_CFG5_1
0x00000006
ARMENDIAN_CFG6_1
0x00000000
ARMENDIAN_CFG7_1
0x00000000
Table 8-45. ARM Endian Configuration Register 1 Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
31-4
Reserved
Reserved
3-0
SIZE
4-bit encoded size of Configuration Region R
The value in the SIZE field defines the size of the contiguous block of Memory Mapped Register space for
which a word swap is done by the ARM CorePac bridge (starting from ARMENDIAN_CFGr_0.BASEADDR).
•
0000 : 64KB
•
0001 : 128KB
•
0010 : 256KB
•
0011 : 512KB
•
0100 : 1MB
•
0101 : 2MB
•
0110 : 4MB
•
0111 : 8MB
•
1000 : 16MB
•
1001 : 32MB
•
1010 : 64MB
•
1011 : 128MB
•
Others : Reserved
8.2.3.19 ARM Endian Configuration Register 2 (ARMENDIAN_CFGr_2), r=0..7
The registers defined in ARM Configuration Register 2 (ARMENDIAN_CFGr_2) enable the word swapping
of a region.
Figure 8-29. ARM Endian Configuration Register 2 (ARMENDIAN_CFGr_2), r=0..7
31
1
0
Reserved
DIS
R-0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 000
RW-0
Legend: RW = Read/Write
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Device Boot and Configuration
165
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 8-46. ARM Endian Configuration Register 2
Default Values
ARM ENDIAN CONFIGURATION REGISTER 2
DEFAULT
VALUES
ARMENDIAN_CFG0_2
0x00000001
ARMENDIAN_CFG1_2
0x00000001
ARMENDIAN_CFG2_2
0x00000001
ARMENDIAN_CFG3_2
0x00000001
ARMENDIAN_CFG4_2
0x00000001
ARMENDIAN_CFG5_2
0x00000001
ARMENDIAN_CFG6_2
0x00000001
ARMENDIAN_CFG7_2
0x00000001
Table 8-47. ARM Endian Configuration Register 2 Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
31-1
Reserved
Reserved
0
DIS
Disabling the word swap of a region
•
0 : Enable word swap for region
•
1 : Disable word swap for region
8.2.3.20 Chip Miscellaneous Control (CHIP_MISC_CTL0) Register
Figure 8-30. Chip Miscellaneous Control Register (CHIP_MISC_CTL0)
31
19
18
Reserved
USB_PME_EN
R-0
RW-0
17
13
Reserved
12
11
3
2
0
MSMC_BLOCK_PARITY_RST
Reserved
QM_PRIORITY
RW-0
RW-0
RW-0
RW -0
Legend: R = Read only; W = Write only; -n = value after reset
Table 8-48. Chip Miscellaneous Control Register (CHIP_MISC_CTL0) Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
31-19
Reserved
Reserved.
18
USB_PME_EN
Enables wakeup event generation from USB
•
0 = Disable PME event generation
•
1 = Enable PME event generation
17-13
Reserved
12
MSMC_BLOCK_PARITY_RST
Controls MSMC parity RAM reset. When set to ‘1’ means the MSMC parity RAM will not be reset.
11-3
Reserved
Reserved
2-0
QM_PRIORITY
Control the priority level for the transactions from QM Master port, which access the external
linking RAM.
8.2.3.21 Chip Miscellaneous Control (CHIP_MISC_CTL1) Register
Figure 8-31. Chip Miscellaneous Control Register (CHIP_MISC_CTL1)
31
15
14
13
0
Reserved
IO_TRACE_SEL
Reserved
R- 0000 0000 00000000
RW-0
RW-0
Legend: R = Read only; RW = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
166
Device Boot and Configuration
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 8-49. Chip Miscellaneous Control Register (CHIP_MISC_CTL1) Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
31-15
Reserved
Reserved.
14
IO_TRACE_SEL
This bit controls the pin muxing of GPIO[31:17] and EMU[33:19] pin
•
0 = GPIO[31:17] is selected
•
1 = EMU[33:19] pins is selected
13-0
Reserved
8.2.3.22 System Endian Status Register (SYSENDSTAT)
This register provides a way for reading the system endianness in an endian-neutral way. A zero value
indicates big endian and a non-zero value indicates little endian. The SYSENDSTAT register captures the
LENDIAN bootmode pin and is used by the BOOTROM to guide the bootflow. The value is latched on the
rising edge of POR or RESETFULL .
Figure 8-32. System Endian Status Register
31
1
0
Reserved
SYSENDSTAT
R-0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 000
R-0
Legend: RW = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 8-50. System Endian Status Register Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
31-1
Reserved
Reserved
0
SYSENDSTAT
Reflects the same value as the LENDIAN bit in the DEVSTAT register.
•
0 - SoC is in Big Endian
•
1 - SoC is in Little Endian
8.2.3.23 SYNECLK_PINCTL Register
This register controls the routing of recovered clock signals from any Ethernet port (SGMII/XFI of the
multiport switches) to the clock output TSRXCLKOUT0/TSRXCLKOUT1.
Figure 8-33. SYNECLK_PINCTL Register
31
7
6
4
Reserved
TSRXCLKOUT1SEL
R-0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0
RW-0
3
2
Reserved
0
TSRXCLKOUT0SEL
RW-0
Legend: RW = Read/Write; - n = value after reset
Table 8-51. SYNECLK_PINCTL Register Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
31-7
Reserved
Reserved
6-4
TSRXCLKOUT1SEL •
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
3
Reserved
000 - SGMII Lane 0 rxbclk
001 - SGMII Lane 1 rxbclk
010 - SGMII Lane 2 rxbclk
011 - SGMII Lane 3 rxbclk
100 - XFI Lane 0 rxbclk
101 - XFI Lane 1 rxbclk
110 - XFI Lane 2 rxbclk
111 - XFI Lane 3 rxbclk
Reserved
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Device Boot and Configuration
167
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 8-51. SYNECLK_PINCTL Register Descriptions (continued)
Bit
Field
2-0
TSRXCLKOUT0SEL •
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Description
000 - SGMII Lane 0 rxbclk
001 - SGMII Lane 1 rxbclk
010 - SGMII Lane 2 rxbclk
011 - SGMII Lane 3 rxbclk
100 - XFI Lane 0 rxbclk
101 - XFI Lane 1 rxbclk
110 - XFI Lane 2 rxbclk
111 - XFI Lane 3 rxbclk
8.2.3.24 USB PHY Control (USB_PHY_CTLx) Registers
The following registers control the USB PHY.
Figure 8-34. USB_PHY_CTL0 Register
31
12
11
Reserved
PHY_RTUNE_ACK
R-0
10
9
8
PHY_RTUNE_REQ
Reserved
R/W-0
R-0
R-0
7
6
5
PHY_TC_VATESTENB
PHY_TC_TEST_POWERDOWN
_SSP
PHY_TC_TEST_POWERDOWN
_HSP
R/W-00
R/W-0
R/W-0
4
3
2
1
0
PHY_TC_LOOPBACKENB
Reserved
UTMI_VBAUSVLDEXT
UTMI_TXBITSTUFFENH
UTMI_TXBITSTUFFEN
R/W-0
R-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
Legend: R = Read only; W = Write only; -n = value after reset
Table 8-52. USB_PHY_CTL0 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
31-12
Reserved
Reserved
11
PHY_RTUNE_ACK
The PHY uses an external resistor to calibrate the termination impedances of the PHY's highspeed inputs and outputs.
The resistor is shared between the USB2.0 high-speed outputs and the Super-speed I/O. Each
time the PHY is taken out of a reset, a termination calibration is performed. For SS link, the
calibration can also be requested externally by asserting the PHY_RTUNE_REQ. When the
calibration is complete, the PHY_RTUNE_ACK transitions low.
A resistor calibration on the SS link cannot be performed while the link is operational
10
PHY_RTUNE_REQ
See PHY_RTUNE_ACK.
9
Reserved
Reserved
8-7
PHY_TC_VATESTENB
Analog Test Pin Select.
Enables analog test voltages to be placed on the ID pin.
•
11 = Invalid setting.
•
10 = Invalid setting.
•
01 = Analog test voltages can be viewed or applied on ID.
•
00 = Analog test voltages cannot be viewed or applied on ID.
6
PHY_TC_TEST_POWERDOWN
_SSP
SS Function Circuits Power-Down Control.
5
PHY_TC_TEST_POWERDOWN
_HSP
HS Function Circuits Power-Down Control
168
Device Boot and Configuration
Powers down all SS function circuitry in the PHY for IDDQ testing.
Powers down all HS function circuitry in the PHY for IDDQ testing.
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 8-52. USB_PHY_CTL0 Register Field Descriptions (continued)
Bit
Field
Description
4
PHY_TC_LOOPBACKENB
Loop-back Test Enable
Places the USB3.0 PHY in HS Loop-back mode, which concurrently enables the HS receive
and transmit logic.
•
1 = During HS data transmission, the HS receive logic is enabled.
•
0 = During HS data transmission, the HS receive logic is disabled.
3
Reserved
•
2
UTMI_VBAUSVLDEXT
External VBUS Valid Indicator
Reserved
Function: Valid in Device mode and only when the VBUSVLDEXTSEL signal is set to 1'b1.
VBUSVLDEXT indicates whether the VBUS signal on the USB cable is valid. In addition,
VBUSVLDEXT enables the pull-up resistor on the D+ line.
•
1 = VBUS signal is valid, and the pull-up resistor on D+ is enabled.
•
0 = VBUS signal is not valid, and the pull-up resistor on D+ is disabled.
1
UTMI_TXBITSTUFFENH
High-byte Transmit Bit-Stuffing Enable
Function: controls bit stuffing on DATAINH[7:0] when OPMODE[1:0]=11b.
•
1 = Bit stuffing is enabled.
•
0 = Bit stuffing is disabled.
0
UTMI_TXBITSTUFFEN
Low-byte Transmit Bit-Stuffing Enable
Function: controls bit stuffing on DATAIN[7:0] when OPMODE[1:0]=11b.
•
1 = Bit stuffing is enabled.
•
0 = Bit stuffing is disabled.
Figure 8-35. USB_PHY_CTL1 Register
31
6
5
Reserved
PIPE_REF_CLKREQ_N
R-0
R-0
4
3
2
1
0
PIPE_TX2RX_LOOPBK
PIPE_EXT_PCLK_REQ
PIPE_ALT_CLK_SEL
PIPE_ALT_CLK_REQ
PIPE_ALT_CLK_EN
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R-0
R/W-0
Legend: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write, -n = value after reset
Table 8-53. USB_PHY_CTL1 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
31-6
Reserved
Reserved
5
PIPE_REF_CLKREQ_N
Reference Clock Removal Acknowledge.
When the pipeP_power-down control into the PHY turns off the MPLL in the P3 state,
PIPE_REF_CLKREQ_N is asserted after the PLL is stable and the reference clock can be
removed.
4
PIPE_TX2RX_LOOPBK
Loop-back.
When this signal is asserted, data from the transmit predriver is looped back to the receiver
slicers. LOS is bypassed and based on the tx_en input so that rx_los=!tx_data_en.
3
PIPE_EXT_PCLK_REQ
External PIPE Clock Enable Request.
When asserted, this signal enables the pipeP_pclk output regardless of power state (along
with the associated increase in power consumption).
2
PIPE_ALT_CLK_SEL
Alternate Clock Source Select.
Selects the alternate clock sources instead of the internal MPLL outputs for the PCS clocks.
•
1 = Uses alternate clocks.
•
0 = Users internal MPLL clocks.
Change only during a reset.
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Device Boot and Configuration
169
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 8-53. USB_PHY_CTL1 Register Field Descriptions (continued)
Bit
Field
Description
1
PIPE_ALT_CLK_REQ
Alternate Clock Source Request.
Indicates that the alternate clocks are needed by the slave PCS (that is, to boot the master
MPLL). Connect to the alt_clk_en on the master.
0
PIPE_ALT_CLK_EN
Alternate Clock Enable.
Enables the ref_pcs_clk and ref_pipe_pclk output clocks (if necessary, powers up the MPLL).
Figure 8-36. USB_PHY_CTL2 Register
31
30
29
Reserved
27
R-0
23
19
PHY_PC_TXRESTUNE
16
15
PHY_PC_TXPREEMPAMPTUNE
R/W-0
9
R/W-01
17
PHY_PC_
TXPREEMPPULSETUNE
10
21
PHY_PC_TXRISETUNE
R/W-1000
18
R/W-01
22
PHY_PC_TXVREFTUNE
R/W-101
20
13
26
PHY_PC_LOS_BIAS
R/W-00
7
6
14
PHY_PC_
TXHSXVTUNE
R/W-11
4
3
2
0
PHY_PC_TXFSLSTUNE
PHY_PC_SQRXTUNE
PHY_PC_OTGTUNE
Reserved
PHY_PC_
COMPDISTUNE
R/W-0011
R/W-011
R/W-100
R-0
R/W-100
Legend: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write, -n = value after reset
Table 8-54. USB_PHY_CTL2 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
31-30
Reserved
Reserved
29-27
PHY_PC_LOS_BIAS
Loss-of-Signal Detector Threshold Level Control.
Sets the LOS detection threshold level.
•
+1 = results in a +15 mVp incremental change in the LOS threshold.
•
-1 = results in a -15 mVp incremental change in the LOS threshold.
Note: the 000b setting is reserved and must not be used.
26-23
PHY_PC_TXVREFTUNE
HS DC Voltage Level Adjustment.
Adjusts the high-speed DC level voltage.
•
+1 = results in a +1.25% incremental change in high-speed DC voltage level.
•
-1 = results in a -1.25% incremental change in high-speed DC voltage level.
22-21
PHY_PC_TXRISETUNE
HS Transmitter Rise/Fall TIme Adjustment.
Adjusts the rise/fall times of the high-speed waveform.
•
+1 = results in a -4% incremental change in the HS rise/fall time.
•
-1 = results in a +4% incremental change in the HS rise/fall time.
20-19
PHY_PC_TXRESTUNE
USB Source Impedance Adjustment.
Some applications require additional devices to be added on the USB, such as a series
switch, which can add significant series resistance. This bus adjusts the driver source
impedance to compensate for added series resistance on the USB.
18
170
PHY_PC_
TXPREEMPPULSETUNE
Device Boot and Configuration
HS Transmitter Pre-Emphasis Duration Control.
Controls the duration for which the HS pre-emphasis current is sourced onto DP or DM. It is
defined in terms of unit amounts. One unit of pre-emphasis duration is approximately 580 ps
and is defined as 1x pre-emphasis duration. This signal valid only if either
txpreempamptune[1] or txpreempamptune[0] is set to 1.
•
1 = 1x, short pre-emphasis current duration.
•
0 = 2x, long pre-emphasis current duration.
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 8-54. USB_PHY_CTL2 Register Field Descriptions (continued)
Bit
Field
17-16
PHY_PC_TXPREEMPAMPTUNE HS Transmitter Pre-Emphasis Current Control.
Description
Controls the amount of current sourced to DP and DM after a J-to-K or K-to-J transition.
The HS Transmitter pre-emphasis current is defined in terms of unit amounts. One unit
amount is approximately 600 µ;A and is defined as 1x pre-emphasis current.
•
11 = 3x pre-emphasis current.
•
10 = 2x pre-emphasis current.
•
01 = 1x pre-emphasis current.
•
00 = HS Transmitter pre-emphasis is disabled.
15-14
PHY_PC_TXHSXVTUNE
Transmitter High-Speed Crossover Adjustment.
Adjusts the voltage at which the DP and DM signals cross while transmitting in HS mode.
•
11 = Default setting.
•
10 = +15 mV
•
01 = -15 mV
•
00 = Reserved
13-10
PHY_PC_TXFSLSTUNE
FS/LS Source Impedance Adjustment.
Adjusts the low- and full-speed single-ended source impedance while driving high.
This parameter control is encoded in thermometer code.
•
+1 = results in a -2.5% incremental change in threshold voltage level.
•
-1 = results in a +2.5% incremental change in threshold voltage level.
Any non-thermometer code setting (that is 1001) is not supported and reserved.
9-7
PHY_PC_SQRXTUNE
Squelch Threshold Adjustment.
Adjusts the voltage level for the threshold used to detect valid high-speed data.
•
+1 = results in a -5% incremental change in threshold voltage level.
•
-1 = results in a +5% incremental change in threshold voltage level.
6-4
PHY_PC_OTGTUNE
VBUS Valid Threshold Adjustment.
Adjusts the voltage level for the VBUS valid threshold.
•
+1 = results in a +1.5% incremental change in threshold voltage level.
•
-1 = results in a -1.5% incremental change in threshold voltage level.
3
Reserved
Reserved
2-0
PHY_PC_COMPDISTUNE
Disconnect Threshold Adjustment.
Adjusts the voltage level for the threshold used to detect a disconnect event at the host.
•
+1 = results in a +1.5% incremental change in the threshold voltage level.
•
-1 = results in a -1.5% incremental change in the threshold voltage level.
Figure 8-37. USB_PHY_CTL3 Register
31
30
Reserved
29
23
PHY_PC_PCS_TX_SWING_FULL
R-0
22
17
R/W-1111000
16
11
10
5
4
0
PHY_PC_PCS_TX_DEEMPH_6DB
Reserved
PHY_PC_PCS_TX_DEEMPH_3P5DB
PHY_PC_LOS_LEVEL
R/W-100000
R-0
R/W-010101
R/W-01001
Legend: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write, -n = value after reset
Table 8-55. USB_PHY_CTL3 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
31-30
Reserved
Reserved
29-23
PHY_PC_PCS_TX_SWING_
FULL
Tx Amplitude (Full Swing Mode).
Sets the launch amplitude of the transmitter. It can be used to tune Rx eye for compliance.
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Device Boot and Configuration
171
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 8-55. USB_PHY_CTL3 Register Field Descriptions (continued)
Bit
Field
Description
22-17
PHY_PC_PCS_TX_DEEMPH_
6DB
Tx De-Emphasis at 6 dB.
16-11
Reserved
Reserved
10-5
PHY_PC_PCS_TX_DEEMPH_
3P5DB
Tx De-Emphasis at 3.5 dB.
PHY_PC_LOS_LEVEL
Loss-of-Signal Detector Sensitivity Level Control.
4-0
Sets the Tx driver de-emphasis value when pipeP_tx_deemph[1:0] is set to 10b (according to
the PIPE3 specification). This bus is provided for completeness and as a second potential
launch amplitude.
Sets the Tx driver de-emphasis value when pipeP_tx_deemph[1:0] is set to 10b (according to
the PIPE3 specification). Can be used for Rx eye compliance.
Sets the LOS detection threshold level. This signal must be set to 0x9.
Figure 8-38. USB_PHY_CTL4 Register
31
30
29
28
PHY_SSC_EN
PHY_REF_USE_PAD
PHY_REF_SSP_EN
PHY_MPLL_REFSSC_CLK_EN
R/W-1
R/W-0
R/W-0
27
22
21
20
R/W-0
19
PHY_REFCLKSEL
18
17
PHY_COMMONONN
Reserved
PHY_FSEL
PHY_RETENABLEN
R/W-100111
R/W-1
16
15
PHY_OTG_VBUSVLDEXTSEL
PHY_OTG_
OTGDISABLE
PHY_PC_TX_VBOOST
_LVL
PHY_PC_LANE0_TX_TERM_
OFFSET
Reserved
R/W-0
R/W-1
R/W-100
R/W-00000
R-0
R/W-10
14
R/W-0
12
11
R-0
7
6
0
Legend: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write, -n = value after reset
Table 8-56. USB_PHY_CTL4 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
31
PHY_SSC_EN
Spread Spectrum Enable.
Enables spread spectrum clock production (0.5% down-spread at ~31.5 KHz) in the USB3.0
PHY. If the reference clock already has spread spectrum applied, ssc_en must be de-asserted.
30
PHY_REF_USE_PAD
Select Reference Clock Connected to ref_pad_clk_{p,m}.
When asserted, selects the external ref_pad_clk_{p,m} inputs as the reference clock source.
When de-asserted, ref_alt_clk_{p,m} are selected for an on-chip reference clock source.
29
PHY_REF_SSP_EN
Reference Clock Enables for SS function.
Enables the reference clock to the prescaler. The ref_ssp_en signal must remain de asserted
until the reference clock is running at the appropriate frequency, at which point ref_ssp_en can
be asserted. For lower power states, ref_ssp_en can also be de asserted.
28
PHY_MPLL_REFSSC_CLK_EN
Double-Word Clock Enable.
Enables/disables the mpll_refssc_clk signal. To prevent clock glitch, it must be changed when
the PHY is inactive.
27-22
PHY_FSEL
Frequency Selection.
Selects the reference clock frequency used for both SS and HS operations. The value for fsel
combined with the other clock and enable signals will determine the clock frequency used for
SS and HS operations and if a shared or separate reference clock will be used.
21
PHY_RETENABLEN
Lowered Digital Supply Indicator.
Indicates that the vp digital power supply has been lowered in Suspend mode. This signal
must be de-asserted before the digital power supply is lowered.
•
1 = Normal operating mode.
•
0 = The analog blocks are powered down.
172
Device Boot and Configuration
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 8-56. USB_PHY_CTL4 Register Field Descriptions (continued)
Bit
Field
Description
20-19
PHY_REFCLKSEL
Reference Clock Select for PLL Block.
Selects reference clock source for the HS PLL block.
•
11 = HS PLL uses EXTREFCLK as reference.
•
10 = HS PLL uses either ref_pad_clk_{p,m} or ref_alt_clk_{p,m} as reference.
•
x0 = Reserved.
18
PHY_COMMONONN
Common Block Power-Down Control.
Controls the power-down signals in the HS Bias and PLL blocks when the USB3.0 PHY is in
Suspend or Sleep mode.
•
1 = In Suspend or Sleep mode, the HS Bias and PLL blocks are powered down.
•
0 = In Suspend or Sleep mode, the HS Bias and PLL blocks remain powered and continue
to draw current.
17
Reserved
Reserved
16
PHY_OTG_VBUSVLDEXTSEL
External VBUS Valid Select.
Selects the VBUSVLDEXT input or the internal Session Valid comparator to indicate when the
VBUS signal on the USB cable is valid.
•
1 = VBUSVLDEXT input is used.
•
0 = Internal Session Valid comparator is used.
15
PHY_OTG_OTGDISABLE
OTG Block Disable.
Powers down the OTG block, which disables the VBUS Valid and Session End comparators.
The Session Valid comparator (the output of which is used to enable the pull-up resistor on DP
in Device mode) is always on irrespective of the state of otgdisable. If the application does not
use the OTG function, setting this signal to high to save power.
•
1 = OTG block is powered down.
•
0 = OTG block is powered up.
14-12
PHY_PC_TX_VBOOST_LVL
Tx Voltage Boost Level.
Sets the boosted transmit launch amplitude (mVppd).
The default setting is intended to set the launch amplitude to approximately 1,008mVppd.
•
+1 = results in a +156 mVppd change in the Tx launch amplitude.
•
-1 = results in a -156 mVppd change in the Tx launch amplitude.
11-7
6-0
PHY_PC_LANE0_TX_TERM_
OFFSET
Transmitter Termination Offset.
Reserved
Reserved
Enables adjusting the transmitter termination value from the default value of 60 Ω.
Figure 8-39. USB_PHY_CTL5 Register
31
21
20
Reserved
19
PHY_REF_CLKDIV2
R-0
13
PHY_MPLL_MULTIPLIER[6:0]
R/W-0
12
4
R/W +0011001
3
2
0
PHY_SSC_REF_CLK_SEL
Reserved
PHY_SSC_RANGE
R/W-000000000
R-0
R/W-000
Legend: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write, -n = value after reset
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Device Boot and Configuration
173
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 8-57. USB_PHY_CTL5 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
31-21
Reserved
Reserved
20
PHY_REF_CLKDIV2
Input Reference Clock Divider Control.
If the input reference clock frequency is greater than 100 MHz, this signal must be asserted.
The reference clock frequency is then divided by 2 to keep it in the range required by the
MPLL.
When this input is asserted, the ref_ana_usb2_clk (if used) frequency will be the reference
clock frequency divided by 4.
19-13
PHY_MPLL_MULTIPLIER[6:0]
12-4
PHY_SSC_REF_CLK_SEL
MPLL Frequency Multiplier Control.
Multiplies the reference clock to a frequency suitable for intended operating speed.
Spread Spectrum Reference Clock Shifting.
Enables non-standard oscillator frequencies to generate targeted MPLL output rates. Input
corresponds to frequency-synthesis coefficient.
•
. ssc_ref_clk_sel[8:6] = modulous - 1
•
. ssc_ref_clk_sel[5:0] = 2's complement push amount.
3
Reserved
Reserved
2-0
PHY_SSC_RANGE
Spread Spectrum Clock Range.
Selects the range of spread spectrum modulation when ssc_en is asserted and the PHY is
spreading the high-speed transmit clocks. Applies a fixed offset to the phase accumulator.
174
Device Boot and Configuration
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
9 Device Operating Conditions
9.1
Absolute Maximum Ratings (1)
Over Operating Case Temperature Range (Unless Otherwise Noted)
CVDD
-0.3 V to 1.3 V
CVDD1
-0.3 V to 1.3 V
DVDD15
-0.3 V to 1.98 V
DVDD18
DDR3VREFSSTL
VDDAHV
-0.3 V to 1.98 V
VDDALV
-0.3 V to 0.935 V
USB0DVDD33, USB0DVDD33
Supply voltage range (2):
-0.3 V to 2.45 V
0.49 × DVDD15 to 0.51 × DVDD15
-0.3V to 3.63 V
VDDUSB0, VDDUSB1
-0.3V to 0.935 V
USB0VP, USB1VP
-0.3V to 0.935 V
USB0VPH, USB1VPH
-0.3V to 3.63 V
USB0VPTX, USB1VPTX
-0.3V to 0.935 V
AVDDA1, AVDDA2, AVDDA3
-0.3 V to 1.98 V
AVDDA6, AVDDA7
-0.3 V to 1.98 V
AVDDA8, AVDDA9, AVDDA10
VSS Ground
LVCMOS (1.8 V)
DDR3
I2C
Input voltage (VI) range (3):
LJCB
-0.3 V to 1.3 V
DDR3
2
I C
SerDes
Commercial
Extended
HBM (human body model) (5)
ESD stress voltage, VESD (4)
-0.3 V to 2.45 V
-0.3 V to DVDD18+0.3 V
LVCMOS (1.8 V)
Operating case temperature range, TC:
-0.3 V to 1.98 V
LVDS
SerDes
Output voltage (VO) range (3):
0V
-0.3 V to DVDD18+0.3 V
-0.3 V to VDDAHV1+0.3 V
-0.3 V to DVDD18+0.3 V
-0.3 V to 1.98 V
-0.3 V to 2.45 V
-0.3 V to VDDAHV+0.3 V
0°C to 85°C
-40°C to 100°C
±1000 V
CDM (charged device model) (6)
±250 V
LVCMOS (1.8 V)
Overshoot/undershoot (7)
DDR3
2
20% overshoot/undershoot for 20% of
signal duty cycle
I C
Storage temperature range, Tstg:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
-65°C to 150°C
Stresses beyond those listed under absolute maximum ratings may cause permanent damage to the device. These are stress ratings
only, and functional operation of the device at these or any other conditions beyond those indicated under recommended operating
conditions is not implied. Exposure to absolute-maximum-rated conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability.
All voltage values are with respect to VSS.
For USB High-Speed, Full-Speed, and Low -Speed modes, USB I/Os adhere to Universal Serial Bus, revision 2.0 standard. For USB
Super-Speed mode, USB I/Os adhere to Universal Serial Bus, revision 3.1 specification, revision 1.0 standard.
Electrostatic discharge (ESD) to measure device sensitivity/immunity to damage caused by electrostatic discharges into the device.
Level listed above is the passing level per ANSI/ESDA/JEDEC JS-001-2010. JEDEC document JEP155 states that 500 V HBM allows
safe manufacturing with a standard ESD control process, and manufacturing with less than 500 V HBM is possible if necessary
precautions are taken. Pins listed as 1000 V may actually have higher performance.
Level listed above is the passing level per EIA-JEDEC JESD22-C101E. JEDEC document JEP157 states that 250 V CDM allows safe
manufacturing with a standard ESD control process. Pins listed as 250 V may actually have higher performance.
Overshoot/Undershoot percentage relative to I/O operating values - for example the maximum overshoot value for 1.8 V LVCMOS
signals is DVDD18 + 0.20 × DVDD18 and maximum undershoot value would be VSS - 0.20 × DVDD18
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Device Operating Conditions
175
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Recommended Operating Conditions (1) (2)
9.2
Initial (3)
MIN
NOM
MAX
UNIT
1.0
1.05
1.10
V
SRVnom*0.95 (4)
SRVnom
SRVnom*1.05
CVDD
SR core supply
CVDD1
Core supply
0.95
1.0
1.05
V
DVDD18
1.8-V supply I/O voltage
1.71
1.8
1.89
V
DDR3
1.425
1.5
1.575
V
DDR3L @ 1.5 V
1.425
1.5
1.575
1250MHz and
1400MHz Device
V
DVDD15
DDR3 I/O voltage
1.283
1.35
1.45
DDR3VREFSSTL
DDR3 reference voltage
0.49 × DVDD15
0.5 × DVDD15
0.51 × DVDD15
V
VDDAHV
SerDes regulator supply
1.71
1.8
1.89
V
VDDALH
SerDes termination supply
0.807
0.85
0.892
V
AVDDx (5)
PLL analog, DDR DLL supply
1.71
1.8
1.89
V
USB0VP, USB1VP
0.85-V USB PHY supply
0.807
0.85
0.892
V
USB0VPH,
USB1VPH
3.3-V USB
3.135
3.3
3.465
V
USB0VPTX,
USB1VPTX
USBPHY Transmit supply
0.807
0.85
0.892
V
VDDUSB0,
VDDUSB1
USB PHY supply
0.807
0.85
0.892
V
USB0DVDD33,
USB1DVDD33
USB 3.3-V high supply
3.135
3.3
3.465
V
VSS
Ground
0
0
0
V
DDR3L @ 1.35 V
LVCMOS (1.8 V)
VIH (6)
High-level input voltage
I2C
DDR3 EMIF
0.65 × DVDD18
V
0.7 × DVDD18
V
VREFSSTL + 0.1
V
LVCMOS (1.8 V)
VIL
(6)
Low-level input voltage
DDR3 EMIF
0.35 × DVDD18
V
VREFSSTL - 0.1
V
0.3 × DVDD18
V
0
85
°C
-40
100
°C
-0.3
2
IC
TC
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
176
Operating case temperature
Commercial
Extended
All differential clock inputs comply with the LVDS Electrical Specification, IEEE 1596.3-1996 and all SerDes I/Os comply with the XAUI
Electrical Specification, IEEE 802.3ae-2002.
All SerDes I/Os comply with the XAUI Electrical Specification, IEEE 802.3ae-2002.
Users are required to program their board CVDD supply initial value to 1.0 V on the device. The initial CVDD voltage at power-on will be
1.0V nominal and it must transition to VID set value, immediately after being presented on the VCNTL pins. This is required to maintain
full power functionality and reliability targets guaranteed by TI.
SRVnom refers to the unique SmartReflex core supply voltage that has a potential range of 0.8 V and 1.1 V which preset from the
factory for each individual device. Your device may never be programmed to operate at the upper range but has been designed
accordingly should it be determined to be acceptable or necessary. Power supplies intended to support the variable SRV function shall
be capable of providing a 0.8V-1.1V dynamic range using a 4- or 6-bit binary input value which as provided by the SOC SmartReflex
output.
Where x=1,2,3,4... to indicate all supplies of the same kind.
For USB High-Speed, Full-Speed, and Low -Speed modes, USB I/Os adhere to Universal Serial Bus, revision 2.0 standard. For USB
Super-Speed mode, USB I/Os adhere to Universal Serial Bus, revision 3.1 specification, revision 1.0 standard.
Device Operating Conditions
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
9.3
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Electrical Characteristics
Over Recommended Ranges of Supply Voltage and Operating Case Temperature (Unless Otherwise Noted)
TEST
CONDITIONS (1)
PARAMETER
LVCMOS (1.8 V)
VOH (2) High-level output voltage
IO = IOH
DDR3
MIN
DVDD15 - 0.4
Low-level output voltage
V
IO = IOL
0.45
DDR3
0.4
IO = 3 mA, pulled up
to 1.8 V
I2C
No IPD/IPU
LVCMOS (1.8 V)
II (4)
Input current [DC]
Internal pullup
Internal pulldown
0.1 × DVDD18 V < VI
< 0.9 × DVDD18 V
I2C
IOH
-10
10
50
100
170
-170
-100
-50
-10
10
DDR3
-8
I2C (5)
8
I C
-10
10
DDR3
-10
10
-10
10
I C
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
mA
3
LVCMOS (1.8 V)
2
(1)
(2)
mA
6
2
Off-state output current [DC]
µA
(5)
Low-level output current [DC] DDR3
IOZ (6)
µA
-6
LVCMOS (1.8 V)
IOL
V
0.4
LVCMOS (1.8 V)
High-level output current
[DC]
UNIT
(3)
LVCMOS (1.8 V)
VOL
MAX
DVDD18 - 0.45
I2C (3)
(2)
TYP
µA
For test conditions shown as MIN, MAX, or TYP, use the appropriate value specified in the recommended operating conditions table.
For USB High-Speed, Full-Speed, and Low -Speed modes, USB I/Os adhere to Universal Serial Bus, revision 2.0 standard. For USB
Super-Speed mode, USB I/Os adhere to Universal Serial Bus, revision 3.1 specification, revision 1.0 standard.
I2C uses open collector IOs and does not have a VOH Minimum.
II applies to input-only pins and bidirectional pins. For input-only pins, II indicates the input leakage current. For bidirectional pins, II
includes input leakage current and off-state (Hi-Z) output leakage current.
I2C uses open collector IOs and does not have a IOH Maximum.
IOZ applies to output-only pins, indicating off-state (Hi-Z) output leakage current.
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Device Operating Conditions
177
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
9.4
www.ti.com
Power Supply to Peripheral I/O Mapping
Table 9-1. Power Supply to Peripheral I/O Mapping (1) (2)
Over Recommended Ranges of Supply Voltage and Operating Case Temperature (Unless Otherwise Noted)
POWER SUPPLY
I/O BUFFER TYPE
ASSOCIATED PERIPHERAL
CORECLK(P|N) PLL input buffer
DDR3CLK(P|N) PLL input buffer
CVDD
Supply core AVS voltage
LJCB
NETCPCLK(P|N) PLL input buffer
USBCLK(P|M) PLL input buffer
SGMII0CLK(P|N) PLL input buffer
VDDALV
SerDes/CML
SERDES low voltage
PCIECLK(P|N) SerDes Clock Reference
VDDAHV
SerDes IO voltage
SerDes/CML
HYPCLK(P|N) SerDes Clock Reference
XFICLK(P|N) SerDes Clock Reference (3)
DVDD15
DDR3 memory I/O voltage
DDR3 (1.5/1.35 V)
All DDR3 memory controller peripheral I/O buffer
All GPIO peripheral I/O buffer
All JTAG and EMU peripheral I/O buffer
All TIMER peripheral I/O buffer
All SPI peripheral I/O buffer
LVCMOS (1.8 V)
DVDD18
1.8-V supply I/O voltage
All TSIP peripheral I/O buffer
All RESETs, control peripheral I/O buffer
All SmartReflex peripheral I/O buffer
All Hyperlink sideband peripheral I/O buffer
All MDIO peripheral I/O buffer
All UART peripheral I/O buffer
(1)
(2)
(3)
178
Open-drain (1.8 V)
All I2C peripheral I/O buffer
LVDS
TSREFCLK SerDes Clock Reference
Please note that this table does not attempt to describe all functions of all power supply terminals but only those whose purpose it is to
power peripheral I/O buffers and clock input buffers.
Please see the Hardware Design Guide for KeyStone II Devices application report (SPRABV0) for more information about individual
peripheral I/O.
10 GbE supported in AM5K2E04 only.
Device Operating Conditions
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
10 AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
This chapter covers the various peripherals on the AM5K2E0x device. Peripheral-specific information,
timing diagrams, electrical specifications, and register memory maps are described in this chapter.
10.1 Recommended Clock and Control Signal Transition Behavior
All clocks and control signals must transition between VIH and VIL (or between VIL and VIH) in a monotonic
manner.
10.2 Power Supplies
The following sections describe the proper power-supply sequencing and timing needed to properly power
on the AM5K2E0x. The various power supply rails and their primary functions are listed in Table 10-1.
Table 10-1. Power Supply Rails on the AM5K2E0x
NAME
PRIMARY FUNCTION
VOLTAGE
NOTES
AVDDAx
Core PLL, DDR3 DLL supply voltage
1.8 V
Core PLL, DDR3 DLL supply
DVDD15
DDR3 I/O power supply voltage
1.5/1.35 V
DDR3 I/O power supply
DVDD18
1.8-V I/O power supply voltage
1.8 V
1.8-V I/O power supply
USB0DVDD33, USB1DVDD33
USB 3.3-V IO supply
3.3 V
USB high voltage supply
VDDAHV
SerDes I/O power supply voltage
1.8 V
SerDes I/O power supply
VDDALV
SerDes analog power supply voltage
0.85 V
SerDes analog supply
VDDUSB0, VDDUSB1
USB LV PHY power supply voltage
0.85 V
USB LV PHY supply
USB0VP, USB0VPTX, USB0VP,
USB0VPTX
Filtered 0.85-V supply voltage
0.85 V
Filtered 0.85-V USB supply
VSS
Ground
GND
Ground
10.2.1 Power-Up Sequencing
This section defines the requirements for a power-up sequencing from a power-on reset condition. There
are two acceptable power sequences for the device.
The first sequence stipulates the core voltages starting before the IO voltages as shown below.
1. CVDD
2. CVDD1, VDDAHV, AVDDAx, DVDD18
3. DVDD15
4. VDDALV, VDDUSBx, USBxVP, USBxVPTX
5. USBxDVDD33
The second sequence provides compatibility with other TI processors with the IO voltage starting before
the core voltages as shown below.
1. VDDAHV, AVDDAx, DVDD18
2. CVDD
3. CVDD1
4. DVDD15
5. VDDALV, VDDUSBx, USBxVP, USBxVPTX
6. USBxDVDD33
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
179
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
The clock input buffers for CORECLK, DDRCLK, NETCPCLK, and SGMIICLK use CVDD as a supply
voltage. These clock inputs are not failsafe and must be held in a high-impedance state until CVDD is at a
valid voltage level. Driving these clock inputs high before CVDD is valid could cause damage to the
device. Once CVDD is valid, it is acceptable that the P and N legs of these clocks may be held in a static
state (either high and low or low and high) until a valid clock frequency is needed at that input. To avoid
internal oscillation, the clock inputs should be removed from the high impedance state shortly after CVDD
is present.
If a clock input is not used, it must be held in a static state. To accomplish this, the N leg should be pulled
to ground through a 1-kΩ resistor. The P leg should be tied to CVDD to ensure it will not have any voltage
present until CVDD is active. Connections to the IO cells powered by DVDD18 and DVDD15 are not
failsafe and should not be driven high before these voltages are active. Driving these IO cells high before
DVDD18 or DVDD15 are valid could cause damage to the device.
The device initialization is divided into two phases. The first phase consists of the time period from the
activation of the first power supply until the point at which all supplies are active and at a valid voltage
level. Either of the sequencing scenarios described above can be implemented during this phase. The
figures below show both the core-before-IO voltage sequence and the IO-before-core voltage sequence.
POR must be held low for the entire power stabilization phase.
This is followed by the device initialization phase. The rising edge of POR followed by the rising edge of
RESETFULL triggers the end of the initialization phase, but both must be inactive for the initialization to
complete. POR must always go inactive before RESETFULL goes inactive as described below. SYSCLK1
in the following section refers to the clock that is used by the CorePacs. See Figure 10-7 for more details.
10.2.1.1 Core-Before-IO Power Sequencing
The details of the Core-before-IO power sequencing are defined in Table 10-2. Figure 10-1 shows power
sequencing and reset control of the AM5K2E0x. POR may be removed after the power has been stable
for the required 100 µsec. RESETFULL must be held low for a period (see item 9 in Figure 10-1) after the
rising edge of POR, but may be held low for longer periods if necessary. The configuration bits shared
with the GPIO pins will be latched on the rising edge of RESETFULL and must meet the setup and hold
times specified. SYSCLK1 must always be active before POR can be removed.
NOTE
TI recommends a maximum of 80 ms between one power rail being valid and the next power
rail in the sequence starting to ramp.
Table 10-2. Core-Before-IO Power Sequencing
ITEM
SYSTEM STATE
1
Begin Power Stabilization Phase
•
CVDD (core AVS) ramps up.
•
POR must be held low through the power stabilization phase. Because POR is low, all the core logic that has asynchronous
reset (created from POR) is put into the reset state.
•
Each supply must ramp monotonically and must reach a stable valid level in 20 ms or less.
2a
•
•
•
•
180
CVDD1 (core constant) ramps at the same time or within 80 ms of CVDD. Although ramping CVDD1 simultaneously with
CVDD is permitted, the voltage for CVDD1 must never exceed CVDD until after CVDD has reached a valid voltage.
The purpose of ramping up the core supplies close to each other is to reduce crowbar current. CVDD1 should trail CVDD as
this will ensure that the Word Lines (WLs) in the memories are turned off and there is no current through the memory bit
cells. If, however, CVDD1 (core constant) ramps up before CVDD (core AVS), then the worst-case current could be on the
order of twice the specified draw of CVDD1.
Each supply must ramp monotonically and must reach a stable valid level in 20 ms or less.
The timing for CVDD1 is based on CVDD valid. CVDD1 and DVDD18/ADDAVH/AVDDAx may be enabled at the same time
but do not need to ramp simultaneously. CVDD1 may be valid before or after DVDD18/ADDAVH/AVDDAx are valid, as long
as the timing above is met.
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 10-2. Core-Before-IO Power Sequencing (continued)
ITEM
SYSTEM STATE
2b
•
•
•
VDDAHV, AVDDAx and DVDD18 ramp at the same time or shortly following CVDD. DVDD18 must be enabled within 80 ms
of CVDD valid and must ramp monotonically and reach a stable level in 20ms or less. This results in no more than 100
ms from the time when CVDD is valid to the time when DVDD18 is valid.
Each supply must ramp monotonically and must reach a stable valid level in 20 ms or less.
The timing for DVDD18/ADDAVH/AVDDAx is based on CVDD valid. DVDD18/ADDAVH/AVDDAx and CVDD1 may be
enabled at the same time but do not need to ramp simultaneously. DVDD18/ADDAVH/AVDDAx may be valid before or after
CVDD1 is valid, as long as the timing above is met.
2c
•
Once CVDD is valid, the clock drivers can be enabled. Although the clock inputs are not necessary at this time, they should
either be driven with a valid clock or be held in a static state with one leg high and one leg low.
2d
•
The DDRCLK and SYSCLK1 may begin to toggle anytime between when CVDD is at a valid level and the setup time before
POR goes high specified by item 7.
3
•
•
•
•
DVDD15 can ramp up within 80ms of when DVDD18 is valid.
RESETSTAT is driven low once the DVDD18 supply is available.
All LVCMOS input and bidirectional pins must not be driven or pulled high until DVDD18 is present. Driving an input or
bidirectional pin before DVDD18 is valid could cause damage to the device.
Each supply must ramp monotonically and must reach a stable valid level in 20 ms or less.
3a
•
RESET may be driven high any time after DVDD18 is at a valid level. RESET must be high before POR is driven high.
4
•
•
VDDALV, VDDUSBx, USBxVP and USBxVPTX ramp up within 80ms of when DVDD15 is valid.
Each supply must ramp monotonically and must reach a stable valid level in 20 ms or less.
5
•
•
USBxDVDD33 supply is ramped up within 80 ms of when VDDALV, VDDUSBx, USBxVP and USBxVPTX are valid.
Each supply must ramp monotonically and must reach a stable valid level in 20 ms or less.
6
•
POR must continue to remain low for at least 100 μs after all power rails have stabilized.
End power stabilization phase
7
•
Device initialization requires 500 SYSCLK1 periods after the Power Stabilization Phase. The maximum clock period is 33.33
nsec, so a delay of an additional 16 μs is required before a rising edge of POR. The clock must be active during the entire
16 μs.
8
•
RESETFULL must be held low for at least 24 transitions of the SYSCLK1 after POR has stabilized at a high level.
9
•
•
10
•
GPIO configuration bits must be valid for at least 12 transitions of the SYSCLK1 before the rising edge of RESETFULL.
11
•
GPIO configuration bits must be held valid for at least 12 transitions of the SYSCLK1 after the rising edge of RESETFULL.
The rising edge of the RESETFULL will remove the reset to the eFuse farm allowing the scan to begin.
Once device initialization and the eFuse farm scan are complete, the RESETSTAT signal is driven high. This delay will be
10000 to 50000 clock cycles.
End device initialization phase
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
181
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Power Stabilization Phase
Device Initialization Phase
POR
8
RESETFULL
9
Configuration
Inputs
10
11
RESET
2d
1
1
CVDD
2a
CVDD1
2
VDDAHV
AVDDAx
DVDD18
2b
3a
3
3
DVDD15
4
VDDALV
USBxVP
USBxVPTX
4
6
5
5 USBxDVDD33
7
SYSCLK1
2c
DDRCLKOUT
RESETSTAT
Figure 10-1. Core-Before-IO Power Sequencing
182
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
10.2.1.2 IO-Before-Core Power Sequencing
The timing diagram for IO-before-core power sequencing is shown in Figure 10-2 and defined in Table 103.
NOTE
TI recommends a maximum of 100 ms between one power rail being valid, and the next
power rail in the sequence starting to ramp.
Table 10-3. IO-Before-Core Power Sequencing
ITEM
SYSTEM STATE
1
Begin Power Stabilization Phase
•
VDDAHV, AVDDAx and DVDD18 ramp up.
•
POR must be held low through the power stabilization phase. Because POR is low, all the core logic that has asynchronous
reset (created from POR ) is put into the reset state.
•
Each supply must ramp monotonically and must reach a stable valid level in 20 ms or less.
2
•
•
CVDD (core AVS) ramps within 80 ms from the time ADDAHV, AVDDAx and DVDD18 are valid.
Each supply must ramp monotonically and must reach a stable valid level in 20 ms or less.
2a
•
RESET may be driven high any time after DVDD18 is at a valid level. must be high before POR is driven high.
3
•
CVDD1 (core constant) ramp at the same time or within 80 ms following CVDD. Although ramping CVDD1 simultaneously
with CVDD is permitted, the voltage for CVDD1 must never exceed CVDD until after CVDD has reached a valid voltage.
The purpose of ramping up the core supplies close to each other is to reduce crowbar current. CVDD1 should trail CVDD as
this will ensure that the Word Lines (WLs) in the memories are turned off and there is no current through the memory bit
cells. If, however, CVDD1 (core constant) ramp up before CVDD (core AVS), then the worst-case current could be on the
order of twice the specified draw of CVDD1.
Each supply must ramp monotonically and must reach a stable valid level in 20 ms or less.
•
•
3a
•
Once CVDD is valid, the clock drivers can be enabled. Although the clock inputs are not necessary at this time, they should
either be driven with a valid clock or held in a static state.
3b
•
The DDRCLK and SYSCLK1 may begin to toggle anytime between when CVDD is at a valid level and the setup time before
POR goes high specified by item 8.
4
•
•
•
•
DVDD15 can ramp up within 80 ms of when CVDD1 is valid.
RESETSTAT is driven low once the DVDD18 supply is available.
All LVCMOS input and bidirectional pins must not be driven or pulled high until DVDD18 is present. Driving an input or
bidirectional pin before DVDD18 is valid could cause damage to the device.
Each supply must ramp monotonically and must reach a stable valid level in 20 ms or less.
5
•
•
VDDALV, VDDUSBx, USBxVP and USBxVPTX should ramp up within 80 ms of when DVDD15 is valid.
Each supply must ramp monotonically and must reach a stable valid level in 20 ms or less.
6
•
•
USBxDVDD33 supply is ramped up within 80 ms of when VDDALV, VDDUSBx, USBxVP and USBxVPTX are valid.
Each supply must ramp monotonically and must reach a stable valid level in 20 ms or less.
7
•
POR must continue to remain low for at least 100 μs after all power rails have stabilized.
End power stabilization phase
8
•
Device initialization requires 500 SYSCLK1 periods after the Power Stabilization Phase. The maximum clock period is 33.33
nsec, so a delay of an additional 16 μs is required before a rising edge of POR. The clock must be active during the entire
16 μs.
9
•
RESETFULL must be held low for at least 24 transitions of the SYSCLK1 after POR has stabilized at a high level.
10
•
•
11
•
GPIO configuration bits must be valid for at least 12 transitions of the SYSCLK1 before the rising edge of RESETFULL.
12
•
GPIO configuration bits must be held valid for at least 12 transitions of the SYSCLK1 after the rising edge of RESETFULL.
The rising edge of the RESETFULL will remove the reset to the efuse farm allowing the scan to begin.
Once device initialization and the efuse farm scan are complete, the RESETSTAT signal is driven high. This delay will be
10000 to 50000 clock cycles.
End device initialization phase
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
183
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Power Stabilization Phase
Device Initialization Phase
POR
9
RESETFULL
10
Configuration
Inputs
2a
11
12
RESET
1
VDDAHV
AVDDAx
DVDD18
1
3b
2
2
CVDD
3
3
CVDD1
4
4
DVDD15
5
VDDALV
USBxVP
USBxVPTX
5
7
6
6 USBxDVDD33
8
3a
SYSCLK1
DDRCLKOUT
RESETSTAT
Figure 10-2. IO-Before-Core Power Sequencing
184
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
10.2.1.3 Prolonged Resets
Holding the device in POR, RESETFULL, or RESET for long periods of time may affect the long-term
reliability of the part (due to an elevated voltage condition that can stress the part). The device should not
be held in a reset for times exceeding one hour at a time and no more than 5% of the total lifetime for
which the device is powered-up. Exceeding these limits will cause a gradual reduction in the reliability of
the part. This can be avoided by allowing the device to boot and then configuring it to enter a hibernation
state soon after power is applied. This will satisfy the reset requirement while limiting the power
consumption of the device.
10.2.1.4 Clocking During Power Sequencing
Some of the clock inputs are required to be present for the device to initialize correctly, but behavior of
many of the clocks is contingent on the state of the boot configuration pins. Table 10-4 describes the clock
sequencing and the conditions that affect clock operation. Note that all clock drivers should be in a highimpedance state until CVDD is at a valid level and that all clock inputs be either active or in a static state
with one leg pulled to ground and the other connected to CVDD.
Table 10-4. Clock Sequencing
CLOCK
CONDITION
SEQUENCING
DDRCLK
None
Must be present 16 µsec before POR transitions high.
None
CORECLK is used to clock the core PLL. It must be present 16 µsec before POR transitions
high.
NETCPCLKSEL = 0
NETCPCLK is not used and should be tied to a static state.
NETCPCLKSEL = 1
NETCPCLK is used as a source for the NETCP PLL. It must be present before the NETCP
PLL is removed from reset and programmed.
PCIE will be used as a
boot device.
PCIECLK must be present 16 µsec before POR transitions high.
PCIE will be used after
boot.
PCIECLK is used as a source to the PCIE SerDes PLL. It must be present before the PCIe is
removed from reset and programmed.
PCIE will not be used.
PCIECLK is not used and should be tied to a static state.
HyperLink will be used as
a boot device.
HYPLNK0CLK must be present 16 µsec before POR transitions high.
HyperLink will be used
after boot.
HYPLNK0CLK is used as a source to the HyperLink SerDes PLL. It must be present before
the HyperLink is removed from reset and programmed.
HyperLink will not be
used.
HYPLNK0CLK is not used and should be tied to a static state.
CORECLK
NETCPCLK
PCIECLK
HYPLNK0CLK
10.2.2 Power-Down Sequence
The power down sequence is the exact reverse of the power-up sequence described above. The goal is to
prevent an excessive amount of static current and to prevent overstress of the device. A power-good
circuit that monitors all the supplies for the device should be used in all designs. If a catastrophic power
supply failure occurs on any voltage rail, POR should transition to low to prevent over-current conditions
that could possibly impact device reliability.
A system power monitoring solution is needed to shut down power to the board if a power supply fails.
Long-term exposure to an environment in which one of the power supply voltages is no longer present will
affect the reliability of the device. Holding the device in reset is not an acceptable solution because
prolonged periods of time with an active reset can affect long term reliability.
10.2.3 Power Supply Decoupling and Bulk Capacitor
To properly decouple the supply planes on the PCB from system noise, decoupling and bulk capacitors
are required. Bulk capacitors are used to minimize the effects of low-frequency current transients and
decoupling or bypass capacitors are used to minimize higher frequency noise. For recommendations on
selection of power supply decoupling and bulk capacitors see the Hardware Design Guide for KeyStone II
Devices application report (SPRABV0).
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
185
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
10.2.4 SmartReflex
Increasing the device complexity increases its power consumption. With higher clock rates and increased
performance comes an inevitable penalty: increasing leakage currents. Leakage currents are present in
any powered circuit, independent of clock rates and usage scenarios. This static power consumption is
mainly determined by transistor type and process technology. Higher clock rates also increase dynamic
power, which is the power used when transistors switch. The dynamic power depends mainly on a specific
usage scenario, clock rates, and I/O activity.
Texas Instruments SmartReflex technology is used to decrease both static and dynamic power
consumption while maintaining the device performance. SmartReflex in the
AM5K2E0x device is a feature that allows the core voltage to be optimized based on the process corner of
the device. This requires a voltage regulator for each AM5K2E0x device.
To help maximize performance and minimize power consumption of the device, SmartReflex is required to
be implemented. The voltage selection can be accomplished using 4 VCNTL pins or 6 VCNTL pins
(depending on power supply device being used), which are used to select the output voltage of the core
voltage regulator.
For information on implementation of SmartReflex see the Power Consumption Summary for KeyStone
TCI66x Devices application report (SPRABL4) and the Hardware Design Guide for KeyStone II Devices
application report (SPRABV0).
Table 10-5. SmartReflex 4-Pin 6-bit VID Interface Switching Characteristics
(see Figure 10-3)
NO.
PARAMETER
1
td(VCNTL[4:2]-VCNTL[5])
Delay time - VCNTL[4:2] valid after VCNTL[5] low
2
toh(VCNTL[5]-VCNTL[4:2])
Output hold time - VCNTL[4:2] valid after VCNTL[5]
3
td(VCNTL[4:2]-VCNTL[5])
Delay time - VCNTL[4:2] valid after VCNTL[5] high
4
toh(VCNTL[5]-VCNTL[2:0)
Output hold time - VCNTL[4:2] valid after VCNTL[5] high
(1)
MIN
MAX
UNIT
300.00
ns
0.07
172020C (1)
ms
300.00
ns
0.07
172020C
ms
C = 1/SYSCLK1 frequency, in ms (see Figure 10-9)
4
VCNTL[5]
1
3
VCNTL[4:2]
LSB VID[2:0]
MSB VID[5:3]
2
Figure 10-3. SmartReflex 4-Pin 6-Bit VID Interface Timing
10.2.5 Monitor Points
Two pairs of monitor points for the CVDD voltage level are provided. Both CVDDCMON and CVDDTMON
are connected directly to the CVDD supply plane on the die itself. VSSCMON and VSSTMON are
connected to the ground plane on the die. These pairs provide the best measurement points for the
voltage at the silicon. They also provide the best point to connect the remote sense lines for the CVDD
power supply. The use of a power supply with a differential remote sense input is highly desirable. The
positive remote sense line should be connected to CVDDCMON and the negative remote sense line
should be connected to VSSCMON. CVDDTMON and VSSTMON can be used as an alternative but
always use either the CMON pair or the TMON pair. If the power supply remote sense is not differential
CVDDCMON or CVDDTMON can be connected to the sense line.
186
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
10.3 Power Sleep Controller (PSC)
The Power Sleep Controller (PSC) includes a Global Power Sleep Controller (GPSC) and a number of
Local Power Sleep Controllers (LPSC) that control overall device power by turning off unused power
domains and gating off clocks to individual peripherals and modules. The PSC provides the user with an
interface to control several important power and clock operations.
For information on the Power Sleep Controller, see the KeyStone Architecture Power Sleep Controller
(PSC) User's Guide (SPRUGV4).
10.3.1 Power Domains
The device has several power domains that can be turned on for operation or off to minimize power
dissipation. The Global Power Sleep Controller (GPSC) is used to control the power gating of various
power domains.
The following table shows the AM5K2E0x power domains.
Table 10-6. AM66K2Ex Power Domains
DOMAI
N
BLOCK(S)
NOTE
POWER CONNECTION
0
Most peripheral logic (BOOTCFG,
EMIF16, I2C, INTC, GPIO, USB)
Cannot be disabled
Always on
1
Per-core TETB and system TETB
RAMs can be powered down
Software control
2
Network Coprocessor
Logic can be powered down
Software control
3
PCIe0
Logic can be powered down
Software control
4
Reserved
5
HyperLink
Logic can be powered down
Software control
6
SmartReflex
Cannot be disabled
Always on
7
MSMC RAM
MSMC RAM can be powered down
Software control
8
Reserved
9
Reserved
10
Reserved
11
Reserved
12
Reserved
13
Reserved
14
Reserved
15
Reserved
16
EMIF(DDR3)
Logic can be powered down
Software control
17
Reserved
18
PCIe1
Logic can be powered down
Software control
19
Reserved
20
Reserved
21
Reserved
22
Reserved
23
Reserved
24
Reserved
25
Reserved
26
Reserved
27
Reserved
28
Reserved
29
10GbE
Logic can be powered down
Software control
30
ARM Smart Reflex
Logic can be powered down
Software control
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
187
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 10-6. AM66K2Ex Power Domains (continued)
DOMAI
N
BLOCK(S)
NOTE
POWER CONNECTION
31
ARM CorePac
Logic can be powered down
Software control
10.3.2 Clock Domains
Clock gating to each logic block is managed by the Local Power Sleep Controllers (LPSCs) of each
module. For modules with a dedicated clock or multiple clocks, the LPSC communicates with the PLL
controller to enable and disable that module's clock(s) at the source. For modules that share a clock with
other modules, the LPSC controls the clock gating logic for each module.
Table 10-7 shows the AM5K2E0x clock domains.
Table 10-7. Clock Domains
LPSC NUMBER
MODULE(S)
NOTES
0
Shared LPSC for all peripherals other than those listed in this table
Always on
1
USB_1
2
USB_0
Software control
3
EMIF16 and SPI
Software control
4
TSIP
Software control
5
Debug subsystem and tracers
Software control
6
Reserved
Always on
7
Packet Accelerator
Software control
8
Ethernet SGMIIs
Software control
9
Security Accelerator
Software control
10
PCIe_0
Software control
11
Reserved
12
HyperLink
Software control
13
SmartReflex
Always on
14
MSMC RAM
Software control
15
Reserved
16
Reserved
17
Reserved
18
Reserved
19
Reserved
20
Reserved
21
Reserved
22
Reserved
23
DDR3 EMIF
24
Reserved
25
Reserved
Reserved
26
Reserved
Reserved
27
PCIe_1
Reserved
28
Reserved
Reserved
29
Reserved
Reserved
30
Reserved
Reserved
31
Reserved
Reserved
32
Reserved
Reserved
33
Reserved
Reserved
34
Reserved
Reserved
188
Software control
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 10-7. Clock Domains (continued)
LPSC NUMBER
MODULE(S)
NOTES
35
Reserved
Reserved
36
Reserved
Reserved
37
Reserved
Reserved
38
Reserved
Reserved
39
Reserved
Reserved
40
Reserved
Reserved
41
Reserved
Reserved
42
Reserved
Reserved
43
Reserved
Reserved
44
Reserved
Reserved
45
Reserved
Reserved
46
Reserved
Reserved
47
Reserved
Reserved
48
Reserved
Reserved
49
Reserved
Reserved
50
10GbE
Software control
51
ARM Smart Reflex
Software control
52
ARM CorePac
Software control
No LPSC
Bootcfg, PSC, and PLL Controller
These modules do not use LPSC
10.3.3 PSC Register Memory Map
Table 10-8 shows the PSC Register memory map.
Table 10-8. PSC Register Memory Map
OFFSET
REGISTER
DESCRIPTION
0x000
PID
Peripheral Identification Register
0x004 - 0x010
Reserved
Reserved
0x014
VCNTLID
Voltage Control Identification Register
0x018 - 0x11C
Reserved
Reserved
0x120
PTCMD
Power Domain Transition Command Register
0x124
Reserved
Reserved
0x128
PTSTAT
Power Domain Transition Status Register
0x12C - 0x1FC
Reserved
Reserved
0x200
PDSTAT0
Power Domain Status Register 0
0x204
PDSTAT1
Power Domain Status Register 1
0x208
PDSTAT2
Power Domain Status Register 2
0x20C
PDSTAT3
Power Domain Status Register 3
0x210
PDSTAT4
Power Domain Status Register 4
0x214
PDSTAT5
Power Domain Status Register 5
0x218
PDSTAT6
Power Domain Status Register 6
0x21C
PDSTAT7
Power Domain Status Register 7
0x220
PDSTAT8
Power Domain Status Register 8
0x224
PDSTAT9
Power Domain Status Register 9
0x228
PDSTAT10
Power Domain Status Register 10
0x22C
PDSTAT11
Power Domain Status Register 11
0x230
PDSTAT12
Power Domain Status Register 12
0x234
PDSTAT13
Power Domain Status Register 13
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
189
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 10-8. PSC Register Memory Map (continued)
OFFSET
REGISTER
DESCRIPTION
0x238
PDSTAT14
Power Domain Status Register 14
0x23C
PDSTAT15
Power Domain Status Register 15
0x240
PDSTAT16
Power Domain Status Register 16
0x244
PDSTAT17
Power Domain Status Register 17
0x248
PDSTAT18
Power Domain Status Register 18
0x24C
PDSTAT19
Power Domain Status Register 19
0x250
PDSTAT20
Power Domain Status Register 20
0x254
PDSTAT21
Power Domain Status Register 21
0x258
PDSTAT22
Power Domain Status Register 22
0x25C
PDSTAT23
Power Domain Status Register 23
0x260
PDSTAT24
Power Domain Status Register 24
0x264
PDSTAT25
Power Domain Status Register 25
0x268
PDSTAT26
Power Domain Status Register 26
0x26C
PDSTAT27
Power Domain Status Register 27
0x270
PDSTAT28
Power Domain Status Register 28
0x274
PDSTAT29
Power Domain Status Register 29
0x278
PDSTAT30
Power Domain Status Register 30
0x27C
PDSTAT31
Power Domain Status Register 31
0x27C - 0x2FC
Reserved
Reserved
0x300
PDCTL0
Power Domain Control Register 0
0x304
PDCTL1
Power Domain Control Register 1
0x308
PDCTL2
Power Domain Control Register 2
0x30C
PDCTL3
Power Domain Control Register 3
0x310
PDCTL4
Power Domain Control Register 4
0x314
PDCTL5
Power Domain Control Register 5
0x318
PDCTL6
Power Domain Control Register 6
0x31C
PDCTL7
Power Domain Control Register 7
0x320
PDCTL8
Power Domain Control Register 8
0x324
PDCTL9
Power Domain Control Register 9
0x328
PDCTL10
Power Domain Control Register 10
0x32C
PDCTL11
Power Domain Control Register 11
0x330
PDCTL12
Power Domain Control Register 12
0x334
PDCTL13
Power Domain Control Register 13
0x338
PDCTL14
Power Domain Control Register 14
0x33C
PDCTL15
Power Domain Control Register 15
0x340
PDCTL16
Power Domain Control Register 16
0x344
PDCTL17
Power Domain Control Register 17
0x348
PDCTL18
Power Domain Control Register 18
0x34C
PDCTL19
Power Domain Control Register 19
0x350
PDCTL20
Power Domain Control Register 20
0x354
PDCTL21
Power Domain Control Register 21
0x358
PDCTL22
Power Domain Control Register 22
0x35c
PDCTL23
Power Domain Control Register 23
0x360
PDCTL24
Power Domain Control Register 24
0x364
PDCTL25
Power Domain Control Register 25
0x368
PDCTL26
Power Domain Control Register 26
0x36C
PDCTL27
Power Domain Control Register 27
190
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 10-8. PSC Register Memory Map (continued)
OFFSET
REGISTER
DESCRIPTION
0x370
PDCTL28
Power Domain Control Register 28
0x374
PDCTL29
Power Domain Control Register 29
0x378
PDCTL30
Power Domain Control Register 30
0x37C
PDCTL31
Power Domain Control Register 31
0x380 - 0x7FC
Reserved
Reserved
0x800
MDSTAT0
Module Status Register 0 (never gated)
0x804
MDSTAT1
Module Status Register 1
0x808
MDSTAT2
Module Status Register 2
0x80C
MDSTAT3
Module Status Register 3
0x810
MDSTAT4
Module Status Register 4
0x814
MDSTAT5
Module Status Register 5
0x818
MDSTAT6
Module Status Register 6
0x81C
MDSTAT7
Module Status Register 7
0x820
MDSTAT8
Module Status Register 8
0x824
MDSTAT9
Module Status Register 9
0x828
MDSTAT10
Module Status Register 10
0x82C
MDSTAT11
Module Status Register 11
0x830
MDSTAT12
Module Status Register 12
0x834
MDSTAT13
Module Status Register 13
0x838
MDSTAT14
Module Status Register 14
0x83C
MDSTAT15
Module Status Register 15
0x840
MDSTAT16
Module Status Register 16
0x844
MDSTAT17
Module Status Register 17
0x848
MDSTAT18
Module Status Register 18
0x84C
MDSTAT19
Module Status Register 19
0x850
MDSTAT20
Module Status Register 20
0x854
MDSTAT21
Module Status Register 21
0x858
MDSTAT22
Module Status Register 22
0x85C
MDSTAT23
Module Status Register 23
0x860
MDSTAT24
Module Status Register 24
0x864
MDSTAT25
Module Status Register 25
0x868
MDSTAT26
Module Status Register 26
0x86C
MDSTAT27
Module Status Register 27
0x870
MDSTAT28
Module Status Register 28
0x874
MDSTAT29
Module Status Register 29
0x878
MDSTAT30
Module Status Register 30
0x87C
MDSTAT31
Module Status Register31
0x880
MDSTAT32
Module Status Register 32
0x884
MDSTAT33
Module Status Register 33
0x888
MDSTAT34
Module Status Register 34
0x88C
MDSTAT35
Module Status Register 35
0x890
MDSTAT36
Module Status Register 36
0x894
MDSTAT37
Module Status Register 37
0x898
MDSTAT38
Module Status Register 38
0x89C
MDSTAT39
Module Status Register 39
0x8A0
MDSTAT40
Module Status Register 40
0x8A4
MDSTAT41
Module Status Register 41
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
191
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 10-8. PSC Register Memory Map (continued)
OFFSET
REGISTER
DESCRIPTION
0x8A8
MDSTAT42
Module Status Register 42
0x8AC
MDSTAT43
Module Status Register 43
0x8B0
MDSTAT44
Module Status Register 44
0x8B4
MDSTAT45
Module Status Register 45
0x8B8
MDSTAT46
Module Status Register 46
0x8BC
MDSTAT47
Module Status Register 47
0x8C0
MDSTAT48
Module Status Register 48
0x8C4
MDSTAT49
Module Status Register 49
0x8C8
MDSTAT50
Module Status Register 50
0x8CC
MDSTAT51
Module Status Register 51
0x8D0
MDSTAT52
Module Status Register 52
0x8D4 - 0x9FC
Reserved
Reserved
0xA00
MDCTL0
Module Control Register 0 (never gated)
0xA04
MDCTL1
Module Control Register 1
0xA08
MDCTL2
Module Control Register 2
0xA0C
MDCTL3
Module Control Register 3
0xA10
MDCTL4
Module Control Register 4
0xA14
MDCTL5
Module Control Register 5
0xA18
MDCTL6
Module Control Register 6
0xA1C
MDCTL7
Module Control Register 7
0xA20
MDCTL8
Module Control Register 8
0xA24
MDCTL9
Module Control Register 9
0xA28
MDCTL10
Module Control Register 10
0xA2C
MDCTL11
Module Control Register 11
0xA30
MDCTL12
Module Control Register 12
0xA34
MDCTL13
Module Control Register 13
0xA38
MDCTL14
Module Control Register 14
0xA3C
MDCTL15
Module Control Register 15
0xA40
MDCTL16
Module Control Register 16
0xA44
MDCTL17
Module Control Register 17
0xA48
MDCTL18
Module Control Register 18
0xA4C
MDCTL19
Module Control Register 19
0xA50
MDCTL20
Module Control Register 20
0xA54
MDCTL21
Module Control Register 21
0xA58
MDCTL22
Module Control Register 22
0xA5C
MDCTL23
Module Control Register 23
0xA60
MDCTL24
Module Control Register 24
0xA64
MDCTL25
Module Control Register 25
0xA68
MDCTL26
Module Control Register 26
0xA6C
MDCTL27
Module Control Register 27
0xA70
MDCTL28
Module Control Register 28
0xA74
MDCTL29
Module Control Register 29
0xA78
MDCTL30
Module Control Register 30
0xA7C
MDCTL31
Module Control Register31
0xA80
MDCTL32
Module Control Register 32
0xA84
MDCTL33
Module Control Register 33
0xA88
MDCTL34
Module Control Register 34
192
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 10-8. PSC Register Memory Map (continued)
OFFSET
REGISTER
DESCRIPTION
0xA8C
MDCTL35
Module Control Register 35
0xA90
MDCTL36
Module Control Register 36
0xA94
MDCTL37
Module Control Register 37
0xA98
MDCTL38
Module Control Register 38
0xA9C
MDCTL39
Module Control Register 39
0xAA0
MDCTL40
Module Control Register 40
0xAA4
MDCTL41
Module Control Register 41
0xAA8
MDCTL42
Module Control Register 42
0xAAC
MDCTL43
Module Control Register 43
0xAB0
MDCTL44
Module Control Register 44
0xAB4
MDCTL45
Module Control Register 45
0xAB8
MDCTL46
Module Control Register 46
0xABC
MDCTL47
Module Control Register 47
0xAC0
MDCTL48
Module Control Register 48
0xAC4
MDCTL49
Module Control Register 49
0xAC8
MDCTL50
Module Control Register 50
0xACC
MDCTL51
Module Control Register 51
0xAD0
MDCTL52
Module Control Register 52
0xAD4 - 0xFFC
Reserved
Reserved
10.4 Reset Controller
The reset controller detects the different type of resets supported on the AM5K2E0x device and manages
the distribution of those resets throughout the device. The device has the following types of resets:
• Power-on reset
• Hard reset
• Soft reset
• Local reset
Table 10-9 explains further the types of reset, the reset initiator, and the effects of each reset on the
device. For more information on the effects of each reset on the PLL controllers and their clocks, see
Section 10.4.8.
Table 10-9. Reset Types
TYPE
INITIATOR
EFFECT(S)
Power-on reset
POR pin
RESETFULL pin
Resets the entire chip including the test and emulation logic. The device configuration pins
are latched only during power-on reset.
Hard reset
(1)
RESET pin
PLLCTL Register
(RSCTRL) (1)
Watchdog timers
Emulation
Hard reset resets everything except for test, emulation logic, and reset isolation modules.
This reset is different from power-on reset in that the PLL Controller assumes power and
clocks are stable when a hard reset is asserted. The device configurations pins are not
relatched.
Emulation-initiated reset is always a hard reset.
By default, these initiators are configured as hard reset, but can be configured (except
emulation) as a soft reset in the RSCFG Register of the PLL Controller. Contents of the
DDR3 SDRAM memory can be retained during a hard reset if the SDRAM is placed in selfrefresh mode.
All masters in the device have access to the PLL Control Registers.
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
193
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 10-9. Reset Types (continued)
TYPE
INITIATOR
Soft reset
RESET pin
PLLCTL Register
(RSCTRL)
Watchdog timers
Local reset
LRESET pin
Watchdog timer timeout
LPSC MMRs
EFFECT(S)
Soft reset behaves like hard reset except that PCIe MMRs (memory-mapped registers) and
DDR3 EMIF MMRs contents are retained.
By default, these initiators are configured as hard reset, but can be configured as soft reset
in the RSCFG Register of the PLL Controller. Contents of the DDR3 SDRAM memory can
be retained during a soft reset if the SDRAM is placed in self-refresh mode.
Resets the C66x CorePac, without disturbing clock alignment or memory contents. The
device configuration pins are not relatched.
10.4.1 Power-on Reset
Power-on reset is used to reset the entire device, including the test and emulation logic.
Power-on reset is initiated by the following:
1. POR pin
2. RESETFULL pin
During power-up, the POR pin must be asserted (driven low) until the power supplies have reached their
normal operating conditions. Also a RESETFULL pin is provided to allow reset of the entire device,
including the reset-isolated logic, when the device is already powered up. For this reason, the
RESETFULL pin, unlike POR, should be driven by the on-board host control other than the power good
circuitry. For power-on reset, the Core PLL Controller comes up in bypass mode and the PLL is not
enabled. Other resets do not affect the state of the PLL or the dividers in the PLL Controller.
The following sequence must be followed during a power-on reset:
1. Wait for all power supplies to reach normal operating conditions while keeping the POR and
RESETFULL pins asserted (driven low). While POR is asserted, all pins except RESETSTAT will be
set to high-impedance. After the POR pin is deasserted (driven high), all Z group pins, low group pins,
and high group pins are set to their reset state and remain in their reset state until otherwise
configured by their respective peripheral. All peripherals that are power-managed are disabled after a
power-on reset and must be enabled through the Device State Control Registers (for more details, see
Section 8.2.3).
2. Clocks are reset, and they are propagated throughout the chip to reset any logic that was using reset
synchronously. All logic is now reset and RESETSTAT is driven low, indicating that the device is in
reset.
3. POR and RESETFULL must be held active until all supplies on the board are stable, and then for at
least an additional period of time (as specified in Section 10.2.1) for the chip-level PLLs to lock.
4. The POR pin can now be de-asserted.
5. After the appropriate delay, the RESETFULL pin can now be de-asserted. Reset-sampled pin values
are latched at this point. Then, all chip-level PLLs are taken out of reset, locking sequences begin, and
all power-on device initialization processes begin.
6. After device initialization is complete, the RESETSTAT pin is de-asserted (driven high). By this time,
the DDR3 PLL has completed its locking sequences and are supplying a valid clock. The system
clocks of the PLL controllers are allowed to finish their current cycles and then are paused for 10
cycles of their respective system reference clocks. After the pause, the system clocks are restarted at
their default divide-by settings.
7. The device is now out of reset and code execution begins as dictated by the selected boot mode.
194
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
NOTE
To most of the device, reset is de-asserted only when the POR and RESET pins are both
de-asserted (driven high). Therefore, in the sequence described above, if the RESET pin is
held low past the low period of the POR pin, most of the device will remain in reset. The
RESET pin should not be tied to the POR pin.
10.4.2 Hard Reset
A hard reset will reset everything on the device except the PLLs, test logic, emulation logic, and resetisolated modules. POR should also remain de-asserted during this time.
Hard reset is initiated by the following:
• RESET pin
• RSCTRL Register in the PLL Controller
• Watchdog timer
• Emulation
By default, all the initiators listed above are configured to generate a hard reset. Except for emulation, all
of the other three initiators can be configured in the RSCFG Register in the PLL Controller to generate soft
resets.
The following sequence must be followed during a hard reset:
1. The RESET pin is asserted (driven low) for a minimum of 24 CLKIN1 cycles. During this time, the
RESET signal propagates to all modules (except those specifically mentioned above). To prevent offchip contention during the warm reset, all I/O must be Hi-Z for modules affected by RESET.
2. Once all logic is reset, RESETSTAT is asserted (driven low) to denote that the device is in reset.
3. The RESET pin can now be released. A minimal device initialization begins to occur. Note that
configuration pins are not re-latched and clocking is unaffected within the device.
4. After device initialization is complete, the RESETSTAT pin is de-asserted (driven high).
NOTE
The POR pin should be held inactive (high) throughout the warm reset sequence. Otherwise,
if POR is activated (brought low), the minimum POR pulse width must be met. The RESET
pin should not be tied to the POR pin.
10.4.3 Soft Reset
A soft reset behaves like a hard reset except that the EMIF16 MMRs, DDR3 EMIF MMRs, PCIe MMRs
sticky bits, and external memory content are retained. POR should also remain de-asserted during this
time.
Soft reset is initiated by the following:
• RESET pin
• RSCTRL Register in the PLL Controller
• Watchdog timer
In the case of a soft reset, the clock logic and the power control logic of the peripherals are not affected
and, therefore, the enabled/disabled state of the peripherals is not affected. On a soft reset, the DDR3
memory controller registers are not reset. If the user places the DDR3 SDRAM in self-refresh mode
before invoking the soft reset, the DDR3 SDRAM memory content is retained.
During a soft reset, the following occurs:
1. The RESETSTAT pin goes low to indicate an internal reset is being generated. The reset propagates
through the system. Internal system clocks are not affected. PLLs remain locked.
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
195
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
2. After device initialization is complete, the RESETSTAT pin is deasserted (driven high). In addition, the
PLL Controller pauses system clocks for approximately 8 cycles. At this point:
– The peripherals remain in the state they were in before the soft reset.
– The states of the Boot Mode configuration pins are preserved as controlled by the DEVSTAT
Register.
– The DDR3 MMRs and PCIe MMRs retain their previous values. Only the DDR3 memory controller
and PCIe state machines are reset by the soft reset.
– The PLL Controller remains in the mode it was in prior to the soft reset.
– System clocks are unaffected.
The boot sequence is started after the system clocks are restarted. Because the Boot Mode configuration
pins are not latched with a soft reset, the previous values (as shown in the DEVSTAT Register), are used
to select the boot mode.
10.4.4 Local Reset
The local reset can be used to reset a particular C66x CorePac without resetting any other device
components.
Local reset is initiated by the following:
• LRESET pin
• Watchdog timer should cause one of the below and RSTCFG registers in the PLL Controller. (See
Section 10.5.2.8 and Section 6.3.2.)
– Local reset
– NMI
– NMI followed by a time delay and then a local reset for the C66x CorePac selected
– Hard reset by requesting reset via the PLL Controller
• LPSC MMRs (memory-mapped registers)
For more details see the KeyStone Architecture Phase Locked Loop (PLL) Controller User's Guide
(SPRUGV2).
10.4.5 ARM CorePac Reset
The ARM CorePac uses a combination of power-on-reset and module-reset to reset its components, such
as the Cortex-A15 processor, memory subsystem, debug logic, etc. The ARM CorePac incorporates the
PSC to generate resets for its internal modules. Details of reset generation and distribution inside the
ARM CorePac can be found in the KeyStone II Architecture ARM CorePac User's Guide (SPRUHJ4).
10.4.6 Reset Priority
If any of the above reset sources occur simultaneously, the PLL Controller processes only the highest
priority reset request. The reset request priorities are as follows (high to low):
• Power-on reset
• Hard/soft reset
10.4.7 Reset Controller Register
The reset controller registers are part of the PLL Controller MMRs. All AM5K2E0x device-specific MMRs
are covered in Section 10.5.2. For more details on these registers and how to program them, see the
KeyStone Architecture Phase Locked Loop (PLL) Controller User's Guide (SPRUGV2).
10.4.8 Reset Electrical Data/Timing
196
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 10-10. Reset Timing Requirements (1)
(see Figure 10-4 and Figure 10-5)
NO.
MIN
MAX
UNIT
RESETFULL Pin Reset
1
tw(RESETFULL)
Pulse width - pulse width RESETFULL low
500C
ns
500C
ns
Soft/Hard-Reset
2
(1)
tw(RESET)
Pulse width - pulse width RESET low
C = 1/SYSCLK1 clock frequency in ns
Table 10-11. Reset Switching Characteristics (1)
(see Figure 10-4 and Figure 10-5)
NO.
PARAMETER
MIN
MAX
UNIT
RESETFULL Pin Reset
3
td(RESETFULLHRESETSTATH)
Delay time - RESETSTAT high after RESETFULL high
50000C
ns
50000C
ns
Soft/Hard Reset
4
(1)
td(RESETH-RESETSTATH)
Delay time - RESETSTAT high after RESET high
C = 1/SYSCLK1 clock frequency in ns
POR
1
RESETFULL
RESET
3
RESETSTAT
Figure 10-4. RESETFULL Reset Timing
POR
RESETFULL
2
RESET
4
RESETSTAT
Figure 10-5. Soft/Hard Reset Timing
Table 10-12. Boot Configuration Timing Requirements (1)
(see Figure 10-6)
NO.
MIN
MAX
UNIT
1
tsu(GPIOn-RESETFULL)
Setup time - GPIO valid before RESETFULL asserted
12C
ns
2
th(RESETFULL-GPIOn)
Hold time - GPIO valid after RESETFULL asserted
12C
ns
(1)
C = 1/SYSCLK1 clock frequency in ns.
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
197
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
POR
1
RESETFULL
GPIO[15:0]
2
Figure 10-6. Boot Configuration Timing
10.5 Core PLL (Main PLL), DDR3 PLL, NETCP PLL and the PLL Controllers
This section provides a description of the Core PLL, DDR3 PLL, NETCP PLL, and the PLL Controller. For
details on the operation of the PLL Controller module, see the KeyStone Architecture Phase Locked Loop
(PLL) Controller User's Guide (SPRUGV2).
The Core PLL is controlled by the standard PLL Controller. The PLL Controller manages the clock ratios,
alignment, and gating for the system clocks to the device. By default, the device powers up with the Core
PLL bypassed. Figure 10-7 shows a block diagram of the Core PLL and the PLL Controller.
The DDR3 PLL and NETCP PLL are used to provide dedicated clock to the DDR3 and NETCP
respectively. These chip level PLLs support a wide range of multiplier and divider values, which can be
programmed through the chip level registers located in the Device Control Register block. The Boot ROM
will program the multiplier values for Core PLL and NETCP PLL based on boot mode. (See Section 8 for
more details.)
The DDR3 PLL is used to supply clocks to DDR3 EMIF logic. This PLL can also be used without
programming the PLL Controller. Instead, they can be controlled using the chip-level registers
(DDR3PLLCTL0, DDR3PLLCTL1) located in the Device Control Register block. To write to these
registers, software must go through an unlocking sequence using the KICK0/KICK1 registers.
The multiplier values for all chip-level PLLs can be reprogrammed later based on the input parameter
table. This feature provides flexibility in that these PLLs may be able to reuse other clock sources instead
of having its own clock source.
198
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
PLLM
PLL
CLKOD
PLLD
VCO
CORECLK(P|N)
0
PLLOUT
1
BYPASS
PLL Controller
/1
PLLDIV1
SYSCLK1
To Peripherals,
HyperLink, etc.
/1
PLLDIV2
SYSCLK2
/x
PLLDIV3
SYSCLK3
To Switch Fabric,
Accelerators,
SmartReflex, etc.
/x
PLLDIV4
SYSCLK4
Figure 10-7. Core PLL and PLL Controller
Note that the Core PLL Controller registers can be accessed by any master in the device. The PLLM[5:0]
bits of the multiplier are controlled by the PLLM Register inside the PLL Controller and the PLLM[12:6] bits
are controlled by the chip-level COREPLLCTL0 Register. The output divide and bypass logic of the PLL
are controlled by fields in the SECCTL Register in the PLL Controller. Only PLLDIV3, and PLLDIV4 are
programmable on the device. See the KeyStone Architecture Phase Locked Loop (PLL) Controller User's
Guide (SPRUGV2) for more details on how to program the PLL controller.
The multiplication and division ratios within the PLL and the post-division for each of the chip-level clocks
are determined by a combination of this PLL and the Core PLL Controller. The Core PLL Controller also
controls reset propagation through the chip, clock alignment, and test points. The Core PLL Controller
monitors the PLL status and provides an output signal indicating when the PLL is locked.
Core PLL power is supplied externally via the Core PLL power-supply pin (AVDDA1). An external EMI
filter circuit must be added to all PLL supplies. See the Hardware Design Guide for KeyStone II Devices
application report (SPRABV0) for detailed recommendations. For the best performance, TI recommends
that all the PLL external components be on a single side of the board without jumpers, switches, or
components other than those shown. For reduced PLL jitter, maximize the spacing between switching
signal traces and the PLL external components (C1, C2, and the EMI Filter).
The minimum CORECLK rise and fall times should also be observed. For the input clock timing
requirements, see Section 10.5.4.
It should be assumed that any registers not included in these sections are not supported by the device.
Furthermore, only the bits within the registers described here are supported. Avoid writing to any reserved
memory location or changing the value of reserved bits.
The PLL Controller module as described in the KeyStone Architecture Phase Locked Loop (PLL)
Controller User's Guide (SPRUGV2) includes a superset of features, some of which are not supported on
the device. The following sections describe the registers that are supported.
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
199
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
10.5.1 Core PLL Controller Device-Specific Information
10.5.1.1 Internal Clocks and Maximum Operating Frequencies
The Core PLL, used to drive the SoC, the switch fabric, and a majority of the peripheral clocks (all but the
ARM CorePacs, DDR3, and the NETCP modules) requires a PLL Controller to manage the various clock
divisions, gating, and synchronization. PLLM[5:0] input of the Core PLL is controlled by the PLL controller
PLLM register.
The Core PLL Controller has four SYSCLK outputs that are listed below along with the clock descriptions.
Each SYSCLK has a corresponding divider that divides down the output clock of the PLL. Note that
dividers are not programmable unless explicitly mentioned in the description below.
• SYSCLK1: Using local dividers, SYSCLK1 is used to derive clocks required for the majority of
peripherals that do not need reset isolation.
The system peripherals and modules driven by SYSCLK1 are as follows; however, not all peripherals
are supported in every part. See the Features chapter for the complete list of peripherals supported in
your part.
EMIF16, USB 3.0, XFI, HyperLink, PCIe, SGMII, GPIO, Timer64, I2C, SPI, TSIP, TeraNet, UART,
ROM, CIC, Security Manager, BootCFG, PSC, Queue Manager, Semaphore, MPUs, EDMA, MSMC,
DDR3, EMIF.
• SYSCLK2:Full-rate, reset-isolated clock used to generate various other clocks required by peripherals
that need reset isolation: e.g., SmartReflex.
• SYSCLK3: The default rate for this clock is 1/3. This clock is programmable from /1 to /32, where this
clock does not violate the maximum of 350 MHz. SYSCLK3 can be turned off by software.
• SYSCLK4: 1/z-rate clock for the system trace module only. The default rate for this clock is 1/5. This
clock is configurable: the maximum configurable clock is 210 MHz and the minimum configuration
clock is 32 MHz. SYSCLK4 can be turned off by software.
Only SYSCLK3 and SYSCLK4 are programmable.
10.5.1.2 Local Clock Dividers
The clock signals from the Core PLL Controller are routed to various modules and peripherals on the
device. Some modules and peripherals have one or more internal clock dividers. Other modules and
peripherals have no internal clock dividers, but are grouped together and receive clock signals from a
shared local clock divider. Internal and shared local clock dividers have fixed division ratios. See table
Table 10-13.
200
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 10-13. Core PLL Controller Module Clock Domains Internal and Shared Local Clock Dividers
CLOCK
INTERNAL CLOCK
DIVIDER(S)
MODULE
SHARED LOCAL CLOCK
DIVIDER
SYSCLK1 Internal Clock Dividers
SYSCLK1
ARM CorePac
/1, /3, /3, /6, /6
--
Chip Interrupt Controllers (CICx)
/6
--
DDR3 Memory Controller A (also receives clocks from the
DDR3_PLL)
/2
--
EMIF16
/6
--
HyperLink
/2, /3, /6
--
MultiCore Shared Memory Controller (MSMC)
/1
--
PCI express (PCIe)
/2, /3, /4, /6
--
ROM
/6
--
Serial Gigabit Media Independent Interface (SGMII)
/2, /3, /6, /8
--
Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)
/6
--
Universal Serial Bus 3.0 (USB 3.0)
/3, /6
--
SYSCLK1 Shared Local Clock Dividers
Power/Sleep Controller (PSC)
--
/12, /24
--
/3
--
/6
EDMA
SYSCLK1
Memory Protection Units (MPUx)
Semaphore
TeraNet (SYSCLK1/3 domain)
Boot Config
General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO)
I2C
SYSCLK1
Security Manager
Telecom Serial Interface Port (TSIP)
Serial Peripheral Interconnect (SPI)
TeraNet (CPU /6 domain)
Timers
10.5.1.3 Module Clock Input
Table 10-7 lists various clock domains in the device and their distribution in each peripheral. The table
also shows the distributed clock division in modules and their mapping with source clocks of the device
PLLs.
10.5.1.4 Core PLL Controller Operating Modes
The Core PLL Controller has two modes of operation: bypass mode and PLL mode. The mode of
operation is determined by the BYPASS bit of the PLL Secondary Control Register (SECCTL).
• In bypass mode, PLL input is fed directly out as SYSCLK1.
• In PLL mode, SYSCLK1 is generated from the PLL output using the values set in the PLLM and PLLD
fields in the COREPLLCTL0 Register.
External hosts must avoid access attempts to the SoC while the frequency of its internal clocks is
changing. User software must implement a mechanism that causes the SoC to notify the host when the
PLL configuration has completed.
10.5.1.5 Core PLL Stabilization, Lock, and Reset Times
The PLL stabilization time is the amount of time that must be allotted for the internal PLL regulators to
become stable after device power-up. The device should not be taken out of reset until this stabilization
time has elapsed.
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
201
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
The PLL reset time is the amount of wait time needed when resetting the PLL (writing PLLRST = 1), in
order for the PLL to properly reset, before bringing the PLL out of reset (writing PLLRST = 0). For the
Core PLL reset time value, see Table 10-14.
The PLL lock time is the amount of time needed from when the PLL is taken out of reset to when the PLL
Controller can be switched to PLL mode. The Core PLL lock time is given in Table 10-14.
Table 10-14. Core PLL Stabilization, Lock, and Reset Times
PARAMETER
MIN
PLL stabilization time
TYP
100
UNIT
µs
2000 × C (1)
PLL lock time
PLL reset time
(1)
MAX
1000
ns
C = SYSCLK1(N|P) cycle time in ns.
10.5.2 PLL Controller Memory Map
The memory map of the Core PLL Controller is shown in Table 10-15. AM5K2Exx-specific Core PLL
Controller Register definitions can be found in the sections following Table 10-15. For other registers in
the table, see the KeyStone Architecture Phase Locked Loop (PLL) Controller User's Guide (SPRUGV2).
It is recommended to use read-modify-write sequence to make any changes to the valid bits in the Core
PLL Controller registers.
Note that only registers documented here are accessible on the AM5K2Exx. Other addresses in the Core
PLL Controller memory map including the Reserved registers must not be modified. Furthermore, only the
bits within the registers described here are supported.
Table 10-15. PLL Controller Registers (Including Reset Controller)
HEX ADDRESS RANGE
ACRONYM
REGISTER NAME
00 0231 0000 - 00 0231 00E3
-
Reserved
00 0231 00E4
RSTYPE
Reset Type Status Register (Reset Core PLL Controller)
00 0231 00E8
RSTCTRL
Software Reset Control Register (Reset Core PLL Controller)
00 0231 00EC
RSTCFG
Reset Configuration Register (Reset Core PLL Controller)
00 0231 00F0
RSISO
Reset Isolation Register (Reset Core PLL Controller)
00 0231 00F0 - 00 0231 00FF
-
Reserved
00 0231 0100
PLLCTL
PLL Control Register
00 0231 0104
-
Reserved
00 0231 0108
SECCTL
PLL Secondary Control Register
00 0231 010C
-
Reserved
00 0231 0110
PLLM
PLL Multiplier Control Register
00 0231 0114
-
Reserved
00 0231 0118
PLLDIV1
PLL Controller Divider 1Register
00 0231 011C
PLLDIV2
PLL Controller Divider 2 Register
00 0231 0120
PLLDIV3
PLL Controller Divider 3Register
00 0231 0124
-
Reserved
00 0231 0128
-
Reserved
00 0231 012C - 00 0231 0134
-
Reserved
00 0231 0138
PLLCMD
PLL Controller Command Register
00 0231 013C
PLLSTAT
PLL Controller Status Register
00 0231 0140
ALNCTL
PLL Controller Clock Align Control Register
00 0231 0144
DCHANGE
PLLDIV Ratio Change Status Register
00 0231 0148
CKEN
Reserved
00 0231 014C
CKSTAT
Reserved
202
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 10-15. PLL Controller Registers (Including Reset Controller) (continued)
HEX ADDRESS RANGE
ACRONYM
REGISTER NAME
00 0231 0150
SYSTAT
SYSCLK Status Register
00 0231 0154 - 00 0231 015C
-
Reserved
00 0231 0160
PLLDIV4
PLL Controller Divider 4Register
00 0231 0164
PLLDIV5
Reserved
00 0231 0168
PLLDIV6
Reserved
00 0231 016C
PLLDIV7
Reserved
00 0231 0170
PLLDIV8
Reserved
00 0231 0174 - 00 0231 0193
PLLDIV9 - PLLDIV16
Reserved
00 0231 0194 - 00 0231 01FF
-
Reserved
10.5.2.1 PLL Secondary Control Register (SECCTL)
The PLL Secondary Control Register contains extra fields to control the Core PLL and is shown in
Figure 10-8 and described in Table 10-16.
Figure 10-8. PLL Secondary Control Register (SECCTL)
31
24
23
22
19
18
0
Reserved
BYPASS
OUTPUT DIVIDE
Reserved
R-0000 0000
RW-1
RW-0001
RW-001 0000 0000 0000 0000
Legend: R/W = Read/Write; R = Read only; -n = value after reset
Table 10-16. PLL Secondary Control Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
31-24
Reserved
Reserved
23
BYPASS
Core PLL bypass enable
•
0 - Core PLL bypass disabled
•
1 - Core PLL bypass enabled
22-19
OUTPUT DIVIDE
Output divider ratio bits
•
0h - ÷1. Divide frequency by 1
•
1h - ÷2. Divide frequency by 2
•
2h - invalid entry
•
3h - ÷4. Divide frequency by 4
•
4h - invalid entry
•
5h - ÷6. Divide frequency by 6
•
6h - invalid entry
•
7h - ÷8. Divide frequency by 8
•
8h - invalid entry
•
9h - ÷10. Divide frequency by 10
•
Ah - invalid entry
•
Bh - ÷12. Divide frequency by 12
•
Ch - invalid entry
•
Dh - ÷14. Divide frequency by 14
•
Eh - invalid entry
•
Fh - ÷16. Divide frequency by 16
18-0
Reserved
Reserved
10.5.2.2 PLL Controller Divider Register (PLLDIV3, and PLLDIV4)
The PLL Controller Divider Registers (PLLDIV3 and PLLDIV4) are shown in Figure 10-9 and described in
Table 10-17. The default values of the RATIO field on a reset for PLLDIV3, and PLLDIV4 are different as
mentioned in the footnote of Figure 10-9.
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
203
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Figure 10-9. PLL Controller Divider Register (PLLDIVn)
31
16
15
14
8
7
0
Reserved
Dn (1)EN
Reserved
RATIO
R-0
R/W-1
R-0
R/W-n (2)
Legend: R/W = Read/Write; R = Read only; -n = value after reset
(1)
(2)
D3EN for PLLDIV3; D4EN for PLLDIV4
n=02h for PLLDIV3; n=03h for PLLDIV4
Table 10-17. PLL Controller Divider Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
31-16
Reserved
Reserved
15
DnEN
Divider Dn enable bit (See footnote of Figure 10-9)
•
0 = Divider n is disabled
•
1 = No clock output. Divider n is enabled.
14-8
Reserved
Reserved. The reserved bit location is always read as 0. A value written to this field has no effect.
7-0
RATIO
Divider ratio bits (See footnote of Figure 10-9)
•
0h = ÷1. Divide frequency by 1
•
1h = ÷2. Divide frequency by 2
•
2h = ÷3. Divide frequency by 3
•
3h = ÷4. Divide frequency by 4
•
4h - 4Fh = ÷5 to ÷80. Divide frequency range: divide frequency by 5 to divide frequency by 80.
10.5.2.3 PLL Controller Clock Align Control Register (ALNCTL)
The PLL Controller Clock Align Control Register (ALNCTL) is shown in Figure 10-10 and described in
Table 10-18.
Figure 10-10. PLL Controller Clock Align Control Register (ALNCTL)
31
5
4
3
2
0
Reserved
ALN4
ALN3
Reserved
R-0
R/W-1
R/W-1
R-0
Legend: R/W = Read/Write; R = Read only; -n = value after reset, for reset value
Table 10-18. PLL Controller Clock Align Control Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
Reserved
Reserved. This location is always read as 0. A value written to this field has no effect.
4
ALN4
3
ALN3
SYSCLKn alignment. Do not change the default values of these fields.
•
0 = Do not align SYSCLKn to other SYSCLKs during GO operation. If SYSn in DCHANGE is set, SYSCLKn
switches to the new ratio immediately after the GOSET bit in PLLCMD is set.
•
1 = Align SYSCLKn to other SYSCLKs selected in ALNCTL when the GOSET bit in PLLCMD is set and SYSn
in DCHANGE is 1. The SYSCLKn rate is set to the ratio programmed in the RATIO bit in PLLDIVn.
31-5
2-0
10.5.2.4 PLLDIV Divider Ratio Change Status Register (DCHANGE)
Whenever a different ratio is written to the PLLDIVn registers, the PLL CTL flags the change in the
DCHANGE Status Register. During the GO operation, the PLL controller changes only the divide ratio of
the SYSCLKs with the bit set in DCHANGE. Note that the ALNCTL Register determines if that clock also
needs to be aligned to other clocks. The PLLDIV Divider Ratio Change Status Register is shown in
Figure 10-11 and described in Table 10-19.
204
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Figure 10-11. PLLDIV Divider Ratio Change Status Register (DCHANGE)
31
4
3
Reserved
5
SYS4
SYS3
2
Reserved
0
R-0
R/W-1
R/W-1
R-0
Legend: R/W = Read/Write; R = Read only; -n = value after reset, for reset value
Table 10-19. PLLDIV Divider Ratio Change Status Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
Reserved
Reserved. This bit location is always read as 0. A value written to this field has no effect.
4
SYS4
3
SYS3
Identifies when the SYSCLKn divide ratio has been modified.
•
0 = SYSCLKn ratio has not been modified. When GOSET is set, SYSCLKn will not be affected.
•
1 = SYSCLKn ratio has been modified. When GOSET is set, SYSCLKn will change to the new ratio.
31-5
2-0
10.5.2.5 SYSCLK Status Register (SYSTAT)
The SYSCLK Status Register (SYSTAT) shows the status of SYSCLK[4:1]. SYSTAT is shown in
Figure 10-12 and described in Table 10-20.
Figure 10-12. SYSCLK Status Register (SYSTAT)
31
4
Reserved
3
2
1
0
SYS4ON SYS3ON SYS2ON SYS1ON
R-n
R-1
R-1
R-1
R-1
Legend: R/W = Read/Write; R = Read only; -n = value after reset
Table 10-20. SYSCLK Status Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
31-4
Reserved
Reserved. This location is always read as 0. A value written to this field has no effect.
3-0
SYS[N (1)]ON
SYSCLK[N] on status
•
0 = SYSCLK[N] is gated
•
1 = SYSCLK[N] is on
(1)
Where N = 1, 2, 3, or 4
10.5.2.6 Reset Type Status Register (RSTYPE)
The Reset Type Status (RSTYPE) Register latches the cause of the last reset. If multiple reset sources
occur simultaneously, this register latches the highest priority reset source. The Reset Type Status
Register is shown in Figure 10-13 and described in Table 10-21.
Figure 10-13. Reset Type Status Register (RSTYPE)
31
2
1
0
Reserved
29
EMU-RST
28
27
Reserved
12
11
WDRST[N]
8
7
Reserved
3
PLLCTRLRST
RESET
POR
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
LEGEND: R = Read only; -n = value after reset
Table 10-21. Reset Type Status Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
31-29
Reserved
Reserved. Always reads as 0. Writes have no effect.
28
EMU-RST
Reset initiated by emulation
•
0 = Not the last reset to occur
•
1 = The last reset to occur
27-12
Reserved
Reserved. Always reads as 0. Writes have no effect.
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
205
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 10-21. Reset Type Status Register Field Descriptions (continued)
Bit
Field
Description
11
WDRST3
10
WDRST2
9
WDRST1
Reset initiated by Watchdog Timer[N]
•
0 = Not the last reset to occur
•
1 = The last reset to occur
8
WDRST0
7-3
Reserved
Reserved. Always reads as 0. Writes have no effect.
2
PLLCTLRST
Reset initiated by PLLCTL
•
0 = Not the last reset to occur
•
1 = The last reset to occur
1
RESET
RESET reset
•
0 = RESET was not the last reset to occur
•
1 = RESET was the last reset to occur
0
POR
Power-on reset
•
0 = Power-on reset was not the last reset to occur
•
1 = Power-on reset was the last reset to occur
10.5.2.7 Reset Control Register (RSTCTRL)
This register contains a key that enables writes to the MSB of this register and the RSTCFG register. The
key value is 0x5A69. A valid key will be stored as 0x000C. Any other key value is invalid. When the
RSTCTRL or the RSTCFG is written, the key is invalidated. Every write must be set up with a valid key.
The Software Reset Control Register (RSTCTRL) is shown in Figure 10-14 and described in Table 10-22.
Figure 10-14. Reset Control Register (RSTCTRL)
31
17
16
15
0
Reserved
SWRST
KEY
R-0x0000
R/W-0x (1)
R/W-0x0003
Legend: R = Read only; -n = value after reset;
(1)
Writes are conditional based on valid key.
Table 10-22. Reset Control Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
31-17
Reserved
Reserved
16
SWRST
Software reset
•
0 = Reset
•
1 = Not reset
15-0
KEY
Key used to enable writes to RSTCTRL and RSTCFG.
10.5.2.8 Reset Configuration Register (RSTCFG)
This register is used to configure the type of reset (a hard reset or a soft reset) initiated by RESET, the
watchdog timer, and the Core PLL Controller’s RSTCTRL Register. By default, these resets are hard
resets. The Reset Configuration Register (RSTCFG) is shown in Figure 10-15 and described in Table 1023.
Figure 10-15. Reset Configuration Register (RSTCFG)
31
13
12
Reserved
14
PLLCTLRSTTYPE
RESETTYPE
11
Reserved
4
3
WDTYPE[N (1)]
0
R-0x000000
R/W-0 (2)
R/W-0 (2)
R-0x0
R/W-0x00 (2)
Legend: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
(1)
(2)
206
Where N = 1, 2, 3,....N (Not all these outputs may be used on a specific device.)
Writes are conditional based on valid key. For details, see Section 10.5.2.7.
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 10-23. Reset Configuration Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
31-14
Reserved
Reserved
13
PLLCTLRSTTYPE
PLL controller initiates a software-driven reset of type:
•
0 = Hard reset (default)
•
1 = Soft reset
12
RESETTYPE
RESET initiates a reset of type:
•
0 = Hard reset (default)
•
1 = Soft reset
11-4
Reserved
Reserved
3
2
1
0
WDTYPE3
WDTYPE2
WDTYPE1
WDTYPE0
Watchdog timer [N] initiates a reset of type:
•
0 = Hard reset (default)
•
1 = Soft reset
10.5.2.9 Reset Isolation Register (RSISO)
This register is used to select the module clocks that must maintain their clocking without pausing through
non-power-on reset. Setting any of these bits effectively blocks reset to all Core PLL Control Registers in
order to maintain current values of PLL multiplier, divide ratios, and other settings. Along with setting the
module-specific bit in RSISO, the corresponding MDCTLx[12] bit also needs to be set in the PSC to resetisolate a particular module. For more information on the MDCTLx Register, see the KeyStone Architecture
Power Sleep Controller (PSC) User's Guide (SPRUGV4). The Reset Isolation Register (RSISO) is shown
in Figure 10-16 and described in Table 10-24.
Figure 10-16. Reset Isolation Register (RSISO)
31
9
8
7
0
Reserved
SRISO
Reserved
R-0
R/W-0
R-0
Legend: R = Read only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 10-24. Reset Isolation Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
31-9
Reserved
Reserved.
8
SRISO
Isolate SmartReflex control
•
0 = Not reset isolated
•
1 = Reset isolated
7-0
Reserved
Reserved
10.5.3 Core PLL Control Registers
The Core PLL uses two chip-level registers (COREPLLCTL0 and COREPLLCTL1) along with the Core
PLL Controller for its configuration. These MMRs (memory-mapped registers) exist inside the Bootcfg
space. To write to these registers, software should go through an unlocking sequence using the KICK0
and KICK1 registers. These registers reset only on a POR reset.
For valid configurable values of the COREPLLCTL registers, see Section 8.1.4. See Section 8.2.3.4 for
the address location of the KICK registers and their locking and unlocking sequences.
See Figure 10-17 and Table 10-25 for COREPLLCTL0 details and Figure 10-18 and Table 10-26 for
COREPLLCTL1 details.
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
207
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Figure 10-17. Core PLL Control Register 0 (COREPLLCTL0)
31
24
23
19
18
12
11
6
5
0
BWADJ[7:0]
Reserved
PLLM[12:6]
Reserved
PLLD
RW,+0000 0101
RW - 0000 0
RW,+0000000
RW, +000000
RW,+000000
Legend: RW = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 10-25. Core PLL Control Register 0 (COREPLLCTL0) Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
31-24
BWADJ[7:0]
BWADJ[11:8] and BWADJ[7:0] are located in COREPLLCTL0 and COREPLLCTL1 registers. BWADJ[11:0]
should be programmed to a value related to PLLM[12:0] value based on the equation: BWADJ =
((PLLM+1)>>1) - 1.
23-19
Reserved
Reserved
18-12
PLLM[12:6]
7 bits of a 13-bit field PLLM that selects the values for the multiplication factor. PLLM field is loaded with the
multiply factor minus 1.
The PLLM[5:0] bits of the multiplier are controlled by the PLLM register inside the PLL Controller and the
PLLM[12:6] bits are controlled by the above chip-level register. COREPLLCTL0 register PLLM[12:6] bits should
be written just before writing to PLLM register PLLM[5:0] bits in the controller to have the complete 13 bit value
latched when the GO operation is initiated in the PLL controller. See the KeyStone Architecture Phase Locked
Loop (PLL) Controller User's Guide (SPRUGV2) for the recommended programming sequence. Output Divide
ratio and Bypass enable/disable of the Core PLL is also controlled by the SECCTL register in the PLL
Controller. See the Section 10.5.2.1for more details.
11-6
Reserved
Reserved
5-0
PLLD
A 6-bit field that selects the values for the reference divider. PLLD field is loaded with reference divide value
minus 1.
Figure 10-18. Core PLL Control Register 1 (COREPLLCTL1)
31
7
6
5
4
3
0
Reserved
ENSAT
Reserved
BWADJ[11:8]
RW - 0000000000000000000000000
RW-0
R-00
RW- 0000
Legend: RW = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 10-26. Core PLL Control Register 1 (COREPLLCTL1) Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
31-7
Reserved
Reserved
6
ENSAT
Needs to be set to 1 for proper PLL operation
5-4
Reserved
Reserved
3-0
BWADJ[11:8]
BWADJ[11:8] and BWADJ[7:0] are located in COREPLLCTL0 and COREPLLCTL1 registers. BWADJ[11:0]
should be programmed to a value related to PLLM[12:0] value based on the equation: BWADJ =
((PLLM+1)>>1) - 1.
208
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
10.5.4 Core PLL Controller/SGMII/XFI/TSREF/HyperLink/PCIe/USB Clock Input Electrical
Data/Timing
Table 10-27. Core PLL Controller/SGMII/XFI/TSREF/HyperLink/PCIe/USB Clock Input Timing
Requirements (1)
(see Figure 10-19 through Figure 10-21)
NO.
MIN
MAX
UNIT
3.2
25
ns
CORECLK[P:N]
1
tc(CORECLKN)
Cycle time CORECLKN cycle time
1
tc(CORECLKP)
Cycle time CORECLKP cycle time
3.2
25
ns
3
tw(CORECLKN)
Pulse width CORECLKN high
0.45*tc
0.55*tc
ns
2
tw(CORECLKN)
Pulse width CORECLKN low
0.45*tc
0.55*tc
ns
2
tw(CORECLKP)
Pulse width CORECLKP high
0.45*tc
0.55*tc
ns
3
tw(CORECLKP)
Pulse width CORECLKP low
0.45*tc
0.55*tc
ns
4
tr(CORECLK_200 mV)
Transition time CORECLK differential
rise time (200 mV)
50
350
ps
4
tf(CORECLK_200 mV)
Transition time CORECLK differential
fall time (200 mV)
50
350
ps
5
tj(CORECLKN)
Jitter, peak_to_peak _ periodic
CORECLKN
0.02*tc(CORECLKN)
ps
5
tj(CORECLKP)
Jitter, peak_to_peak _ periodic
CORECLKP
0.02*tc(CORECLKP)
ps
SGMII0CLK[P:N]
1
tc(SGMII0CLKN)
Cycle time SGMII0CLKN cycle time
3.2 or 6.4 or 8
ns
1
tc(SGMII0CLKP)
Cycle time SGMII0CLKP cycle time
3.2 or 6.4 or 8
ns
3
tw(SGMII0CLKN)
Pulse width SGMII0CLKN high
0.45*tc(SGMII0CLKN)
0.55*tc(SGMII0CLKN)
ns
2
tw(SGMII0CLKN)
Pulse width SGMII0CLKN low
0.45*tc(SGMII0CLKN)
0.55*tc(SGMII0CLKN)
ns
2
tw(SGMII0CLKP)
Pulse width SGMII0CLKP high
0.45*tc(SGMII0CLKP)
0.55*tc(SGMII0CLKP)
ns
3
tw(SGMII0CLKP)
Pulse width SGMII0CLKP low
0.45*tc(SGMII0CLKP)
0.55*tc(SGMII0CLKP)
ns
4
tr(SGMII0CLK_200mV)
Transition time SGMII0CLK differential
rise time (200 mV)
50
350
ps
4
tf(SGMII0CLK_200mV)
Transition time SGMII0CLK differential
fall time (200 mV)
50
350
ps
5
tj(SGMII0CLKN)
Jitter, RMS SGMII0CLKN
5
tj(SGMII0CLKP)
Jitter, RMS SGMII0CLKP
1
tc(XFICLKN)
Cycle time XFICLKN cycle time
3.2 or 6.4
ns
1
tc(XFICLKP)
Cycle time XFICLKP cycle time
3.2 or 6.4
ns
3
tw(XFICLKN)
Pulse width XFICLKN high
0.45*tc(XFICLKN)
0.55*tc(XFICLKN)
ns
2
tw(XFICLKN)
Pulse width XFICLKN low
0.45*tc(XFICLKN)
0.55*tc(XFICLKN)
ns
2
tw(XFICLKP)
Pulse width XFICLKP high
0.45*tc(XFICLKP)
0.55*tc(XFICLKP)
ns
3
tw(XFICLKP)
Pulse width XFICLKP low
0.45*tc(XFICLKP)
0.55*tc(XFICLKP)
ns
4
tr(XFICLK_200mV)
Transition time XFICLK differential rise
time (200 mV)
50
350
ps
4
tf(XFICLK_200mV)
Transition time XFICLK differential fall
time (200 mV)
50
350
ps
5
tj(XFICLKN)
Jitter, RMS XFICLKN
5
tj(XFICLKP)
Jitter, RMS XFICLKP
4
ps,
RMS
4
ps,
RMS
XFICLK[P:N]
4
ps,
RMS
4
ps,
RMS
HYPLNK0CLK[P:N]
(1)
See the Hardware Design Guide for KeyStone II Devices application report (SPRABV0) for detailed recommendations.
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
209
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 10-27. Core PLL Controller/SGMII/XFI/TSREF/HyperLink/PCIe/USB Clock Input Timing
Requirements(1) (continued)
(see Figure 10-19 through Figure 10-21)
NO.
MIN
MAX
UNIT
1
tc(HYPLNK0CLKN)
Cycle time HYPLNK0CLKN cycle time
3.2 or 6.4
ns
1
tc(HYPLNK0CLKP)
Cycle time HYPLNK0CLKP cycle time
3.2 or 6.4
ns
3
tw(HYPLNK0CLKN)
Pulse width HYPLNK0CLKN high
0.45*tc(HYPLNK0CLKN)
0.55*tc(HYPLNK0CLKN)
ns
2
tw(HYPLNK0CLKN)
Pulse width HYPLNK0CLKN low
0.45*tc(HYPLNK0CLKN)
0.55*tc(HYPLNK0CLKN)
ns
2
tw(HYPLNK0CLKP)
Pulse width HYPLNK0CLKP high
0.45*tc(HYPLNK0CLKP)
0.55*tc(HYPLNK0CLKP)
ns
3
tw(HYPLNK0CLKP)
Pulse width HYPLNK0CLKP low
0.45*tc(HYPLNK0CLKP)
0.55*tc(HYPLNK0CLKP)
ns
4
tr(HYPLNK0CLK)
Rise time HYPLNK0CLK differential
rise time (10% to 90%)
0.2*tc(HYPLNK0CLKP)
ps
4
tf(HYPLNK0CLK)
Fall time HYPLNK0CLK differential fall
time (10% to 90%)
0.2*tc(HYPLNK0CLKP)
ps
5
tj(HYPLNK0CLKN)
Jitter, RMS HYPLNK0CLKN
5
tj(HYPLNK0CLKP)
Jitter, RMS HYPLNK0CLKP
1
tc(PCIECLKN)
Cycle time PCIECLKN cycle time
1
tc(PCIECLKP)
Cycle time PCIECLKP cycle time
3
tw(PCIECLKN)
2
tw(PCIECLKN)
2
4
ps,
RMS
4
ps,
RMS
10
10
ns
10
10
ns
Pulse width PCIECLKN high
0.45*tc(PCIECLKN)
0.55*tc(PCIECLKN)
ns
Pulse width PCIECLKN low
0.45*tc(PCIECLKN)
0.55*tc(PCIECLKN)
ns
tw(PCIECLKP)
Pulse width PCIECLKP high
0.45*tc(PCIECLKP)
0.55*tc(PCIECLKP)
ns
3
tw(PCIECLKP)
Pulse width PCIECLKP low
0.45*tc(PCIECLKP)
0.55*tc(PCIECLKP)
ns
4
tr(PCIECLK)
Rise time PCIECLK differential rise
time (10% to 90%)
0.2*tc(PCIECLKP)
ps
4
tf(PCIECLK)
Fall time PCIECLK differential fall time
(10% to 90%)
0.2*tc(PCIECLKP)
ps
5
tj(PCIECLKN)
Jitter, RMS PCIECLKN
5
tj(PCIECLKP)
Jitter, RMS PCIECLKP
1
tc(USBCLKN)
Cycle time USBCLKM cycle time
1
tc(USBCLKP)
Cycle time USBCLKP cycle time
3
tw(USBCLKN)
Pulse width USBCLKM high
2
tw(USBCLKN)
Pulse width USBCLKM low
2
tw(USBCLKP)
3
tw(USBCLKP)
4
tr(USBCLK)
4
PCIECLK[P:N]
4
ps,
RMS
4
ps,
RMS
10
ns
10
10
ns
0.45*tc(USBCLKN)
0.55*tc(USBCLKN)
ns
0.45*tc(USBCLKN)
0.55*tc(USBCLKN)
ns
Pulse width USBCLKP high
0.45*tc(USBCLKP)
0.55*tc(USBCLKP)
ns
Pulse width USBCLKP low
0.45*tc(USBCLKP)
0.55*tc(USBCLKP)
ns
Rise time USBCLK differential rise time
(10% to 90%)
50
350
ps
tf(USBCLK)
Fall time USBCLK differential fall time
(10% to 90%)
50
350
ps
5
tj(USBCLKN)
Jitter, RMS USBCLKM
5
tj(USBCLKP)
Jitter, RMS USBCLKP
USBCLK[P:M]
10
4
ps,
RMS
4
ps,
RMS
TSREFCLK[P:N] (2)
1
tc(TSREFCLKN)
Cycle time TSREFCLKN cycle time
3.25
32.55
ns
1
tc(TSREFCLKP)
Cycle time TSREFCLKP cycle time
3.25
32.55
ns
3
tw(TSREFCLKN)
Pulse width TSREFCLKN high
0.45*tc(TSREFCLKN)
0.55*tc(TSREFCLKN)
ns
(2)
210
TSREFCLK clock input is LVDS compliant.
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 10-27. Core PLL Controller/SGMII/XFI/TSREF/HyperLink/PCIe/USB Clock Input Timing
Requirements(1) (continued)
(see Figure 10-19 through Figure 10-21)
NO.
MIN
MAX
2
tw(TSREFCLKN)
Pulse width TSREFCLKN low
0.45*tc(TSREFCLKN)
0.55*tc(TSREFCLKN)
UNIT
ns
2
tw(TSREFCLKP)
Pulse width TSREFCLKP high
0.45*tc(TSREFCLKP)
0.55*tc(TSREFCLKP)
ns
3
tw(TSREFCLKP)
Pulse width TSREFCLKP low
0.45*tc(TSREFCLKP)
0.55*tc(TSREFCLKP)
ns
4
tr(TSREFCLK_200mV)
Transition time TSREFCLK differential
rise time (200 mV)
50
350
ps
4
tf(TSREFCLK_200mV)
Transition time TSREFCLK differential
fall time (200 mV)
50
350
ps
5
tj(TSREFCLKN)
Jitter, RMS TSREFCLKN
5.8
ps,
RMS
5
tj(TSREFCLKP)
Jitter, RMS TSREFCLKP
5.8
ps,
RMS
1
2
3
CLKN
CLKP
5
4
Figure 10-19. Clock Input Timing
peak-to-peak Differential Input
Voltage (250 mV to 2 V)
200 mV Transition Voltage Range
0
TR = 50 ps Min to 350 ps Max
for the 200-mV Transition Voltage Range
Figure 10-20. CORECLK, SGMII0CLK and USBCLK Clock Transition Time
TC Reference Clock Period
peak-to-peak
Differential
Input Voltage
(400 mV to 1100 mV)
10% to 90%
of peak-to-peak
Voltage
0
Max TR = 0.2 × TC from
10% to 90% of the
peak-to-peak
Differential Voltage
Max TF = 0.2 × TC from
90% to 10% of the
peak-to-peak
Differential Voltage
Figure 10-21. HYPLNK0CLK, XFICLK, and PCIECLK Rise and Fall Times
10.6 DDR3 PLL
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
211
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
The DDR3 PLL generates interface clocks for the DDR3 memory controller. When coming out of power-on
reset, DDR3 PLL is programmed to a valid frequency during the boot configuration process before being
enabled and used.
DDR3 PLL power is supplied via the DDR3 PLL power-supply pin (AVDDA2). An external EMI filter circuit
must be added to all PLL supplies. See the Hardware Design Guide for KeyStone II Devices application
report (SPRABV0) for detailed recommendations.
PLLM
DDR3 PLL
VCO
DDRCLK(N|P)
0
PLLOUT
CLKOD
PLLD
´2
1
DDR3CLKOUT
DDR3
PHY
BYPASS
Figure 10-22. DDR3 PLL Block Diagram
10.6.1 DDR3 PLL Control Registers
The DDR3 PLL, which is used to drive the DDR3 PHY for the EMIF, does not use a PLL controller. DDR3
PLL can be controlled using the DDR3PLLCTL0 and DDR3PLLCTL1 registers located in the Bootcfg
module. These MMRs (memory-mapped registers) exist inside the Bootcfg space. To write to these
registers, software must go through an unlocking sequence using the KICK0 and KICK1 registers. For
suggested configurable values, see Section 8.1.4. See Section 8.2.3.4 for the address location of the
registers and locking and unlocking sequences for accessing the registers. These registers are reset on
POR only.
Figure 10-23. DDR3 PLL Control Register 0 (DDR3PLLCTL0)
31
24
23
22
19
18
6
5
0
BWADJ[7:0]
BYPASS
CLKOD
PLLM
PLLD
RW,+0000 1001
RW,+0
RW,+0001
RW,+0000000010011
RW,+000000
Legend: RW = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 10-28. DDR3 PLL Control Register 0 Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
31-24
BWADJ[7:0]
BWADJ[11:8] and BWADJ[7:0] are located in DDR3PLLCTL0 and DDR3PLLCTL1 registers. BWADJ[11:0]
should be programmed to a value related to PLLM[12:0] value based on the equation: BWADJ =
((PLLM+1)>>1) - 1.
23
BYPASS
Enable bypass mode
•
0 = Bypass disabled
•
1 = Bypass enabled
22-19
CLKOD
A 4-bit field that selects the values for the PLL post divider. Valid post divider values are 1 and even values
from 2 to 16. CLKOD field is loaded with output divide value minus 1
18-6
PLLM
A 13-bit field that selects the values for the PLL multiplication factor. PLLM field is loaded with the multiply
factor minus 1
5-0
PLLD
A 6-bit field that selects the values for the reference (input) divider. PLLD field is loaded with reference divide
value minus 1
212
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Figure 10-24. DDR3 PLL Control Register 1 (DDR3PLLCTL1)
31
15
14
13
7
6
5
4
3
0
Reserved
PLLRST
Reserved
ENSAT
Reserved
BWADJ[11:8]
RW - 00000000000000000
RW-0
RW-0000000
RW-0
R-00
RW- 0000
Legend: RW = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 10-29. DDR3 PLL Control Register 1 Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
31-15
Reserved
Reserved
14
PLLRST
PLL Reset bit
•
0 = PLL Reset is released
•
1 = PLL Reset is asserted
13-7
Reserved
Reserved
6
ENSAT
Needs to be set to 1 for proper PLL operation
5-4
Reserved
Reserved
3-0
BWADJ[11:8]
BWADJ[11:8] and BWADJ[7:0] are located in the DDR3PLLCTL0 and the DDR3PLLCTL1 registers.
BWADJ[11:0] should be programmed to a value related to PLLM[12:0] value based on the equation: BWADJ =
((PLLM+1)>>1) - 1.
10.6.2 DDR3 PLL Device-Specific Information
As shown in Figure 10-22, the output of DDR3 PLL (PLLOUT) is divided by 2 and directly fed to the DDR3
memory controller. During power-on resets, the internal clocks of the DDR3 PLL are affected as described
in Section Section 10.4. The DDR3 PLL is unlocked only during the power-up sequence and is locked by
the time the RESETSTAT pin goes high. It does not lose lock during any of the other resets.
10.6.3 DDR3 PLL Input Clock Electrical Data/Timing
Table 10-30 applies to DDR3 memory interface.
Table 10-30. DDR3 PLL DDRCLK(N|P) Timing Requirements
(see Figure 10-25 and Figure 10-20)
No.
Min
Max
Unit
DDRCLK[P:N]
1
tc(DDRCLKN)
Cycle time _ DDRCLKN cycle time
3.2
25
ns
1
tc(DDRCLKP)
Cycle time _ DDRCLKP cycle time
3.2
25
ns
3
tw(DDRCLKN)
Pulse width _ DDRCLKN high
0.45*tc(DDRCLKN)
0.55*tc(DDRCLKN)
ns
2
tw(DDRCLKN)
Pulse width _ DDRCLKN low
0.45*tc(DDRCLKN)
0.55*tc(DDRCLKN)
ns
2
tw(DDRCLKP)
Pulse width _ DDRCLKP high
0.45*tc(DDRCLKP)
0.55*tc(DDRCLKP)
ns
3
tw(DDRCLKP)
Pulse width _ DDRCLKP low
0.45*tc(DDRCLKP)
0.55*tc(DDRCLKP)
ns
4
tr(DDRCLK_200
mV)
Transition time _ DDRCLK differential rise time (200 mV)
50
350
ps
4
tf(DDRCLK_200
mV)
Transition time _ DDRCLK differential fall time (200 mV)
50
350
ps
5
tj(DDRCLKN)
Jitter, peak_to_peak _ periodic DDRCLKN
0.02*tc(DDRCLKN)
ps
5
tj(DDRCLKP)
Jitter, peak_to_peak _ periodic DDRCLKP
0.02*tc(DDRCLKP)
ps
1
2
3
DDRCLKN
DDRCLKP
4
5
Figure 10-25. DDR3 PLL DDRCLK Timing
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
213
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
10.7 NETCP PLL
The NETCP PLL generates interface clocks for the Network Coprocessor. Using the NETCPCLKSEL pin
the user can select the input source of the NETCP PLL as either the output of the Core PLL mux or the
NETCPCLK clock reference source. When coming out of power-on reset, NETCP PLL comes out in a
bypass mode and needs to be programmed to a valid frequency before being enabled and used.
NETCP PLL power is supplied via the NETCP PLL power-supply pin (AVDDA3). An external EMI filter
circuit must be added to all PLL supplies. See the Hardware Design Guide for KeyStone II Devices
application report (SPRABV0) for detailed recommendations.
PLLM
NETCP
Clock Source
MUX
NETCP PLL
SYSCLK0
CORECLK(P|N)
0
NETCPCLK(P|N)
1
CLKOD
PLLD
VCO
0
/3
NETCP
Sub-system
0
1
1
BYPASS
NETCPCLKSEL
NETCPPLLCTL1.PAPLL
(bit13)
Figure 10-26. NETCP PLL Block Diagram
10.7.1 NETCP PLL Local Clock Dividers
The clock signal from the NETCP PLL Controller is routed to the Network Coprocessor. The NETCP
module has two internal dividers with fixed division ratios. See table Table 10-31.
10.7.2 NETCP PLL Control Registers
The NETCP PLL, which is used to drive the Network Coprocessor, does not use a PLL controller. NETCP
PLL can be controlled using the NETCPPLLCTL0 and NETCPPLLCTL1 registers located in the Bootcfg
module. These MMRs (memory-mapped registers) exist inside the Bootcfg space. To write to these
registers, software must go through an unlocking sequence using the KICK0 and KICK1 registers. For
suggested configuration values, see Section 8.1.4. See Section 8.2.3.4 for the address location of the
registers and locking and unlocking sequences for accessing these registers. These registers are reset on
POR only.
Figure 10-27. NETCP PLL Control Register 0 (NETCPPLLCTL0)
31
24
23
22
19
18
6
5
0
BWADJ[7:0]
BYPASS
CLKOD
PLLM
PLLD
RW,+0000 1001
RW,+0
RW,+0001
RW,+0000000010011
RW,+000000
Legend: RW = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 10-31. NETCP PLL Control Register 0 Field Descriptions (NETCPPLLCTL0)
Bit
Field
Description
31-24
BWADJ[7:0]
BWADJ[11:8] and BWADJ[7:0] are located in NETCPPLLCTL0 and NETCPPLLCTL1 registers. BWADJ[11:0]
should be programmed to a value related to PLLM[12:0] value based on the equation: BWADJ =
((PLLM+1)>>1) - 1.
23
BYPASS
Enable bypass mode
•
0 = Bypass disabled
•
1 = Bypass enabled
22-19
CLKOD
A 4-bit field that selects the values for the PLL post divider. Valid post divider values are 1 and even values
from 2 to 16. CLKOD field is loaded with output divide value minus 1
214
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 10-31. NETCP PLL Control Register 0 Field Descriptions (NETCPPLLCTL0) (continued)
Bit
Field
Description
18-6
PLLM
A 13-bit field that selects the values for the multiplication factor. PLLM field is loaded with the multiply factor
minus 1.
5-0
PLLD
A 6-bit field that selects the values for the reference divider. PLLD field is loaded with reference divide value
minus 1.
Figure 10-28. NETCP PLL Control Register 1 (NETCPPLLCTL1)
31
14
13
Reserved
15
PLLRST
PAPLL
12
Reserved
7
ENSAT
6
5
Reserved
4
3
BWADJ[11:8]
0
RW - 00000000000000000
RW-0
RW-0
RW-000000
RW-0
R-00
RW-0000
Legend: RW = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 10-32. NETCP PLL Control Register 1 Field Descriptions (NETCPPLLCTL1)
Bit
Field
Description
31-15
Reserved
Reserved
14
PLLRST
PLL Reset bit
•
0 = PLL Reset is released
•
1 = PLL Reset is asserted
13
PAPLL
NETCP Clock Source MUX Control
•
0 = SYSCLK0
•
1 = NETCP PLL
12-7
Reserved
Reserved
6
ENSAT
Needs to be set to 1 for proper PLL operation
5-4
Reserved
Reserved
3-0
BWADJ[11:8]
BWADJ[11:8] and BWADJ[7:0] are located in NETCPPLLCTL0 and NETCPPLLCTL1 registers. BWADJ[11:0]
should be programmed to a value related to PLLM[12:0] value based on the equation: BWADJ =
((PLLM+1)>>1) - 1.
10.7.3 NETCP PLL Device-Specific Information
As shown in Figure 10-26, the output of NETCP PLL (PLLOUT) is divided by 3 and directly fed to the
Network Coprocessor. During power-on resets, the internal clocks of the NETCP PLL are affected as
described in Section 10.4. The NETCP PLL is unlocked only during the power-up sequence and is locked
by the time the RESETSTAT pin goes high. It does not lose lock during any other resets.
10.7.4 NETCP PLL Input Clock Electrical Data/Timing
Table 10-33. NETCP PLL Timing Requirements
(see Figure 10-29 and Figure 10-20)
NO.
MIN
MAX
UNIT
NETCPCLK[P:N]
1
tc(NETCPCLKN)
Cycle time _ NETCPCLKN cycle time
3.2
25
ns
1
tc(NETCPCLKP)
Cycle time _ NETCPCLKP cycle time
3.2
25
ns
3
tw(NETCPCLKN)
Pulse width _ NETCPCLKN high
0.45*tc(NETCPCLKN)
0.55*tc(NETCPCLKN)
ns
2
tw(NETCPCLKN)
Pulse width _ NETCPCLKN low
0.45*tc(NETCPCLKN)
0.55*tc(NETCPCLKN)
ns
2
tw(NETCPCLKP)
Pulse width _ NETCPCLKP high
0.45*tc(NETCPCLKP)
0.55*tc(NETCPCLKP)
ns
3
tw(NETCPCLKP)
Pulse width _ NETCPCLKP low
0.45*tc(NETCPCLKP)
0.55*tc(NETCPCLKP)
ns
tr(NETCPCLK_250mV)
Transition time _ NETCPCLK differential rise time
(250 mV)
50
350
tf(NETCPCLK_250mV)
Transition time _ NETCPCLK differential fall time
(250 mV)
50
350
5
tj(NETCPCLKN)
Jitter, peak_to_peak _ periodic NETCPCLKN
100
ps, pk-pk
5
tj(NETCPCLKP)
Jitter, peak_to_peak _ periodic NETCPCLKP
100
ps, pk-pk
4
4
ps
ps
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
215
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
1
2
3
NETCPCLKN
NETCPCLKP
4
5
Figure 10-29. NETCP PLL Timing
10.8 DDR3 Memory Controller
The 72-bit DDR3 Memory Controller bus of the AM5K2E0x is used to interface to JEDEC standardcompliant DDR3 SDRAM devices. The DDR3 external bus interfaces only to DDR3 SDRAM devices and
does not share the bus with any other type of peripheral.
10.8.1 DDR3 Memory Controller Device-Specific Information
The AM5K2E0x includes one 64-bit wide, 1.5-V DDR3 SDRAM EMIF interface. The DDR3 interface can
operate at 800 mega transfers per second (MTS), 1033 MTS, 1333 MTS, and 1600 MTS.
Due to the complicated nature of the interface, a limited number of topologies are supported to provide a
16-bit, 32-bit, or 64-bit interface.
The DDR3 electrical requirements are fully specified in the DDR JEDEC Specification JESD79-3C.
Standard DDR3 SDRAMs are available in 8-bit and 16-bit versions allowing for the following bank
topologies to be supported by the interface:
• 72-bit: Five 16-bit SDRAMs (including 8 bits of ECC)
• 72-bit: Nine 8-bit SDRAMs (including 8 bits of ECC)
• 36-bit: Three 16-bit SDRAMs (including 4 bits of ECC)
• 36-bit:Five 8-bit SDRAMs (including 4 bits of ECC)
• 64-bit:Four 16-bit SDRAMs
• 64-bit:Eight 8-bit SDRAMs
• 32-bit:Two 16-bit SDRAMs
• 32-bit: Four 8-bit SDRAMs
• 16-bit:One 16-bit SDRAM
• 16-bit:Two 8-bit SDRAMs
The approach to specifying interface timing for the DDR3 memory bus is different than on other interfaces
such as I2C or SPI. For these other interfaces, the device timing was specified in terms of data manual
specifications and I/O buffer information specification (IBIS) models. For the DDR3 memory bus, the
approach is to specify compatible DDR3 devices and provide the printed circuit board (PCB) solution and
guidelines directly to the user.
A race condition may exist when certain masters write data to the DDR3 memory controller. For example,
if master A passes a software message via a buffer in external memory and does not wait for an indication
that the write completes before signaling to master B that the message is ready, when master B attempts
to read the software message, the master B read may bypass the master A write. Thus, master B may
read stale data and receive an incorrect message.
Some master peripherals (e.g., EDMA3 transfer controllers with TCCMOD=0) always wait for the write to
complete before signaling an interrupt to the system, thus avoiding this race condition. For masters that do
not have a hardware specification of write-read ordering, it may be necessary to specify data ordering in
the software.
If master A does not wait for an indication that a write is complete, it must perform the following
workaround:
1. Perform the required write to DDR3 memory space.
2. Perform a dummy write to the DDR3 memory controller module ID and revision register.
216
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
3. Perform a dummy read to the DDR3 memory controller module ID and revision register.
4. Indicate to master B that the data is ready to be read after completion of the read in step 3. The
completion of the read in step 3 ensures that the previous write was done.
10.8.2 DDR3 Slew Rate Control
The DDR3 slew rate is controlled by use of the PHY registers. See theKeyStone Architecture DDR3
Memory Controller User's Guide SPRUGV8 for details.
10.8.3 DDR3 Memory Controller Electrical Data/Timing
The DDR3 Design Requirements for KeyStone Devices application report SPRABI1 specifies a complete
DDR3 interface solution as well as a list of compatible DDR3 devices. The DDR3 electrical requirements
are fully specified in the DDR3 JEDEC Specification JESD79-3C. TI has performed the simulation and
system characterization to ensure all DDR3 interface timings in this solution are met. Therefore, no
electrical data/timing information is supplied here for this interface.
NOTE
TI supports only designs that follow the board design guidelines outlined in the application
report.
10.9 I2C Peripheral
The Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) module provides an interface between SoC and other devices compliant
with Philips Semiconductors (now NXP Semiconductors) Inter-Integrated Circuit bus specification version
2.1. External components attached to this 2-wire serial bus can transmit/receive up to 8-bit data to/from
the device through the I2C module.
10.9.1 I2C Device-Specific Information
The device includes multiple I2C peripheral modules.
NOTE
When using the I2C module, ensure there are external pullup resistors on the SDA and SCL
pins.
The I2C modules on the AM5K2E0x may be used by the SoC to control local peripheral ICs (DACs, ADCs,
etc.), communicate with other controllers in a system, or to implement a user interface.
The I2C port supports:
• Compatibility with Philips I2C specification revision 2.1 (January 2000)
• Fast mode up to 400 kbps (no fail-safe I/O buffers)
• Noise filter to remove noise of 50 ns or less
• 7-bit and 10-bit device addressing modes
• Multi-master (transmit/receive) and slave (transmit/receive) functionality
• Events: DMA, interrupt, or polling
• Slew-rate limited open-drain output buffers
Figure 10-30 shows a block diagram of the I2C module.
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
217
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
2
I C Module
Clock
Prescale
Peripheral Clock
(CPU/6)
2
I CPSC
Control
Bit Clock
Generator
SCL
Noise
Filter
2
I C Clock
2
Own
Address
2
Slave
Address
I COAR
2
I CCLKH
I CSAR
2
I CCLKL
2
I CMDR
2
I CCNT
Transmit
2
I CXSR
2
I CDXR
Transmit
Shift
2
I CEMDR
Data
Count
Extended
Mode
Transmit
Buffer
SDA
Interrupt/DMA
Noise
Filter
2
I C Data
Mode
2
I CDRR
2
I CRSR
2
Interrupt
Mask/Status
2
Interrupt
Status
I CIMR
Receive
Receive
Buffer
I CSTR
Receive
Shift
I CIVR
2
Interrupt
Vector
Shading denotes control/status registers.
Figure 10-30. I2C Module Block Diagram
10.9.2 I2C Peripheral Register Description
Table 10-34. I2C Registers
HEX ADDRESS OFFSETS
ACRONYM
REGISTER NAME
0x0000
ICOAR
I2C Own Address Register
0x0004
ICIMR
I2C Interrupt Mask/status Register
0x0008
ICSTR
I2C Interrupt Status Register
0x000C
ICCLKL
I2C Clock Low-time Divider Register
0x0010
ICCLKH
I2C Clock High-time Divider Register
0x0014
ICCNT
I2C Data Count Register
0x0018
ICDRR
I2C Data Receive Register
0x001C
ICSAR
I2C Slave Address Register
0x0020
ICDXR
I2C Data Transmit Register
0x0024
ICMDR
I2C Mode Register
0x0028
ICIVR
I2C Interrupt Vector Register
0x002C
ICEMDR
I2C Extended Mode Register
0x0030
ICPSC
I2C Prescaler Register
0x0034
ICPID1
I2C Peripheral Identification Register 1 [value: 0x0000 0105]
0x0038
ICPID2
I2C Peripheral Identification Register 2 [value: 0x0000 0005]
218
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 10-34. I2C Registers (continued)
HEX ADDRESS OFFSETS
ACRONYM
REGISTER NAME
0x003C -0x007F
-
Reserved
10.9.3 I2C Electrical Data/Timing
10.9.3.1 Inter-Integrated Circuits (I2C) Timing
Table 10-35. I2C Timing Requirements (1)
(see Figure 10-31)
STANDARD MODE
NO.
1
MIN
MAX
FAST MODE
MIN
MAX
UNIT
tc(SCL)
Cycle time, SCL
10
2.5
µs
tsu(SCLH-SDAL)
Setup time, SCL high before SDA low (for a repeated START
condition)
4.7
0.6
µs
th(SDAL-SCLL)
Hold time, SCL low after SDA low (for a START and a
repeated START condition)
4
0.6
µs
4
tw(SCLL)
Pulse duration, SCL low
4.7
1.3
µs
5
tw(SCLH)
Pulse duration, SCL high
4
0.6
µs
6
tsu(SDAV-SCLH)
Setup time, SDA valid before SCL high
250
100 (2)
(3)
(3)
2
3
7
2
th(SCLL-SDAV)
Hold time, SDA valid after SCL low (for I C bus devices)
0
tw(SDAH)
Pulse duration, SDA high between STOP and START
conditions
4.7
9
tr(SDA)
Rise time, SDA
1000
20 + 0.1Cb (5)
300
ns
10
tr(SCL)
Rise time, SCL
1000
20 + 0.1Cb (5)
300
ns
11
tf(SDA)
Fall time, SDA
300
20 + 0.1Cb (5)
300
ns
300
(5)
300
8
12
tf(SCL)
13
tsu(SCLH-SDAH) Setup time, SCL high before SDA high (for STOP condition)
14
tw(SP)
Cb
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(5)
Fall time, SCL
3.45
0.9
1.3
4
20 + 0.1Cb
0
400
µs
µs
0.6
Pulse duration, spike (must be suppressed)
Capacitive load for each bus line
0
ns
(4)
ns
µs
50
ns
400
pF
The I2C pins SDA and SCL do not feature fail-safe I/O buffers. These pins could potentially draw current when the device is powered
down.
A Fast-mode I2C-bus device can be used in a Standard-mode I2C-bus system, but the requirement tsu(SDA-SCLH) ≥ 250 ns must then
be met. This will automatically be the case if the device does not stretch the LOW period of the SCL signal. If such a device does stretch
the LOW period of the SCL signal, it must output the next data bit to the SDA line tr max + tsu(SDA-SCLH) = 1000 + 250 = 1250 ns
(according to the Standard-mode I2C-Bus Specification) before the SCL line is released.
A device must internally provide a hold time of at least 300 ns for the SDA signal (referred to the VIHmin of the SCL signal) to bridge the
undefined region of the falling edge of SCL.
The maximum th(SDA-SCLL) has to be met only if the device does not stretch the low period [tw(SCLL)] of the SCL signal.
Cb = total capacitance of one bus line in pF. If mixed with HS-mode devices, faster fall-times are allowed.
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
219
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
11
9
SDA
8
6
4
14
13
5
10
SCL
1
3
12
7
2
3
Stop
Start
Repeated
Start
Stop
Figure 10-31. I2C Receive Timings
Table 10-36. I2C Switching Characteristics (1)
(see Figure 10-32)
STANDARD
MODE
NO.
16
PARAMETER
MIN
FAST MODE
MAX
MIN
MAX UNIT
tc(SCL)
Cycle time, SCL
10
2.5
µs
tsu(SCLH-SDAL)
Setup time, SCL high to SDA low (for a repeated START
condition)
4.7
0.6
µs
th(SDAL-SCLL)
Hold time, SDA low after SCL low (for a START and a repeated
START condition)
4
0.6
µs
19
tw(SCLL)
Pulse duration, SCL low
4.7
1.3
µs
20
tw(SCLH)
Pulse duration, SCL high
4
0.6
µs
21
td(SDAV-SDLH)
Delay time, SDA valid to SCL high
250
100
22
tv(SDLL-SDAV)
Valid time, SDA valid after SCL low (for I2C bus devices)
0
0
tw(SDAH)
Pulse duration, SDA high between STOP and START
conditions
4.7
1.3
24
tr(SDA)
Rise time, SDA
1000
20 + 0.1Cb (1)
300
ns
25
tr(SCL)
Rise time, SCL
1000
20 + 0.1Cb (1)
300
ns
26
tf(SDA)
Fall time, SDA
300
20 + 0.1Cb (1)
300
ns
300
(1)
300
17
18
23
27
tf(SCL)
Fall time, SCL
28
td(SCLH-SDAH)
Delay time, SCL high to SDA high (for STOP condition)
Cp
Capacitance for each I2C pin
(1)
220
4
20 + 0.1Cb
ns
0.9
µs
0.6
10
µs
ns
µs
10
pF
Cb = total capacitance of one bus line in pF. If mixed with HS-mode devices, faster fall-times are allowed.
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
26
24
SDA
23
21
19
28
20
25
SCL
16
18
27
22
17
18
Stop
Start
Repeated
Start
Stop
Figure 10-32. I2C Transmit Timings
10.10 SPI Peripheral
The Serial Peripheral Interconnect (SPI) module provides an interface between the SoC and other SPIcompliant devices. The primary intent of this interface is to allow for connection to an SPI ROM for boot.
The SPI module on AM5K2E0x is supported only in master mode. Additional chip-level components can
also be included, such as temperature sensors or an I/O expander.
10.10.1 SPI Electrical Data/Timing
Table 10-37. SPI Timing Requirements
(see Figure 10-33)
NO.
MIN
MAX UNIT
Master Mode Timing Diagrams — Base Timings for 3 Pin Mode
7
tsu(SPIDIN-SPC)
Input setup time, SPIDIN valid before receive edge of SPICLK. Polarity = 0 Phase = 0
2
ns
7
tsu(SPIDIN-SPC)
Input setup time, SPIDIN valid before receive edge of SPICLK. Polarity = 0 Phase = 1
2
ns
7
tsu(SPIDIN-SPC)
Input setup time, SPIDIN valid before receive edge of SPICLK. Polarity = 1 Phase = 0
2
ns
7
tsu(SPIDIN-SPC)
Input setup time, SPIDIN valid before receive edge of SPICLK. Polarity = 1 Phase = 1
2
ns
8
th(SPC-SPIDIN)
Input hold time, SPIDIN valid after receive edge of SPICLK. Polarity = 0 Phase = 0
5
ns
8
th(SPC-SPIDIN)
Input hold time, SPIDIN valid after receive edge of SPICLK. Polarity = 0 Phase = 1
5
ns
8
th(SPC-SPIDIN)
Input hold time, SPIDIN valid after receive edge of SPICLK. Polarity = 1 Phase = 0
5
ns
8
th(SPC-SPIDIN)
Input hold time, SPIDIN valid after receive edge of SPICLK. Polarity = 1 Phase = 1
5
ns
Table 10-38. SPI Switching Characteristics
(see Figure 10-33 and Figure 10-34)
NO.
PARAMETER
MIN
MAX UNIT
Master Mode Timing Diagrams — Base Timings for 3 Pin Mode
3*P2 (1)
ns
Pulse width high, SPICLK, all master modes
0.5*(3*P2) - 1
ns
tw(SPCL)
Pulse width low, SPICLK, all master modes
0.5*(3*P2) - 1
ns
td(SPIDOUT-SPC)
Setup (Delay), initial data bit valid on SPIDOUT to initial edge
on SPICLK. Polarity = 0, Phase = 0.
5
4
td(SPIDOUT-SPC)
Setup (Delay), initial data bit valid on SPIDOUT to initial edge
on SPICLK. Polarity = 0, Phase = 1.
5
4
td(SPIDOUT-SPC)
Setup (Delay), initial data bit valid on SPIDOUT to initial edge
on SPICLK Polarity = 1, Phase = 0
5
1
tc(SPC)
Cycle time, SPICLK, all master modes
2
tw(SPCH)
3
4
(1)
ns
ns
ns
P2=1/(SYSCLK1/6)
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
221
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 10-38. SPI Switching Characteristics (continued)
(see Figure 10-33 and Figure 10-34)
NO.
PARAMETER
MIN
MAX UNIT
4
td(SPIDOUT-SPC)
Setup (Delay), initial data bit valid on SPIDOUT to initial edge
on SPICLK Polarity = 1, Phase = 1
5
5
td(SPC-SPIDOUT)
Setup (Delay), subsequent data bits valid on SPIDOUT to
initial edge on SPICLK. Polarity = 0 Phase = 0
2
5
td(SPC-SPIDOUT)
Setup (Delay), subsequent data bits valid on SPIDOUT to
initial edge on SPICLK Polarity = 0 Phase = 1
2
5
td(SPC-SPIDOUT)
Setup (Delay), subsequent data bits valid on SPIDOUT to
initial edge on SPICLK Polarity = 1 Phase = 0
2
5
td(SPC-SPIDOUT)
Setup (Delay), subsequent data bits valid on SPIDOUT to
initial edge on SPICLK Polarity = 1 Phase = 1
2
6
toh(SPCSPIDOUT)
Output hold time, SPIDOUT valid after receive edge of
SPICLK except for final bit. Polarity = 0 Phase = 0
0.5*tc - 2
6
toh(SPCSPIDOUT)
Output hold time, SPIDOUT valid after receive edge of
SPICLK except for final bit. Polarity = 0 Phase = 1
0.5*tc - 2
6
toh(SPCSPIDOUT)
Output hold time, SPIDOUT valid after receive edge of
SPICLK except for final bit. Polarity = 1 Phase = 0
0.5*tc - 2
6
toh(SPCSPIDOUT)
Output hold time, SPIDOUT valid after receive edge of
SPICLK except for final bit. Polarity = 1 Phase = 1
0.5*tc - 2
19
td(SCS-SPC)
Delay from SPISCSx\ active to first SPICLK. Polarity = 0
Phase = 0
2*P2 - 5
2*P2 + 5
19
td(SCS-SPC)
Delay from SPISCSx\ active to first SPICLK. Polarity = 0
Phase = 1
0.5*tc + (2*P2) - 5
0.5*tc + (2*P2) + 5
19
td(SCS-SPC)
Delay from SPISCSx\ active to first SPICLK. Polarity = 1
Phase = 0
2*P2 - 5
2*P2 + 5
19
td(SCS-SPC)
Delay from SPISCSx\ active to first SPICLK. Polarity = 1
Phase = 1
0.5*tc + (2*P2) - 5
0.5*tc + (2*P2) + 5
20
td(SPC-SCS)
Delay from final SPICLK edge to master deasserting
SPISCSx\. Polarity = 0 Phase = 0
1*P2 - 5
1*P2 + 5
20
td(SPC-SCS)
Delay from final SPICLK edge to master deasserting
SPISCSx\. Polarity = 0 Phase = 1
0.5*tc + (1*P2) - 5
0.5*tc + (1*P2) + 5
20
td(SPC-SCS)
Delay from final SPICLK edge to master deasserting
SPISCSx\. Polarity = 1 Phase = 0
1*P2 - 5
1*P2 + 5
20
td(SPC-SCS)
Delay from final SPICLK edge to master deasserting
SPISCSx\. Polarity = 1 Phase = 1
0.5*tc + (1*P2) - 5
0.5*tc + (1*P2) + 5
tw(SCSH)
Minimum inactive time on SPISCSx\ pin between two transfers
when SPISCSx\ is not held using the CSHOLD feature.
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
Additional SPI Master Timings — 4 Pin Mode with Chip Select Option
222
2*P2 - 5
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
1
2
MASTER MODE
POLARITY = 0 PHASE = 0
3
SPICLK
5
4
SPIDOUT
MO(0)
7
SPIDIN
6
MO(1)
MO(n−1)
MO(n)
MI(n−1)
MI(n)
8
MI(0)
MI(1)
MASTER MODE
POLARITY = 0 PHASE = 1
4
SPICLK
6
5
MO(0)
SPIDOUT
7
MO(n−1)
MO(n)
MI(1)
MI(n−1)
8
MI(0)
SPIDIN
MO(1)
4
MI(n)
MASTER MODE
POLARITY = 1 PHASE = 0
SPICLK
5
SPIDOUT
6
MO(0)
7
MO(1)
MO(n)
8
MI(0)
SPIDIN
MO(n−1)
MI(1)
MI(n−1)
MI(n)
MASTER MODE
POLARITY = 1 PHASE = 1
SPICLK
5
4
SPIDOUT
MO(0)
7
SPIDIN
6
MO(1)
MO(n−1)
MI(1)
MI(n−1)
MO(n)
8
MI(0)
MI(n)
Figure 10-33. SPI Master Mode Timing Diagrams — Base Timings for 3-Pin Mode
MASTER MODE 4 PIN WITH CHIP SELECT
19
20
SPICLK
SPIDOUT
MO(0)
SPIDIN
MI(0)
MO(1)
MO(n−1)
MO(n)
MI(1)
MI(n−1)
MI(n)
SPISCSx
Figure 10-34. SPI Additional Timings for 4-Pin Master Mode with Chip Select Option
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
223
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
10.11 HyperLink Peripheral
The AM5K2E0x includes HyperLink for companion device interfaces. This is a four-lane SerDes interface
designed to operate at up to 10 Gbps per lane from pin-to-pin. The interface is used to connect with
external accelerators that are manufactured using TI libraries. The HyperLink lines must be connected
with DC coupling.
The interface includes the serial station management interfaces used to send power management and
flow messages between devices. Each HyperLink interface consists of four LVCMOS inputs and four
LVCMOS outputs configured as two 2-wire input buses and two 2-wire output buses. Each 2-wire bus
includes a data signal and a clock signal.
Table 10-39. HyperLink Peripheral Timing Requirements
(see Figure 10-35, Figure 10-36 and Figure 10-37)
NO.
MIN
MAX
UNIT
FL Interface
1
tc(HYPTXFLCLK)
Clock period - HYPTXFLCLK (C1)
2
tw(HYPTXFLCLKH)
High pulse width - HYPTXFLCLK
0.4*C1
0.6*C1
ns
3
tw(HYPTXFLCLKL)
Low pulse width - HYPTXFLCLK
0.4*C1
0.6*C1
ns
tsu(HYPTXFLDAT-HYPTXFLCLKH)
Setup time - HYPTXFLDAT valid before HYPTXFLCLK
high
1
th(HYPTXFLCLKH-HYPTXFLDAT)
Hold time - HYPTXFLDAT valid after HYPTXFLCLK high
1
tsu(HYPTXFLDAT-HYPTXFLCLKL)
Setup time - HYPTXFLDAT valid before HYPTXFLCLK
low
1
th(HYPTXFLCLKL-HYPTXFLDAT)
Hold time - HYPTXFLDAT valid after HYPTXFLCLK low
1
6
7
6
7
5.75
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
PM Interface
1
tc(HYPRXPMCLK)
Clock period - HYPRXPMCLK (C3)
2
tw(HYPRXPMCLK)
High pulse width - HYPRXPMCLK
0.4*C3
0.6*C3
ns
3
tw(HYPRXPMCLK)
Low pulse width - HYPRXPMCLK
0.4*C3
0.6*C3
ns
6
tsu(HYPRXPMDATHYPRXPMCLKH)
Setup time - HYPRXPMDAT valid before
HYPRXPMCLK high
1
th(HYPRXPMCLKH-HYPRXPMDAT)
Hold time - HYPRXPMDAT valid after HYPRXPMCLK
high
1
tsu(HYPRXPMDATHYPRXPMCLKL)
Setup time - HYPRXPMDAT valid before
HYPRXPMCLK low
1
th(HYPRXPMCLKL-HYPRXPMDAT)
Hold time - HYPRXPMDAT valid after HYPRXPMCLK
low
1
7
6
7
5.75
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
Table 10-40. HyperLink Peripheral Switching Characteristics
(see Figure 10-35, Figure 10-36 and Figure 10-37)
NO.
PARAMETER
MIN
MAX
UNIT
FL Interface
1
tc(HYPRXFLCLK)
Clock period - HYPRXFLCLK (C2)
2
tw(HYPRXFLCLKH)
High pulse width - HYPRXFLCLK
0.4*C2
0.6*C2
ns
3
tw(HYPRXFLCLKL)
Low pulse width - HYPRXFLCLK
0.4*C2
0.6*C2
ns
4
tosu(HYPRXFLDATHYPRXFLCLKH)
Setup time - HYPRXFLDAT valid before HYPRXFLCLK
high
0.25*C2-0.4
toh(HYPRXFLCLKH-HYPRXFLDAT)
Hold time - HYPRXFLDAT valid after HYPRXFLCLK
high
0.25*C2-0.4
4
tosu(HYPRXFLDATHYPRXFLCLKL)
Setup time - HYPRXFLDAT valid before HYPRXFLCLK
low
0.25*C2-0.4
5
toh(HYPRXFLCLKL-HYPRXFLDAT)
Hold time - HYPRXFLDAT valid after HYPRXFLCLK low
0.25*C2-0.4
5
6.4
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
PM Interface
1
tc(HYPTXPMCLK)
Clock period - HYPTXPMCLK (C4)
2
tw(HYPTXPMCLK)
High pulse width - HYPTXPMCLK
0.4*C4
0.6*C4
ns
3
tw(HYPTXPMCLK)
Low pulse width - HYPTXPMCLK
0.4*C4
0.6*C4
ns
4
tosu(HYPTXPMDATHYPTXPMCLKH)
Setup time - HYPTXPMDAT valid before HYPTXPMCLK
high
224
6.4
0.25*C2-0.4
ns
ns
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 10-40. HyperLink Peripheral Switching Characteristics (continued)
(see Figure 10-35, Figure 10-36 and Figure 10-37)
NO.
PARAMETER
MIN
5
toh(HYPTXPMCLKHHYPTXPMDAT)
Hold time - HYPTXPMDAT valid after HYPTXPMCLK
high
0.25*C2-0.4
4
tosu(HYPTXPMDATHYPTXPMCLKL)
Setup time - HYPTXPMDAT valid before HYPTXPMCLK
low
0.25*C2-0.4
toh(HYPTXPMCLKL-HYPTXPMDAT)
Hold time - HYPTXPMDAT valid after HYPTXPMCLK
low
0.25*C2-0.4
5
MAX
UNIT
ns
ns
ns
1
2
3
Figure 10-35. HyperLink Station Management Clock Timing
4
5
4
5
HYPTXCLK
HYPTXDAT
represents the interface that is being used: PM or FL
Figure 10-36. HyperLink Station Management Transmit Timing
6
7
6
7
HYPRXCLK
HYPRXDAT
represents the interface that is being used: PM or FL
Figure 10-37. HyperLink Station Management Receive Timing
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
225
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
10.12 UART Peripheral
The universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter (UART) module provides an interface between the device
and a UART terminal interface or other UART-based peripheral. The UART is based on the industry
standard TL16C550 asynchronous communications element which, in turn, is a functional upgrade of the
TL16C450. Functionally similar to the TL16C450 on power up (single character or TL16C450 mode), the
UART can be placed in an alternate FIFO (TL16C550) mode. This relieves the SoC of excessive software
overhead by buffering received and transmitted characters. The receiver and transmitter FIFOs store up to
16 bytes including three additional bits of error status per byte for the receiver FIFO.
The UART performs serial-to-parallel conversions on data received from a peripheral device and parallelto-serial conversion on data received from the SoC to be sent to the peripheral device. The SoC can read
the UART status at any time. The UART includes control capability and a processor interrupt system that
can be tailored to minimize software management of the communications link. For more information on
UART, see the KeyStone Architecture Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART) User's Guide
(SPRUGP1).
Table 10-41. UART Timing Requirements
(see Figure 10-38 and Figure 10-39)
NO.
MIN
MAX
UNIT
0.96U (1)
1.05U
ns
Receive Timing
4
tw(RXSTART)
Pulse width, receive start bit
5
tw(RXH)
Pulse width, receive data/parity bit high
0.96U
1.05U
ns
5
tw(RXL)
Pulse width, receive data/parity bit low
0.96U
1.05U
ns
6
tw(RXSTOP1)
Pulse width, receive stop bit 1
0.96U
1.05U
ns
6
tw(RXSTOP15)
Pulse width, receive stop bit 1.5
0.96U
1.05U
ns
6
tw(RXSTOP2)
Pulse width, receive stop bit 2
0.96U
1.05U
ns
P (2)
5P
ns
Autoflow Timing Requirements
8
td(CTSL-TX)
(1)
(2)
Delay time, CTS asserted to START bit transmit
U = UART baud time = 1/programmed baud rate
P = 1/(SYSCLK1/6)
5
4
RXD
Stop/Idle
Start
5
Bit 1
Bit 0
Bit N-1
Bit N
6
Parity
Stop
Idle
Start
Figure 10-38. UART Receive Timing Waveform
8
TXD
Bit N-1
Bit N
Stop
Start
Bit 0
CTS
Figure 10-39. UART CTS (Clear-to-Send Input) — Autoflow Timing Waveform
226
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 10-42. UART Switching Characteristics
(see Figure 10-40 and Figure 10-41)
NO.
PARAMETER
MIN
MAX
UNIT
U (1)- 2
Transmit Timing
1
tw(TXSTART)
Pulse width, transmit start bit
U+2
ns
2
tw(TXH)
Pulse width, transmit data/parity bit high
U-2
U+2
ns
2
tw(TXL)
Pulse width, transmit data/parity bit low
U-2
U+2
ns
3
tw(TXSTOP1)
Pulse width, transmit stop bit 1
U-2
U+2
ns
3
tw(TXSTOP15)
Pulse width, transmit stop bit 1.5
1.5 * (U - 2)
1.5 * ('U + 2)
ns
3
tw(TXSTOP2)
Pulse width, transmit stop bit 2
2 * (U - 2)
2 * ('U + 2)
ns
P (2)
5P
ns
Autoflow Timing Requirements
7
td(RX-RTSH)
(1)
(2)
Delay time, STOP bit received to RTS deasserted
U = UART baud time = 1/programmed baud rate
P = 1/(SYSCLK1/6)
1
TXD
Start
Stop/Idle
2
Bit 0
2
Bit 1
Bit N-1
Bit N
Parity
3
Stop
Idle
Start
Figure 10-40. UART Transmit Timing Waveform
7
RXD
Bit N-1
Bit N
Stop
Start
CTS
Figure 10-41. UART RTS (Request-to-Send Output) – Autoflow Timing Waveform
10.13 PCIe Peripheral
The two-lane PCI express (PCIe) module on AM5K2E0x provides an interface between the device and
other PCIe-compliant devices. The PCIe module provides low pin-count, high-reliability, and high-speed
data transfer at rates up to 5.0 Gbps per lane on the serial links. For more information, see the KeyStone
Architecture Peripheral Component Interconnect Express (PCIe) User's Guide (SPRUGS6).
10.14 Packet Accelerator
The Packet Accelerator (PA) provides L2 to L4 classification functionalities and supports classification for
Ethernet, VLAN, MPLS over Ethernet, IPv4/6, GRE over IP, and other session identification over IP such
as UDP ports. It maintains 8k multiple-in, multiple-out hardware queues and also provides checksum
capability as well as some QoS capabilities. The PA enables a single IP address to be used for a
multicore device and can process up to 1.5 Mpps. The Packet Accelerator is coupled with the Network
Coprocessor. For more information, see the KeyStone II Architecture Packet Accelerator 2 (PA2) for K2E
and K2L Devices User's Guide (SPRUHZ2).
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
227
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
10.15 Security Accelerator
The Security Accelerator (SA) provides wire-speed processing on 1 Gbps Ethernet traffic on IPSec, SRTP,
and 3GPP Air interface security protocols. It functions on the packet level with the packet and the
associated security context being one of the above three types. The Security Accelerator is coupled with
the Network Coprocessor, and receives the packet descriptor containing the security context in the buffer
descriptor and the data to be encrypted/decrypted in the linked buffer descriptor. For more information,
see the KeyStone II Architecture Security Accelerator 2 (SA2) for K2E and K2L Devices User's Guide
(SPRUHZ1).
10.16 Network Coprocessor Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) Switch Subsystem
The gigabit Ethernet (GbE) switch subsystem provides an efficient interface between the device and the
networked community. The Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) supports 10Base-T
(10 Mbits/second), and 100BaseTX (100 Mbps), in half- or full-duplex mode, and 1000BaseT (1000 Mbps)
in full-duplex mode, with hardware flow control and quality-of-service (QOS) support. The GbE switch
subsystem is coupled with the Network Coprocessor. For more information, see the Gigabit Ethernet
(GbE) Switch Subsystem (1 GB) User's Guide (SPRUGV9).
An address range is assigned to the AM5K2E0x. Each individual device has a 48-bit MAC address and
consumes only one unique MAC address out of the range. There are two registers to hold these values,
MACID1[31:0] (32 bits) and MACID2[15:0] (16 bits) . The bits of these registers are defined as follows:
Figure 10-42. MACID1 Register (MMR Address 0x02620110)
31
0
MACID
R,+xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
Legend: R = Read only; -x, value is indeterminate
Table 10-43. MACID1 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
31-0
MAC ID
MAC ID. Lower 32 bits.
Figure 10-43. MACID2 Register (MMR Address 0x02620114)
31
17
16
CRC
24
23
Reserved
18
FLOW
BCAST
15
MACID
0
R+,cccc cccc
R,+rr rrrr
R,+z
R,+y
R,+xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
LEGEND: R = Read only; -x = value is indeterminate
Table 10-44. MACID2 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
31-24
Reserved
Variable
23-18
Reserved
000000
17
FLOW
MAC Flow Control
•
0 = Off
•
1 = On
16
BCAST
Default m/b-cast reception
•
0 = Broadcast
•
1 = Disabled
15-0
MAC ID
MAC ID. Upper 16 bits.
228
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
There is a central processor time synchronization (CPTS) submodule in the Ethernet switch module that
can be used for time synchronization. Programming this register selects the clock source for the
CPTS_RCLK. See the Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) Switch Subsystem (1 GB) User's Guide (SPRUGV9) for the
register address and other details about the time synchronization submodule. The register
CPTS_RFTCLK_SEL for reference clock selection of the time synchronization submodule is shown in
Figure 10-44.
CPTS also allows 8 HW signal inputs for timestamping. Two of these signals are connected to
TSPUSHEVT0 and TSPUSHEVT1. The other 6 are connected to internal SyncE and timer signals. See
Table 10-45 for interconnectivity. Regarding the SyncE signal, see Section 8.2.3.23 for more details on
how to control this input. Furthermore, see the Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) Switch Subsystem (1 GB) User's
Guide (SPRUGV9) for details on how to enable HW timestamping on CPTS.
Table 10-45. CPTS Hardware Push Events
EVENT NUMBER
CONNECTION
1
syncE
2
XGE sync
3
Tspushevt1
4
Tspushevt0
5
Timi1
6
Timi0
7
Reserved
8
Reserved
Figure 10-44. RFTCLK Select Register (CPTS_RFTCLK_SEL)
31
4
3
0
Reserved
CPTS_RFTCLK_SEL
R-0
RW - 0
Legend: R = Read only; -x, value is indeterminate
Table 10-46. RFTCLK Select Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Description
31-4
Reserved
Reserved. Read as 0.
3-0
CPTS_RFTCLK_SE
L
Reference clock select. This signal is used to control an external multiplexer that selects one of 8 clocks for
time sync reference (RFTCLK). This CPTS_RFTCLK_SEL value can be written only when the CPTS_EN
bit is cleared to 0 in the TS_CTL register.
•
0000 = SYSCLK2
•
0001 = SYSCLK3
•
0010 = TIMI0
•
0011 = TIMI1
•
0100 = TSIPCLKA
•
1000 = TSREFCLK
•
1100 = TSIPCLKB
•
Others = Reserved
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
229
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
10.17 SGMII/XFI Management Data Input/Output (MDIO)
The management data input/output (MDIO) module implements the 802.3 serial management interface to
interrogate and control up to 32 Ethernet PHY(s) connected to the device, using a shared two-wire bus.
Application software uses the MDIO module to configure the auto-negotiation parameters of each PHY
attached to the EMAC, retrieve the negotiation results, and configure required parameters in the gigabit
Ethernet (GbE) and 10-gigabit Ethernet (10GbE) switch subsystems for correct operation. The module
allows almost transparent operation of the MDIO interface, with very little attention from the SoC. For more
information, see the Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) Switch Subsystem (1 GB) User's Guide (SPRUGV9) and the
KeyStone II Architecture 10 Gigabit Ethernet Subsystem User's Guide (SPRUHJ5).
Table 10-47. MDIO Timing Requirements
(see Figure 10-45)
NO.
MIN
MAX
UNIT
1
tc(MDCLK)
Cycle time, MDCLK
400
ns
2
tw(MDCLKH)
Pulse duration, MDCLK high
180
ns
3
tw(MDCLKL)
Pulse duration, MDCLK low
180
ns
4
tsu(MDIO-MDCLKH)
Setup time, MDIO data input valid before MDCLK high
10
ns
5
th(MDCLKH-MDIO)
Hold time, MDIO data input valid after MDCLK high
10
tt(MDCLK)
Transition time, MDCLK
ns
5
ns
1
MDCLK
2
3
4
5
MDIO
(Input)
Figure 10-45. MDIO Input Timing
Table 10-48. MDIO Switching Characteristics
(see Figure 10-46)
NO.
PARAMETER
MIN
MAX
UNIT
300
ns
6
td(MDCLKH-MDIO)
Delay time, MDCLK high to MDIO data output valid
10
7
th(MDCLKH-MDIO)
Hold time, MDIO data output valid after MDCLK high
10
8
td(MDCLKH-MDIO)
Delay time, MDCLK high to MDIO Hi-Z
10
ns
300
ns
1
MDCLK
7
7
6
8
MDIO
(Ouput)
Figure 10-46. MDIO Output Timing
230
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
10.18 Ten-Gigabit Ethernet (10GbE) Switch Subsystem
The 3-port Ten Gigabit Ethernet Switch Subsystem (different from the Network Coprocessor integrated
switch) includes a standalone EMAC switch subsystem and a 2-lane SerDes macro. The 2-lane macro
enables only 2 external ports. It does not include any packet acceleration or security acceleration engine.
10.18.1 10GbE Supported Features
The key features of the 10GbE module are listed below:
• 10 Gbps EMAC switch subsystem
– MDIO: Media-dependent input/output module
– SGMII Interface for 10/100/1000 and 10GBASE-KR for 10G
– Ethernet switch with wire-rate switching (only two external ports are supported by the SerDes)
– CPTS module that supports time-stamping for IEEE1588v2 with support for eight hardware push
events and generation of compare output pulses
– Supports XFI electrical interface
• CPDMA
The CPDMA component provides CPPI 4.2 compatible functionality, and provides a 128-bit wide data path
to the TeraNet, enabling:
• Support for 8 transmit channel and 16 receive channels
• Support for reset isolation option
For more information, see the KeyStone II Architecture 10 Gigabit Ethernet Subsystem User's Guide
(SPRUHJ5).
10.19 Timers
The timers can be used to time events, count events, generate pulses, interrupt the ARM CorePac and
send synchronization events to the EDMA3 channel controller.
10.19.1 Timers Device-Specific Information
The AM5K2E0x device has up to twenty 64-bit timers in total, but only 12 timers are used in AM5K2E04
and 10 timers are used in AM5K2E02, of which Timer16 and Timer17 (AM5K2E02) and Timer16 through
Timer19 (AM5K2E04) are dedicated to each of the Cortex-A15 processor cores as a watchdog timer and
can also be used as general-purpose timers. The Timer8 through Timer15 can be configured as generalpurpose timers only, with each timer programmed as a 64-bit timer or as two separate 32-bit timers.
When operating in 64-bit mode, the timer counts either module clock cycles or input (TINPLx) pulses
(rising edge) and generates an output pulse/waveform (TOUTLx) plus an internal event (TINTLx) on a
software-programmable period. When operating in 32-bit mode, the timer is split into two independent 32bit timers. Each timer is made up of two 32-bit counters: a high counter and a low counter. The timer pins,
TINPLx and TOUTLx are connected to the low counter. The timer pins, TINPHx and TOUTHx are
connected to the high counter.
When operating in watchdog mode, the timer counts down to 0 and generates an event. It is a
requirement that software writes to the timer before the count expires, after which the count begins again.
If the count ever reaches 0, the timer event output is asserted. Reset initiated by a watchdog timer can be
set by programming the Reset Type Status Register (RSTYPE) (see Section 10.5.2.6) and the type of
reset initiated can set by programming the Reset Configuration Register (RSTCFG) (see
Section 10.5.2.8). For more information, see the KeyStone Architecture Timer 64P User's Guide
SPRUGV5.
10.19.2 Timers Electrical Timing
The tables and figures below describe the timing requirements and switching characteristics of the timers.
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
231
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 10-49. Timer Input Timing Requirements (1)
(see Figure 10-47)
NO.
1
2
(1)
MIN
MAX
UNIT
tw(TINPH)
Pulse duration, high
12C
ns
tw(TINPL)
Pulse duration, low
12C
ns
C = 1/SYSCLK1 clock frequency in ns
Table 10-50. Timer Output Switching Characteristics (1)
(see Figure 10-47)
NO.
PARAMETER
MIN
MAX
UNIT
3
tw(TOUTH)
Pulse duration, high
12C - 3
ns
4
tw(TOUTL)
Pulse duration, low
12C - 3
ns
(1)
C = 1/SYSCLK1 clock frequency in ns.
1
2
TIMIx
3
4
TIMOx
Figure 10-47. Timer Timing
10.20 General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO)
10.20.1 GPIO Device-Specific Information
The GPIO peripheral pins are used for general purpose input/output for the device. These pins are also
used to configure the device at boot time.
For more detailed information on device/peripheral configuration and the AM5K2E0x device pin muxing,
see Section 8.2.
These GPIO pins can also be used to generate individual core interrupts (no support of bank interrupt)
and EDMA events.
10.20.2 GPIO Peripheral Register Description
Table 10-51. GPIO Registers
Hex Address Offsets
Acronym
Register Name
0x0008
BINTEN
GPIO interrupt per bank enable register
0x000C
-
Reserved
0x0010
DIR
GPIO Direction Register
0x0014
OUT_DATA
GPIO Output Data Register
0x0018
SET_DATA
GPIO Set Data Register
0x001C
CLR_DATA
GPIO Clear Data Register
0x0020
IN_DATA
GPIO Input Data Register
0x0024
SET_RIS_TRIG
GPIO Set Rising Edge Interrupt Register
0x0028
CLR_RIS_TRIG
GPIO Clear Rising Edge Interrupt Register
0x002C
SET_FAL_TRIG
GPIO Set Falling Edge Interrupt Register
0x0030
CLR_FAL_TRIG
GPIO Clear Falling Edge Interrupt Register
0x008C
-
Reserved
232
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 10-51. GPIO Registers (continued)
Hex Address Offsets
Acronym
Register Name
0x0090 - 0x03FF
-
Reserved
10.20.3 GPIO Electrical Data/Timing
Table 10-52. GPIO Input Timing Requirements (1)
(see Figure 10-48)
NO.
MIN
MAX UNIT
1
tw(GPOH)
Pulse duration, GPOx high
12C
ns
2
tw(GPOL)
Pulse duration, GPOx low
12C
ns
(1)
C = 1/SYSCLK1 clock frequency in ns
Table 10-53. GPIO Output Switching Characteristics (1)
(see Figure 10-48)
NO.
3
4
(1)
PARAMETER
MIN
MAX UNIT
tw(GPOH)
Pulse duration, GPOx high
36C - 8
ns
tw(GPOL)
Pulse duration, GPOx low
36C - 8
ns
C = 1/SYSCLK1 clock frequency in ns
1
2
GPIx
3
4
GPOx
Figure 10-48. GPIO Timing
10.21 Semaphore2
The device contains an enhanced Semaphore module for the management of shared resources of the
SoC. The Semaphore enforces atomic accesses to shared chip-level resources so that the read-modifywrite sequence is not broken. The Semaphore module has unique interrupts to each of the CorePacs to
identify when that CorePac has acquired the resource.
Semaphore resources within the module are not tied to specific hardware resources. It is a software
requirement to allocate semaphore resources to the hardware resource(s) to be arbitrated.
The Semaphore module supports three masters and contains 64 semaphores that can be shared within
the system.
There are two methods of accessing a semaphore resource:
• Direct Access: A CorePac directly accesses a semaphore resource. If free, the semaphore is granted.
If not free, the semaphore is not granted.
• Indirect Access: A CorePac indirectly accesses a semaphore resource by writing to it. Once the
resource is free, an interrupt notifies the CorePac that the resource is available.
10.22 Universal Serial Bus 3.0 (USB 3.0)
The device includes a USB 3.0 controller providing the following capabilities:
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
233
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
•
•
•
•
www.ti.com
Support of USB 3.0 peripheral (or device) mode at the following speeds:
– Super Speed (SS) (5 Gbps)
– High Speed (HS) (480 Mbps)
– Full Speed (FS) (12 Mbps)
Support of USB 3.0 host mode at the following speeds:
– Super Speed (SS) (5 Gbps)
– High Speed (HS) (480 Mbps)
– Full Speed (FS) (12 Mbps)
– Low Speed (LS) (1.5 Mbps)
Integrated DMA controller with extensible Host Controller Interface (xHCI) support
Support for 14 transmit and 14 receive endpoints plus control EP0
For more information, see the KeyStone II Architecture Universal Serial Bus 3.0 (USB 3.0) User's Guide
(SPRUHJ7).
10.23 TSIP Peripheral
The Telecom Serial Interface Port (TSIP) module provides a glueless interface to common telecom serial
data streams. For more information, see the KeyStone Architecture Telecom Serial Interface Port (TSIP)
User Guide (SPRUGY4).
10.23.1 TSIP Electrical Data/Timing
Table 10-54. Timing Requirements for TSIP 2x Mode (1)
(see Figure 10-49)
NO.
MIN
UNIT
ns
ns
1
tc(CLK)
Cycle time, CLK rising edge to next CLK rising edge
2
tw(CLKL)
Pulse duration, CLK low
0.4×tc(CLK)
3
tw(CLKH)
Pulse duration, CLK high
0.4×tc(CLK)
4
tt(CLK)
Transition time, CLK high to low or CLK low to high
5
tsu(FS-CLK)
Setup time, FS valid before rising CLK
5
ns
6
th(CLK-FS)
Hold time, FS valid after rising CLK
5
ns
7
tsu(TR-CLK)
Setup time, TR valid before rising CLK
5
ns
8
th(CLK-TR)
Hold time, TR valid after rising CLK
5
9
td(CLKL-TX)
Delay time, CLK low to TX valid
1
12
ns
10
tdis(CLKH-TXZ)
Disable time, CLK low to TX Hi-Z
2
10
ns
(1)
(2)
234
61
MAX
(2)
ns
2
ns
ns
Polarities of XMTFSYNCP = 0b, XMTFCLKP = 0, XMTDCLKP = 1b, RCVFSYNCP = 0, RCVFCLKP = 0, RCVDCLKP = 0. If the polarity
of any of the signals is inverted, then the timing references of that signal are also inverted.
Timing shown is for 8.192 Mbps links. Timing for 16.384 Mbps and 32.768 Mbps links is 30.5 ns and 15.2 ns, respectively.
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
1
2
3
CLKA/B
6
5
FSA/B
8
7
TR[n]
ts127-3
ts127-2
ts127-1
ts127-0
ts000-7
ts000-6
ts000-5
ts000-4
ts000-3
ts000-2
ts000-1
ts000-0
9
TX[n]
A.
ts127-3
ts127-2
ts127-1
ts127-0
ts000-7
ts000-6
ts000-5
ts000-4
ts000-3
ts000-2
ts000-1
ts000-0
Example timeslot numbering shown is for 8.192 Mbps links; 16.384 Mbps links have timeslots numbered 0 through
255 and 32.768 Mbps links have timeslots numbered 0 through 511. The data timing shown relative to the clock and
frame sync signals would require a RCVDATD=1 and a XMTDATD=1
Figure 10-49. TSIP 2x Timing Diagram(A)
Table 10-55. Timing Requirements for TSIP 1x Mode (1)
(see Figure 10-50)
NO.
MIN
UNIT
ns
ns
11
tc(CLK)
Cycle time, CLK rising edge to next CLK rising edge
12
tw(CLKL)
Pulse duration, CLK low
0.4×tc(CLK)
13
tw(CLKH)
Pulse duration, CLK high
0.4×tc(CLK)
14
tt(CLK)
Transition time, CLK high to low or CLK low to high
15
tsu(FS-CLK)
Setup time, FS valid before rising CLK
5
ns
16
th(CLK-FS)
Hold time, FS valid after rising CLK
5
ns
17
tsu(TR-CLK)
Setup time, TR valid before rising CLK
5
ns
18
th(CLK-TR)
Hold time, TR valid after rising CLK
5
19
td(CLKL-TX)
Delay time, CLK low to TX valid
1
12
ns
20
tdis(CLKH-TXZ)
Disable time, CLK low to TX Hi-Z
2
10
ns
(1)
(2)
122.1
MAX
(2)
ns
2
ns
ns
Polarities of XMTFSYNCP = 0b, XMTFCLKP = 0, XMTDCLKP = 0b, RCVFSYNCP = 0, RCVFCLKP = 0, RCVDCLKP = 1. If the polarity
of any of the signals is inverted, then the timing references of that signal are also inverted.
Timing shown is for 8.192 Mbps links. Timing for 16.384 Mbps and 32.768 Mbps links is 61 ns and 30.5 ns, respectively.
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
235
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
11
12
13
CLKA/B
16
15
FSA/B
17
TR[n]
ts127-3
ts127-2
ts127-1
ts127-0
18
ts000-7
ts000-6
ts000-5
ts000-4
ts000-3
ts000-2
ts000-1
ts000-0
19
TX[n]
A.
ts127-3
ts127-2
ts127-1
ts127-0
ts000-7
ts000-6
ts000-5
ts000-4
ts000-3
ts000-2
ts000-1
ts000-0
Example timeslot numbering shown is for 8.192 Mbps links; 16.384 Mbps links have timeslots numbered 0 through
255 and 32.768 Mbps links have timeslots numbered 0 through 511. The data timing shown relative to the clock and
frame sync signals would require a RCVDATD=1023 and a XMTDATD=1023.
Figure 10-50. TSIP 1x Timing Diagram(A)
10.24 Universal Subscriber Identity Module (USIM)
The AM5K2E0x is equipped with a Universal Subscriber Identity Module (USIM) for user authentication.
The USIM is compatible with ISO, ETSI/GSM, and 3GPP standards.
The USIM is implemented for support of secure devices only. Contact your local technical sales
representative for further details.
10.25 EMIF16 Peripheral
The EMIF16 module provides an interface between the device and external memories such as NAND and
NOR flash. For more information, see the KeyStone Architecture External Memory Interface (EMIF16)
User's Guide (SPRUGZ3).
10.25.1 EMIF16 Electrical Data/Timing
Table 10-56. EMIF16 Asynchronous Memory Timing Requirements (1)
(see Figure 10-51 through Figure 10-54)
NO.
MIN
MAX
UNIT
General Timing
2
tw(WAIT)
Pulse duration, WAIT assertion and deassertion minimum time
2E
ns
28
td(WAIT-WEH)
Setup time, WAIT asserted before WE high
4E + 3
ns
14
td(WAIT-OEH)
Setup time, WAIT asserted before OE high
4E + 3
ns
Read Timing
3
3
4
5
4
5
6
(1)
236
tC(CEL)
EMIF read cycle time when ew = 0, meaning not in extended wait
mode
(RS+RST+RH+3) (RS+RST+RH+3)
*E-3
*E+3
ns
tC(CEL)
EMIF read cycle time when ew =1, meaning extended wait mode
enabled
(RS+RST+RH+3) (RS+RST+RH+3)
*E-3
*E+3
ns
tosu(CEL-OEL)
Output setup time from CE low to OE low. SS = 0, not in select strobe
mode
(RS+1) * E - 3
(RS+1) * E + 3
toh(OEH-CEH)
Output hold time from OE high to CE high. SS = 0, not in select strobe
mode
(RH+1) * E - 3
(RH+1) * E + 3
tosu(CEL-OEL)
Output setup time from CE low to OE low in select strobe mode, SS =
1
(RS+1) * E - 3
(RS+1) * E + 3
toh(OEH-CEH)
Output hold time from OE high to CE high in select strobe mode, SS =
1
(RH+1) * E - 3
(RH+1) * E + 3
tosu(BAV-OEL)
Output setup time from BA valid to OE low
(RS+1) * E - 3
(RS+1) * E + 3
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
E = 1/(SYSCLK1/6)
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 10-56. EMIF16 Asynchronous Memory Timing Requirements(1) (continued)
(see Figure 10-51 through Figure 10-54)
NO.
MIN
MAX
UNIT
7
toh(OEH-BAIV)
Output hold time from OE high to BA invalid
(RH+1) * E - 3
(RH+1) * E + 3
ns
8
tosu(AV-OEL)
Output setup time from A valid to OE low
(RS+1) * E - 3
(RS+1) * E + 3
ns
9
toh(OEH-AIV)
Output hold time from OE high to A invalid
(RH+1) * E - 3
(RH+1) * E + 3
ns
10
tw(OEL)
OE active time low, when ew = 0. Extended wait mode is disabled.
(RST+1) * E - 3
(RST+1) * E + 3
ns
10
tw(OEL)
OE active time low, when ew = 1. Extended wait mode is enabled.
(RST+1) * E - 3
(RST+1) * E + 3
ns
11
td(WAITH-OEH)
Delay time from WAIT deasserted to OE# high
4E + 3
ns
12
tsu(D-OEH)
Input setup time from D valid to OE high
3
ns
13
th(OEH-D)
Input hold time from OE high to D invalid
0.5
ns
Write Timing
15
tc(CEL)
EMIF write cycle time when ew = 0, meaning not in extended wait
mode
(WS+WST+WH+
3)*E-3
(WS+WST+WH+
3)*E+3
ns
tc(CEL)
EMIF write cycle time when ew =1., meaning extended wait mode is
enabled
(WS+WST+WH+
3)*E-3
(WS+WST+WH+
3)*E+3
ns
tosuCEL-WEL)
Output setup time from CE low to WE low. SS = 0, not in select strobe
mode
(WS+1) * E - 3
toh(WEH-CEH)
Output hold time from WE high to CE high. SS = 0, not in select strobe
mode
(WH+1) * E - 3
tosuCEL-WEL)
Output setup time from CE low to WE low in select strobe mode, SS =
1
(WS+1) * E - 3
toh(WEH-CEH)
Output hold time from WE high to CE high in select strobe mode, SS =
1
(WH+1) * E - 3
18
tosu(RNW-WEL)
Output setup time from RNW valid to WE low
(WS+1) * E - 3
ns
19
toh(WEH-RNW)
Output hold time from WE high to RNW invalid
(WH+1) * E - 3
ns
20
tosu(BAV-WEL)
Output setup time from BA valid to WE low
(WS+1) * E - 3
ns
21
toh(WEH-BAIV)
Output hold time from WE high to BA invalid
(WH+1) * E - 3
ns
22
tosu(AV-WEL)
Output setup time from A valid to WE low
(WS+1) * E - 3
ns
23
toh(WEH-AIV)
Output hold time from WE high to A invalid
(WH+1) * E - 3
ns
24
tw(WEL)
WE active time low, when ew = 0. Extended wait mode is disabled.
(WST+1) * E - 3
ns
24
tw(WEL)
WE active time low, when ew = 1. Extended wait mode is enabled.
(WST+1) * E - 3
ns
26
tosu(DV-WEL)
Output setup time from D valid to WE low
(WS+1) * E - 3
ns
27
toh(WEH-DIV)
Output hold time from WE high to D invalid
(WH+1) * E - 3
25
td(WAITH-WEH)
Delay time from WAIT deasserted to WE# high
15
16
17
16
17
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
4E + 3
ns
3
EM_CE[3:0]
EM_R/W
EM_BA[1:0]
EM_A[21:0]
5
7
9
4
6
8
10
EM_OE
12
13
EM_D[15:0]
EM_WE
Figure 10-51. EMIF16 Asynchronous Memory Read Timing Diagram
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
237
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
15
EM_CE[3:0]
EM_R/W
EM_BA[1:0]
EM_A[21:0]
17
19
21
23
16
18
20
22
24
EM_WE
26
27
EM_D[15:0]
EM_OE
Figure 10-52. EMIF16 Asynchronous Memory Write Timing Diagram
Setup
Extended Due to EM_WAIT
Strobe
Strobe
Hold
EM_CE[3:0]
EM_BA[1:0]
EM_A[21:0]
EM_D[15:0]
EM_OE
14
11
EM_WAIT
2
2
Asserted
Deasserted
Figure 10-53. EMIF16 EM_WAIT Read Timing Diagram
Setup
Extended Due to EM_WAIT
Strobe
Strobe
Hold
EM_CE[3:0]
EM_BA[1:0]
EM_A[21:0]
EM_D[15:0]
EM_WE
28
25
EM_WAIT
2
2
Asserted
Deasserted
Figure 10-54. EMIF16 EM_WAIT Write Timing Diagram
10.26 Emulation Features and Capability
238
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
The debug capabilities of KeyStone II devices include the Debug subsystem module (DEBUGSS). The
DEBUGSS module contains the ICEPick module which handles the external JTAG Test Access Port
(TAP) and multiple secondary TAPs for the various processing cores of the device. It also provides Debug
Access Port (DAP) for system wide memory access from debugger, Cross triggering, System trace,
Peripheral suspend generation, Debug port (EMUx) pin management etc. The DEBUGSS module works in
conjunction with the debug capability integrated in the processing cores to provide a comprehensive
hardware platform for a rich debug and development experience.
10.26.1 Chip Level Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Support for 1149.1(JTAG and Boundary scan) and 1149.6 (Boundary scan extensions).
Trace sources to DEBUG SubSystem System Trace Module (DEBUGSS STM)
– Provides a way for hardware instrumentation and software messaging to supplement the processor
core trace mechanisms.
– Hardware instrumentation support of CPTracers to support logging of bus transactions for critical
endpoints
– Software messaging/instrumentation support for SoC and QMSS PDSP cores through DEBUGSS
STM.
Trace Sinks
– Support for trace export (from all processor cores and DEBUGSS STM) through emulation pins.
Concurrent trace of ARM and STM traces via EMU pins is possible.
– Support for 32KB DEBUGSS TBR (Trace Buffer and Router) to hold system trace. The data can be
drained using EDMA to on-chip or DDR memory buffers. These intermediate buffers can
subsequently be drained through the device high speed interfaces. The DEBUGSS TBR is
dedicated to the DEBUGSS STM module. The trace draining interface used in KeyStone II for
DEBUGSS and ARMSS are based on the new CT-TBR.
Cross triggering: Provides a way to propagate debug (trigger) events from one
processor/subsystem/module to another
– Cross triggering between multiple devices via EMU0/EMU1 pins
– Cross triggering between multiple processing cores within the device like ARM Cores and nonprocessor entities like ARM STM (input only), CPTracers, CT-TBRs and DEBUGSS STM (input
only)
Synchronized starting and stopping of processing cores
– Global start of all ARM cores
– Global stopping of all ARM cores
Emulation mode aware peripherals (suspend features and debug access features)
Support system memory access via the DAP port (natively support 32-bit address, and it can support
36-bit address through configuration of MPAX inside MSMC). Debug access to any invalid memory
location (reserved/clock-gated/power-down) does not cause system hang.
Scan access to secondary TAPs of DEBUGSS is disabled in Secure devices by default. Security
override sequence is supported (requires software override sequence) to enable debug in secure
devices. In addition, Debug features of the ARM cores are blockable through the ARM debug
authentication interface in secure devices.
Support WIR (wait-in-reset) debug boot mode for Non-secure devices.
Debug functionality survives all pin resets except power-on resets (POR/RESETFULL) and test reset
(TRST).
PDSP Debug features like access/control through DAP, Halt mode debug and software
instrumentation.
10.26.1.1 ARM Subsystem Features
•
Support for invasive debug like halt mode debugging (breakpoint, watchpoints) and monitor mode
debugging
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
239
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
www.ti.com
Support for non-invasive debugging (program trace, performance monitoring)
Support for A15 Performance Monitoring Unit (cycle counters)
Support for per core CoreSight™ Program Trace Module (CS-PTM) with timing
Support for an integrated CoreSight System Trace Module (CS-STM) for hardware event and software
instrumentation
A shared timestamp counter for all ARM cores and STM is integrated in ARMSS for trace data
correlation
Support for a 16KB Trace Buffer and Router (TBR) to hold PTM/STM trace. The trace data is copied
by EDMA to external memory for draining by device high speed serial interfaces.
Support for simultaneous draining of trace stream through EMUn pins and TBR (to achieve higher
aggregate trace throughput)
Support for debug authentication interface to disable debug accesses in secure devices
Support for cross triggering between MPU cores, CS-STM and CT-TBR
Support for debug through warm reset
10.26.2 ICEPick Module
The debugger is connected to the device through its external JTAG interface. The first level of debug
interface seen by the debugger is connected to the ICEPick module embedded in the DEBUGSS. ICEPick
is the chip-level TAP, responsible for providing access to the IEEE 1149.1 and IEEE1149.6 boundary scan
capabilities of the device.
ICEPick manages the TAPs as well as the power/reset/clock controls for the logic associated with the
TAPs as well as the logic associated with the APB ports.
ICEPick provides the following debug capabilities:
• Debug connect logic for enabling or disabling most ICEPick instructions
• Dynamic TAP insertion
– Serially linking up to 32 TAP controllers
– Individually selecting one or more of the TAPS for scan without disrupting the instruction register
(IR) state of other TAPs
• Power, reset and clock management
– Provides the power and clock status of the domain to the debugger
– Provides debugger control of the power domain of a processor.
• Force the domain power and clocks on
• Prohibit the domain from being clock-gated or powered down
– Applies system reset
– Provides wait-in-reset (WIR) boot mode
– Provides global and local WIR release
– Provides global and local reset block
The ICEPick module implements a connect register, which must be configured with a predefined key to
enable the full set of JTAG instructions. Once the debug connect key has been properly programmed,
ICEPick signals and subsystems emulation logic should be turned on.
10.26.2.1 ICEPick Dynamic Tap Insertion
To include more or fewer secondary TAPS in the scan chain, the debugger must use the ICEPick TAP
router to program the TAPs. At its root, ICEPick is a scan-path linker that lets the debugger selectively
choose which subsystem TAPs are accessible through the device-level debug interface. Each secondary
TAP can be dynamically included in or excluded from the scan path. From external JTAG interface point of
view, secondary TAPS that are not selected appear not to exist.
240
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
The CoreSight components are interfaced with ICEPick through the CS_DAP module. The CS_DAP is
attached to the ICEPick secondary TAP and translates JTAG transactions into APBv3 transactions.
Table 10-57 shows the ICEPick secondary taps in the system. For more details on the test related P1500
TAPs, see the DFTSS specification.
Table 10-57. ICEPick Debug Secondary TAPs
TAP #
TYPE
NAME
ACCESS IN
IR SCAN SECURE
LENGTH DEVICE
0
n/a
n/a
n/a
1
JTAG
Reserved
2
JTAG
Reserved
3
JTAG
Reserved
4
JTAG
Reserved
5
JTAG
Reserved
6
JTAG
Reserved
7
JTAG
Reserved
8
JTAG
Reserved
9..13
JTAG
Reserved
NA
No
Spare ports for future expansion
14
CS
CS_DAP (APB-AP)
4
No
ARM A15 Cores (This is an internal TAP and not exposed at the
DEBUGSS boundary)
No
CS_DAP (AHB-AP)
DESCRIPTION
Reserved (This is an internal TAP and not exposed at the DEBUGSS
boundary)
PDSP Cores (This is an internal TAP and not exposed at the
DEBUGSS boundary)
For more information on ICEPick, see the KeyStone II Architecture Debug and Trace User’s Guide
(SPRUHM4).
10.27 Debug Port (EMUx)
The device also supports 34 emulation pins — EMU[33:0], which includes 19 dedicated EMU pins and 15
pins multiplexed with GPIO. These pins are shared by SoC STM trace, cross triggering, and debug boot
modes as shown in Table 10-60. The 34-pin dedicated emulation interface is also defined in the following
table.
NOTE
Note that if EMU[1:0] signals are shared for cross-triggering purposes in the board level, they
SHOULD NOT be used for trace purposes.
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
241
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
10.27.1 Concurrent Use of Debug Port
The following combinations are possible concurrently:
• Trigger 0/1
• Trigger 0/1 and STM Trace (up to 4 data pins)
• Trigger 0/1 and STM Trace (up to 4 data pins)
• Trigger 0/1 and STM Trace (1-4 data pins) and ARM Trace (27-24 data pins)
• STM Trace (1-4 data pins) and ARM Trace (29-26 data pins)
• Trigger 0/1 and ARM Trace (up to 29 data pins)
• ARM Trace (up to 32 data pins)
10.27.2 Master ID for HW and SW Messages
Table 10-58 describes the master ID for the various hardware and software masters of the STM.
Table 10-58. MSTID Mapping for Hardware Instrumentation (CPTRACERS)
CPTRACER NAME
MSTID [7:0]
CLOCK
DOMAIN
SID[4:0]
DESCRIPTION
CPT_MSMCx_MST, where x =
0..3
0x94-0x97
SYSCLK1/1
0x0..3
MSMC SRAM Bank 0 to MSMC SRAM Bank 3 monitors
CPT_MSMC4_MST
0xB1
SYSCLK1/1
0x4
MSMC SRAM Bank 4
CPT_MSMCx_MST, where x =
5..7
0xAE - 0xB0
SYSCLK1/1
0x5..7
MSMC SRAM Bank 5to MSMC SRAM Bank 7 monitors
CPT_DDR3_MST
0x98
SYSCLK1/1
0x8
MSMC DDR3 port monitor
CPT_L2_x_MST, where x = 0..7
0x8C - 0x93
SYSCLK1/3
0x9..0x10
Reserved
CPT_TPCC0_4_MST
0xA4
SYSCLK1/3
0x11
EDMA 0 and EDMA 4 CFG port monitor
CPT_TPCC1_2_3_MST
0xA5
SYSCLK1/3
0x12
EDMA 1, EDMA2 and EDMA3 CFG port monitor
CPT_INTC_MST
0xA6
SYSCLK1/3
0x13
INTC port monitor (for INTC 0/1/2 and GIC400)
CPT_SM_MST
0x99
SYSCLK1/3
0x14
Semaphore CFG port monitors
CPT_QM_CFG1_MST
0x9A
SYSCLK1/3
0x15
QMSS CFG1 port monitor
CPT_QM_CFG2_MST
0xA0
SYSCLK1/3
0x16
QMSS CFG2 port monitor
CPT_QM_M_MST
0x9B
SYSCLK1/3
0x17
QM_M CFG/DMA port monitor
CPT_SPI_ROM_EMIF16_MST
0xA7
SYSCLK1/3
0x18
SPI ROM EMIF16 CFG port monitor
CPT_CFG_MST
0x9C
SYSCLK1/3
0x19
SCR_3P_B and SCR_6P_B CFG peripheral port
monitors
Reserved
0x1A
Reserved
Reserved
0x1B
Reserved
Reserved
0x1C
Reserved
Reserved
0x1D
Reserved
Reserved
0x1E
Reserved
Reserved
0x1F
DDR 3B port monitor (on SCR 3C)
Table 10-59. MSTID Mapping for Software Messages
CORE NAME
MSTID [7:0]
Reserved
0x0
Reserved
0x1
Reserved
0x2
Reserved
0x3
Reserved
0x4
Reserved
0x5
Reserved
0x6
242
DESCRIPTION
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 10-59. MSTID Mapping for Software Messages (continued)
CORE NAME
MSTID [7:0]
Reserved
0x7
DESCRIPTION
A15 Core0
0x8
ARM Master IDs
A15 Core1
0x9
ARM Master ID (AM5K2E04 only)
A15 Core2
0xA
ARM Master ID(AM5K2E04 only)
A15 Core3
0xB
ARM Master ID(AM5K2E04 only)
QMSS PDSPs
0x46
All QMSS PDSPs share the same master ID. Differentiating between the 8 PDSPs is done
through the channel number used
TSIP
0x80
TSIP Master ID
10.27.3 SoC Cross-Triggering Connection
The cross-trigger lines are shared by all the subsystems implementing cross-triggering. An MPU
subsystem trigger event can therefore be propagated to any application subsystem or system trace
component. The remote subsystem or system trace component can be programmed to be sensitive to the
global SOC trigger lines to either:
• Generate a processor debug request
• Generate an interrupt request
• Start/Stop processor trace
• Start/Stop CBA transaction tracing through CPTracers
• Start external logic analyzer trace
• Stop external logic analyzer trace
Table 10-60. Cross-Triggering Connection
NAME
SOURCE
TRIGGERS
SINK
TRIGGERS
Device-to-device trigger via EMU0/1 pins
YES
YES
This is fixed (not affected by configuration)
MIPI-STM
NO
YES
Trigger input only for MIPI-STM in DebugSS
CT-TBR
YES
YES
DEBUGSS CT-TBR
CS-TPIU
NO
YES
DEBUGSS CS-TPIU
COMMENTS
Inside DEBUGSS
Outside DEBUGSS
CP_Tracers
YES
YES
ARM
YES
YES
ARM Cores, ARM CS-STM and ARM CTTBR
The following table describes the crosstrigger connection between various cross trigger sources and TI
XTRIG module.
Table 10-61. TI XTRIG Assignment
NAME
ASSIGNED XTRIG CHANNEL NUMBER
CPTracer 0..31 (The CPTracer number refers to the SID[4:0] as shown in
Table 10-58
XTRIG 8 .. 39
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
243
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
10.27.4 Peripherals-Related Debug Requirement
Table 10-62 lists all the peripherals on this device, and the status of whether or not it supports emulation
suspend or emulation request events.
The DEBUGSS supports upto 32 debug suspend sources (processor cores) and 64 debug suspend sinks
(peripherals). The assignment of processor cores is shown in and the assignment of peripherals is shown
in Table 10-62. By default the logical AND of all the processor cores is routed to the peripherals. It is
possible to select an individual core to be routed to the peripheral (For example: used in tightly coupled
peripherals like timers), a logical AND of all cores (Global peripherals) or a logical OR of all cores by
programming the DEBUGSS.DRM module.
The SOFT bit should be programmed based on whether or not an immediate pause of the peripheral
function is required or if the peripheral suspend should occur only after a particular completion point is
reached in the normal peripheral operation. The FREE bit should be programmed to enable or disable the
emulation suspend functionality.
Table 10-62. Peripherals Emulation Support
EMULATION SUSPEND SUPPORT
PERIPHERAL
STOPMODE
REAL-TIME
MODE
FREE BIT
STOP BIT
EMULATION
REQUEST
SUPPORT
(cemudbg/emudbg)
DEBUG
PERIPHERAL
ASSIGNMENT
Infrastructure Peripherals
EDMA_x, where
X=0/1/2/3/4
N
N
N
N
Y
NA
Y (CPDMA
only)
Y (CPDMA
only)
Y (CPDMA
only)
Y (CPDMA
only)
Y
20
CP_Tracers_X, where X =
0..32
N
N
N
N
N
NA
MPU_X, where X = 0..11
N
N
N
N
Y
NA
CP_INTC
N
N
N
N
Y
NA
BOOT_CFG
N
N
N
N
Y
NA
SEC_MGR
N
N
N
N
Y
NA
PSC
N
N
N
N
N
NA
PLL
N
N
N
N
N
NA
TIMERx, x=0, 1..7, 8..19
Y
N
Y
Y
N
0, 1..7, 8..19
Semaphore
N
N
N
N
Y
NA
GPIO
N
N
N
N
N
NA
QM_SS
Memory Controller Peripherals
DDR3
N
N
N
N
Y
NA
MSMC
N
N
N
N
Y
NA
EMIF16
N
N
N
N
Y
NA
I2C_X, where X = 0/1/2
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
21/22/23
SPI_X, where X = 0/1/2
N
N
N
N
Y
NA
UART_X, where X = 0/1
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
24/25
USIM
Y
N
Y
N
N
28
Serial Interfaces
High Speed Serial Interfaces
Hyperlink
N
N
N
N
Y
PCIeSS 0..1
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Reserved
NetCP (ethernet switch)
244
26
27
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 10-62. Peripherals Emulation Support (continued)
EMULATION SUSPEND SUPPORT
STOPMODE
REAL-TIME
MODE
FREE BIT
STOP BIT
EMULATION
REQUEST
SUPPORT
(cemudbg/emudbg)
10GbE (ethernet
switch) (1)
Y
N
Y
Y
N
29
USBSS
N
N
N
N
N
NA
PERIPHERAL
(1)
DEBUG
PERIPHERAL
ASSIGNMENT
10 GbE supported by AM5K2E04 only.
Based on the above table the number of suspend interfaces in Keystone II devices is listed below.
Table 10-63. EMUSUSP Peripheral Summary (for EMUSUSP handshake from DEBUGSS)
INTERFACES
NUM_SUSPEND_PERIPHERALS
EMUSUSP Interfaces
54
EMUSUSP Realtime Interfaces
15
Table 10-64 summarizes the DEBUG core assignment. Emulation suspend output of all the cores are
synchronized to SYSCLK1/6 which is frequency of the slowest peripheral that uses these signals.
Table 10-64. EMUSUSP Core Summary(for EMUSUSP handshake to DEBUGSS)
Core #
Assignment
8..11
ARM CorePac0-3
12..29
Reserved
30
Logical OR of Core #0..11
31
Logical AND of Core #0..11
10.27.5 Advanced Event Triggering (AET)
The device supports advanced event triggering (AET). This capability can be used to debug complex
problems as well as understand performance characteristics of user applications. AET provides the
following capabilities:
• Hardware program breakpoints: specify addresses or address ranges that can generate events such
as halting the processor or triggering the trace capture.
• Data watchpoints: specify data variable addresses, address ranges, or data values that can generate
events such as halting the processor or triggering the trace capture.
• Counters: count the occurrence of an event or cycles for performance monitoring.
• State sequencing: allows combinations of hardware program breakpoints and data watchpoints to
precisely generate events for complex sequences.
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
245
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
For more information on the AET, see the following documents:
• Using Advanced Event Triggering to Find and Fix Intermittent Real-Time Bugs application report
(SPRA753)
• Using Advanced Event Triggering to Debug Real-Time Problems in High Speed Embedded
Microprocessor Systems application report (SPRA387)
10.27.6 Trace
The device supports trace. Trace is a debug technology that provides a detailed, historical account of
application code execution, timing, and data accesses. Trace collects, compresses, and exports debug
information for analysis. Trace works in real-time and does not impact the execution of the system.
For more information on board design guidelines for trace advanced emulation, see the Emulation and
Trace Headers Technical Reference Manual (SPRU655).
10.27.6.1 Trace Electrical Data/Timing
Table 10-65. Trace Switching Characteristics
(see Figure 10-55)
NO.
PARAMETER
MIN
Pulse duration, DPn/EMUn high
MAX
UNIT
1
tw(DPnH)
2.4
ns
1
tw(DPnH)90% Pulse duration, DPn/EMUn high detected at 90% Voh
1.5
ns
2
tw(DPnL)
2.4
ns
2
tw(DPnL)10% Pulse duration, DPn/EMUn low detected at 10% Voh
1.5
ns
3
tsko(DPn)
Output skew time, time delay difference between DPn/EMUn pins
configured as trace
tskp(DPn)
Pulse skew, magnitude of difference between high-to-low (tphl) and low-tohigh (tplh) propagation delays.
tsldp_o(DPn)
Output slew rate DPn/EMUn
Pulse duration, DPn/EMUn low
-1
3.3
1
ns
600
ps
V/ns
A
TPLH
Buffer
Inputs
Buffers
DP[n] /
EMU[n] Pins
B
TPLH
1
2
B
A
3
C
C
Figure 10-55. Trace Timing
10.27.7 IEEE 1149.1 JTAG
The Joint Test Action Group (JTAG) interface is used to support boundary scan and emulation of the
device. The boundary scan supported allows for an asynchronous test reset (TRST) and only the five
baseline JTAG signals (e.g., no EMU[1:0]) required for boundary scan. Most interfaces on the device
follow the Boundary Scan Test Specification (IEEE1149.1), while all of the SerDes (SGMII) support the
AC-coupled net test defined in AC-Coupled Net Test Specification (IEEE1149.6).
It is expected that all compliant devices are connected through the same JTAG interface, in daisy-chain
fashion, in accordance with the specification. The JTAG interface uses 1.8-V LVCMOS buffers, compliant
with the Power Supply Voltage and Interface Standard for Nonterminated Digital Integrated Circuit
Specification (EAI/JESD8-5).
246
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
www.ti.com
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
10.27.7.1 IEEE 1149.1 JTAG Compatibility Statement
For maximum reliability, the AM5K2E0x device includes an internal pulldown (IPD) on the TRST pin to
ensure that TRST will always be asserted upon power up and the device’s internal emulation logic will
always be properly initialized when this pin is not routed out. JTAG controllers from Texas Instruments
actively drive TRST high. However, some third-party JTAG controllers may not drive TRST high, but
expect the use of an external pullup resistor on TRST. When using this type of JTAG controller, assert
TRST to initialize the device after powerup and externally drive TRST high before attempting any
emulation or boundary scan operations.
10.27.7.2 JTAG Electrical Data/Timing
Table 10-66. JTAG Test Port Timing Requirements
(see Figure 10-56)
NO.
MIN
MAX UNIT
1
tc(TCK)
Cycle time, TCK
23
ns
1a
tw(TCKH)
Pulse duration, TCK high (40% of tc)
9.2
ns
1b
tw(TCKL)
Pulse duration, TCK low(40% of tc)
9.2
ns
3
tsu(TDI-TCK)
Input setup time, TDI valid to TCK high
2
ns
3
tsu(TMS-TCK)
Input setup time, TMS valid to TCK high
2
ns
4
th(TCK-TDI)
Input hold time, TDI valid from TCK high
10
ns
4
th(TCK-TMS)
Input hold time, TMS valid from TCK high
10
ns
Table 10-67. JTAG Test Port Switching Characteristics
(see Figure 10-56)
NO.
2
PARAMETER
td(TCKL-TDOV)
MIN
Delay time, TCK low to TDO valid
MAX UNIT
8.24
ns
1
1b
1a
TCK
2
TDO
4
3
TDI / TMS
Figure 10-56. JTAG Test-Port Timing
AM5K2E0x Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
247
AM5K2E04, AM5K2E02
SPRS864D – NOVEMBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
11 Mechanical Data
11.1 Thermal Data
Table 11-1 shows the thermal resistance characteristics for the PBGA - ABD 1089-pin mechanical
package.
Table 11-1. Thermal Resistance Characteristics (PBGA Package) ABD
NO.
°C/W
1
RθJC
Junction-to-case
0.34
2
RθJB
Junction-to-board
3.14
11.2 Packaging Information
The following packaging information reflects the most current released data available for the designated
device(s). This data is subject to change without notice and without revision of this document.
248
Mechanical Data
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: AM5K2E04 AM5K2E02
PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM
www.ti.com
7-Oct-2021
PACKAGING INFORMATION
Orderable Device
Status
(1)
Package Type Package Pins Package
Drawing
Qty
Eco Plan
(2)
Lead finish/
Ball material
MSL Peak Temp
Op Temp (°C)
(3)
Device Marking
(4/5)
(6)
AM5K2E02ABD25
ACTIVE
FCBGA
ABD
1089
40
RoHS & Green
Call TI
Level-4-245C-72HR
0 to 85
AM5K2E02ABD
@2012 TI
AM5K2E02ABD4
ACTIVE
FCBGA
ABD
1089
40
RoHS & Green
Call TI
Level-4-245C-72HR
0 to 85
AM5K2E02ABD
@2012 TI
1.4GHZ
AM5K2E02ABDA25
ACTIVE
FCBGA
ABD
1089
40
RoHS & Green
Call TI
Level-4-245C-72HR
-40 to 100
AM5K2E02ABD
A1.25GHZ
AM5K2E02ABDA4
ACTIVE
FCBGA
ABD
1089
40
RoHS & Green
Call TI
Level-4-245C-72HR
-40 to 100
AM5K2E02ABD
@2012 TI
A1.4GHZ
AM5K2E02XABD25
ACTIVE
FCBGA
ABD
1089
40
RoHS & Green
Call TI
Level-4-245C-72HR
0 to 85
AM5K2E02XABD
AM5K2E04XABD25
ACTIVE
FCBGA
ABD
1089
40
RoHS & Green
Call TI
Level-4-245C-72HR
0 to 85
AM5K2E04XABD
@2012 TI
AM5K2E04XABD4
ACTIVE
FCBGA
ABD
1089
40
RoHS & Green
Call TI
Level-4-245C-72HR
0 to 85
AM5K2E04XABD
@2012 TI
1.4GHZ
AM5K2E04XABDA25
ACTIVE
FCBGA
ABD
1089
40
RoHS & Green
Call TI
Level-4-245C-72HR
-40 to 100
AM5K2E04XABD
A1.25GHZ
AM5K2E04XABDA4
ACTIVE
FCBGA
ABD
1089
40
RoHS & Green
Call TI
Level-4-245C-72HR
-40 to 100
AM5K2E04XABD
@2012 TI
A1.4GHZ
(1)
The marketing status values are defined as follows:
ACTIVE: Product device recommended for new designs.
LIFEBUY: TI has announced that the device will be discontinued, and a lifetime-buy period is in effect.
NRND: Not recommended for new designs. Device is in production to support existing customers, but TI does not recommend using this part in a new design.
PREVIEW: Device has been announced but is not in production. Samples may or may not be available.
OBSOLETE: TI has discontinued the production of the device.
(2)
RoHS: TI defines "RoHS" to mean semiconductor products that are compliant with the current EU RoHS requirements for all 10 RoHS substances, including the requirement that RoHS substance
do not exceed 0.1% by weight in homogeneous materials. Where designed to be soldered at high temperatures, "RoHS" products are suitable for use in specified lead-free processes. TI may
reference these types of products as "Pb-Free".
RoHS Exempt: TI defines "RoHS Exempt" to mean products that contain lead but are compliant with EU RoHS pursuant to a specific EU RoHS exemption.
Green: TI defines "Green" to mean the content of Chlorine (Cl) and Bromine (Br) based flame retardants meet JS709B low halogen requirements of
工商网监
湘ICP备2023018690号
